3-1 <c ''>/jF y/W
1^
niliSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3IHVH8
i- . z
2 x^i^
to
UJ
VJ W • I
fc\ - <m* = ^8»& I
,,_~ H ^% * V*t4iira
4£m2iX o
BRARIES2SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION f
c
H
O
CO
CO
CO
z
RAR I ESSMITHSONIANINSTITUTIONOlinillSNINVINOSHillNSS3 I HVH 8 II
niusNi NviNOSHiiws^saiMvaan LIBRARIESWSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
O ">>F i: ^x^^vAMi^ o Xi£os»!£X O
Z _l 2 _| 2
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinilJLSNI NVINOSH1IWS
LniliSNI NVINOSH1IWS
£ ^ — ^ ^
.< X^*5°NJ>v S
RAR I ESSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNINVINOSHllWSSa I U VM 8 I1_
LnillSNlNVINOSHilWSS3
-
-:
O
B R AR I ESZSMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION
'"N^" z x^v^x m Xi^iiX ^ m
RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN'lNSTITUTlON^NOIinillSNl'NVINOSHlltMS S3 I MVM 8 H
CO 21 » f Z
2 xS^TJrCJx. *c A. s j«4S^ ^ /^7Tis>v
A
•
:
z co
iniusNi NviNosHiiws S3iavya
UJ
B RAR I ESSMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
-—
Ul
If)
SMI msuwMN ma
ava a i i
LSNI~NVINOSHllWS~S3iaVo-an
o
LIB RAR I ES2SMITHSONIAN"
£%££>
INSTITUTION NOIJ
z
o
IES SMITHSONIAN
co
$&£&£
v\
m « .„
INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI
£os£>
NVINOSHIINS S3iyvaan
oo^o
CO
Z
LI B
N
> 5
S3ldVyan~LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJ
co
20jv>.
;IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI
Z
O
NVINOSH1IWS S3
o
^OSHJ> __
vaan LIB
9 nLI B RAR I ESSMITHSONIAN
MES SMITHSONIAN
co
UJ
INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1MS
1SNI
NVINOSH1IWS
,»
O ^
LI B RAR I ESZSMITHSONIAN
^m^
INSTITUTION
NOI.
MES SMITHSONIAN
co
Z.
INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI
» to
NVINOSH1MS S3 1 HVH 3 11
CO
LIB
1SNI
'JJx
^^
_NVINOSH1IWS</)S3 I dVM 8 H^LI BRAR I ESZSMITHSONIAN
Z \fc. iu X^?m7\ Z
lNSTITUTION
S
to
CO
UJ
FAUl D. HURD, Jr.
JANUARY 1973
AL mm
CONTENT
COMMENTS ON THE DESIGN
HENRY TOWNES, P. 1
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC AND SEMIAQUATIC
HEMIPTERA IN LOUISIANA. PART I
FAMILY HYDROMETRIDAE
GENE J. GONSOULIN, P. 9
A NEW HOST RECORD FOR FORCIPOMYIA
CRINITA SAUNDERS (DIPTERA' CERATOPOGONIDAE)
PAUL G. BYSTRAK AND DONALD H. MESSERSMITH, P. 17
NEW EXOTIC CRANE FLIES (TIPULIDAE:
DIPTERA) PART XXIII
CHARLES P. ALEXANDER, P. 23
NOTICE: DISCONTINUANCE OF DATA DOCUMENTS, P. 22
NOTICE: AMERICAN ARACHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY ORGANIZED, P. 22
The Entomologists Record, P. 32
The Entomologists Library, P. 8
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly except August and September by
The American Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback and R. W. Lake
(Editor).
SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomologi-
cal News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 10
numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid;
Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00
postpaid.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4J/2 x 6'/2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without
covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each
for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only
by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if
any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not avail-
able. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so
that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods
are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup-
plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include
enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a
key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or
monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
(Continued on back inside cover.)
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
COMMENTS ON
THE DESIGN OF INSECT NETS1
Henry Townes2
The traditional tool and symbol of an entomologist is an insect
net, much as a tennis racket, fishing rod, golf clubs, or a baseball
bat symbolize certain other activities. Entomology, unlike these
other activities, has never taken the design of its most common
piece of equipment very seriously. While fishing rods and golf clubs
have been developed to exquisite instruments of balance and con-
trolled power, uniquely suited to their jobs, the insect net has re-
mained a clumsy piece of apparatus, inexpertly designed and
crudely manufactured. One can order from a supply house their
"best" insect net, and receive something engineered more with
attention to its being collapsible than to its function of catching
insects.
Probably a reason that insect nets are not better than they are,
is that few entomologists are really good collectors, or even know
what kind of results a good collector should expect from a day's
work. If their clumsy nets lower their collecting scores by 10% or
30% they hardly know the difference. There is so little direct
competition between collectors that faulty equipment or tech-
niques usually remain uncensored, and even are taught to new
generations of collectors. When a good design is at times generated.
1 Accepted for publication: February 11, 1972.
2American Entomological Institute, 5950 Warren Road, Ann Arbor,
Michigan 48105.
Ent. News, 84: 1-8, 1973 I
2 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
its merits and details are often forgotten and new collectors may
start all over again with an inferior design or an inferior copy.
Since insect collectors differ in the insects they seek, and in their
choice of hunting grounds, no one design can be best for all persons
and all terrains. It follows that a collector should have more than
one type of net, for use in different situations, not as many types
as there are of golf clubs, but enough to fit the main kinds of
vegetation that he encounters.
Too much attention is given to making nets collapsible. It is
difficult to have the joints necessary for collapsibility without
sacrificing lightness, strength, and rigidity. A collapsible net makes
sense only if the net must be carried for only short time or sporadic
use. One would not dream of using collapsible skiis nor a collaps-
ible tennis racket and if one wants to be a good insect collector
probably neither should he emphasize a collapsible net.
A net should be light enough to be swung quickly, yet heavy
enough to crash through vegetation. These two opposing needs re-
quire a compromise. A man's net should be a bit heavier than a
woman's. His strength can more easily offset the weight of the net,
and the weight will often be useful for whacking specimens out of
vegetation. Vegetation varies in density and stiffness, and a lighter
net is better for soft vegetation and a heavier one for stiffer plants.
A well equipped collector should have nets of two weights.
The handle of a net should be tapered, large enough at the grip
to be easily held and smaller toward the ring so that it is easy to
swing quickly. Unless it is tapered, the distal part is too heavy for
a quick swing. Most nets neglect this important design feature.
The bag of most nets is made for butterflies, deep enough for
keeping the butterfly from easy escape and roomy enough to give
the butterfly some fluttering space. Most collectors do not special-
ize in butterflies and should have a somewhat differently shaped
bag. A deep net has two disadvantages: there is more netting to get
tangled in bushes, and it requires a deeper reach to take out the
captured insect. A deep net makes it harder for the insect to
escape, but a good collector substitutes skill for this disadvantage
and finds that quicker access to the specimen means less time spent
before he is ready to catch another.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 3
The net handle plus the ring should be long enough to reach the
ground two feet in front of the collector, but not longer unless one
is after butterflies. A net ring twelve inches in diameter is usually a
suitable size. Fifteen inches is often used for heavier sweeping nets
and a ring this size is sometimes favored by butterfly collectors.
Miniature nets of four to six inches in diameter and with a very
short handle are useful for picking up a specimen when making
behavioral studies, and are also often efficient for collecting on
tree trunks, logs, rocks, or on the ground.
For net bags, the easiest material to find is Dacron (or Terylene)
marquisette, 25 meshes per inch. This is carried by the yard in
curtain departments of larger stores, or sometimes has to be bought
in ready-made curtains which can be cut up. This material, though
otherwise excellent, has the disadvantage of snagging and pulling
easily. A net bag made of Dacron is good for less than a month of
hard use. Tighter weaves of Dacron or nylon are much better for
wear but are hard to find in stores and are less transparent. Trans-
parency is important for ease in dealing with specimens in the net.
Sweeping nets are usually made of tightly woven fabric but this
is not best. The net should be as porous as possible to allow the air
to go through. A tightly woven net causes more air resistance, and
stronger eddy currents that carry flying specimens around rather
than into the approaching net. Speed of movement of a sweeping
net is important for a good catch. Any slowing by air resistance
cuts down on the number of specimens, and biases the catch
toward the more sluggish species. The hard wear given a sweeping
net is the reason that tightly woven cloth is usually selected. New,
stronger materials such as nylon and Dacron permit a porous net
also to be wear resistant. Even with nylon or Dacron, however, the
weave should not be so open that it is easily snagged.
The net bag should be white. Darker colors are sometimes ad-
vocated because they are supposedly less readily seen by the
insects. This theoretical advantage is of less importance than the
ease of finding insects in the net and extracting them after they
have been caught. In a dark colored net a small insect is difficult
to locate, so at least for smaller insects, a dark net is a disadvan-
tage. For larger specimens, if there is an advantage, it has not been
documented.
4 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
The bag should hang smoothly from the net ring and taper
toward a parabolic bottom. Corners in a net are a nuisance, and if
it ends in a point, specimens and foliage tend to pack into the
point. Few net bags hang smoothly because the pattern of their
cut makes the lateral sides of the bag shorter than the outer and
inner sides, with resultant pucker along the outer and inner sides.
Some manufacturers get a smoother hang to the bag by making it
out of four parts, but there is an easier way to that end, as indi-
cated below.
There is not a big market for insect nets, and even a professional
entomologist would sooner spend $125 for a pair of skiis than $25
for an insect net. One would think that a well-constructed, finely
balanced net should excite enough pride of ownership and satis-
faction in more efficient collecting to bring a substantial number
of purchases and to justify the engineering and manufacturing
costs, but it should be remembered that many entomologists spend
more time on skiis than with a net. Profit from supplying good
quality nets is not assured.
The entomologist who needs a good net, suitable for his special
needs, usually has to make his own. Below is described a pattern
for a net that is light and fast, useful for quick insects such as
Hymenoptera and Diptera. The basic design of the frame is well
known and one that can be modified for various kinds of
collecting. Most of the best manufactured nets follow this basic
pattern, substituting a ferrule for attaching the wire ring in place
of the tie wires described below. The manufactured examples
usually do not have tapered handles and the apical right angle
bends on the wire are too short. Their net bags are too deep.
The ring of the net described below is of steel wire, preferably
galvanized; 8 gauge for a medium weight net, 10 gauge for a lighter
net. Spring steel wire should be used if possible because it keeps
its shape and is extra strong. Unfortunately spring steel wire is not
available in the average hardward store. A ring can also be made
from "cold-rolled steel" rod. Cold-rolled steel is stiffer than
common wire, but finding rod of the diameter wanted can be
difficult.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 5
A piece of wire four feet long is enough for one 1 2 inch net ring.
Bend it as illustrated in figure 1 . The sequence of bends is first a
right angle of 3/8 inch, then measure 2-3/4 inches from this and
bend at right angles again in the opposite direction, then measure
37-1/4 inches further and bend again at right angles in the same
direction. Measure 3-1/4 inches further and bend again at right
angles in the opposite direction. Saw, clip, or file off the last end
so it projects 1/2 inch beyond the last bend. All bends are made by
clamping the wire in a vise and bending against the vise. Hit the
first and last bends with a hammer to make them sharp bends. The
second and third bends should not be hammered as this will
weaken the points where there is strain. When a net ring breaks it
is always at one of these two bends. With the hands, bend the wire
between the second and third angles into a circle, as illustrated.
The net handle is made of a dowel stick (maple) one inch in
diameter (obtainable from a lumber yard) or an old broom handle.
Select a stick with straight grain. The handle length I use is 28-1/2
inches. Taper the handle to 5/8 inch diameter at the ring end to
cut down on weight, leaving the first 6 inches full size for a handle
grip. To make the taper, use a wood plane and plane opposite
sides down until there is only 5/8 inches between them except
near the grip portion. Then plane down the other two sides until
the cross section is 5/8 inch square. Plane off the corners of the
square to make an octangonal prism of 5/8 inch, then round off
the eight corners until the handle is smoothly rounded.
Drill a hole directly through the handle 3-1/4 inches from the
small end and of exactly the same diameter as the wire ring. Drill a
second hole 2-3/4 inches from the end and in exactly the same
plane as the first hole. Put the end of the handle in a vise, with the
holes exactly vertical, and make a shallow groove with a saw from
the first hole to the tip. Turn the handle over in the vise and make
a similar groove from the second hole to the tip. With a pocket
knife widen and deepen these grooves until the apical bends of the
net ring can be inserted into the holes in the handle and the ad-
joining wire segments lie snugly in the grooves. Take the wire ring
off the handle and with a pocket knife cut a shallow groove around
the handle at 1/4 inch from the end and another at 2-1/2 inches
6 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
from the end. Sandpaper the handle smooth with fine sandpaper
and finish it by rubbing with floor wax.
The pattern for the bag is shown in figure 2. Noteworthy
features are a rounded bottom whose apex is a little toward the
handle side rather than at the center. This is to counteract a
tendency for the bottom to swing outward when the net is swung.
Swinging outward tends to result in snagging in the bushes. The
top edge of the pattern is an arc drawn with a pencil on a string,
the end of the string held at the apex of the net bottom. This
peculiar feature makes the bag hang straight when on the ring. If
the top of the pattern were cut straight across, the distance from
the edge to the bottom would then be greater at some places than
at others, resulting in puckering of the bag. This net bag is a short
one for fast collecting. Beginners might want it a few inches longer.
The pattern should be cut out of paper, positioned over a double
thickness of the fabric, and pinned in place before cutting. Sew the
two fabric halves together with a flat, double stitched "French
fell". Leave about 4 inches at the handle side open, unsewn.
The sleeve for holding the bag to the net ring is of muslin, a
piece 4-1/2 inches wide and 48 inches long. If the net is a strong
one, to be used for sweeping, the sleeve should be of Dacron or
nylon to withstand the extra wear. Crease the sleeve piece as in the
figure, pressing the crease with a hot iron. Pin its middle at the
middle of the upper edge of the bag, at the point farthest from the
place for the net handle. Then pin the rest in place along the edge,
and stitch. Several inches of the sleeve will be left projecting at
each end.
For putting a new bag or a replacement bag on the net frame,
thread the wire hoop through the sleeve, insert the ends of the wire
hoop into the two holes in the handle, squeeze them in snugly, and
bind the hoop in place with 2 or 3 turns of thin wire in the two
circular notches near the end of the handle. Twist the ends of the
binding wire tightly together and cover them with a band of ad-
hesive tape to keep the wire ends from catching the net bag. There
is an open throat of the net bag at the handle. Pin this together,
overlap the ends of the sleeve, trim off excess ends of the sleeve,
and sew these together neatly with a needle and thread.
For an extended collecting trip, the entomologist should take
not only more than one kind of net but at least one extra wire ring
for each net and several extra bags.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
_*
^
s=
|
-i-
r
t-
\
-i
<-\
r -?
-
±
Attachment
rzr
•
! Hi".
in Handle
-
:^
3
1—
Figure 1 . Wire ring for an insect net.
PATTERN for
CUTTING NET BAG
net
Attachment of
Net to Sleeve
Figure 2. Pattern for cutting the bag of an insect net.
8
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
The Entomologist's Library
This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received
by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists.
A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analyti-
cal reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence
for this section should be addressed to the editor.
Publications received.- As soon as a publication is received, it is listed in this section.
The following have come to the attention of the editor for this month:
Bohart, R. M. and D. S. Horning, Jr. 1971. Califomian bambicine sand wasps in the
genera Bembix, Bicyrtes, and Microbembex (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae) University of
California Press, 2223 Fulton St., Berkeley, CA 94720. 74 figs. 18 maps, 56 pp. paper
$3.50.
Horsfall, William R. Mosquitoes, Their Bionomics and Relation to Disease. 1972. Reprint
of the original 1955 edition. X+723 pp. Hafner Publishing Co., N.Y., N.Y. $22.50.
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC
AND SEMIAQUATIC HEMIPTERA
IN LOUISIANA1
Gene J. Gonsoulin2- 3
This study was undertaken to obtain information on the distri-
bution and biology of seven families of aquatic and semiaquatic
hemiptera occurring in Louisiana. These include the Hydro-
metridae, Naucoridae, Belostomatidae, Gerridae, Nepidae, Corixi-
dae, and Notonectidae. One other study of this nature has been
done in Louisiana, by Ellis (1952), but it covered only the south-
eastern section of the State. Range extensions of recorded species
were added by Penn (1951, 1952).
Parti. Family Hydrometridae Billberg, 1820. "Marsh Treaders".
Hydrometrids are probably the most inconspicuous of the semi-
aquatic Hemipterans. Owing to this fact they are rarely taken.
Their drab coloration, shape, and slow deliberate manner of walk-
ing render them extremely hard to detect. They are exceedingly
slender bugs with long threadlike antennae and legs (Fig. 1). The
head is much longer than the pronotum and is somewhat swollen
at the apex. Small beadlike eyes, located posterior to the mediam
axis of the head, give the insect a characteristic appearance. The
tarsal claws are apical, unlike those of most surface dwellers, so
hydrometrids are less able to cope with the surface film. Wing poly-
morphism is common, the wings sometimes being reduced to stubs.
'The work for this study was carried on at the University of Southwestern
Louisiana, Lafayette. Final preparation of the manuscript was made through the facilities
of Volunteer State Community College. Accepted for publication: February 22, 1972.
2Department of Biology-Conservation, VSCC, Gallatin, Tennessee.
3I am indebted to Dr. Matt. Dakin (University of Southwestern Louisiana) for his
helpful suggestions throughout the study and for his critical review of the manuscript.
Ent. News, 84: 9-16, 1973 9
10 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
The family is represented in North America by one genus,
Hydrometra. Four species occur in Louisiana. These bugs prefer to
remain among the floating aquatic vegetation where they can
readily conceal themselves if disturbed. Quiet, stagnant, or slow-
moving bodies of water are frequented more than rapid-flowing
streams. They are very voracious and feed on all types of small
metazoans near the surface film and on any insects that chance to
fall upon the surface. The prey is slowly stalked and literally
"harpooned" with the beak, which is almost as long as the head.
The body fluids of the prey are then sucked in.
In Louisiana the adults usually remain active throughout the
entire winter. The spindle-shaped eggs are deposited in early spring
and are attached, by means of a slender stalk, to vegetation or
other solid objects at or above the water level. According to
Hungerford (1920), the average durations of the various stages of
development in Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy are seven days for
the egg and two days for each of the five nymphal instars.
Review of the Literature. Say (1832) described the first two
hydrometrids from the Americas. These were Hydrometra lineata
and its variety australis. Since the name lineata was preoccupied,
Kirkaldy (1900) proposed the name martini. Martin (1900), Bueno
(1905), and Hungerford (1920) wrote on the biology of//, martini
Kirkaldy. In 1923, Hungerford published a paper containing keys
to the hydrometrids in America north of Mexico and described a
new species. Bueno (1926) published on the Hydrometridae of the
Western Hemisphere. A Monograph of the Hydrometridae of the
world (Hungerford and Evans, 1934) is extremely useful. A paper
concerning the Hydrometridae of Florida was published by Herring
(1948). Penn (1951) gave additional records of Hydrometrids in
Louisiana. Drake and Hottes (1952) published a paper on the dis-
tributional and synonymical data along with descriptions of two
new species. In this paper they made Hydrometra myrae Bueno a
synonym of H. australis Say. The transition is confusing, but
appropriate. Wilson (1958) published a paper concerning the
aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera of Mississippi in which acknow-
ledgement was made of the transition and synonymy by Drake and
Hottes, but in which the revised nomenclature was not applied.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 11
Thus, Wilson's Key to the Hydrometridae is inadequate and con-
fusing. Sprague (1956) published on the biology and morphology
of Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy, and Mychajliw (1961) described
four new species of Hydrometra from the New World, none of
which have been recorded for Louisiana.
KEY TO THE LOUISIANA SPECIES
HYDROMETRA LAMARCK
1. Pits on pro- and meso-acetabula normally two (Fig. 20 2
Pits on pro-and meso-acettabula four or more (Figs. 2b, d) 3
2. Second antenna! segment two and one-half times length of
segment one H. australis Say
Second antennal segment not more than twice length of
segment one H. martini Kirkaldy
3. Pits on pro- and meso-acetabula normally four (Fig. 2b);
tylus conical as viewed from above (Fig. 2a) H. hungerfordi Bueno
Pits on pro- and meso-acetabula usually eight to ten
(Fig. 2d); tylus broadly rounded as vewied from
above (Fig. 2c) H. wileyae Hungerford
1. Hydrometra australis Say, 1832, Heter. N. Harm., P. 35 (as var. of lineata ).
Hydrometra myrae Bueno, 1926, Entomol. Amer., 110.
Hydrometra myrae Hungerford and Evans, 1934, Ann. Mus. Natur. Hung., 28:105.
Description. Head 2.5-2.8 mm long; antennae 0.3, 1.0, 2.0, 1.0 mm long; pronotum
1.3-1.5 mm long, pits minute, scattered; tylus bluntly jointed as viewed from above (Fig.
2e); metanotum 0.9-1.1 mm long; pits present on the first and second acetabula, one on
each side of the cleft (Fig. 20: abdomen 4.9-6.2 mm long; male abdominal processes
linear, curved, black, as in H. martini; male terminal segment suddenly widened, with a
long stout spine; length 8.5-1 1.5 mm (Fig. 1).
This species is often mistaken for//, martini from which it can be easily distinguished
by the respective lengths of the first and second antennal segments. In H. australis the
second antenna! segment is 2.5 times the length of the first, whereas in H. martini the
second segment is rarely more than twice as long as the first.
H. australis is the most common species of the genus in Louisiana (type locality) and
other Gulf states. Collections of this species were made primarily in slow-moving bayous,
ponds, and stagnant bodies of water with abundant emergent aquatic vegetation near the
banks.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 3a). Adison - S. of Tallulah, 8-17-67 (GJG 122). Allen -
W. of Oakdale, 6-27-67 (GJG 72); N.W. of Oberlin, 7-3-67 (GJG 72);S.W. of Dequincy,
7-17-67 (GJG 90). Beaurgard - W. of Sugartown, 6-27-67 (GJG 73). Bienville - S.S.W. of
Acadia, 6-8-67 (GJG 53). Bossier - N.N.E. of Midway, 6-8-67 (GJG 48); S. of Filmore,
6-8-67 (GJG 49). Caddo - K . of Houston, 6-7-67 (GJG 43). East Baton Rouge - S.E. of
Fred, 7-10-67 (GJG 80). East Feliciana - W. of Clinton. 7-10-67 (GJG 81). Iberia -
S.S.W. of Trout, 8-17-67 (GJG 127). Jackson - N. of Quitman, 6-26-67 (GJG 64).
Lafayette - S. of Lafayette. 5-20-67 (GJG 37); 9-25-66 (GJG 2); 11-15-67 (GJG 1, 4);
1 1-1 8-66 (GJG 11,13). Morehouse - N.E. of Bastrop. 7-25-67 (GJG 102). Natchitoches -
12 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
Kisatchie Nat. Forest, 10-20-66 (GJG 5c); E. of Goldonna, 8-16-67 (GJG 119).
Plaquemines - N. of Myrtle Grove, 8-24-67 (GJG 136). Rapides - W. of Seipan, 8-14-67
(GJG 115). Sabine - E. of Converse, 8-14-67 (GJG 110). St. Charles - S. of Paradis,
1-29-67 (GJG 18). St. James - W. of Vacherie, 8-24-67 (GJG 134). St. Landry - S.E. of
Opelousas, 6-14-67 (GJG 56); N. of Labeau, 6-14-67 (GJG 57). St. Tammany - W. of
Hickory, 7-11-67 (GJG 86); E. of Montpelier, 7-11-67 (GJG 88). Union - W. of Spear-
ville, 6-26-67 (GJG 66); E.N.E. of Linville, 6-26-67 (GJG 67).
Previous Parish Records. Avoylles, East Feliciana, Iberia, Jefferson, Livingston, Orleans,
Plaquemines, Pointe Coupe, St. Charles, St. Helena, St. Mary, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa,
Terrebonne, Washington, West Baton Rouge, West Feliciana (Ellis, 1952). Acadia, Bien-
ville, Bossier, Caddo, Claiborne, DeSoto, East Carrol, Franklin, Lafayette, Natchitoches,
Rapides, Red River, Sabine, Union, Webster (Penn, 1951).
2. Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy, 1900, Entomol., 33, p. 175.
Hydrometra lineata Say, 1832, Heter. N. Harm., p. 35 (preoc.).
Hydrometra lineata Martin, 1900, Can. Entomol., 32:70, pi. 3.
Hydrometra martini Bueno, 1926, Entomol. Amer., 110.
Hydrometra martini Hungerford and Evans, 1934, Ann. Mus. Hung., 28: 105.
Description. Head 2.4-2.8 mm long; antennae 0.4, 0.8, 2.0, 1.1 mm long; pronotum
1.3-1.4 mm long, a few scattered punctures on the posterior lobe; tylus bluntly jointed
as viewed from above (Fig. 2e); metanotum 0.9-2.0 mm long; pits present on the first
and second acetabula, one on each side of cleft (Fig. 20; abdomen 3.7-5.0 mm long;
male abdominal processes linear, transverse, length 8.5-9.8 mm.
Although Hydrometra martini is the best known North American species of the
genus, it is much less common in Louisiana than H. australis, for which it is often mis-
taken. Both species occupy basically the same type habitat and are often collected
together.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 3b). Iberia - S.E. of New Iberia, 8-23-67 (GJG 128).
Lafayette - W. of Lafayette, 10-9-66 (GJG 4); 11-15-66 (GJG 10, 12). Plaquemines -
Venice, 8-24-67 (GJG 138).
Previous Parish Records. Orleans, Plaquemines, St. John, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa,
West Felciana (Ellis, 1952). Cameron (Hine, 1906). Lafayette (Penn, 1951).
3. Hydrometra hungerfordi Bueno, 1926, Entomol. Amer., 7 (N.S. 2) :107.
Hydrometra australis Hungerford, 1923, Can. Entomol., 55:55.
Hydrometra australis Bueno, 1926, Entomol. Amer., 7 (N.S. 2) :1 17.
Description. Head 2.6-3.0 mm long; antennae 0.4, 0.7, 2.2, 1.5 mm long; tylus conical as
viewed from above (Fig. 2a); pronotum 1.3-1.5 mm long, no punctures posteriorly;
metanotum 1.4-1.7 mm long; pits present on the first and second acetabula, two on each
side of cleft (Fig. 2b); abdomen 4.1-4.4 mm long; male processes of the sixth abdominal
segment conical, glabrous, minute, close together and close to the anterior margin of the
segment, which is black; length 8.0-11.5 mm.
This species may be easily distinguished from Hydrometra martini and H. australis by
the presence of two pits on each side of the acetabular clefts and by the overall larger
body size. Collections of this species revealed the habitat to be primarily rapid or slow-
moving streams and creeks that were clear, with sandy bottoms, often very cold and
lacking aquatic vegetation almost entirely, but having ample shade.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 13
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 3c). Allen - N.W. of Oberlin, 5-4-68 (GJG 158). Webster -
E.N.E. of Cotton, 6-8-67 (GJG 47).
Previous Parish Records. Ascension, Lafourche, Orleans, St. Bernard, St. Tammany,
Tangipahoa. Washington, West Baton Rouge (Ellis, 1952). Orleans (Say, 1831, at
New Orleans). Bossier, Claiborne, Natchitoches (Penn, 1951).
4. Hydrometra wileyae Hungerford, 1923, Can. Entomol., 55:55.
Description. Head 3.6-3.9 mm long; antennae 0.8, 1.2, 3.5, 1.1 mm long; tylus broadly
rounded as viewed from above (Fig. 2c); pronotum 2.2-2.4 mm long with few shallow
punctures on posterior lobe; metanotum 1.6-2.0 mm long; two anterior acetabula with
numerous light-colored pits (Fig. 2d); abdomen 5.6-6.5 mm long; male abdominal pro-
cesses acuminate, widely separated; male segment more or less oval, pointed; length 12-
15 mm.
This species is a new state record. Hydrometra wileyae is by far the largest of the
hydrometrids occurring in Louisiana. It may be readily distinguished from its relatives by
numerous light-colored pits on the acetabula. Only one collection was made in this state.
It was collected in a small, shallow canal, located in a low deciduous woods area. The
canal had a sandy, clay bottom, some emergent aquatic vegetation and ample shade.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 3d). Sabine - N.N.W. of Many, 8-14-67 (GJG 109).
LITERATURE CITED
BUENO, Jose Rollin de la. 1905. Notes on Hydrometra martini Kirk. (= lineata Say).
Can. Entomol., 37:12-15.
. 1926. The family hydrometridae in the Western Hemisphere. Entomol. Amer.,
7:83-128.
DRAKE, Carl J. and F. C. Hottes. 1952. Distributional and synonymical data and de-
scriptions of two new Hydrometra (Hemiptera-Hydrometridae). J. Kans. Entomol.
Soc., 25:106-110.
ELLIS, Leslie L. 1952. The aquatic Hemiptera of Southeastern Louisiana (exclusive of
the Corixidae). Amer. Midi. Natur., 48:302-329.
HERRING, Jon L. 1948. Taxpnomic and distributional notes on the Hydrometridae of
Florida (Hemiptera). Fla. Entomol., 31:1 12-116.
HINE, James A. 1906. A second contribution to the entomology of the Gulf Biologic
Station. Gulf Biologic Station Bull. No. 6:65-83.
HUNGERFORD, Herbert B. 1920. The biology and ecology of aquatic and semiaquatic
Hemiptera. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 11:1-328.
— . 1923. Some studies on the genus Hydrometra in America north of Mexico with
descriptions of a new species. Can. Entomol., 55:54-58, pi. 1 .
, and N. K. Evans. 1934. The Hydrometridae of the Hungarian National Museum
and other studies in the family (Hemiptera). Ann. Mus. Natur. Hung., 28:31-112.
KIRKALDY, George W. 1900. Recent notes on Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy (= lineata
Say). The Entomologish, 33:175.
MARTIN, J. O. 1900. A study of Hydrometra lineata (Say). Can. Entomol., 32:70-76,
pi. 3, Figs. 7-8.
14 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
MYCHAJLIW, Stephen. 1961. Four new species of Hy drome tra from the new world
(Hemiptera-Hydrometridae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 34:27-33.
PENN, George W. 195 1. Additional records of aquatic Hemiptera in Louisiana. I. Nepidae,
Hvdrometridae, and Naucoridae. Proc. La. Acad. Sci., 14:61-71.
SAY, Thomas. 1832. Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemiptera of North
America. New Harmony, Indiana, dated Dec., 1831. (Reprinted by Fitch, 1857,
Trans. N.Y. State Agr. Soc., 17:755-812, and by Leconte, 1859, Compl. Writ. Thomas
Say on Entomol. North Amer., 1:310-368.
STRAGUE, Isabelle B. 1956. The biology and morphology of Hydrometra martini
Kirkaldy. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 38:579-693.
WILSON, Clifton A. 1958. Aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera of Mississippi. Tulane
Studies in Zoology, 6 (3): 116-170.
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC AND
SEMIAQUATIC HEMIPTERA IN LOUISIANA
PART I. Family Hydrometridae Billberg.
ABSTRACT - This paper is the first of a seven part series on the aquatic and semiaquatic
Hemiptera of Louisiana. It contains data on the collection, taxonomy, distribution, and
synonymy of four species of Hydrometra. Included is a key to the species, descriptions,
illustrations, and a general review of the basic literature.
Collections for this study were made on a year around basis. One new state record
was found during the course of the study. Gene J. Gonsoulin, Head, Biology-Conservation
Depts., Volunteer State Community College, Gallatin, Tennessee 37066.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
15
Fig. 1. Hydrometra australis Say.
tylus
Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of tylus and pits on meso-ace tabula of Hydrometra.
a-b. hungerfordi Bucno
c-d. wileyae Hungerford
e-f. australis Say and martini Kirkaldy
16
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
Fig. 3 a. Distribution of Hydrometra
aus trails Say.
Fig. 3b. Distribution of Hydrometra
martini Kirkaldy.
Fig. 3c. Distribution of Hydrometra
hungerfordi Bueno.
Fig. 3d. Distribution of Hydrometra
wileyae Hungerford.
A NEW HOST RECORD FOR
FORCIPOMYIA CRINITA SAUNDERS1
(Diptera: Ceratopogonidae)
Paul G. Bystrak
and Donald H. Messersmith2
Almost 50 species of biting midges from the family Cera-
topogonidae are recorded as sucking haemolymph from butterflies
and moths (both adults and caterpillars), lacewings, meloid beetles,
alderflies, walking sticks, dragonflies and damselflies, sawfly larvae,
crane flies, mosquitoes, and even a phalangid or daddy-long legs.
These are in the genera Atrichopogon, Forcipomyia and Ptero-
bosca. One species of Culicoides sucks blood from mosquitoes, but
this seems to be an indirect method of obtaining its usual blood
meal. (Wirth, 1956).
Most reports indicate that the host insect is not particularly
bothered by the feeding activities of these tiny ectoparasites. The
hosts continue their feeding or mating and other activities undis-
turbed even though half a dozen or more midges may be sucking
their blood. However, Korschefsky (1937) recorded an Atrichopo-
gon attacking a blister beetle and indicated that the beetle was very
disturbed by the biting of the gnats and rubbed its sides vigorously,
trying unsuccessfully to rid itself of these pests.
The site of biting or insertion of the beak is variable. These
biting midges have been taken on the veins of the wings of their
hosts, on other parts of wings and even tunneling through the
'Scientific Article No. A 1754, Contribution No. 4539 of the Maryland
Agricultural Experiment Station, Department of Entomology. Accepted for
publication February 29, 1972.
2Graduate Student and Professor, respectively. Address: Department of
Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
Ent. News, 84: 17-21, 1973 17
18 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
scales on a butterfly wing; they've been taken on the head, thorax,
and abdomen, and on both lightly and heavily sclerotized areas as
well as membranous parts.
Several authors have mentioned that the insects were actually
observed imbibing haemolymph because they could see the abdo-
men enlarging as it filled with the host's blood. We do not know of
anyone actually analyzing the abdominal contents of one of these
engorged midges, however. Culicoides are well-known blood-
suckers of warm blooded animals and even frogs, so it is not
surprising that their more primitive relatives would take blood
from other arthropods.
These insects have evolved several modifications in their mouth-
parts and legs that apparently assist them in their parasitic habits.
In some the claws are enlarged and strongly curved thus increasing
their holding ability. In others the claws are bifid at the tip and in
most the empodium is strongly developed with a pectinate form.
The mouthparts are especially well-developed for piercing the exo-
skeleton of their hosts. The mandibles and maxillae are armed with
minute teeth from 6-15 or more in number. These make effective
cutting instruments. The shape of the mandibles may show a cor-
relation with the degree of hardness of the cuticle of the host, but
not enough is known of the feeding habits of the described species
to draw firm conclusions. Some mandibles taper to a broad rounded
tip with teeth all around the distal margin, others have a narrow
rounded tip with teeth, others are narrow their entire length, some
end in a sharp point, and a few are relatively narrow and then ex-
panded or broadened at the tip.
In a recent paper Wirth and Messersmith (1971) have described
a new species of Forcipomyia in which the maxillae bend outward
distally perhaps to help hold the mouthparts in place during
feeding. The hose of this species is unknown.
These ectoparasitic insects have been collected from all parts of
the world from over 125 different host species. In only one re-
ported case, which was from Cuba, was there an implication of
potential biological control from the activity of these little pests.
In this example Baker in 1907 reported that 1 to 6 midges of the
species F. fuliginosa perched on a larva of a moth and remained
until they sucked it dry and killed it. It is conceivable that some of
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 19
these little parasites could be an effective control agent if they
were abundant enough. However, so little is known of their biology
at the present time and so few have been collected that the chance
of their ever assuming any economic importance is rather remote.
Forcipomyia crinita Saunders has previously been recorded as an
intermittent parasite on four beetle hosts. These are three ceramby-
cids: a Rustic Borer (Xylotrechus undulatus), the White-spotted
Sawyer (Monochamus scutellatus}, and the Northeastern Sawyer
(Monochamus notatus}, and one curculionid: a Leaf-rolling Weevil
(Attelabus bipustalatus) (Soper and Olson, 1963). Previous ac-
counts gave taxonomy and distribution with little mention of
behavior. In our account some aspects on the behavior of this fly
towards two previously unreported hosts, the Soldier Beetle
( ' Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus) (Cantharidae) and the Black
Blister Beetle (Epicauta pennsylvanica) (Meloidae) are described.
These observations were made at two seepage areas in the Blue
Ridge Mountains of Warren County, Virginia. The two sites are
about one kilometer apart but are in the same stream valley. The
lower site, at 200 meters elevation, is at the north base of an earth-
fill dam. The upper site, at 260 meters elevation, is on the north-
east shore of a small lake. Both are overgrown with young trees,
grasses and herbaceous plants, especially Goldenrods (Solidago sp.)
and White Boneset (Eupatorium perfoliatum}. Both are between
deciduous forest and water, and both have saturated soils covered
with mosses and algae. These areas were examined on the 22nd,
23rd, and 30th of August and the 9th of September. During this
period the weather was fairly uniform, with temperatures in the
mid 80's, humidity from 30 - 50% and sunny skies.
A total of 93 flies were observed on 58 beetles, of which 56
were the cantharid. The beetles supported from one to eight flies
each, with one fly per beetle being both the mode and the median.
The percentage of the total beetle population that was infested
varied on different days and at the different sites. At the lower site,
which was considerably smaller, the cantharid population had a
peak of about 20 individuals on the 30th, of which 30% were para-
sitized. The population peak at the upper site was about 350
individuals on the same day and only about 7% were parasitized.
Unlike the beetles, the fly population did not change much over
this three week period.
20 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
The flies exclusively attacked the dorsal surface of the beetles.
Although this area is probably harder than the ventral surface it is
easier to land on and easier to remain on, with active hosts such as
these beetles. The pronotum was the most commonly attacked
spot relative to its size, but this was not a statistically significant
preference. Other sites were the epicranium, the elytra, and the
membranes and spaces between these areas.
The flies seemed to prefer male cantharids, especially males of
mating pairs. In virtually all mating cantharids observed, the male
was being bitten while the female wasn't. It is not known whether
this is due to some attractive quality of the male or simply to the
male's greater exposure to being bitten while mating. However, of
nine single parasitized cantharids that were collected and sexed
later, eight were males.
Upon approaching a beetle, a fly typically hovered about it from
2 to 4 centimeters away for several seconds, often accompanied by
other flies. Landing was quick and the fly normally remained
stationary at the first touch-down point. The presence of another
already feeding did not seem to deter any fly, although there was
usually only one fly to a host. Feeding began immediately and
lasted for an average (mean) of 9 minutes and 46 seconds in 1 1
timed observations. However, although the time spent attached
ranged from 2 seconds to 46 minutes 30 seconds, it was not ob-
served to be sufficient for any fly to become fully engorged. This
is because the fly's visit, in 18 out of 19 cases, was terminated by
the beetle taking flight during the course of its normal activities
and not by the completion of the fly's blood meal. Additional
evidence of this is that many flies were observed to land with some
blood in them, but not fully engorged. During the beetle's flight,
all of its flies were usually dislodged, but in 3 instances flies on the
pronotum survived the flight. This observation could explain the
higher than expected number of flies found on the pronotum.
In general, the beetles appeared oblivious to the presence of the
flies and continued crawling and flying around, and feeding and
mating in their normally active manner. In at least 2 cases, how-
ever, (one a single individual, another a mating male) previously
normally active individuals became extraordinarily active soon
after being attacked and moved about rapidly until losing the flies
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 zl
by flying to an adjacent plant. The beetles then resumed their pre-
vious activity at their previous pace.
The flies in this area were remarkably specific in their choice of
hosts and host plants. They did not attack cantharids on flowers
other than Goldenrod and White Boneset and did not attack other
insects located on these flowers, including members of the families
Acrididae, Gryllidae, Tettigoniidae, Mantidae, Miridae, Phymatidae,
Cicadellidae, Chrysopidae, Otitidae, Asilidae, Scarabaeidae, Mor-
dellidae, Cerambycidae, Vespidae, and Apidae. Although the
meloid was as common as the cantharid, it too was generally
ignored. Both instances of parasitism occurred in the lower area,
where the fly/host ratio was considerably higher than the upper
area.
In summary, Forcipomyia crinita is an intermittent parasite of
beetles. When feeding on cantharids, it seems to prefer the male,
normally does not obtain a full blood meal on its first attempt, and
normally does not disturb its host. The population studied dis-
played a high degree of specificity as to its host insects and plants.
LITERATURE CITED
BAKER, C. E. 1907. Remarkable habits of an important predaceous fly. U. S. DepL
Agric. Bur. Ent. Bull. 67:117-118.
KORSCHEFSKY, R. 1937. Beobachtungen an Meloe violaceus L. und Notoxus mono-
ceros L. Arb. phys. angew. Ent. Berlin-Dahlem 4:157-158.
SOPER, R. S., Jr. and R. E. Olson. 1963. Survey of Biota Associated with Monochamus
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in Maine. Canad. Ent. 95:83-95.
WIRTH, W. W. 1956. New species and records of biting midges ectoparasitic on insects.
Ann. E.nt. Soc. Amer. 49:356-364.
WIRTH, W. W. and D. H. Mcssersmith. 1971. Studies on the Genus Forcipomyia. 1. The
North American parasitic midges of the Subgenus Trichohelea (Diptcra: Ceratopogon-
idae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 64:15-26.
A NEW HOST RECORD FOR
FORCIPOMYIA CRINITA
Saunders (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae)
ABSTRACT - Forcipomyia crinita is a known intermittent ectoparasite of beetles. It
is here reported feeding on Chauliognathus pennsylvanicus (Cantharidae) and Epicauta
penmylvanica (Mcloidae). When feeding on the cantharids, it seemed to prefer the males.
It normally did not obtain a full blood meal on its first feeding attempt, and usually did
not disturb its host. Bystrak, Paul G. and D. H. Messersmith, Department of Entomology,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
Descriptors: F. crinita (Ceratopogonidae) on beetles.
•22 Ent. News, Vol. 84, Januarv 1973
NOTICE
DATA DOCUMENTS FOR SYSTEMATIC ENTOMOLOGY
TO BE DISCONTINUED
The Editorial Committee of Entomological News has decided to discontinue the Data
Documents System (DDSE) effective beginning with Volume 84. Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr.,
former editor, will preserve and distribute copies of articles previously published under
this system.
AMERICAN ARACHNOLOGICAL SOCIETY
A scientific milestone was passed on Saturday, August 12th, near the small village of
Portal, Arizona. Thirty-five arachnologists assembled for the inaugural meeting of the
American Arachnological Society. The Society will publish a journal of all phases of
biology of arachnids, and will serve as a medium of information exchange for more than
200 arachnologists in the Western Hemisphere, as well as others interested in New World
fauna.
The meeting was notable for several reasons: The first elected officer is a woman,
Dr. Bea Vogel, who was elected president pro-temp. Dr. Vogel, the spark plug for
organizing the Society, has for three years edited a newsletter, American Arachnology,
which is sent out to more than 150 interested workers. Secondly, while other scientific
societies may have been conceived in the field, this was probably the first inaugural
meeting actually held in a Forest Service campground. Thirdly, the American Arachno-
logical Society is only the third such organization in the world. It is preceded by the
Arachnological Society of East Asia, begun in Japan in the late 30's, and the British
Arachnological Society, which grew out of a local spider study group more than a decade
ago. Both these societies publish a journal.
Among the 35 participants at the Arizona meeting were arachnologists from the
adjacent states, California, Texas, Oklahoma, Wisconsin, Tennessee, New York and
Massachusetts. Present were Dr. J. A. L. Cooke, Curator of Spiders of the American
Museum of Natural History in New York City, and Dr. Willis J. Gertsch, Curator Emeritus
of the American Museum and also the leading authority on North American spiders.
Dr. Gertsch's present residence in Portal, and the nearby location of the Southwestern
Research Station of the American Museum were among the reasons the Coronado
National Forest was chosen as a meeting site. Another reason was that the participants
preferred sitting under the pines and the open sky to sitting in smoke-filled rooms.
Why do people study arachnids? While the reasons are as numerous and as varied as
the workers, probably no one can give a better reason than John Henry Comstock, a 19th
century American spider worker. When asked why he studied spiders he replied "Because
they are damned interesting creatures, that's why". - B. Vogel, 2505 Ashdale Drive,
Austin, TX 78758.
NEW EXOTIC CRANE FLIES (TIPULIDAE: DIPTERA)
PART XXIII1
Charles P. Alexander2
The preceding part under this general title was published in
Entomological News, vol. 83: 1-9. Of the five species described as
new, three are from Assam, India, where they were collected by
Fernand Schmid, the others being from Java where they were
taken by the late Mrs. M. E. Walsh. I express my indebtedness to
the collectors for their assistance in making known the vastly rich
crane-fly fauna of these countries. Additional to the novelties I am
providing figures of the male hypopygia and venation of various
species of the genus Cheilotrichia from the Oriental region not pre-
viously illustrated and based on type materials preserved in the
Alexander Collection.
Tipula (Sinotipula) delfinadoae, NEW SPECIES
Size large (wing of female 24 mm); general coloration of head
and thoracic dorsum brownish yellow or light brown; vertical
tubercle very slender, erect; thoracic pleura orange yellow; femora
and tibiae brownish orange, tarsi brownish black; wings with proxi-
mal half and outer radial field chiefly orange yellow, posterior
portions more darkened, variegated by yellow marginal areas; very
small dark brown spots at arculus and on Rs, with a small paler
brown area at midlength of cell Cu, veins light yellow, cell 1st M2
small; abdominal tergites yellowed, first segment and posterior
borders of tergites two to six broadly brownish black, seventh and
eighth segments orange.
Accepted for publication: March 22, 1972.
2Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory. University of Massachusetts,
Amherst, MA 01002.
Ent. News, 84: 23-31, 1973 23
24 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
FEMALE-Length about 31 mm; wing 24 mm; antenna about 6 mm.
Frontal prolongation of head brownish orange; nasus elongate, pointed; palpi
brownish yellow, terminal segment dark brown. Antennae with scape and pedicel light
brown, flagellum more brownish orange; verticils very long. Head light brown; vertical
tubercle very slender, erect.
Thoracic dorsum chiefly brownish yellow, the central praescutal stripes clearer
yellow, humeral and lateral borders medium brown; scutum extensively yellowed, with a
central darkening behind the suture, sides similarly darkened, scutellum and mediotergite
more orange yellow; scutellum and anterior mediotergite with long delicate yellow setae;
pleurotergite with lower cephalic portion elevated, light golden yellow pollinose. Pleura
orange yellow, slightly infuscated on dorsal margin and below midlength of the sterno-
pleurite, the latter extending posteriorly to the abdomen; dorsopleural membrane
brownish yellow. Halteres obscure yellow. Legs with coxae brownish yellow, with long
conspicuous yellow setae; trochanters brownish yellow; femora and tibiae brownish
orange, the former with a vague clearer yellow subterminal ring; tarsi brownish black;
claws long, simple. Wings (Fig. 1) with proximal half and outer radial field chiefly orange
yellow, posterior portion more darkened, variegated by yellow marginal areas; very small
dark brown spots at arculus, base and apex of Rs, and a very small area at midlength of
cell Cu; broader paler brown markings include the wing apex and posterior margin, inter-
rupted by yellow pattern in cells /?3 and R5 and as small marginal brightenings in cells
MI to M3, with two further such areas in cell 1st A; cells M4, Cu and 2nd A more
uniformly darkened apically; conspicuous brown seams at m-cu and adjoining veins,
including the basal section of M3 and vein Cu in cells M and M4; prearcular field uni-
formly bright yellow; veins conspicuously light yellow, including those in the darkened
areas. Small trichia on radial veins, including R, ./?,, Rs, R2+3, ar>d R3 except at outer
end, other outer veins glabrous; a few longer trichia on outer fourth of vein M before the
fork, posterior prearcular veins with comparable trichia; squamal setae conspicuous.
Venation: Rs gently curved; cell 1st M2 small; m-cu on M4 shortly beyond fork.
Abdominal tergites chiefly yellowed, first segment and posterior borders of tergites
two to six broadly brownish black medially, sides yellowed; seventh and eighth tergites
chiefly yellow; sternites more uniformly brownish yellow. Ovipositor with cerci long and
nearly straight, dark orange.
HABITAT-India. Holotype 9 , Chug, Kameng, North East
Frontier Agency, Assam, 6,800 - 7,300 feet, July 29, 1961
(Fernand Schmid).
This attractive fly is named for Dr. Mercedes Delfinado, accom-
plished student of the Oriental Diptera. We are greatly indebted to
Miss Delfinado for her critical editing of the Alexander and
Alexander sections of the forthcoming Oriental Catalogue of the
Diptera covering the Tipulidae and certain smaller groups. Among
the more than 30 regional species of the subgenus Sinotipula
Alexander presently known the present fly is most similar to
Tipula( Sinotipula) hobsoni Ed wards, T. (S.) krishna Alexander and
T. (S.) rondaniana Alexander, differing in various details of colora-
tion of the body and especially the wings, as well as the venation.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 25
Tipula (Vestiplex) schizophallus, NEW SPECIES
Size medium (wing of male 17 mm); general coloration of
mesonotum yellow, praescutum with four brownish gray stripes
that are partially margined with darker brown; femora brown,
bases very narrowly yellowed; wings light brown, variegated by
darker brown and whitened areas; abdomen with proximal four
segments obscure orange yellow, outer segments uniformly brown-
ish black; male hypopygium with apex of basistyle bispinous; outer
dististyle unusually large, flattened, beak long and slender;
phallosome withaedeagus depressed-flattened, apex deeply divided
into two long parallel spines, penis unusually long and slender.
MALE-Length about 15 mm; wing 17 mm; antenna about 2.9 mm.
Frontal prolongation of head obscure yellow, nasus concolorous, tufted with long
yellow setae, upper surface with smaller black setae; palpi brownish black, incisures
vaguely paler. Antennae short; scape brown, pedicel light yellow, flagellum brown, first
segment slightly paler; segments nearly cylindrical, subequal in length to their longest
verticils, basal enlargements scarcely indicated, terminal segment small, globular. Head
yellowed anteriorly, posterior vertex more pruinose; vertex with a narrow dark brown
central stripe extending from between the antennal fossae to the occiput.
Pronotum yellow pollinose, laterally patterned with brown. Mesonotal praescutum
yellow, with four brownish gray stripes that are narrowly margined with brown, most
evident on inner borders; scutum yellow, each lobe with two brown confluent areas;
scutellum yellow with a central brown line that ends some distance before posterior end,
parascutella yellowed; postnotum yellow, anterior half of mediotergite more darkened,
clear yellow posteriorly, with a narrow central line that widens behind. Pleura light
yellow, vaguely patterned with darker anteriorly, dorsopleural membrane obscure
brownish orange. Halteres with stem yellow, knob brown. Legs with coxae and
trochanters yellow; femora brown, bases very narrowly yellowed, tips darker brown;
tibiae dark brown; tarsi black, claws of male small, with a subbasal spine. Wings light
brown, variegated by the darker brown stigma and more whitened areas; prearcular and
costal fields darker yellow, wing apex uniformly of the ground color; veins darker brown.
Venation: Rs about twice ./?2+3,- m about twice the petiole of cell A/,.
Abdomen with proximal four segments obscure orange yellow, with three diffuse
brown stripes, basal sternites orange, basal tergite pruinose, outer segments uniformly
brownish black. Male hypopygium (Fig. 7) with upper lobe of ninth tergite, t, low,
obtuse, their mesal part with long black setae, lower tergal lobes near midline produced
into a blackened rod, inner margin microscopically roughened. Ninth sternite, 9s, with
the appendage a short stout lobe, apex obtuse, with long yellow setae. Basistyle, b,
bispinous at apex, outer spine large, the inner a small point. Outer dististyle, d, unusually
large, flattened, beak long and slender, blackened, lower beak small obtuse to truncate;
inner style a long-oval lobe with very abundant black setae from conspicuous punctures.
Phallosome, p, with the distinctive aedeagus appearing as a depressed-flattened plate, the
median structure more heavily sclerotized, apex profoundly divided into two long
parallel spines; penis unusually long and slender.
26 Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
HABITAT-India. Holotype 6 , Chug, Kameng, North East
Frontier Agency, Assam, 6,800 7,300 feet, July 28, 1961
(Fernand Schmid).
There presently are known more than 40 regional members of
the subgenus Vestiplex Bezzi, all differing from the present fly in
details of hypopygial structure. The single most distinctive such
feature in the present fly is the conformation of the aedeagus.
Pedicia (Tricyphona) nigrocuspis, NEW SPECIES
General coloration of thorax light gray, praescutum with four
dark brown stripes; legs light brown; wings brownish yellow,
preacular and costal fields clear light yellow, stigmal area not or
scarcely darkened, cell 1st M2 closed; abdomen black, male
hypopygium with apex of lateral tergal arm narrowed at a right
angle; dististyle compact; phallosome with inner mesal spines or
gonapophyses small, decussate near tips, outer arms as figured, the
posterior pair blackened.
MALE-Length about 7 mm; wing 7 mm; antenna about 1 mm.
Rostrum and palpi dark brown, terminal segment of latter shorter than the penulti-
mate. Antennae short, 16-segmented, dark brown; proximal five flagellar segments
crowded, ends truncated, remaining segments more oval, slightly shorter than their
verticils. Head dark brown.
Pronotum gray. Mesonotal praescutum light gray with four dark brown stripes, the
intermediate pair confluent anteriorly; posterior sclerites of notum light gray, each scutal
lobe with two confluent brown areas. Pleura clear light gray. Halteres with stem yellow,
knob infuscated. Legs with coxae gray to brownish gray; femora light brown, bases
yellowed, remainder of legs, including tarsi, light brown. Wings brownish yellow, pre-
arcular and costal fields clear light yellow, including the veins, remaining veins light
brown; stigmal area not or scarcely indicated as a small pale suffusion. Longitudinal
veins with trichia basad almost to the arculus. Venation: /?1+2 slightly more than twice
R2; r-m long, on ^?4+s shortly beyond its origin; cell M^ shorter than its petiole; cell
1st M2 closed.
Abdominal tergites black, basal sternites dark brown. Male hypopygium (Fig. 8)
generally as in the subgenotype (immaculipennis Zetterstedt). Ninth tergite, t, with
lateral arms straight, apically bent at a right angle into a small point, outer margin of
stem microscopically roughened. Dististyle, d, terminal, compact, suboval, the rostral
portion only slightly produced, with long setae, two being much longer; body of style
with abundant short blackened spinoid setae. Phallosome, p, with apex strongly
emarginate; gonapophysis with inner or mesal spines small, decussate near tips, the outer
lateral arms longer and stouter, the posterior one distinctly blackened.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 27
HABITAT-India. Holotype: 6 , Chug, Kameng, North East
Frontier Agency, Assam, 6,800 7,300 feet, July 29, 1961
(Fernand Schmid).
The most similar regional species is Pedicia (Tricyphona)
glabripennis (Brunetti) which differs in details of coloration and in
hypopygial structure, especially the phallosome. The conformation
and coloration of the gonapophyses in the present fly appear to be
distinctive.
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) crassistyla, NEW SPECIES
Size relatively large (wing of male about 4 mm); general colora-
tion of thorax plumbeous gray, pleura variegated with yellow; legs
brown; halteres with knob clear light yellow; wings very slightly
tinted, prearcular field and costal border clearer yellow; male
hypopygium with outer dististyle Y-shaped, darkened, both arms
simple, the outer at apex dilated into a subcircular head.
MALE Length about 4 mm: wing 4 mm.
FEMALE- Length about 4.5 mm; wing 4.2 mm.
Rostrum dark brown, palpi black. Antennae with scape brown, pedicel black,
flagellum brown, the segments oval. Head gray.
Pronotum and pretergites light yellow. Mesonotum almost uniformly plumbeous
gray, suture and posterior border of scutellum light brown. Pleura chiefly plumbeous
gray, central sternopleurite with the more posterior adjoining sclerites and the dorso-
pleural region light yellow, dorsal sternopleurite darker, ventral sternopleurite gray.
Halteres with stem obscure yellow, knob clear and light yellow. Legs with coxae and
trochanters brownish yellow, remainder of legs light brown, femora more yellowed be-
neath, outer tarsal segments darker brown; femora with long pale scales additional to the
long black setae. Wings very slightly tinted, prearcular field and costal border clearer
yellow; veins brown, yellow in the prearcular region. Venation: Sc relatively long, Sc,
ending shortly before midlength of Rs; veins R3 and RA generally parallel to one another
throughout most of their length; tn-cu at fork of M.
Abdomen brown above, sternites and hypopygium more yellowed. Male hypopygium
(Fig. 1 1) with the outer dististyle a Y-shaped rod, the outer arm shorter, at apex dilated
into a subcircular head, inner arm narrowed gradually to the obtuse tip; no spur on outer
arm as in hrevior an
HABITAT Java. Holotype: 6, Soember Brantas, East Java,
6,000 feet, January 14 25, 1936 (M. E. Walsh). Allotopotype,
9 , pinned with type.
28
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
\
A. ,y\xx /'
Figures 1-8 - Fig. 1, Tipula (Sinotipula) delfinadoae , new species, venation. Fig. 2,
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) cheloma Alexander; venation. Fig. 3, Cheilotrichia (Empeda)
fuscoapicalis Alexander; venation. Fig. 4, Cheilotrichia (Empeda) fuscostigmata Alexan-
der; venation. Fig. 5, Cheilotrichia (Empeda) melanostyla Alexander; venation. Fig. 6,
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) tumidostyla Alexander; venation. Fig. 7, Tipula (Vestiplex)
schizophallus, new species; male hypopygium. Fig. 8, Pedicia (Tricyphona) nigrocuspis,
new species; male hypopygium. (Symbols: b, basistyle; d, dististyle; p, pliallosome; s,
sternite; t, 9th tergite.)
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 29
The present fly differs from Cheilotrichia (Empeda) gracilis
(de Meijere) and other regional species in body coloration and in
hypopygial structure, including the simple arms of the outer
dististyle.
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) perscitula, NEW SPECIES
Allied to scitula; mesonotal praescutum polished chestnut
brown, the anterior and lateral parts more blackened, scutellum,
pleurotergite and pleura yellow, the anepisternum slightly darker;
legs yellow, tips of femora broadly blackened, base and apex of
tibia more narrowly black; wings yellow, veins pale brown, veins
R3 and ^4 strongly divergent, cell ^4 at margin about twice R3\
male hypopygium with outer dististyle blackened, simply bifid,
inner arm very slender.
MALE-Length about 3 - 3.5 mm; wing 4 - 4.5 mm.
Rostrum obscure yellow, darker dorsally; palpi dark brown. Antennae with scape and
pedicel dark brown, flagellum pale brown; proximal flagellar segments subglobular to
short-oval, the outer ones more elongate. Head clear light gray; anterior vertex broad.
Pronotum and pretergites yellow. Mesonotal praescutum polished chestnut brown,
anterior and lateral parts more blackened; scutum chestnut brown, lobes blackened
laterally, scutellum yellow; mediotergite dark brown, pleurotergite yellow. Pleura almost
uniformly yellow, anepisternum very slightly darker. Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae
and trochanters yellow; femora yellow, tips broadly blackened, more extensive on fore
pair where about one-fourth is included; tibiae yellow, base and apex conspicuously
black, broadest on fore pair; basitarsi light yellow, tips and remainder of tarsi black.
Wings tinged with yellow, prearcular and costal regions clearer yellow; veins pale brown.
Longitudinal veins beyond general level of origin of Rs with abundant short trichia,
including also most of 2nd A, lacking or with very few on 1st A. Venation: 5ct ending
opposite one-fourth the length of Rs, vein R2 perpendicular; veins R3 and RA strongly
divergent, cell/?4 triangular in outline, at margin about twice as extensive as/?3.
Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites and hypopygium yellow. Male hypopygium
(Fig. 13) with the outer dististyle, d, blackened, simply bifid, inner arm very slender,
outer arm stouter; inner style slender on basal third, outwardly gradually expanded to
the subtruncated apex.
HABITAT-Java. Holotype: c5, Soember Brantas, East Java,
6,000 feet, January 14-25, 1936 (M. E. Walsh). Paratopotypes,
5 66.
The most similar regional species is Cheilotrichia (Empeda)
scitula Alexander, of Sumatra and Java, differing especially in the
coloration of the legs, venation and trichiation of the veins, and in
structure of the male hypopygium, especially the dististyles.
30
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
12
Figures 9-14 - Fig. 9, Cheilotrichia (Empcda) apemon Alexander; male hypopygium.
Fig. 10, Cheilotrichia (Empeda) cheloma Alexander; male hypopygium. Fig. 11,
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) crassistyla, new species; male hypopygium. Fig. 12, Cheilotrichia
(Empeda) melanostyla Alexander; male hypopygium. Fig. 13, Cheilotrichia (Empeda)
perscitula, new species; male hypopygium. Fig. 14, Cheilotrichia (Empeda) tumidostyla
Alexander; male hypopygium. (Symbols: b, basistyle; d, dististyle; p, phallosome.)
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973 31
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) apemon Alexander
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) apemon Alexander; Jour. New York Ent.
Soc., 77: 199; 1969.
Type from Simbhangang Pass, Mahabharet Range, Nepal. Fig. 9
(male hypopygium).
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) cheloma Alexander
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) cheloma Alexander; Jour. New York Ent.
Soc., 77: 200; 1969.
Type from Sirhoi Kashong, Manipur, Assam, India. Fig. 2 (vena-
tion); Fig. 10 (male hypopygium).
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) fuscoapicalis Alexander
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) fuscoapicalis Alexander; Jour. New York
Ent. Soc., 77: 201; 1969.
Type from Nanga, Sikkim. Fig. 3 (venation).
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) fuscostigmata Alexander
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) fuscostigmata Alexander; Jour. New York
Ent. Soc., 77: 201; 1969.
Type from Rongne, Sikkim. Fig. 4 (venation).
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) melanostyla Alexander
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) melanostvla Alexander; Jour. New York
Ent. Soc., 77: 202; 1969.
Type from Thingsat, Mizo District, Lushai Hills, Assam, India.
Fig. 5 (venation); Fig. 12 (male hypopygium).
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) tumidostyla Alexander
Cheilotrichia (Empeda) tumidostvla Alexander; Jour. New York
Ent. Soc., 77: 203; 1969.
Type from Thingsat, Mizo District, Lushai Hills, Assam, India.
Fig. 6 (venation); Fig. 14 (Male hypopygium).
32
Ent. News, Vol. 84, January 1973
The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidentifica-
tions, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists, amateur
and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt (monthly)
publication is offered in this department.
A Simple Technique for Counting Hard-to-See Appendage Segments
Much frustration is created in taxonomic work from simply not being able to count,
easily, the number of tarsal or antennal segments of certain small beetles. I have found
that by merely placing a drop of benzene on the specimen, and then either using sub-
illumination or reflecting light off of a white background beneath the specimen, the
appendages become sufficiently cleared to enable one to see the segmentation. Also, any
pubescence which may obscure detail disappears. One difficulty I have encountered with
this method, however, is that with some beetles, the shape of the body allows the
benzene to evaporate too quickly. In this case I immerse the entire specimen in benzene
in a Syracuse dish and, with proper positioning and illumination, I achieve the same
desired effect. I have not encountered any instance in which a specimen was damaged by
the benzene; however, those beetles point-mounted with white glue are sometimes
loosened from their mounts, in which case the insect must be remounted.
This technique also works splendidly to temporarily clear the wings of moths and
butterflies, without discoloration. This eliminates time-consuming slide preparations, and
the accompanied ruination of the specimen, and yet presents a clear view of the venation.
Hans P. Allmendinger, Department of Biological Sciences, San Jose State College,
San Jose, California 95114.
Seed Storage in Cocoons of Hyalophora cecropia
From two localities in Ohio (near Cleveland and in Bowling Green), wild cocoons of
H. cecropia have been found to contain a seed at the tapered end. The seeds (corn and
sunflower) are wedged between the silk strands of the loose outer cocoon with only the
tip protruding. Cocoons in both localities were collected from trees, mostly silver maples
planted in residential areas.
As the adult always emerges from the looser tapered end, the presence of a seed
might hinder the emergence. However, a cocoon containing a viable sunflower seed was
collected in October, 1971, and the adult emerged normally in January, 1972, after
being kept indoors. The seed was pushed out ahead of the emerging adult which would
explain why seeds are never found in empty cocoons. The seeds may be placed in the
cocoons by birds, perhaps blue jays which are permanent residents in both areas and
are known to store seeds in crevices (Dow, 1965). -- Gary L. Bernon, Department of
Biology, Bowling Green University, Bowling Green, Ohio 43402.
LITERATURE CITED
DOW, Douglas D. 1965. The role of saliva in food storage by the gray jay. Auk 82:
139-154.
The Moisture Problem in Cyanide Killing Bottles
A cyanide killing bottle is traditionally made with potassium cyanide powder in the
bottom, next a layer of sawdust, and topped with a layer of plaster of Paris which holds
the charge in place. As made by modern entomologists, such cyanide bottles are nearly
always too wet, and a wet bottle means specimens spoiled from sticking to the glass,
discolored or otherwise fouled. A wet bottle, besides endangering specimens, functions
irregularly and soon deteriorates. The excess moisture comes from the plaster of Paris
which, of course, has to be wet for casting in place. Sometimes substitutes such as discs
of cardboard or blotter, or rolled blotter are used. Their popularity is mostly because
they do not introduce moisture. Though they have this advantage, they are not as tight
nor as durable as plaster of Paris.
The best cyanide bottles are made not by substituting something for the plaster of
Paris but by drying out the plaster. A bottle should have about 5 mm of powdered
potassium cyanide in the bottom (packed in), followed by about 7 mm of fine sawdust
(packed in), and about 6 mm of plaster of Paris poured into place.
The same day that a bottle is made it should be thoroughly dried. This is done by
placing the open bottle in an oven set at about 250° Farenheit until dry. Drying will take
several hours. Keep the windows open and stay out of the house until the drying is done,
as cyanide gas is released. Drying can also be done with an electric hot plate or gas
burner, if the bottle is protected from heat shock that will crack it. Drying in a chemical
fume hood is the safest method. The bottle is dry when in side view the edge of the
plaster disc appears optically to have separated from the glass all around. Continue
drying until this occurs.
When the bottle is dry, cover the bottom, up to the plaster with a layer of adhesive
tape. The tape will help protect against breakage and, if there is breakage, the tape will
keep the bottom safely together until the cyanide and broken glass can be disposed of.
A cyanide bottle completely dried out after it is made will keep for several years.
When it is used, it should be started with one or two drops of water on the plaster. On
the first day of use cyanide gas generation will be very slow. After a day or two of
breaking in, the killing bottle is good for about three months of continuous use or two
or three years of occasional use. When it finally deteriorates, this is usually from
accumulation of moisture. If it is not dried initially, it is not a good killing bottle at the
start, it will not keep in storage, and when used, it very soon becomes too wet. Initial
drying is very important. Henry Townes, American Entomological Institute, 5950
Warren Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105.
(Continued from front inside cover)
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CUE "Style
Manual1'.
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions .open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
Advances in Antarctic and far southern entomology. Gressitt and Strandtman, Eds.
16 authors. Pacific Insects Monograph 25, 1971, 226 p, illustr. $ 7.50 hard cover; $ 6.50
wr. Bishop Museum Press,,P.O. Box 6037, Honolulu, HI 96818.
For sale: Philippine biological specimens, including marine, land, and fresh water,
carefully preserved, including insects; price list available upon request from: Romeo M.
Lumawig, P.O. Box 22 Boac, Marinduque 201-E, Philippines.
Butterflies for exchange for any from North America. Antoine Fonlupt, 5-D Place
Marechal Foch, 42 Saint-Etienne, France.
Wanted to buy: Living pupae of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. rubra,
H. gloveri, A. luna, and many other species in either large or small quantities. Richard K.
Zajdel, P.O. Box 932, East Lansing, MI 49923.
For sale: Complete set of "Systematic Zoology", v. 1-12 bound red buckram; v. 13-
20, paper. $200.00. shipped postpaid. P.O. Box 4068, Tallahassee, FL 32203.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 2 1 , Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p. 14 superb color plates. 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochere, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico",
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
AQUATIC DIPTERA, by O. A. Johannsen. 370 p., including 757 figs, on 72 full-page
plates. (1934-37) reprint 1969. All five parts on this basic reference on larvae and pupae
of aquatic flies. $11.25 cloth, $5.00 paper. For this and any insect book in print, write
to: Entomological Reprint Specialists, P. a Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles,
California 90007, USA.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
BIOLOGIE DER HYMENOPTEREN, by H. Bischoff, Berlin 1927. 8 vo. pp. VII, 598
with 224 figs. Cloth. Subscription price: Dutch florins 185 (ca. $59.00) withitsmany
examples for all groups and its 224 figures this book will be of great value for any student
of the Hymenoptera. Publication date end of 1972. Order from: Antiquarian Junk,
Dr. R. Schierenberg & Sons NV. P.O. Box 5, Lochem, Holland.
Wanted: Your name, address and price list if you are an entomologist that has
Lepidoptera for sale. Prefer overseas contacts if possible. Write Edward F. Ruschewski,
4165 Harbor Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008 U.S.A.
VOL. 84
FEBRUARY 1973
CONTENTS
QUEUING AND ROSETTE MOLTING IN AUTOMERIS 10
(LEPIDOPTERA: SATURNIIDAE)
K. Russi, F. Friedl, and H. Russi, p. 33
A NEW SPECIES OF ATYPUS (ARANEAE: ATYPIDAE)
FROM PENNSYLVANIA
Patricia A. Sarno, p. 37
SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED DRAWER FOR
SCIENTIFIC INSECT COLLECTIONS
Henry Townes, p. 57-
NEW HAMPSHIRE, VERMONT, AND SOUTHERN
MAINE INSECT LIST
Richard E. Gray, p. 63
THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, p. 52
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS is published monthly except August and September by
The American Entomological Society at the Academy of Natural Sciences, 1900 Race
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, U. S. A. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback and R. W. Lake
(Editor).
SUBSCRIPTIONS: Communications and remittances to be addressed to Entomologi-
cal News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Prices per yearly volume of 10
numbers: Private subscriptions for personal use, domestic and foreign, $ 7.00 postpaid;
Institutional subscriptions, for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign, $ 12.00
postpaid.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $ 18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $ 1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$ 4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4Vi x 6'/2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, side-stitched, without
covers will be supplied by the printer at 15 cents each for the first 100, and 25 cents each
for each additional separate. Additional copies cost more because they are produced only
by printing extra copies of the journal. Extraneous matter is confined to the back page if
any is present. Usually articles are free of extraneous matter. REPRINTS are not avail-
able. However, each author will be provided with two clean separates of the article so
that he may arrange for reprinting of the article by offset as he chooses.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial arthropods
are appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be sup-
plied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should include
enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this requires a
key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing revisions or
monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
(Continued on back inside cover.)
SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
QUEUING AND ROSETTE MOLTING
IN AUTOMERIS IO
(LEPIDOPTERA: SATURNIIDAE)1
K. Russi2-3, F. Friedl4, and H. Russi5
During studies on venomous caterpillars in Florida, some
remarkable aspects of the behavior of larval Automeris io
Fabricius (Lepidoptera: Saturniidae) were observed. Although the
purpose of the original research was to obtain information on the
dermatitis-producing irritant associated with these larvae, in order
to have an unlimited number of caterpillars available at all times, it
was important to thoroughly understand the life cycle and colony
complexities of A. io. In this way, two interesting behavior
patterns came to light and are reported here.
A. io chalk-white eggs are deposited in upright clusters of 20-35
or more, usually on the underside of foliage (Peterson, 1965).
Under optimum conditions (at least 75° F.) the eggs hatch in
approximately 8-1 1 days. Newly hatched larvae are 3-4 mm in
length and reddish-brown in color. Immediately after hatching,
the larvae eat the empty egg shells, still attached to the leaf. Soon
afterward, the tips of the prominent dermatitis-producing larval
spines turn black.
'Accepted for publication: March 9, 1972
2This research was supported by the U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
Public Health Service Research Fellowships 1-FO1-GM 42-902-01, and 5-FO1-GM 42-
902-02, National Institute of General Medical Sciences.
3Present address: Box 456, De Leon Springs, Florida 32028
4Associate Professor of Zoology, University of South Florida, Tampa, Florida 33620
5 Volusia County Board of Public Instruction, DeLand, Florida 32720.
Ent. News, 84: 33-36, 1973 33
34 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
Several hours after hatching, the first group behavior, queuing
(Herrnkind, 1969) or trailing, can be observed (Figure 1). As many
as 40 young larvae will trail, with each "trailer" keeping its head
against the posterior end of the preceeding larva. The "trailer"
constantly lifts and extends its head, first to one side and then to
the other of the caudal end of the larva in front of it, seemingly
to confirm its own position as a follower.
At times the trailing was unbroken for hours around the inner
surface of a cylindrical container, until a leader was diverted to
foliage by means of blocks and hurdles.
Mass queuing behavior decreases as the size of the larvae in-
creases. However, double and triple trailing is not unusual in even
large (3-5 cm) 4th and 5th instars.
A second behavioral oddity is rosette molting. Prior to the first
molt (approximately 7 days after hatching), caterpillars huddle
into a rosette on a leaf, typically with anterior ends toward the
outside, and posteriors toward the inside (Figure 2). As molting
progresses, the exuviae are left in the center of the rosette until
the caterpillars turn around to devour the cast-off skins (Figure 3).
One might assume this to be a defense mechanism, since
collectively, the members of a rosette pattern may be a more
formidable deterrent to predators than single larvae. By the third
molt, probably because of the increase in larval size, the tendency
for protective rosette molting to occur, decreases. However, even
in the later molts, the exuviae are usually eaten (with the exception
of the hard head capsule).
LITERATURE CITED
PETERSON, A. 1965. Some eggs of moths among the Sphingidae, Saturniidae. Fla.
Ent., 48:213-220.
HERRNKIND, W. 1969. Queuing behavior of spiny lobsters. Sci., 164:1425-7.
ABSTRACT: Two unusual types of behavior are described for Automeris io Fabricius
(Lepidoptera, Saturniidae) larvae: queuing (trailing) and rosette molting. The venomous
larvae are gregarious, which may be a defense mechanism.
K. Russi, F. Friedl & H. Russi, Box 456, De Leon Springs, Florida 32028.
Ent. Neu-s, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 1. Automeris io larvae, queuing.
I cm
Figure 2. Group or larvae resting in a rosette form, prior to molting.
36
Ent. Neu's, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 3. Newly-molted larvae beginning to devour the cast-off exuviae. Notice the
rosette design of exuviae.
A NEW SPECIES OF ATYPUS (ARANEAE.
ATYPIDAE) FROM PENNSYLVANIA1
Patricia A. Sarno2
The genus Atypus, first described by Latreille in 1804, desig-
nates those subterranean spiders which possess three pairs of spin-
nerets, eight eyes, an anal tubercle remote from the spinnerets,
paraxial chelicerae, three pairs of cardiac ostia, a sternum with
eight sigilla, and a labium fused to the sternum. These are purse-
web spiders, so called because the webs in which they live are long
tubes resembling once-fashionable purses. The biology and distrib-
ution of the genus is imperfectly known. Bonnet (1955) lists the
following seven Old-World species: Atypus piceus (Sulzer, 1776)
from Northwestern and Central Europe and Russia; A typus affinis
Eichwald, 1830 from Northwestern, Central and Southern Europe
and Russia \Atypuskarschi Donitz, 1887 from Japan and Formosa;
Atypus javanus Thorell, 1890 from Java ; A typus muralis Bertkau,
1890 from Central and Southern Europe and Russia; Atypus
dorsualis Thorell, 1890 from Burma; and Atypus sutherlandi
Chennoppaiya, 1935 from India. In addition, Schenkel (1953)
describes A typus sinensis, from Shansi, China (mainland).
Four Nearctic species are recognized by some authors: Atypus
bicolor Lucas, \836; Atypus abboti (Walckenaer, 1837); Atypus
milberti (Walckenaer, 1837) and Atypus niger (Hentz, 1842).
However, Gertsch (1936) revised the Nearctic Atypidae and in-
cludes three species in the genus A typus: A. abboti, A. bicolor, and
A. milberti; he considers A. niger a synonym for the latter.
Gertsch records the distribution of the Nearctic species as follows:
A. abboti, Georgia and Florida; A bicolor, District of Columbia,
Florida and Maryland; and A. milberti, Massachusetts to Wis-
consin and south to North Carolina. The occurrence of A. niger in
Ontario, Canada is noted by Gray (1956). Exline and Petrunke-
vitch (1939) list four species, maintaining the distinction between
'Authorized for publication as paper no. 4098 in the Journal Series of The Pennsylvania
Agricultural Experiment Station. Accepted for publication: February 29, 1972.
2Graduate student - Department of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University,
University Park, Pennsylvania 16802.
Ent. News, 84: 37-51, 1973 37
38 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
A. milberti and A. niger. Kaston (1948), likeGertsch, considers the
two species to be conspecific. A. niger and A. milberti are con-
sidered synonymous in this paper. Vogel (1962) also notes that:
A. abboti has been collected in Tamoulipas, Mexico; A. bicolor
from Louisiana; A. milberti in Connecticut and Illinois; and
A. niger in Michigan.
During the summer of 1970, specimens of Atypus from Dela-
ware County, Pennsylvania were collected because of an unusual
complaint - a home owner reported an invasion of his swimming
pool by spiders. An attempt to identify these materials revealed
that they did not fit any of the existing species descriptions. There-
fore, the description of a new species is presented in this paper.
The description is based on 22 adult males and 20 adult females.
Morphological terminology and descriptive technique follow
Gertsch (1936). Descriptions of color are based on the alcoholic
material, the spiders in life being slightly darker.
Much gratitude is extended to Dr. R. Snetsinger, Professor of
Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University, for his help and
guidance as research adviser; to Dr. K. C. Kim, Assistant Professor
of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University, for his help
with the manuscript; and to Dr. J. A. L. Cooke, Associate Curator
of Arachnida, The American Museum of Natural History,
New York, New York, for the loan of materials for study.
ATYPUS SNETSINGERI
NEW SPECIES
Type-Data
Male holotype and 21 paratypes from 221 North Lansdowne Avenue, Lansdowne
(62.5 metres above sea level), Delaware County, Pennsylvania, June 25, 1969, R.
Snetsinger. Female allotype, 19 paratypes, and 30 immature forms from the same
locality, September 12, 1970, P. A. Sarno. Male holotype and one paratype, female
allotype and one paratype on deposit in the American Museum of Natural History,
New York, New York; two male and two female paratypes in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts; one male and one female
paratype in the Illinois Natural History Survey, Natural Resources Building, Urbana,
Illinois; 17 male and 15 female paratypes and 30 immatures in the Frost Entomological
Museum, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania.
Diagnosis
Male. Other Nearctic males without: smooth carapace and cheliccrae, roughened
sternum, 15 teeth on each chelicera, fang minus tooth, unswollen palpal tibia, short
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973 39
conductor, straight embolus. Specifically, A. abboti without: brown abdomen, trans-
verse cervical groove, leg formula 4123, five teeth on proclaws, three teeth on retroclaws.
A. bicolor without: brown legs, oval sigilla, four-segmented posterior spinnerets.
A. milberti without: long chelicerae and tarsi, four-segmented posterior spinnerets.
Female. Other Nearctic females without: five teeth on tarsal retroclaws and medians,
three teeth on proclaws, five teeth on palpal claws, 14 teeth on each chelicera. Specif-
ically, A. abboti without: sternum broader than long, transverse cervical groove. A.
bicolor without: oval sigilla, four-segmented posterior spinnerets. A. milberti without:
four-segmented posterior spinnerets.
Description
Male. (Figures 1 - 6). A rather large, stout spider with dark reddish-brown carapace,
chelicerae, and legs, and a brown abdomen. Measurements of the cephalothorax and
abdomen are given in Table 1.
Cephalothorax
Carapace darkest at the margins and anterior portion of the cervical groove; smooth
except for a very small, curved spine on the front face of the ocular tubercle and a few,
minute posterior spines. Carapace truncated in front, width greatest just behind this
point. Sides weakly rounded, almost straight, with the carapace narrowed slightly from
between the first coxae to between the third and fourth. Posterior margin of carapace
broadly rounded and emarginated above the pedicel. Pars cephalica with sparse hairs,
the dorsal aspect a subequilateral triangle with slightly rounded and irregular sides
(Figure 1). The lateral aspect of the pars cephalica strongly elevated and convex, rounded
from the front of the ocular tubercle to where it tapers off to the pars thoracica, just in
front of the cervical groove. Pars thoracica unevenly flattened; the cervical groove a deep
transverse depression two-thirds the length of the carapace back from the anterior
margin. The depression almost triangularly shaped with rounded sides, the apex posterior
in the direction of the posterior margin of the carapace. Two posterior radial furrows
from the apex of the depression to just before the posterior margin of the carapace, a
furrow on each side of the emargination above the pedicel (Figure 1).
Eyes on an elevated, black tubercle, anterior medians the largest. Viewed from above,
the second row of eyes very slightly recurved, almost in a straight line, the medians
separate from each other by five diameters and subcontiguous with the laterals. Lateral
eyes separate at their bases. Median ocular quadrangle broader than long, narrowed in
front (Figure 2). Viewed from the front, the first row of eyes weakly procurved. Anterior
medians separate from the laterals by one-half their diameter and from each other by one
diameter. The laterals plus the posterior medians forming a cluster of three eyes, the
anterior laterals the largest.
Labium and sternum fused with no indication of a suture. Both dark reddish-brown;
profusely hirsute at the anterior margin of the labium and posterior margin of the
sternum, otherwise sparsely covered. Surface of the sternum roughened, notably along
the margins. Labium roughened, with the appearance of protruding at the anterior
portion. Sternum with eight well-defined sigilla; a small oval pair at the base of the
labium; a second small, round pair in between the first and second coxae on each side;a
third larger, oval pair between the second coxae on each side; a fourth, the largest pair,
at the posterior end of the sternum between the second and third coxae and directly
anterior to the fourth. Posterior sigilla separate from each other by about one diameter.
Coxae subequal, reddish-brown, with fine brown hairs. Maxillae concolorous with
40 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
sternum, fine brown hairs evenly over the surfaces. Endites, strongly developed, with
rows of short clavate hairs on their prolateral margins (Figure 3).
Chelicerae same color as carapace. Dorsal surfaces smooth with fine light brown hairs
mainly over the lateral margins and distal ends. Distal ends with longer, stouter curved
hairs approaching spines. Viewed from above, the chelicerae three times as long as broad,
curving downwards distally. Viewed from the side, twice as long as broad, rounded
above, flat on the prolateral sides, convex on the retrolateral sides, abruptly narrowed
near the bases. Ventral margins with long, light brown hairs on both sides of the teeth,
thickest on the retrolateral sides. Claws dark brown to black, almost as long as chelicerae,
gently curved, wider at the bases and narrowed to points. Each claw without a tooth near
the base. Cheliceral furrows indistinct. The ventral margins of each chelicera with a row
of 15 teeth; eight strong longer teeth, subequal in size; four thinner, much shorter teeth
alternate with the longer ones; three reduced but strong teeth smaller to the distal end
(Figure 4). Two very small tooth buds near the base of each chelicera; four larger buds in
a row at the distal end on the prolateral side.
Legs and Palps
Legs concolorous with carapace, the tarsi slightly lighter. Relatively slender, the
femurs the stoutest segments with each segment thereafter increasingly slender. Measure-
ments of the lengths of legs and palps are given in Table 2. Widths of first leg: femur -
0.9 mm, patella - 0.7 mm, tibia - 0.8 mm, metatarsus - 0.4 mm, tarsus - 0.3 mm. Other
legs essentially similar in stoutness. Legs with an uneven cover of fine brown hairs,
sparsest on the femurs and increased in abundance to the tarsi. A few weak spines dorsal
on the metatarsi, mostly at the distal ends. Not less than six ventral spines on the tibiae.
With 12 strong ventrals along the lengths of the metatarsi, and in addition, five or six
shorter distal spines. Tarsi essentially without spines except for a few very weak ones on
the ventral surfaces of the third and fourth legs. Tarsi flexible, with numerous transverse
false sutures the distal two-thirds of the joints except very near the claws. Three claws
present on each tarsus; the median claw small and curved, the lateral claws much larger
than the median, slightly dissimilar. All claws dark brown. Proclaws each with five teeth
in a row, four long and one short nearest the basal end; retroclaws each with three teeth,
two long and one short near the basal end. Palps concolorous with legs. Palpal femurs
with long hairs on the ventral surfaces. Hairs on patellae and tibiae much as on femurs.
Dorsal and lateral surfaces of tarsi same as femurs, with tarsi formed into palpal organs.
Palpal organs spherical and brown. Conductors leading to and under emboli whitish,
grooved and sclerotized. Emboli short and straight, whitish, wider at bases and tapered to
thin points. Tibiae on palps not conspicuously swollen (Figure 5).
Abdomen
Abdomen essentially oval, brown to brownish-gray, mottled with lighter tan spots.
Dorsum with a very dark brown marking from the pedicel back to a round, tan
sclerotized plate, then another brown marking not as dark as the first. Extent of
markings one-half the length of the abdomen. Surface with small, fine tan hairs (Figure
1). Venter brown and mottled, like the dorsum, but with longer hairs. The four lung
covers light tan (Figure 3). Anal tubercle some distance from the spinnerets. Spinnerets
six in number, tan, with tan hairs (Figure 6). Anterior laterals small (0.5 mm long),
slender and one-segmented; median pair one-segmented (0.9 mm long and 0.6 mm wide),
tan with white distal ends; posterior spinnerets long (2.1 mm) and four-segmented, the
lengths of the segments from base to apex, 0.7 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.6 mm, 0.3 mm.
Ent. NetfS, Vol. 84, February 1973
41
Figure 1 . Male - dorsal view
1 mm = .5 cm
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 2. Eyes of male - dorsal view
1 mm = 2 cm
Figure 3. Underparts of male
1 mm = .5 cm
Ent. Ntu'S, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 4. Chelicera of male - prolaterial view
1 mm = 1 .5 cm
Figure 5. Left male palpus - frontal view
1 mm = 2.5 cm
44
Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 6.
Spinnerets - male
1 mm = 2.5 cm
TABLE 1 Measurements of the Cephalolhorax and Abdomen
of ATYPUS SNETSINGERI, n. sp Male
L
E
Carapace
Sternum
Labium
Maxilla+tndite
Abdomen
N
G
Holotype
41
2.6
0.6
2.1
6.1
T
H
Type-
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
(mm)
Series
4.0
2 3.2 - 4.6
2.57
2.0 • 3.8
0.60
0.4 -0.7
2.13
1.9-2.5
4»4
3.6 - 6.2
W
1
Holotype
3.9
2.8
0.8
1.8
3.4
D
T
Type-
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
H
Series
3.70 3.0-4.2
2 74 2 1 - 3.2
0.75
0.6 • 0.9
1 M
1.1-2.0
3 20
2.5 - 4.0
(mml
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
00
(N
o
CN
Tt
o — «
(L> ^«
Q> ^*
00 ,
00 ,
00 ,
oo ,
00 ,
S q
C
cd f
g (N
i t-
|q
O2 o
Q2 ON
02 oo'
in ^2
2 E H
^
d
en
^
og —
^^
^^
^H
H O
r-
\o
en
ON
~-
en
vO
Tf"
IX (N
IX ^
IX o
IX rj
IX ^
q
CU P
CU ^
o .
d> .
nn cs
00 fN
oo ri
OO <N
oo —
C
c
C ,
c ,
CO
0,
co , — , co r~-
3 E & ,
CD
02 ^
s. ^
3. °^
d
•a
c3 £ o
o
o
Tj-
fN
Ou
H^ '***' c^i
ri
rj
(N
—
c QJ
(N
O
o
fN
tn
C3 "3
as
IX ^
IX °^
IX °^
IX °i
fN
IX P
•2 £
"o c
<D "
oo m
u «
00 fN
oo rn
D ^
u
00
V) *.
x; —
CO C •
3 efl
« «1
c
C ,
c
CO 1
I1 a
|0 02 £j
02 P
OJ OJ
(2 ^
fN
02
v 0
~ 1 P
C*j
*— i
.
J Z
(N
fN
fi
1
cu *— <
CU
s
t^
^>
oo
C! nj
IX r
IX ">
IX "!
IX ^
IX
' Z
(N
CN
<N
1
a on
<3 S9
a> °°
V^i
CU °
00
fN
1 £
oo ri
.
oo r4
oo rn
ofl rs
00 —
c
c
c
c .
1 5
•2 -? ^ "
n
02 ^
O2 <^
OS °^
s. ^
d
«1>
— 5 o
1—4
ON
in
S o
H -S «N
H
fN
—
o
,
oo
f^
^.
UJ
IX -r
ts
IX P
tM
IX 2
IX t
fN
IX P
_)
n
H
oo —
« «i
00 —
u ^
oo —
cu •
OO —
CU •
oo o
c
C
c
c ,
c
£ -
CQ
CO
O2 °^
CO
02 ^P
J2 ^ CN
—
d
d
0
O • ^-i
_;
_;
_;
d
^5 c
ix 5
oo
IX ^
00
IX ^
OO
IX ^
IX *>
""
0
o> •
*
[-;
m
u ^
oo •'T
00 Tf
oo m
OD ^*
GO fS
C ,
c
c .
C ,
C ,
(2 <><
«
O2 "^
a
02 —
s. °^.
|q
cs
fN
fN
11 -
O C
1/1
c<^
p
o
fN
Uu ^^ ^^
o
m
^-
T
IX °i
IX ^
IX P
IX ^
X "~~.
en
<u
cu
u
u
ex
O.
a.
Q.
o.
•*-• ' CO
•»-- CO
£*
, ._
C1 ^ (0
— ' ' CO
Q QJ QJ
CU n>
O cu cu
"§ S '^
I H 00
1 £5
~5
X
D. 'C
>, CU
H oo
1 ^1
X H 00
<N
I
46 Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, February 1973
Female. (Figures 7 - 9). Lighter in color, larger, and more robust than the male.
Measurements of the cephalo thorax and abdomen are given in Table 3.
Cephalothorax
Carapace light brown, smooth, with a few small spines on the front and back of the
ocular tubercle and a row of four to five weak spines on the pars cephalica from the
ocular tubercle back. Carapace broadly truncated in front, sides straighter than in the
male, narrowed to between the third coxae, and broadly emarginated above the pedicel
(Figure 7). Pars cephalica slightly less elevated than in the male, dorsal and lateral aspects
essentially alike. Pars thoracica irregularly flattened with radial furrows less evident than
in the male. Cervical groove transverse, position as in the male but not as deep.
Eyes on an elevated tubercle, first row procurved as seen from the front, the anterior
medians separate from each other by more than their diameter and separate from the
anterior laterals by three-fourths of one diameter. As seen from above, the first row of
eyes very slightly recurved, almost in a straight line so that a line along the upper margins
of the laterals passes slightly below the upper margins of the medians. Second row of eyes
recurved, the medians separate from each other by four times their length and contiguous
with the laterals. Median ocular quadrangle broader than long and narrowed in front.
Lateral eyes slightly separate at their bases (Figure 8).
Labium and sternum darker than carapace, both smooth, with an even cover of short
brown hairs except on the sigilla. Sigilla the same in shape and position as the male, the
anterior pair not as well defined. Coxae lighter in color than the carapace, subequal,
with short brown hairs. Maxillae as broad as the lengths of their coxal portions, with a
cover of short brown hairs; endites well developed, with short spinules, especially on
on their porlateral margins. Rows of clavate hairs here not as dense as in the male.
Chelicerae shorter than in the male, twice as long as broad as viewed from above.
Slightly darker than the carapace, smooth, with several short and a few long dorsal spines
the first two-thirds from the proximal ends. The distal thirds with many stout hairs and
with long curved spines at the distal ends. Chelicerae more strongly rounded above than
in the male, sides as in the male, all surfaces smooth. Cheliceral furrows indistinct.
Ventral surface of each chelicera with 14 strong teeth; seven long teeth, subequal, four
shorter teeth alternate with the long, and three short teeth at the distal end. One larger
and two small tooth buds near the base of each chelicera, a small tooth bud after the
fifth tooth from the distal end. A bank of long, thin hairs on the ventral margin on each
side of the row of teeth, thicker on the retrolateral side. Claws almost as long as
chelicerae, each with a weakly-developed tooth outside near the base (Figure 9).
Legs and Palps
Legs brown, stouter than in the male. Measurements of the lengths of legs and palps
are given in Table 4. Widths of the first leg as follows: femur - 0.9 mm, patella - 1.0 mm,
tibia - 0.9 mm, metatarsus - 0.7 mm, tarsus - 0.6 mm. Second and third legs proportion-
ately stouter respectively, last leg essentially as the first. Legs with rows of short dark and
long brown hairs mainly on the dorsal and ventral surfaces of the femurs and more evenly
over the rest of the legs. Hairs increased in length to the tibiae, then decreased in length
to the tarsi. First metatarsus with not less than 10 short dorsal spines, and three longer
ventrals, a pair at the distal end; first tarsus with not less than six small dorsals. Second
tibia with three small dorsals; second metatarsus with not less than 14 small dorsals and
not less than seven longer ventrals, three at the distal end; second metatarsus with not
Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, February 1973
47
less than 14 small dorsals and not less than seven longer ventrals, three at the distal end;
second tarsus with not less than six small ventrals. Third tibia with a few small pro-
laterals; metatarsus with not less than 12 prolaterals these almost dorsal, and not less
than six longer ventrals; third tarsus with a few small dorsals and ventrals. Fourth tibia
with a few short dorsals and not less than eight longer ventrals; fourth tarsus like the
third. Each tarsus with three small claws, retroclaw with four larger teeth and a small
basal tooth, proclaw with three teeth, median claw with five small teeth. Each palpal
claw with five teeth.
Abdomen
The abdomen suboval, narrowed near the base, a tan sclerotized plate in the cardiac
area (Figure 7). Abdomen darker than the carapace with pale, lighter spots. Venter and
dorsum similar. Posterior spinnerets four-segmented as in the male.
Figure 7. Female - dorsal view
1 mm = .5 cm
48
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 8. Eyes of female - dorsal view
1 mm = 2 cm
Figure 9. Chelicera of female - prolateral view
1 mm =1.5 cm
TABLE 3 Measurements of the Cephalothorax and Abdomen
of ATYPUS SNETSINGERI, n. sp. Female
L
E
Carapace
Sternum
Labmm
Maxilla+Endite
Abdomen
N
G
Allotype
6.0
3.2
1.0
2.9
6.3
T
H
Type-
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
(mm)
Series
5.32
3.4 - 7.0
3.19
2.0 - 4.0
0.90 0.6 - 1.2
2.91
2.3 - 3.6
6.23
4.2 - 10.0
W
I
Allotype
4.8
3.5
1.5
2.1
4.8
D
T
Type-
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
X
Range
H
Series
4.58
30 - 5,5
3.59
2.5 - 4.3
1.34 1
0-1.8
2.07
1.5 • 2.9
4.26
2.7 - 6.0
(mm)
Ent. Neu's, Vol. 84, February 1973
49
1 ^
r~ (N
D — D — H
00 — . 00 ~
c c
CO CO
/•y* ^O /y* f*^
m \ci r~- iri
~ 00
IX °° IX ^
ON oo
-rjj — i —
C , C .
O *^C U fN
OO OO -^
C C
CO CO
as t aS °°.
NO l/~) f^ NO
od d
IX JQ IX J
oo » oo «
c , c ,
c1 ,
ON p-i
ix °;
^j~
|2
3 "p?
-- ^ OM ^
aS ^ aS "^
Q/ t
<n C
S £
p d P d
P d P °'
d
Crt
0,
t""1 *~
^^ ^^
r—l ^H
^^
2
•o
c
CO
V
•3
fN O\
IX P IX °i
— o
TJ- |-»
IX °^ IX P
ON
1 V Os
IX d
VI
oo
0-
(U ^ U P
f^t \Q
Jj
cx
OO <N OO fN
OO fN OO tN
00 |
(_
81 01
c , c ,
C . C ,
c
0
d 3 ^
Q£ P (V^ OO
Qi ON £j O
K
&
c
5 1 1
— •*"* **— '
O u~>
tN —I
p d p
fN fN
1
tu
0 5
z 2
IX ^. IX <*.
IX ^ IX °9
IX I
5
00
•-H —
*~~* ^^
1
U—
u
O
CO
Z
u ^ u P
<U ""> 01 —
u "*
—
WJ
00 fNl 00 fN
oo — eo ts
bO ^^
c
oo
C , C ,
C , C ,
c .
~~>
ID o ~
0^ ON Q/ r-
a; NO Q^ c >
CO
aS ^
a>
IN
3
? si
m ° m ^
d -
0
I
^ H 3
tN —
— c fS
d
0
"o
IX ^ IX ^
f> O
IX -: IX ^
X
^
d
s
-o t
D ° <y °
fN
CQ
OO tN OO fN
00 fS 00 tN
eo —
^£
C , C ,
C , C ,
j^
H
A/ OO ^ ON
(2 ON (2 0
as r~
a 'P
d d
NO oo
o — <
fN O
0 °
<u 1
"""* t
tN —
— ^ tN
—
Cu "~ '
— i O
O in
ON
IX °9 IX ^
IX ""> IX ""!
IX °^
o
u ^ -,
^. i» I
u Tt
OO T* OO Tt"
oo r*"> oo T+
oo fs
c , c ,
c c
co cd
CO , CO
Qi fN ^ tN
as P as "1
aS ^*
3 ^^
r~i tN
•<t q
tN tN
q tN
0
S 6
m en
d fi
tN
o C
uu o
•<fr ON
— ON
00
IX ^ IX **.
IX ^ IX -
IX <*.
rr> tN
—
QJ Qj
0. 0.
0 0
D, Q.
8.
•^* A ^ -^* ii ^
>> i wi ^ i ""
•S* i S
o. -c a. •-
o a. -2 ° o. -2
Q, • —
=3 >, g =3 >, g
< f- oo < H oo
~ >. (U
< H oo
S1 d
t
-J Z
« (N
m TJ-
0.
50 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
HABITS
Males. Males were collected: from the swimming pool filter and
from silk tubes attached to the lower stems and around the roots
of a hedgerow; at the base of a small magnolia tree and rhodo-
dendron bush; and along a concrete house foundation. Lengths of
the tubes range from 150 to 175 mm above the surface of the soil,
and the burrows from 100 to 150 mm below. Widths range from
12.2 to 15.5 mm. Essentially unbranched, the tubes are attached
at their tops to the plants and house foundation. Color of the silk
is white, but the tube varies from gray to brown depending upon
the type of soil particles attached to it by the spider as camouflage.
The tubes are separated by approximately 50 mm. Males wander
away from their tubes during late June and early July. Occasionally,
dead males are found in tubes in early September.
Females. Tubes and burrows of females are similar in location
and form to those of males but proportionately larger. Lengths
range from 175 to 250 mm above the soil surface, and from 150
to 200 mm below. Widths range from 12.2 to 18.3 mm. The aerial
portion, or tube, is occasionally divided into two or three branches.
Females retreat when disturbed, but on continued prodding with a
probe rear back (the two front legs extended outward and upward,
the chelicerae apart and fangs extended) and strike at the probe.
Taken from the original tubes, they build small horizontal tubes
along the sides of the containers in which they are placed within
24 hours after capture. When placed on the surface of soil, they
dig a tunnel and construct a tube and burrow within approximately
six days. When put into a ready-made tunnel, they begin to line it
with silk, extending guidelines the length of the tunnel on all sides
and out over the soil surface. These lines are then attached to the
stem of woody plants or sticks nearby. Construction of the tube
and burrow alone is completed in three to four days, at the rate of
37.2 mm per day. Tubes and burrows of females reared in captivity
are comparatively smaller than those in nature, the tube not ex-
ceeding 50 mm. Soil particles are added to the tubes only a small
distance above the soil surface. When the original tube and burrow
are removed with the spider and placed into a terrarium, the spider
usually leaves the old tube and constructs a new one. Females feed
approximately once every two days, striking at small insects
through the tube and pulling them partially in. After feeding, the
Ent. Nws, Vol. 84, February 1973
tube is repaired. White, liquid fecal matter is ejected with much
force from the top of the tube. The spider is found mainly near
the upper portion of the burrow, just below the soil surface. At
rest, the abdomen is directed toward the base of the burrow and
the legs are bent with the femurs inward and upward over the
body. Spiders usually remain in the lower tubes or upper portion
of the burrow but leave when an insect is introduced down the
tube from the top. After the insect is removed, the spider returns.
When molting occurs, the exuviae are removed from the tube at
the top and are often found entangled in the side.
Immatures. Tubes of immatures are similar to those of males
and females but proportionately smaller, and are attached on a side
along the entire length of the aerial portion. They may be in rows
of seven or eight, separated by 18.3 mm or more. Abandoned
tubes are frequently found. Lengths of tubes in use range from 50
to 100 mm above and the burrows from 50 to 75 mm below the
surface of the soil. Widths range from 3.1 to 4.0 mm. Immatures
do not live long in captivity. They construct a small horizontal
tube which encloses them and remain inside.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Much gratitude is extended to Dr. R. Snetsinger, Professor of Entomology, The
Pennsylvania State University, for his help and guidance as research advisor; to Dr. K. C.
Kim, Assistant Professor of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State University, for his
help with the manuscript; and to Dr. J. A. L. Cooke, Associate Curator of Arachnida,
The American Museum of Natural History, New York, New York, for the loan of
materials for study.
LITERATURE CITED
BONNET, P. 1955. Bibliogrpahia Araneorum. Vol. 2:1-918.
EXLINE, H. and Petrunkevitch, A. 1939. Catalogue of American spiders. Trans. Conn.
Acad. Arts Sci. 33: 292-293.
GERTSCH, W. J. 1936. The Nearctic Atypidae. Amer. Mus. Novit. 895: 1-19.
GRAY, D. P. 1956. A note on the occurrence in Canada of the purse-web spider,
ATYPUS NIGER (Hentz). Canad. Ent. 88: 78-79.
KASTON, B. J. 1948. Spiders of Connecticut. State Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey. Bull.
70: 58-59.
LATREILLE, P. A. 1804. ATYPUS. Nouv. Diet. Hist. Nat. 24: 133.
SCHENKEL, E. 1953. Chinesische arachnoidea aus dem Museum Hoangho-Peiho in
Tientsin. Bol. Mus. nac Rio. de J. (Zool.) 119: 1-108.
VOGEL, B. 1962. Supplementary bibligraphy of North American tarantulas, 1939-1959
(Araneida Suborder Mygalomorphae) Ent. News 73(9): 245-250.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
A New Species of ATYPUS (Araneae:Atypidae)
From Pennsylvania
ABSTRACT: A new species, Atypus snetsingeri, is described and observations are
reported on its biology. The specimens were collected in Lansdowne, Delaware County,
Pennsylvania; males were first observed invading a private swimming pool in considerable
numbers.
Descriptors: Araneae; Atypidae, Atypus snetsingeri new species.
The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
A New Edition of the International Code of
Zoological Nomenclature
At the closing plenary session of the XVIIe Congres International de Zoologie held
in Monaco, September, 1972, numerous changes and amendments were approved for the
Code. A new edition (the Third) is at the printers (1 December 1972). Most of the
changes are minor and all make the Code more workable. The Articles affected are these:
11, 13, 17, 23, 24, 26, 30, 32, 42, 45, 52, 59, 74, 79 and 90.
The "50-year rule" has been transferred from Article 23, where it was mandatory,
to Article 79, where its application becomes a plenary power of the Commission. The
new wording is more explicit and goes far to remove objections to the original statement
in Article 23.
Article 74. Lectotypes: has an added subsection that clarifies the type locality of a
name. It is the locality of the lectotype, despite any previous restriction. - F. M. Brown,
Fountain Valley Rural Sta., Colorado Springs, CO 80911.
A Neallotype for PINIPHILUS CONFUSUS Fall
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae)
Following his description of Pinophilus confusus (H. C. Fall, 1932. New
Coleoptera XV. Canad. Ent. 64: 56-62), Fall appended the following note:
"Described from two examples bearing label Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, Jan.
1903; F. Sherman collector.' Both are probably females. With the above I have
associated a male from Dunedin, Florida, IV-4-23 and a female from Paradise Key,
Florida, IV-4-25, both collected by myself. These Florida specimens scarcely
differ from the North Carolina types except in the just perceptibly shorter elytra,
and there can be hardly a doubt that they are specifically the same. In the
Dunedin male the sixth ventral is rather narrowly rounded (not at all truncate or
emarginate) at apex."
In the collection of the University of California at Riverside is a male specimen with
labels reading "Cape Hatteras, January 1903 NC. F. Sherman collector." There is no
doubt that this is from a series, part of which came into Fall's possession from which
he described Pinophilus confusus. This specimen differs from Fall's description of one
(Continued on page 62)
A SCIENTIFICALLY DESIGNED DRAWER FOR
SCIENTIFIC INSECT COLLECTIONS1
Henry Townes2
The drawers used in larger insect collections have designs that
were adopted fifty to more than a hundred years ago. In North
America there are two "standard" designs. The Cornell drawer,
sized 16-1/2 x 19x3 inches, was introduced by H. A. Hagen at the
Museum of Comparative Zoology and copied by J. H. Comstock
for use in the Cornell University collection. Hagen himself copied
the drawer from European collections (The Berlin Museum uses
this type of drawer). The U.S. National Museum drawer was
developed at that institution. It has a double outer wall with slots
between the two walls to hold naphthalene fumigant. The outside
dimensions are 18 x 18 x 3 inches. Other, less common drawer
sizes, in North America are the Philadelphia drawer, used at the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and at the University
of Michigan, and the California Academy drawer used at the
California Academy of Sciences. The Philadelphia drawer is 18 x
13 x 2-1/2 inches, made originally to be twice the size of a
Schmitt box (9 x 13 x 2-1/2 inches). In other countries each
museum usually has its own drawer size. Despite their diverse
origins, these sizes resemble those used in North America.
Since insect drawers of approximately the same size have been
adopted in most collections, one would suppose that this must be
the best size. But when drawers were first used, insect collections
contained mostly larger specimens, especially Lepidoptera. The
drawers, if opened, were laid on tables and the curator tended to
stand up to his work, stepping from one drawer to another as
specimens were studied. If magnification was needed, a hand lens
was used rather than a microscope. Working habits today are
different and not as well adapted to these drawers, but museums
have continued with the sizts acceptable in an earlier period. The
'Accepted for publication: May 13, 1972.
2American Kntomological Institute, 5950 Warren Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105
Ent. News 84: 53-61, 1973 -53
54 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
fact that supply houses stock the Cornell and U. S. National
Museum styles of drawers is partially responsible for the fact that
new collections tend to adopt these sizes without seriously con-
sidering their suitability.
Before discussing whether some different size or sizes would be
better, one should consider whether it is practical now to make a
change. It would certainly be troublesome to mix different sized
drawers in the same part of a collection. Anyone with experience
is sure of that. But in a large collection it might be practical to have
different parts of the collection in different sized drawers, for
example with larger drawers for Lepidoptera and smaller ones for
Diptera. A change could be made by adding, as new drawers, only
the new size, and using the new size only in certain groups of
insects. As these groups were gradually moved to the new drawer
size, the old sized drawers could be shifted to the parts of the
collection (as Lepidoptera) for which the old size was better
suited. I think that few curators would be ready to adopt a new
size, but after working in about sixty different insect collections
and finding what I consider a correctly sized drawer in very few
of them, I feel urged to express an opinion.
Modern insect collections, of course, still have Lepidoptera and
other larger specimens, but smaller insects now comprise a sub-
stantial part. Smaller insects are studied not standing up, but while
sitting at a table with a microscope and with the drawer on the
same table. The drawer should be small enough for the investigator
to reach all corners without moving from his chair. Since specimens
are frequently changed from one drawer to another, the drawer
size should also be small enough for two drawers (not one) to fit
on a table top and still leave room for a microscope, books, papers,
and other working materials. This statement might not seem im-
portant to one who is not actively working on collections, and
even some active workers are so accustomed to the clumsy larger
sizes that the unnecessary difficulties are accepted without
question.
It is common with the pinning tray system to remove these
smaller units for use on the work table and to set the drawer itself
to one side. Being able to remove the pinning trays avoids some of
the disadvantages of oversized drawers, and it would sometimes be
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
convenient to do this even if the drawers were smaller. The length
of drawers now in use is not a disadvantage. It is the width that is
awkward. Reducing the width by about 4 inches would result in a
drawer resembling the size of a Philadelphia drawer, but the Phila-
delphia drawer is now used transversely so that it is wider than
long. If the Philadelphia drawer were turned 90° so that the longer
dimension were the length it would be a very conventional size.
Most large collections now use the pinning tray system and have
adopted sizes of trays that can be arranged in four columns per
drawer. The largest pinning trays are on half column long (about
8 inches) and the smaller ones are one column long (about 4
inches), one eighth column long (about 2 inches), and one twelfth
column (about 1-1/3 inches). These tray sizes are convenient. If a
narrower drawer were adopted there would be space for three
columns of such trays instead of the present four.
The pinning trays sized to fit the Cornell or the U.S. National
Museum drawers have one awkward feature. The tray one fourth
column in length (about 4 inches long) turns out to be almost
square, but not quite. Care must be taken not to use the tray side-
ways by mistake as it will not fit that way. It would be better if
the tray were exactly square, 4x4 inches.
There is a common practice to size the pinning trays so that in
combination they don't quite fill a column, leaving space for several
wooden blocks 1/4 inch wide to be inserted between the trays to
carry labels. The labels on the blocks usually bear generic names
and in very small collections family names. The use of label blocks
should be discontinued. In research, as opposed to display collec-
tions, such label blocks are more time consuming to maintain than
time saving in use. Trays sized to accommodate label blocks require
the blocks to be inserted to tighten the columns even if they do
not carry labels. If labels are needed, a simple card can be slid be-
tween the trays, high enough to project above the edge of the tray
and bear a label.
The points made above are: That a tray width of four inches is
convenient; that the tray of one fourth column length should be
exactly square; that there should be no space left for label blocks;
and that, to keep the drawer from being too wide, there should be
only three columns of trays per drawer rather than four. Taking
56 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
these points into account the inside drawer dimension should be
16 inches long by 12 inches wide.
The drawer depth is controlled by the depth needed for speci-
mens on standard insect pins plus the depth of the bottom of a
tray, the depth of the pinning material, and an allowance for un-
usually long pins or specimens projecting above the head of the
pin. With insect pins 38 mm long (1-9/16 inches), pinning bottoms
a maximum of 3/8 inches thick, tray bottom 1/16 inch thick, and
1/8 inch allowed for extra high specimens or extra long pins, an
inside height of 2-1/8 inches is sufficient.
The U.S. National Museum drawer has a double outer wall, with
slots between the two walls for naphthalene fumigant. Other
drawer styles are fumigated by using a small tray filled with
napthalene. In modern buildings it is relatively easy to keep collec-
tions free from pests (dermestids). Winter heating makes a dry
atmosphere that is unfavorable to the pests, and the absence of
woolens, cracks in floors, and stuffed furniture reduces their
breeding sites. Insects that fly into buildings at night and die next
to windows also make breeding grounds for pests. Window screens
keep out this part of the food source of pest infestations. Air
conditioned buildings with sealed windows are even less subject to
the establishment of dermestid colonies. Tight cabinets for insect
drawers provide even greater protection from pests.
Under the conditions existing in most modern insect collections,
constant fumigation with napthalene is not necessary. When fumi-
gation is needed, entire cabinets can be fumigated as units and for
short periods. Nevertheless, there are times when fumigant is
needed in individual drawers, as when they are left out of their
cabinets for some weeks. The U.S. National Museum drawer is the
only one that makes good provision for naphthalene fumigation.
This drawer in fact, overdoes the provision, with places for fumi-
gant in all four walls One double wall with slots for naphthalene
should be enough. This should be on the back wall of the drawer,
where it will be least in the way.
In some styles of drawers the cover is held on by hooks, in
others not. When hooks are present as in the Cornell drawer, they
are often not used. Hooks seem to be unnecessary and they should
be omitted.
Ent. Neu's, Vol. 84, February 1973 .57
On the front of drawers there is always a drawer pull of some
sort, usually a knob at the center, and one or two label holders.
The drawer pull is needed. One label holder is also necessary. This
can be in combination with a central drawer pull. If it is a separate
piece, it should be to the left of center. The label holder should
take a card 3 inches wide and 1-1/4 inches high.
On the front of the drawer to the right of the drawer pull,
should be the drawer serial number. The number should be re-
peated on the drawer lid. A common fault is to make these
numbers too small, or not black enough. The numbers have to be
checked often, to make sure that the correct lid is on a drawer,
and they should be easy to find and to read. As another assistance
to getting the drawer lids on properly, the back side of the drawer
and the lid should be painted a color conspicuously different from
the front side. The aggregate time lost in fitting the drawer covers
first on backwards and then having to reverse them is considerable.
A differently colored back side would minimize this trouble.
Much time is spent prying off stubborn lids. The U.S. National
Museum drawer has finger notches for lifting the lid; few other
drawer styles do. There should, in fact, be two finger notches on
each side, near the front corner, one notch in the lid (2-1/2 inches
from the corner) for pressing downward with the thumb, and one
notch in the bottom (1-1/2 inches from the corner) for lifting the
lid with the index finger.
Manufacturing the Drawer
Inherent in any practical design for an article is the necessity
for it to be easily made. Some thought has been given to this. As
materials, the drawers could be made of wood, cardboard, plastic,
or metal. I have not seen plastic nor metal insect drawers. If they
were made, setting up for a production run would be expensive,
and justifiable only if a large number were to be made at one time.
Without dismissing plastic or metal as possibilities, I shall discuss
further only wood and cardboard, wood first.
In the preceding discussion, inside dimensions of 1 6 \ 12x2-1/8
inches have been advocated, with a slot forfumigant in the back of
the drawer. Copying the more successful construction details of
drawers already in use, a wooden drawer can be designed as in
58 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
Figure 1. Outside dimensions would be 17-1/4 x 13-1/4 x 2-5/8
inches. The sides of the drawer are of basswood, tulip tree (yellow
poplar), white pine, or other wood that is non-warping, not too
hard, and available. The bottom is of 1/8 tempered hardboard (as
Masonite). The glass is single strength. Cost of materials for such a
drawer is about $1.80: wood, 60«; hardboard, (12-1/2 x 16-1/2
inches), 17«; glass (12-1/2 x 16-1/2 inches), 60* ; label holder and
drawer pull, 23« ; glue, paint, and varnish, 20*.
For construction the drawer and the drawer lid can be made
separately, then fitted together. But with this method it is difficult
to get a good fitting lid except by time-consuming adjustments. An
alternate method is suggested here; the drawer sides (lid and
bottom) are made of single pieces, grooved as in figure 2C. After
the sides, bottom, and top are put together, clamped in place, and
the glue hardened, the lid and bottom of the drawer are separated
with table saw cuts as in Figure 2C. If the precut grooves in piece A
are exactly the right depth, the lid and bottom will fit together
perfectly. The top outer edge of the inner flange of the drawer
bottom should be beveled a bit with sandpaper or a block plane to
help guide the top into place. If the fit is too tight, the outer face
of the flange can be sanded to loosen it. An advantage of this
method of construction, besides the possibility of saving time, is
that the wood grains of the lid and bottom match. Any tendency
for the lid to warp will be matched by a similar warp in the bottom
and a tight fit will be maintained.
The corners in the illustration (Figure 1) are lap joints. Lap
joints are easy to make with a table saw. They can be glued and
nailed, or better, glued and clamped in both directions. Other cor-
ner joints such as dovetail, or miter and spine can be used,
according to inclination and the equipment available.
Before assembly, the slots for the glass and bottom should be
partly filled with caulking compound and with glue respectively.
Caulking the glass and gluing in the bottom will give the drawer
rigidity, and help seal the cracks.
The front, sides, back, and top edges of the drawers should be
sandpapered smooth, after first cutting in the finger notches. The
back side (top and bottom) should be painted dark brown to con-
trast with the front and sides. The sides, front and top edge should
Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, February 1973 59
be laquered or varnished. Polyurethene varnish is excellent. Paint
the inside of the drawer white.
The lids and bottoms of each drawer should be given a corre-
sponding serial number. Place these on the right side of the front,
above and below the crack separating the lid and bottom. Make
the numbers in black ink, after the sandpapering and before
laquering or varnishing.
An inexpensive drawer can be made of cardboard rather than of
wood. If an order for 1,000 or more is placed with a cardboard
box factory, the cost per drawer would be very much less than for
one made of wood. The bottom part of such a drawer would be
a cardboard tray 2-1/8 inches deep. The lid can be the same depth
and fully telescoping, or can be shallower. It would be possible,
but not essential, to have a transparent plastic inset in the lid to
simulate a glass top. The slot for the fumigant in the back of the
drawer would probably be omitted from a cardboard drawer. Card-
board drawers cannot easily be used in the same cabinet with
wooden drawers. To fit the same cabinets, the outside dimensions
of cardboard drawers would have to be the same as for wooden
drawers, but since their sides are thinner their inside dimensions
would be greater. This means that pinning trays sized for wooden
drawers would not fit snugly in cardboard drawers of the same out-
side dimensions, unless there were special insets to take up the
extra space. Collections needing a lot of inexpensive storage, how-
ever, should consider using cardboard drawers.
Summary
A smaller drawer for insect collections is advocated as being
easier to work with. Inside dimensions should be 12 inches wide,
16 inches long, and 2-1/8 inches deep, to accommodate three
columns of pinning trays, each four inches wide. Outside dimen-
sions would be 13-1/4 x 17-1/4 x 2-5/8 inches. Use of label blocks
should be discontinued, substituting cards slipped between the
trays if generic or other group labels are thought necessary. The
back side of the drawer should have slots to hold naphthalene. A
method is suggested for making the drawer sides, top and bottom
of one piece, cutting the lid and the bottom apart after assembly.
The need for finger slots for opening the lid, and a different color
for the back side of a drawer is discussed.
60
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
Ent. Neu-s, Vol. 84, February 1973
61
= .22
O.
.2 "2
•£ O
o O
< ">
§1
•- —
o .
j= a>
« TD
O 'S
•« t
fa O
=
O .
>- <a
C '•*
O fa
r °
o> ^
CO £
<N
a
i
u.
62
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
(Continued from page 52)
of the two Florida males which he felt hardly a doubt about associating with his female
"types". In our specimen the sixth abdominal segment is emarginate asymetrically and
somewhat shallowly so that the apex itself is somewhat produced (Fig, 1). I here
designate this specimen a Neallotype of Pinophilus confusus Fall and have so labeled it.
-- Ian Moore, Staff Research Associate, Division of Biological Control, University
of Cah'fornia, Riverside, California 92502.
Accepted for publication: March 22, 1972
Descriptors: Coleoptera; Staphylinidae; Pinophilus confusus; Neallotype.
Figure 1. Apex of sixth sternite of Pinophilus confusus.
A Predaceous Scarabaeid
In February, 1966 I was collecting insects at Campina Grande, near Curitiba, Brazil.
One afternoon while walking a path through a pasture just after a rainstorm had passed,
I came across a large writhing earthworm. Frantically crawling over it were several small
scarabaeids, apparently trying to cut it into pieces. One short piece, a little longer than
thick, was being rolled away like a dung ball, and while I watched another part was cut
off and was starting to be rolled away. The observations were terminated by catching
two of the beetles. These were sent to Prof. Henry Howden in Ottawa, who reported
them to be CANTHON PODAGRICUS Harold. He made the determination by compari-
son with specimens of this species named by F. S. Pereira in 1959.
CANTHON PODAGRICUS has evidently substituted earthworm pieces for food, in
place of dung as used by its congeners. -- Henry Townes, American Entomological
Institute, 5950 Warren Road. Ann Arbor, Michigan 48105. Accepted for publication:
May 13, 1972.
(Continued on page 68)
NEW HAMPSHIRE, VERMONT, AND SOUTHERN MAINE
INSECT LIST
PART I. BACKGROUND AND PROCEDURE;
PRELIMINARY LISTING
Richard E. Gray1
During the last 100 years, much has been written about the
insect fauna of the local area covered by the Dartmouth College
Museum. This area, comprising the Connecticut River Valley,
Green Mountains, White Mountain National Forest, and the sea-
shore area of York County, Maine and southern New Hampshire,
has been collected by Scudder, Whitney, Slosson, Morrison,
Gerould, Shaw,Ottolengui, Alexander, Bowditch, and many, many
others. Most of this collecting activity has been in the White
Mountains of New Hampshire, but the rest of the area has not
been totally neglected.
Unfortunately, very few of the insects collected have been
recorded in print, and most of those insects that have been re-
corded are scattered in several hundred articles in over 2,000
volumes printed during 100 years. Although insects of these areas
have been included in the volumes of the State of Connecticut
Geological and Natural History Survey series, and there are many
records included in the out-of-print and obsolete series of New
'Associate Curator of Biology, Dartmouth College Museum, Hanover, NH 03755.
Ent. News, 84: 63-67, 1973 6^
64 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
England insect lists published by the now defunct Boston Society
of Natural History, there are very few state lists for the area, and
all appear to be both out of date and out of print. There is, at this
time, no available, current listing of all orders of insects, although
a list of New Hampshire Odonata and a list of Maine Lepidoptera
are being prepared.
Due mainly to the lack of comprehensive, up-to-date lists, the
interest in entomological studies, especially by non-professionals,
students and collectors, which should exist in this area is almost
nonexistant. Here and there a few interested persons struggle to
keep the fires of knowledge and accuracy burning, while the
environmentalists and ecologists happily print and publish their
articles and learned papers that are distinguished by ignorance of
entomological knowledge and by lack of a realization of just how
large a place the insects occupy in the environment. Who is to
blame for this ignorance? We are! For, ignorant as they are, we are
more ignorant. How little we really know, and that little scattered
beyond the winds in seas of original documents that defy our best
efforts to extract the information we need.
When the ecologist asks an entomologist for a list of New
Hampshire insects, or asks for a list of the insects of a particular
faunal zone, or requests information on the distribution of a non-
economic insect, or asks what insects should be taken into account
during a particular project or study, what helpful information can
we give? What lists, books, pamphlets, guides, or studies, up-to-
date, accurate, and in print, spring to mind? Here, in middle New
England, none. We do not even have a bibliography that we could
hand to him and say, "Here, read these 500 articles and you will
know about five percent of what you want to know". If this is the
case, and unfortunately it is, what can we do about it?
The answer is simple: we must thoroughly collect this area for
five to ten years in order to get a population sample, establish a
series of records for ranges and distributional data, and then pub-
lish a faunal listing based on the population sample collected.
Reality is not so simple. There is no money available for such
a project, either from the state or Federal Governments, nor is any
funding to be had from private foundations for what is essentially
a "taxonomic" project. Mission oriented, original research projects,
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
with an ''ecological" or "environmental" goal are now the "in"
type of project. Basic and secondary research and publications,
especially if they are concerned with taxonomic problems, are
"out". The fact that is now being ignored, that without a solid
taxonomic foundation to build upon any project is likely to be
shot through and through with errors and misconceptions,
probably will not become apparent until after some expensive
ecological or environmental project brings on a disaster, after
which it will be too late to do anything about it. Sorry about that,
as they say in the Army!
Rather than yell and scream about a lack of funding that I can
not do anything about, I am nonetheless undertaking a modest
project to remedy, at least partially, our ignorance. This is being
done with the help of many individuals, unpaid, of course, and
with the backing of the staff and facilities of the Dartmouth
College Museum. By historical accident, a very small sum of
money, the Fall Entomological Fund, is available for such work.
Part of this sum will be available for certain costs of the project,
part will be spent for other purposes connected with entomology.
The initial stage of this project (designated Project ACREP,
Accumulate, Collate, Report, Explain. Publish) is described here.
Project ACREP is a 20-year plan for compiling a Faunal List of
the insects of the local area. The listing will give accurate nomen-
clature, according to the latest available catalogs and checklists,
in an easy to follow checklist style. If a species is limited to a
restricted environment, this will be indicated. Each species will
have a reference to a particular determined specimen, preferably in
the Dartmouth College Museum Collections, upon which the listing
will be based. One or more references to the species in the previous
literature will be included if available, and an adequate, but not
comprehensive bibliography will be appended. Twenty years has
been assigned to complete this project, time being added to make
up for lack of funds and certain hard facts of life that will be
brought out in later parts of this series.
It has been decided that the method of procedure will be as
follows: 1) to go through the available literature on the subject
page by page and transfer to 3 by 5 file cards those species pre-
viously recorded from the local area; 2) to compile, at the same
66 Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
time, a bibliography file of articles, papers, and monographs
checked; 3) to combine these in a "Preliminary Listing". This will
be subproject (1); 4) to collect such specimens as time will allow
and add them to the huge mass of undetermined material in the
Dartmouth College Museum Collections. These specimens will be
used to 'prove" (i.e., validate), the species in the "Preliminary
Listing" and add new species to the listing and card files. This
will be subproject (2); 5) to accurately determine, with the help
of experts in the various orders, the specimens in the Dartmouth
College Museum Collections, and to assign reference numbers to
each specimen. This will be subproject (3); 6) to transfer all
available ecological and other information to the card file; 7) to
arrange the card file in the sequence in which it is to appear in the
final publication and type up copies by families or orders; 8) to
send copies to the various specialists for comment and criticism.
This will be subproject (4); 9) to take all comment and criticism
and adopt such part of it as seems reasonable, rearranging the cards
and information as may be necessary; 10) to type up the final
publication. This will be subproject (5); 1 1) to offer the typescript
to anyone who will reproduce it and distribute it, or cover the
costs of my doing so myself.
Please note that the first three subprojects and parts of sub-
project (4) may be done concurrently.
The timeframe currently alloted is as follows: subproject (1),
3 years; (2) 5 years; (3) 10 years; (4) 1 year; (5) 1 year.
Subproject (I): Preliminary Listing
Dartmouth College has an excellent library, the Baker Library,
covering general subjects, and a branch, the Dana Bio-Medical
Library, which concerns us. The Dana Library contains a fair run
of certain entomological serials and good runs of the general
biological serials. Unfortunately, it contains very little 20th
Century entomological literature other than serial publications.
Certain entomological serials are not represented, such as the
Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society, that have papers of interest
dealing with the local insect fauna.
Presently, the Dana Library serials are being taken out at the
rate of ten bound volumes per week to be checked for references.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, February 1973
These are transferred to file cards and the serials returned for
another batch. In this manner, the Transactions of the American
Entomological Society, complete, and the Canadian Entomologist,
through volume 83, have been checked out. Giving up the last
volumes of the Canadian Entomologist as a tough, unrewarding
job that was best left till last, I am now on volume 16 of the
Entomological News.
Also at the present time, the small amount of money available
from the Fall Entomological Fund is being split 50-50 for upkeep
of collections and for new or in print publications. Many of these
publications contain useful references or will be used later for
determination work under subproject (3).
So far about 5,000 species are referenced in the card files, a
fairly good start.
While going through these publications, many type localities
of "Mt. Washington, NH", "Wht. Mts., NH", "NH", ''White Mts." ,
etc., have been recorded, showing that the bulk of the New
Hampshire collecting has been centered in that region. Certain
impressions gathered by a consecutive reading of the literature I
have seen to date leads me to suspect that many later authors have
copied this information as "gospel truth" when they have not had
more recent specimens or records to go by. I am certain, but
cannot at this time prove, that some of these type localities are
cited in error, and the original specimens did not come from within
1 ,000 miles of New Hampshire.
Although these records of previous collections in our local area
can by no means be fully trusted for accuracy, nonetheless, a
general, overall idea of what areas have been ignored or which
orders are underrepresented can be gained. Even though this
"Preliminary Listing'" is going to be defective, it will at least give
us something from which to work. While on this subject, may I
insert a request to the readers who may have separates containing
local records, to please donate a copy to the Dartmouth College
Museum Library? Thank you!
Having given an idea of Project ACREP, and how far it has
progressed, this part of the series is finished. In Part II, I shall
describe the Dartmouth College Museum Collections, and relate
them to subprojects (2) and (3).
68 Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, February 1973
(Continued from page 62)
Wing Dimorphism in METABLETUS AMERICANUS
Dejean (Coleoptera: Carabidae)
The hind-wings of this species are either long or vestigial. According to Lindroth
(1969. p. 1057), the long-winged forms are in minority. I examined 28 specimens of
this species collected in Quebec and found 25 full-winged specimens from the following
places: Saguenay Co., Baie-Trinite, 17-VI-1971 (2 specimens); Havre-Saint-Pierre,
25-VI-1971 (1 specimen); Mingan, 21-VI-1971 ( 14 specimens); Port-Cartier, 18-VI-1971
M specimen) and Riviere-au-Tonnerre, 23-VI-1971 (7 specimens). In Saguenay County,
the long-winged forms of Metabletus americanus Dejean are very common and occur
in the same populations as short-winged forms; thev are no doubt functional.
Literature Cited: LINDROTH, C. H. 1969. ^Ground beetles of Canada and Alaska.
Opusc. Ent., Suppl. 34: 945-1192. -- Andre Larochelle, College Bourget, Rigaud,
Quebec, Canada. Accepted for publication: April 28, 1972. Descriptors: Coleoptera;
Carabidae; Saguenay County, Quebec, Canada.
Another Malodorous Carabid,
BLETHISA QUADRICOLLIS Haldeman
Some Carabidae are known to emit unpleasant odors when disturbed: Calosorna
calidum Fabricius. C. scrutator Fabricius, Nomius pygmaeus Dejean, Psydrus piceus
Leconte, Scaphinotus angusticollis Mannerheim and Trechus chalybeus Dejean.
Likewise, Blethisa quadricollis Haldeman gave off a very strong fetid odor
when handled, in the following places: QUEBEC: Saguenay County, Natashquan,
28-VI-1971 (1 specimen) and Riviere-Saint-Jean, 22-VI-1971 (1 specimen). The odor
clings strongly to the fingers. -- Andre Larochelle, College Bourget, Rigaud, Quebec,
Canada. Accepted for publication: April 28, 1971. Descriptors: Coleoptera; Carabidae;
Natashquan and Riviere-Saint-Jean, Quebec, Canada.
A New Distribution Record for
Chrysops montanus Osten Sacken
While studying Chrysops specimens in the University of Delaware entomology
museum, four specimens were found to be misidentified as Chrvsops dimmocki Hines.
These were determined to be Chrysops montanus Osten Sacken, previously unreported
in the state. All were from inland fresh water locations in southern Delaware. The
oldest specimen was collected in 1936. - Robert W. Patton, Department of Kntomology
and Applied Ecology, University of Delaware, Newark, Delaware 19711.
(Continued from front inside cover)
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literautre
notices, short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's
Library. Study notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The
Entomologist's Market Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended
in the CBE "Style Manual".
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps
of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates,
80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A. Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186
pages $9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phytogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de-
scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50
No. 26. Jafnes R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook - A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera: Ephydridae). 150 pp $7.00
No. 28. Annette F. Braun Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-
lepidoptera). 148 pp $7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
For sale: Philippine biological specimens, including marine, land, and fresh water,
carefully preserved, including insects; price list available upon request from: Romeo M.
Lumawig, P.O. Box 22 Boac, Marinduque 201-E, Philippines.
Butterflies for exchange for any from North America. Antoine Fonlupt, 5-D Place
Marechal Foch, 42 Saint-Etienne, France.
Wanted to buy: Living pupae of//, cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. rubra,
H. gloveri, A. luna, and many other species in either large or small quantities. Richard K.
Zajdel, P.O. Box 932, East Lansing, MI 49923.
For sale: Complete set of "Systematic Zoology", v. 1-12 bound red buckram; v. 13-
20, paper. $200.00, shipped postpaid. P.O. Box 4068, Tallahassee, FL 32203.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p. 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochere, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico",
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
AQUATIC DIPTERA, by O. A. Johannsen. 370 p., including 757 figs, on 72 full-page
plates. (1934-37) reprint 1969. All five parts on this basic reference on larvae and pupae
of aquatic flies. $11.25 cloth, $5.00 paper. For this and any insect book in print, write
to: Entomological Reprint Specialists, P. <9. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles,
California 90007, USA.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
BIOLOGIE DER HYMENOPTEREN, by H. Bischoff, Berlin 1927. 8 vo. pp. VII, 598
with 224 figs. Cloth. Subscription price: Dutch florins 185 (ca. $59.00) with its many
examples for all groups and its 224 figures this book will be of great value for any student
of the Hymenoptera. Publication date end of 1972. Order from: Antiquariatt Junk,
Dr.R. Schierenberg & Sons NV. P.O. Box 5, Lochem, Holland.
Wanted: Your name, address and price list if you are an entomologist that has
Lepidoptera for sale. Prefer overseas contacts if possible. Write Edward F. Ruschewski,
4165 Harbor Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008 U.S.A.
ODONATA WANTED: Will pay up to $50.00 each for needed North American
species. Want list sent on request. Also want to exchange specimens and correspond
with Odonatologists throughout the world. Carl Cook, Center, Kentucky 42114, USA.
MARCH 1973
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
CONTENTS
EXTERNAL PARASITES OF THE WOODCHUCK,
MARMOTA MONAX, IN INDIANA
John O. Whitaker, Jr. and Larry L. Schmeltz, p. 69
A REVIEW OF THE GENUS BRYOTHINUSA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
THREE NEW SPECIES (COLEOFrERA:STAPHYLINIDAE)
Ian Moore, E. F. Legner, and Tai-din Chan, p. 73
COLLECTING HIBERNATING GROUND BEETLES UNDER SNOW
Andre Larochelle, p. 82
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC AND SEMI-AQUATIC HEMIPTERA
IN LOUISANA - PART II
Gene J. Gonsoulin, p. 83
BOT INFESTATIONS OF PINYON MICE IN NEW MEXICO
Glenn E. Haas and Richard P. Martin, p. 89
PREDATION ON CHIROMONID EGGS AND LARVAE
BY NANOCLADIUS ALTERNANTHERAE
DENDY AND SUBLETTE
(DIPTERA:CHIRONOMIDAE,ORTHOCLADIINAE)
J. S. Dendy, p. 91
STUDIES OF THE BYRON BOG IN SOUTHWESTERN ONTARIO XLIX.
ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE
INSECTS OF REDMOND'S POND
W. W. Judd, p. 96
GROUND BEETLES COLLECTED FROM SEA-SHORE DRIFTS
Andre Larochelle, p. 99
THE KNTOMOLIGIST RECORD, p. 72
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff : S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.SA.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of thek regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4J/2 x 6y2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
EXTERNAL PARASITES OF THE WOODCHUCK,
MARMOTA MONAX, IN INDIANA1
John O. Whitaker, Jr. and Larry L. Schmeltz2
A total of 91 woodchucks, Marmota monax, from Indiana was
examined. Of these 28 were from Vigo and Clay Counties, an-d 34
were from Tippecanoe, White and Fountain Counties, in west
central Indiana. Seventeen came from Marshall and St. Joe
Counties in northern Indiana, and 12 came from Martin County in
southern Indiana. Numbers examined during the months of Febru-
ary through November were 2, 22, 34, 16, 5, 8, 0, 0, 2 and 2.
Woodchucks for study were combed over white paper and the
resulting parasites collected; then the fur was examined during
observation with a zoom dissecting microscope while brushing it
with dissecting needles. Parasites were placed live in Nesbitts
solution, left for one week, then mounted in Hoyers solution
and the cover slip later ringed with asphaltum. Adult ticks were
stored in alcohol. Parasites were counted or their number estimated
when concentrations were large. The numbers of parasites reported
here are probably low for several reasons. Woodchucks are diffi-
cult to examine under the dissecting microscope because they are
so large. Early in the study less care was taken to ensure complete
counts. Some of the animals were wet when examined, making the
finding of external parasites much more difficult.
All but eight of the woodchucks, or 91.2% of them, had some
form of external parasite.
Seven forms of Acarina (mites, chiggers and ticks), one flea
(Siphonaptera) and one louse (Siphunculata) were found (Table 1).
The most abundant parasite was the mitQ,Androlaelapsfahrenholzi
(=Laelaps glasgowi, Ewing) found on many species of mammals
in Indiana (Whitaker and Wilson, 1968) and previously reported on
Marmota monax by Strandtmann (1949) and Lawrence, Hays and
Graham (1965). This species ranged in number from 0 to 400 per
woodchuck. Strandtmann states that the form as it occurs on
Marmota is somewhat different from that which occurs on other
mammals, but not enough so that it should be classed as a separate
'Accepted for publication: May 4, 1972
2Department of Life Sciences, Indiana State University, Terre Haute, 47809
Ent. News, 84: 69- 72,1973 69
70 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
species. It should be noted that Ewing (1923) described A ndro-
laelaps sternalis from Marmota monax from Maryland. To our
knowledge this name has not been used again nor synonomyzed.
We have not examined the type, but from the description it
appears to us that it is likely a synonym of A. fahrenholzi.
The second most abundant form found was the louse,
Enderleinellus marmotae Ferris ranging from 0 to 200 per wood-
chuck. Wilson (1961) previously reported this species from four
widely scattered counties in Indiana. He states that what little
evidence there is indicates it to be most abundant April through
June. During the present work, 75 lice were found on one of the
two woodchucks examined in February, 89 on 9 of the animals
taken in March, 2 on one animal taken in July, and 201 on two
animals taken in November as well as 70 from animals taken in
April and May. The lice are common on woodchucks in fall and
spring in Indiana.
Two kinds of chiggers, Euschongastia marmotae Farrell, ranging
from 0 to 1 25 per animal and Eutrombicula alfreddugesi Oudemans
were found. The first is a normal chigger of the woodchuck, but
had not previously been reported from Indiana.
Two kinds of ticks, Ixodes cookei Packard (range of 0-5 per
host) and Dermacentor variabilis (Say) ranging from 0 to 20, were
found during this study. Wilson (1961) had previously reported
both these species from Marmota from Indiana.
The flea, Oropsylla arctomys (Baker) is a normal parasite of
Marmota monax in the northern part of its range in the eastern
and central United States. It ranged from 0 to 9 per host during
this study. In Indiana, Wilson (1961) found this species only once
in examining 16 woodchucks for external parasites. The one record
(2 specimens) was for Noble County in the northeastern corner of
the state but most of Wilson's collections were from southern
Indiana. During the present work, none of the 39 woodchucks
from the southern half of Indiana harbored fleas; while the wood-
chucks from the northern counties, Saint Joe, Marshall and Tippe-
canoe harbored 12, 1 and 1 respectively. Present data support the
conclusion that this is a flea on Marmota only in northern Indiana.
Two other mites were taken, one specimen of Eulaelaps
stabularis (Koch), and 17 of Macrocheles sp. (ranging from 0 to
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973 71
11). E. stabularis has been previously reported on Marmota monax
from Ontario by Banks (1909 = Laelaps propheticus). The species
of Macrocheles is new and is being described by Dr. G. W. Krantz
(Department of Entomology, Oregon State University, Corvallis).
The same form has also been found on Spermophilus tridecem-
lineatus from Vigo County, Indiana (Whitaker, in press). Macro-
cheles sp. should not be considered as parasitic on Marmo ta; rather
it is likely a phoretic associate.
We thank Dr. R. B. Loomis for verifying the chigger identi-
fications.
Table 1. External parasites from 91 woodchucks, Marmota monax, from Indiana
No. Mean No. No. Marmota % Marmota
Parasites Per an. with para. with para.
Androlaelaps fahrenholzi 2628 28.9 71 78.0
(mite)
Enderleinellus marmotae 437 4.8 26 28.6
(louse)
Euschongastia marmotae 131 1.4 5 5.6
(chigger)
Ixodes cookei (tick) 34 0.4 21 23.1
Dermacentor variabilis (tick) 31 0.3 7 7.7
Macrocheles sp. (mite) 17 0.2 6 6.6
Oropsylla arctomys (flea) 14 0.2 5 5.6
Eutrombicula alfreddugesi 12 0.1 1 1.1
(chigger)
Eulaelaps stabularis (mite) 1 0.01 1 1.1
LITERATURE CITED
Banks, N. 1909. New Canadian mites. (Arachnoidea, Acarina). Proc. En torn. Soc. Wash.
11: 133-143.
Ewing, H. E. 1923. The dermanyssid mites of North America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.
62 (13): 1-26.
Lawrence, W. H., K. L. Hays, and S. A. Graham. 1965. Arthropodous ectoparasites from
some northern Michigan mammals. Occ. Pap. Mus. ZooL Univ. Mich. No. 639. 7 p.
Strandtmann, R. W. 1949. The blood sucking mites of the genus Haemolaelaps (Acarina:
Laelaptidae) in the United States. J. Parasitol. 35: 325-352.
Whitaker, J. O., Jr. 1972. Food and external parasites of Spermophilus tridecemlineatus
in Vigo County, Indiana. J. Mammal. 53:644-648.
Whitaker, J. O., Jr., and N. Wilson. 1968. Mites of small mammals of Vigo County,
Indiana. Amer. Midland Nat. 80: 537-542.
Wilson, N. 1961. The ectoparasites (Ixodides, Anoplura and Siphonaptera) of Indiana
mammals. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation. Purdue University. 527 p.
72
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
External Parasites of the Woodchuck,
Marmota monax, in Indiana
ABSTRACT: From 91 woodchucks from Indiana examined, the following were found:
Androlaelaps fahrenholzi 2628, Enderleinellus marmotae 437, Euschongastia marmotae
131, Ixodes cookei 34, Dermacentor variabilis 31, Macrocheles sp. 17, Oropsylla
arctomys 14, Eutrombicula alfreddugesi 12, and Eulaelaps stabularis 1. - John O. Whit-
aker, Jr. and L. L. Schmeltz. Dept. of Life Sciences, Indiana State University, Terre
Haute, Indiana 47809
Descriptors: Acarina, Anoplura & Siphonaptera parasites of Marmota monax.
The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
Habrocerus capillaricornis Gravenhorst
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) in Southern California
The European species Habrocerus capillaricornis Gravenhorst (Staphylinidae:
Habrocerinae) was first reported from North America by Melville Hatch, 1953:28
(Beetles of the Pacific Northwest, Part I, Introduction and Adephaga. Univ. Wash. Publ.
Biol., Vol. 16, 348 pp. Seattle) as having been collected at Forest Grove, Oregon in
1941. Later Hatch, 1957: 150 (Beetles of the Pacific Northwest, Part II, Staphylini-
fomia Univ. Wash. Publ. Biol., Vol. 16, 384 pp. Seattle) reported it from Creston,
British Columbia collected in 1954.
I have recently seen one specimen taken by Robert H. Crandall, Jr. on March 31,
1966 at Altadena, Los Angeles County, California and three specimens by him from the
same locality on April 16, 1966. This is its first known appearance in California. -- Ian
Moore, Department of Entomology, Division of Biological Control University of
California, Riverside 92502.
Saturniids as Bat Mimics
Large saturniid moths are clumsy in flight. They travel at night, often high over the
vegetation or tree canopy where bats hunting by sonar could easily locate them. Their
flight is not swift, nor do they have much ability to dodge. They do not even fly in the
erratic jumpy manner that seems to give butterflies some protection from bird attacks.
Evolution seems to have neglected to give the flying adult saturniids any ability to
escape from predatory bats.
It might be that these moths are evil-tasting enough to be uninteresting to bats, and
most of them do have a strong unpleasant odor. Another possibility, or probability, is
that they resemble the bats themselves so closely in their size, broad downy wings, and
flight characteristics that the bats do not distinguish them from other bats. If this is
indeed the case, they can flap through the skies on warm nights together with the hunt-
ing bats and not be attacked. -- Henry Townes, American Entomological Institute,
5950 Warren Road Ann Arbor, Michigan, 48105.
A REVIEW OF THE GENUS BRYOTHINUSA WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)1
Ian Moore, E. F. Legner2, and Tai-din Chan3
Bryothinusa is one of several strictly marine genera of rove
beetles. For many years it was known by only a single species from
the eastern Pacific Ocean. Recently, a number of species have been
found on the western shores of the Pacific Ocean. The genus is re-
viewed below and three new species from Hong Kong are de-
scribed. A subsequent paper will deal with the larvae of some of
the species.
The genus, first described by Casey (1904), was based on B.
catalinae from California. Fenyes (1920) repeated the original
description and placed it in the group Phytosi with several other
marine genera. Moore (1956) redescribed the genus and the species,
leaving it in the Phytosi but expressed doubt about its position
there. The next species to be placed in the genus was chani Moore
and Legner (1971) from Hong Kong. They called attention to the
fact that the mouth parts were similar to those of Myllaena. The
genus Halesthenus was described by Sawada (1955) for four species
from Japan. Sawada later (1971) synonymized Halesthenus with
Bryothinusa, synonymized one of his species, added another
species from Japan, and removed the genus to the tnbeMyllaenini
of the subfamily Aleocharinae.
As now constituted the tribe Myllaenini contains the genera
Camacopalpus Motschulsky (Indosnesia), Myllaena Erichson (cos-
mopolitan, terrestrial), Polypia Fauvel (Indonesia, marine),
Halorhadinus Sawada (east Pacific Ocean, marine), and Bryothinusa
Casey (north Pacific Ocean, marine). In each of these genera the
front and middle tarsi are four-segmented and the posterior tarsi
are five-segmented. In Myllaena, Halorhadinus and Bryothinusa
the outer lobe of the maxilla is entirely corneus. The condition of
'Accepted for publication: May 5, 1972.
2Staff Research Associate and Associate Professor of Biological Control, respectively,
University of California, Riverside, 92502.
3Marine Science Laboratory, Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shatin, New Territory.
Ent. News, 84: 73-81 ,1973 73
74 Eat. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
the outer lobe of the maxilla is not known in Camacopalpus and
Polypea. In each of them the head is produced between the eyes
in the form of a beak similar to that of Myllaena.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE MYLLAENINI
1. Head not produced in front in the form of a beak 2
Head produced in front in the form of a beak 3
2(1). Ligula very short, inconspicuous Bryothinusa Casey
Ligula more than half as long as first segment of labial palpus ....
Halorhadinus Sawada
3(1). Abdomen rapidly narrowed behind Myllaena Erichson
Abdomen subparallel 4
4(3). First antenna! segment as long as head, club shaped. . Camacopalpus Motschulsky
First antennal segment much shorter than head Polypea Fauvel
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF BRYOTHINUSA
1. Eyes small, occupying one-fourth or less of side of head 2
Eyes large, occupying one-third or more of side of head 4
2(1). Elytra shorter than pronotum 3
Elytra about as long as pronotum catalinae Casey
3(2) Small species, 1.60 mm minuta (Sawada)
Larger species, 2.50 mm algarum Sawada
4(1). Tenth antennomere longer than wide 5
Tenth antennomere wider than long 6
5(4). Tempora twice as long as eyes tsutsuii (Sawada)
Tempora about as long as eyes sawada n. sp.
6(4). Eyes much longer than tempora 7
Eyes not longer than tempora 8
7(6). Elytra piceous chani Moore and Legner
Elytra yellow sinensis n. sp.
8(6). Third segment of maxillary palpi more than three times as long as wide
nakanei (Sawada)
Third segment of maxillary palpi about twice as long as wide
hongkongensis n. sp.
Bryothinusa catalinae Casey
Bryothinusa catalinae Casey, 1904, Can. Entomol. 36: 313; Moore, 1956, Trans. San
Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 12: 132, Fig. 60-65.
The eyes are very small, occupying about a fourth of the side of the head, all the
antennal segments are longer than wide, the third segment of the maxillary palpi is not
exceptionally elongate and the elytra are a little wider than long. The color is fulvous
with the abdomen slightly darker. The head and pronotum are concave. California.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Bryothinusa sawadai, NEW SPECIES
(Figures 2, 4B, 5 B)
Description of holotype.
Color. Pronotum, elytra and appendages pale ferruginous; head and elytral humeri
slightly darker; abdomen with first visible segment dark ferruginous, the following seg-
ments increasingly darker to base of fifth segment which is piceus, apex of fifth segment
and sixth segment gradually paler.
Head. Head ovoid, a little wider than long. Surface flattened at center of disc; finely
densely microreticulate with very fine scattered punctures and sparse short fine pubes-
cence. Surface beneath very finely microreticulate. Eyes not protruding, about as long
as tempora, the facets interspersed with short pubescence. Antennae slender, hardly in-
crassate; first and second segments subequal in length and width, each more than twice
as long as wide; third segment little more than half as long as second, very little longer
than wide; fourth through tenth segments subequal in length, tenth segment about one-
fourth longer than wide; eleventh segment a little more than twice as long as tenth,
pointed at apex. Third segment of maxillary palpi almost three times as long as wide,
widest near apical third.
Ttiorax. Pronotum one-fourth wider than long, widest just behind apical angles; base
four-fifths as wide as apex, slightly arcuate; apex nearly straight; apical angles nearly
square; sides gently arcuate in apical half, thence nearly straight to the slightly obtuse
basal angles; disc flattened in center. Surface very finely microreticulate. Pubescence as
on head. Beneath with sculpture and pubescence much as above.
Elytra. Elytra conjointly one-third wider than long, humeri broadly rounded, sides
very gently arcuate, outer and inner apical angles nearly square. Surface finely densely
microreticulate. Puncturation and pubescence much as on head and pronotum.
Abdomen. Abdomen subparallel. First four visible tergites impressed at base. Surface
sculpture and pubescence very similar to but less dense than that of foreparts. No
external sexual modifications observed.
Length. 2.00 mm.
Holotype. Tolo Harbor, New Territory, Hong Kong, May 24, 1971. Tai-din Chan
Collector.
Paratypes. Twelve specimens, some in poor condition, same data as holotype; five
specimens same locality, August 1, 1971.
Remarks. Found among rock crevices and dead shells of barnacles and oysters. When
burrowing in the sand never more than one centimeter deep. Can be found throughout
the year.
This species has the eyes occupying about one-half of the side of the head, all the
antenna! segments elongate, the third segment of the maxillary palpi not unusually
elongate and the elytra a little wider than long. The color is largely pale orange with the
abodmen darker particularly in the posterior part of the middle segments.
This species is named in honor of Kohei Sawada.
76 Ent, News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Bryothinusa sinensis, NEW SPECIES
Description of holotype. (FiSures 3' 4C' 5C)
Color. Largely piceus with the elytra, mouth parts and appendages yellow, the legs
slightly smoky, the tip of the abdomen gradually ferruginous.
Head. Orbicular, about one-half wider than long. Surface evenly convex; finely very
densely microreticulate with very fine short pubescence. Beneath with sculpture very
similar to upper surface. Eyes not protruding, occupying most of the side of head,
tempora about one-fourth the length of eye. Eyes pubescent. Antennae not incrassate;
first and second segments subequal in length and width, each more than twice as long
as wide; third segment less than half as long as second, little longer than wide; fourth
through tenth segments subequal in length, tenth segment one-third wider than long;
eleventh segment about as long as two preceding together, pointed at apex. Third seg-
ment of maxillary palpi about five times as long as wide.
Thorax. Pronotum one-third wider than long, widest just behind apical angles; base
three-fourths as wide as apex, slightly arcuate; apex nearly straight; apical angles nearly
square; sides gently arcuate in apical half thence convergent and somewhat sinuate
before the nearly square basal angles. Disc evenly convex. Surface sculpture and
pubescence similar to that of head.
Elytra. Elytra conjointly one-tenth wider than long; humeri broadly rounded; sides
nearly straight and parallel; outer apical angles acute; inner apical angles square. Sculpture
and pubescence similar to that of head and pronotum.
Abdomen. Abdomen subparallel, slightly wider apically. First four visible tergites
impressed at base. Surface sculpture and pubescence very similar to but less dense than
that of foreparts. No external sexual modifications observed.
Length. 2.20 mm.
Holotype. Tolo Harbor, New Territory, Hong Kong, April 1, 1971. Tai-din Chan
Collector.
Paratypes. Ten specimens same data as holotype.
Remarks. Found among rocks, wandering on sand or burrowing in the sand
as deep as 36 cm. Seems to prefer a sandy beach. Can be found throughout
the year.
This species has the eyes occupying almost the entire side of the head, the
outer antennal segments transverse, the third segment of the maxillary palpi
unusually elongate and the elytra nearly as long as wide. The elytra are largely
bright yellow in contrast to the rest of the body.
Bryothinusa chani Moore and Legner
(Figures 4D, 5D)
Bryothinusa chani Moore and Legner, 1971, Coleopt. Bull. 25: 107, Fig. 1.
The eyes are large, occupying about two-thirds of the side of the head, the tenth
antennal segment is about as wide as long, the third segment of the maxillary palpi is
not unusually elongate and the elytra are about as long as wide. The color is largely
piceus with the appendages paler. Hong Kong.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Bryothinusa tsutsuii (Sawada)
Halestehnus tsutsuii Sawada, 1955, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 5: 84, Fig. 8, 10.
Halesthenus serpentis Sawada, 1955, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 5: 85, 1971, Publ. Seto
Mai. Biol. Lab. 19: 87.
Bryothinusa tsutsuii Sawada, 1971, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 19: 85, Fig. 2.
The eyes are moderate in size, occupying about one-third of the side of the head, all
the antenna! segments are elongate, the third segment of the maxillary palpi is not
exceptionally elongate and the elytra are a little wider than long. The color is dusky
yellow with the head and middle of the abdomen infuscate. Japan.
Bryothinusa nakanei (Sawada)
Halesthenus nakanei Sawada, 1955, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 5: 85, Fig. 9.
Bryothinusa nakanei Sawada, 1971, Pub. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 19: 87, Fig. 3.
The eyes are moderate in size, occupying more than one-third of the side of the head,
the tenth antennal segment is transverse, the third segment of the maxillary palpi is
exceptionally elongate being about four times as long as wide. The body is largely brown
with the apices of the elytra and the antennae paler and the abdomen almost black.
Japan.
Bryothinusa algarum Sawada
Bryothinusa algarum Sawada, 1971, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 19: 90, Fig. 4.
The eyes are very small, occupying about a fifth of the side of the head, all the
antennal segments are elongate and the elytra is about one-fourth wider than long. The
color is largely reddish yellow with the abdomen darker posteriorly and the appendages
paler. Japan.
Bryothinusa minuta (Sawada)
Halesthenus minutus Sawada, 1955, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 5: 83, Figs. 3-7.
Bryothinusa minuta Sawada, 1971, Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 19: 82, Fig. 1.
The eyes are very small, being composed of four coarse facets, all the antennal seg-
ments are elongate, the third segment of the maxillary palpi is not exceptionally elongate
and the elytra are about one-fourth wider than long. The color is pale yellowish brown
with the posterior half of the abdomen darker and the appendages paler Japan.
Bryothinusa hongkongensis, NEW SPECIES
(Figures 1,4A, 5 A)
Description of holotype.
Color. Head and pronotum dark ferruginous, mouth parts and appendages yellow,
elytra golden with the scutellar region infumate, abdomen piceus.
Head. Head ovoid about one-third wider than long. Surface concave, feebly densely
microreticulate with fine pubescence. Surface beneath microreticulate. Eyes not pro-
truding, about two-thirds the length of the tempora, the facets interspersed with
pubescence. Antennae hardly incrassate; first and second segments subequal in length
and width, each more than twice as long as wide; third segment less than half as long as
second, little longer than wide; fourth through tenth segments subequal in length, tenth
segment about one-fourth wider than long; eleventh segment a little longer than two
preceding segments together, pointed at apex. Third segment of maxillary palpi about
two and one-half times as long as wide, widest near apex.
78 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Thorax. Pronotum one-seventh wider than long, widest very near apical angles; base
six-sevenths as wide as apex, slightly arcuate; apex nearly straight; apical angles nearly
square; sides very gently arcuate and not sinuate before the slightly obtuse basal angles;
disc concave. Surface sculpture and pubescence similar to that of head.
Elytra. Elytra conjointly one-tenth longer than wide; humeri narrowly rounded; sides
nearly straight and parallel; outer apical angles nearly square; inner apical angles rounded.
Surface sculpture much like that of pronotum.
Abdomen. Abdomen subparallel. First four visible tergites impressed at base. Surface
sculpture with somewhat denser microreticulation than that of foreparts. Pubescence
dense. No external sexual modifications observed.
Length. 1.48 mm.
Holotype. Ho Tung Lau, Tolo Harbor, New Territory, Hong Kong, April 1, 1971.
Tai-din Chan Collector.
Paratypes. Fifteen specimens, same data as holotype.
Remarks. Found wandering on sand or burrowing in sand as deep as 36 cm. from
mid-tidal zone to low tidal zone. Specimens were found from February to April, 1971
oply on one beach at Ho Tung Lau, Tolo Harbor.
This is the smallest species known. The eyes occupy less than half of the side of the
head but are larger than in algarum, catalinae and minuta. The tenth antennal segment
is about one-fourth wider than long, the third segment of the maxillary palpi is not
unusually elongate and the elytra are longer than wide. The body is dark with the elytra
largely golden and the legs and antennae pale. The head and pronotum of all specimens
examined are broadly concave, some more deeply so than others, a condition which
exists also in catalinae.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We extend our thanks particularly to Kohei Sawada for the gift of specimens and to
Robert E. Orth for many favors and helpful suggestions.
LITERATURE CITED
Casey, T. L. 1904. On some new Coleoptera, including five new genera. Canadian Ent.
36: 312-324.
Fenyes, A. 1920. Genera Insectorum, Coleoptera, Fam. Staphylinidae, Subfam.
Aleocharinae. Fasc. 173B: 111-414.
Moore, I. 1956. A revision of the Pacific Coast Phytosi with a review of the foreign
genera. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 12: 103-152, PI. 8-11.
Moore, I. and E. F. Legner. 1971. Bryothinusa chani, a new species of marine beetle
from Hong Kong (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Coleopt. Bull. 25: 107-108, 1 Fig.
Sawada., K. 1955. Marine insects of the Tokara Islands. VIII. Family Staphylinidae
(Coleoptera). Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 5: 81-87, 10 Figs.
. 1971. Aleocharinae (Staphylinidae) from the intertidal zone of Japan.
Publ. Seto Mar. Biol. Lab. 19: 81-110, 10 Figs.
ABSTRACT. A key is given to the five genera of the Myllaenini and a key to the nine
species of Bryothinusa. Three new marine species of Bryothinusa are described and
illustrated from Hong Kong, hongkongensis, sawadai and sinensis.
Descriptors: Coleoptera: Staphylinidae; genera of Myllaenini; key; species of Bryo-
thinusa; key; Bryothinusa hongkongensis n. sp.; Bryothinusa sawadai n. sp.; Bryo-
thinusa sinensis n. sp
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
79
\ mm
I mm
Figure 1. Bryothinusa hongkongensis Moort,
Legner and Chan, new species, habitus.
Figure 2. Bryothinusa sawadai Moore.
Legner and Chan, new species, habitus.
mm
Figure 3. Bryothinusa sinensis Moore, Legner and Chan, new species, habitus.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
B
Figure 4. Male genitalia of some species of Bryothinusa: A, hongkongensis; B,
sawadai; C, sinensis; D, chani.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
81
B
FigureS. Spermatheca of some species of Bryothinusa: A, hongkongensis, B, sawadai;
C, sinensis; D, chani.
COLLECTING HIBERNATING GROUND BEETLES
UNDER SNOW
Andre Larochelle^
In Quebec, the hibernation of Carabidae seems to take place
principally in the adult stage.
On December 18, 1972, I collected many ground beetles under
snow, from beneath dead leaves and small stones, along an eutro-
phic marsh, in Choisy, Vaudreuil County, Quebec. In two hours,
I captured 100 specimens distributed in 24 species. The beetles
were torpid from the cold. Agonum puncticeps Casey shows
evidence of gregariousness. Besides, all species seemed to favor
superficial cover, the specimens being found upon the ground.
The following is a list of the captures, with the number of
specimens of each species:
Acupalpus cams Leconte (2); A. rectangulus Chaudoir (5); Agonum canadense
Goulet (1); A gratiosum Mannerheim (1); A. lutulentum Leconte (2); A. melanarium
Dejean (7); A. palustre Goulet (2); A. propinquum Gemminger and Harold (6); A.
puncticeps Casey (12); A. sordens Kirby (7); A. thoreyi Dejean (1); Badister notatus
Haldeman (1); Bembidion castor Lindroth (18); B. concretum Casey (\)\B. fortestriatum
Motschoulsky (1); B. frontale Leconte (1);B. graciliforme Hayward (4); B. intermedium
Kirby (1); B. muscicola Hayward (5); B. patruele Dejean (9); B. pseudocautum Lindroth
(1); B. quadrimaculatum oppositum Say (1); Bradycellus atrimedeus Say (3); and
Lebia viridis Sav (21.
ABSTRACT. One hundred specimens of Carabidae distributed in 24 species were
collected under snow, from beneath dead leaves and stones, along a marsh. A. Larochelle,
Bourget College, C.P. 1000, Rigaud, Quebec, Canada.
Descriptors: Coleoptera; Carabidae; Choisy; Quebec, Canada.
Accepted for publication: April 28, 1972
2Bourget College, C. P. 1000, Rigaud, Quebec, Canada
Ent. News, 84:82, 1973 82
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC AND
SEMIAQUATIC HEMIPTERA IN LOUISIANA1
Gene J. Gonsoulin2
Part II. Family Naucoridae Fallen, 1814. "Creeping Water Bugs".
Although the members of this family are widely distributed
throughout North America, comparatively little is known of them.
They are rather flattened, oval shaped bugs (Fig. 1). Coloration is
usually dull brown to greenish, with various darker spots on the
pronotum. The head is broad and flattened and smoothly continu-
ous with its two large, often red tinted eyes. The front legs are
raptorial and the middle and hind legs somewhat modified for
swimming. Antennae are concealed in clefts beneath the eyes, and
the beak is short and acute. Hemelytra are coarse and lack a
membranous portion at the tip.
In Louisiana, the family is represented by one genus, Pelocoris,
and two species. These bugs seem to prefer quiet or slow moving
bodies of fresh water with abundant aquatic vegetation. Although
truly aquatic, naucorids rarely venture beyond the protection
served by submergent vegetation. They prefer to move through
the vegetation in a half-swimming, half-creeping fashion seizing
any victim they chance to come upon. They are fiercely preda-
ceous and may inflict a painful bite when handled carelessly.
Respiration in the nymphs is usually through the cuticle. The
adults absorb oxygen through the spiracles in contact with an air
bubble which adheres to a fine pubescence occurring on the
venter. Air in both the subelytral air space and the ventral air
bubble is replenished by protrusion of the tip of the abdomen
through the surface film. Oxygen may also diffuse directly into
the bubble from the water.
'Accepted for publication: May 8, 1972.
2Department of Biology & Conservation, Volunteer State Community College, Nashville
Pike, Gallatin.TN 37066.
Em. News, 84:83-88, 1973 83
84 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Louisiana's mild climate often allows these bugs to remain active
throughout the winter. The suboval eggs are deposited in early
spring, and are usually glued to submerged stationary objects.
According to Usinger (1956), "hatching occurred in about four
weeks for Ambry sus mormon (a western relative of Pelocoris), the
nymph emerging through a crescent shaped tear at the micropylar
end of the egg. The first four nymphal instars each required about
a week during May, June, and July, whereas the fifth and last
instar required three weeks". Since very little information on the
biology of Pelocoris is available, it will be assumed that Louisiana
specimens follow the same general instar sequence.
Review of the Literature. Bueno (1903) published notes on the
habits and life history of Pelocoris femoratus. Hungerford (1927)
recorded biological information such as food, oviposition, and
habitat preferences, for Pelocoris femoratus. Usinger (1938, 1941,
1942, 1944, 1946, 1947) contributed much to our current knowl-
edge of the naucorids. Penn (1951) gave additional records of
naucorids in Louisiana. LaRivers (1948a, 1948b, 1950, 1951,
1962, 1963, 1965) published much useful data and described
several new species of Naucoridae, none of which have been
recorded for Louisiana.
KEY TO THE LOUISIANA SPECIES OF PELOCORIS STAL.
1. Female subgenital plate deeply notched at apex, emargination at least twice as deep
as wide (Fig. 3a); male dorsal aedeagal plate abruptly truncate at tip (Fig. 3b)
P. carolinensis Bueno
Female subgenital plate only weakly emarginate (Fig. 3c); male aedeagal plate
weakly emarginate at tip (Fig. 3d). . . P. femoratus (Palisot de Beauvois) LaRivers
1. Pelocoris carolinensis Bueno, 1907b, Can. Entomol. 39: 227.
Description. Oval, but more narrowed in front than P. femoratus, with same general
markings but color usually paler; margin of the pronotum more flattened and usually
pale greenish-yellow to light brown; connexivum more widely exposed, the hind angles
of each segment more prolonged; median lobe of sixth ventral abdominal segment of
female with deep V cleft (Fig. 3a); male dorsal aedeagal plate abruptly truncate at tip
(Fig. 3b); length 8.0 - 9.5 mm.
This species is often confused with P. femoratus. Since both species are subject to a
great deal of variation, especially in color patterns, they are often difficult to distinguish
at first glance. Close examination of the genitalia is the only sure means of identification.
Females of P. carolinensis are readily identified by the deep V cleft in the sixth ventral
segment. Identification of the males requires that the genitalia be softened with a wetting
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
agent and then withdrawn for study. Although P. carolinensis is very often taken with
P. femoratus it seems to prefer clear, slow moving streams that have sandv-clav bottoms
and some degree of vegetation. This in contrast to the murky, often stagnant habitat of
P. femoratus. The habitats of P. carolinensis are generally cooler, being shaded to a large
degree.
S. of Paradis, 1-29-67 (GJG 18); St. Tammany - W. of Hickory, 7-11-67 (GJG 86).
Previous Parish Records. St. Tammany (Penn, 1951).
2. Pelocoris femoratus (Palisot de Beauvois) LaRivers, 1948, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.
41: 372.
Naucoris femoratus Palisot de Beauvois, 1805, Inst. Recueillis en Afrique et en
Amerique, P. 237.
Naucoris poeyi Guerin Meneville, 1844, Icon. Regne. Anim. Ins., P. 352.
Description. Broadly oval; general color greenish-yellow; head usually with a median
brown stripe; pronotum moderately punctate, more than twice as wide than its median
length; hind lobe of pronotum lighter colored with scattered longitudinal darker marks;
elytra scutellum, and bentrum olive-brown; scutellum and elytra thickly .tit finely
punctate; connexivum moderately exposed, the hind angles of each segment rather
abrupt; median lobe of sixth ventral abdominal segment of female not or weakly cleft
(Fig. 3c); male dorsal aedeagal plate emarginate at tip (Fig. 3d); length 8.5 - llmm.
Of the two species of Pelocoris found in Louisiana P. femoratus is by far the most
common. Collections have revealed an extensive distribution (Fig. 2a). No doubt this
species may be found in every parish in the State. This species frequents very slow
moving or stagnant water with an extreme amount of aquatic vegetation. This type of
habitat may readily be found throughout the state. P. femoratus is considerably larger,
more plump, and has much darker coloration and markings than its closest relative,
P. carolinensis. In a suitable habitat, this species will usually be found among the roots
and leaves of floating or anchored aquatic vegetation. Care should be taken in removing
the specimens from the vegetation for both species of the genus can inflict a painful
bite.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 2a). Ascension •• W. of Sunshine, 6-14-67 (GJG 62).
Bienville -- S. of Lucky, 6-8-67 (GJG 54). Cameron - N. of Hickory, 7-17-67 (GJG 93).
Claiborne - W. of Athens, 6-8-67 (GJG 52). East Baton Rouge - SE of Fred, 6-10-67
(GJG 80). East Feliciana - W. of Clinton, 7-10-67 (GJG 81). Grant - S. of Colfax,
8-16-67 (GJG 116). Iberia - W. of Avery Island, 1-6-67 (GJG 20). Jackson -- N. of
Quiteman, 2-26-67 (GJG 64). Lafayette - W. of La. 167, 10-9-67 (GJG 6) ; N. of Scott,
11-1-67 (GJG 8); Beaver Park, Lafayette, 11-15-66 (GJG 10); S. of Lafayette, 1-31-67
(GJG 19). Lafourche -- W. of Larose, 11-20-67 (GJG 150); NE of Houma, 11-9-66
(GJG 9d). Natchitiches -- S. of Perry, 10-20-66 (GJG 5a). St. James - NE of Thibodaux,
11-27-67 (GJG 153). St. Landry -- S. of Mellville, 6-14-67 (GJG 60). St. Martin -- NWof
Cecilia, 6-14-67 (GJG 55). St. Mary -- W. of Berwick, 11-9-66 (GJG 9b);SSW of Center-
ville, 3-27-67 (GJG 27); SW of Centerville, 4-27-67 (GJG 35). St. Charles - S. of Paradis,
1-29-67 (GJG 18). St. Tammany -- E. of Montpelier, 7-11-67 (GJG 88); W. of Hickory,
7-11-67 (GJG 86). Terrebonne -- Bourg, 11-20-67 (GJG 149); E. of Atchafalaya R.,
11-9-66 (GJG 9c); S. of Chauvin, 8-25-67 (GJG 27); E. of Houma, 11-20-67 (GJG 28).
Vermillion - NW of Intracoastal, 4-25-67 (GHG 148). West Baton Rouge -- W. of Carey,
6-14-67 (GJG 63).
86 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Previous Parish Records. St. Tammany (LaRivers, 1948). Avoylles, East Baton Rouge,
Iberville, Jefferson, Lafourche, Morehouse, Orleans, Plaquemines, Point Coupee, St.
Bernard, St. Charles, St. James, St. John, St. Martin, St. Mary, and West Baton Rouge
(Ellis, 1951). Assumption, Jackson, Lincoln, Ouachita, Rapides, West Carol (Penn, 1951).
LITERATURE CITED
Bueno, Jose Rollin De La. 1903. Brief notes toward the life history of Pelocoris femorata
(Palisot-Beauvois) with a few remarks on habits. J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 11: 166-173,
Ifig.
. 1907b. Diplonychus Laporte (= Hydrocyris Spinola), and its relation to the
other belostomid genera. Ibid., 39: 333-341.
Ellis, Leslie L. 1952. The Aquatic Hemiptera of Southeastern Louisiana (exclusive of the
Corixidae). Amer. Midi. Natur., 48: 302-329.
Hungerford, Herbert B. 1927. The life history of the creeping water bug, Pelocoris
carolinensis Bueno (Naucoridae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 22: 77-82.
LaRivers, Ira. 1948a. A new species of Pelocoris from Nevada, with notes on the genus
in the United States (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 41:
371-376.
. 1948b. A new species of Ambry sus from Death Valley with notes on the
genus in the United States (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Bull. So. Calif. Ac ad. Sci., 47:
103-110.
. 1950. The meeting point of Ambrysus and Pelocoris in Nevada (Hemip-
tera-Naucoridae). Pan-Pacific Entomol., 24: 19-21.
1951. A revision of the genus Ambrysus in the United States (Hemiptera-
Naucoridae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 8(7): 277-338.
. 1962. Another Mexican Ambrysus (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Entomol.
News, 23: 152-155.
. 1963. Two new Ambrysi (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Biol. Soc. of Nevada,
. 1965. The subgenera of the genus Ambrysus (Hemiptera-Naucoridae).
1: 3-7.
Ibid., 4: 1-8.
Penn, George H. 1951. Additional records of aquatic Hemiptera in Louisiana. I, Nepidae,
Hydrometridae, and Naucoridae. Proc. La. Acad. Sci., 14: 61-71.
Usinger, Robert L. 1938. The Naucoridae of the Philippine Islands. Philip. J. Sci., 64:
299-309.
. 1941. Key to the subfamilies of Naucoridae with a generic synopsis of the
new subfamily Ambrysinae. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 34: 5-16.
1942. The genus Ryocoris Stal. (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Entomol. Mo.
Mag., 78: 241-242.
1944. The genus Ilyocoris Stal. (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). J. Kans. Entomol.
Soc., 17: 76-77.
1946. Notes and Description of Ambry sis Stal with an account of the life
history of Ambrysis mormon Montandon (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Univ. Kans. Sci.
Bull., 31: 185-210.
. 1947. Classification of the Cryphocricinae (Hemiptera-Naucoridae). Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer., 40: 329-343.
ABSTRACT. Seven Families of Aquatic and Semiaquatic Hemiptera in Louisiana
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
87
PART II. Family Naucoridae
This paper contains data on the collection, taxonomy, distribution, and synonymy
of two species of the family Naucoridae (aquatic Hemiptera) in Louisiana. In addition
to a key to the species, family and species descriptions are also included along with
detailed locality data for each species. A review of the literature is presented with the
family discussion. Ecological information is given with each species. Collections for
this study were made on a year round basis. A new state record is herein recorded.
Fig. 1. Pelocoris femoratus (Palisot de Beauvois) La Rivers.
Fig. 2a. Distribution of Pelocoris femoratus
(Palisot de Beauvois) La Rivers.
Fig. 2b. Distribution of Pelocoris
carolinensis Bueno.
88
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
a«d«agal
plat*
Fig. 3a-b. Pelocoris carolinensis Bueno. a. Female subgenital plate; b. Male dorsal
aedeagal plate.
subgenital
plat*
Fig. 3c-d. Pelocoris femoratus (Palisot de Beauvois) La Rivers, c. Female subgenital
plate; d. Male dorsal aedeagal plate.
BOT INFESTATIONS OF PINYON MICE
IN NEW MEXICO1
Glenn E. Haas and Richard P. Martin2
Although the pinyon mouse, Peromyscus truei (Shufeldt), a
widespread rodent of the Upper Sonoran Zone in New Mexico,
may be very numerous locally (Bailey, 1931), there are few records
of specimens infested with bots (Cuterebra sp., Diptera: Cutere-
bridae). Manville (1961) recorded 2 inguinal bots in a female from
Valencia County in May 1939, but he did not describe the habitat
or climatic conditions. We have records of 6 additional specimens
including one with a bot cyst scar.
First locality. Two 3rd-instar bots from 2 of several pinyon
mice, 19 October 1969. Trap lines crossed the Santa Fe County -
Los Alamos County line along the narrow ridge between New
Mexico State Highway Loop 4 and Los Alamos Canyon, 2082 m.
Second locality. One 3rd- and 2 2nd-instar bots in back of a
female, 15 April 1970; one 2nd-instar bot in back of a male,
16 April 1970. Mesa rim below old dump overlooking Frijoles
Canyon, Bandelier National Monument. Sandoval County, 1956 m.
Five other uninfested pinyon mice were collected on the same trap
line, 14-16 April. No other species of Peromyscus was trapped.
The mouse with 3 bots had an unusually heavy infestation of lice,
especially around the opening of the cyst containing the 3rd-instar
bot.
Third locality. One 3rd-instar bot in side of a male; one bot cyst
scar on right side of another male, 27 October 1970. South-
southwest slope of Boundary Peak, San Miguel Mountains, Sand-
oval County, 2445 m. Besides the infested and scarred pinyon
mice, 8 males and a female were neither infested nor scarred. No
other species of rodent was trapped.
'Accepted for publication: April 14, 1972.
2
Formerly with the New Mexico Environmental Improvement Agency. Present Address:
677 Deerpath Drive, Deerfield, Illinois 60015, and P.O. Box 158, Cimarron, New Mexico
87714.
Ent. News, 84:89-90, 1973 39
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
October 1970 was exceptionally cold in New Mexico (Houghton,
1970). A light snowfall of 26 October persisted on the ground at
Boundary Peak while mice were collected there on 27 October.
These winterlike conditions suggest to us that if a pinyon mouse
bot should leave its host and fall into snow, the bot's chances of
survival to an adult would be reduced.
All localities provided good habitat for pinyon mice being semi-
arid and rocky with scattered pinyons. The first 2 localities were
situated along south-southwest- to southwest-facing edges of mesas
overlooking deep canyons; the third locality was on a steep south-
southwest-facing slope of a prominent rocky peak about 9 m
below the summit. Numerous pinyon mice trapped in canyons
were not infested. This suggests that these mouse bot flies ovi-
posited in exposed rocky places that rise perhaps 50-100 m above
the neighboring land.
Near the northern border of New Mexico in Mesa Verde Nation-
al Park, Colorado, Douglas (1969) found that the deer mouse,
P. maniculatus (Wagner), was more heavily infested with bots than
was P. truei. Besides the 2 bot-infested pinyon mice, we also
trapped deer mice at the first locality and at many other localities
as well. Nevertheless, we never detected bots in this species nor in
any of the other 33 species of small mammals we collected in
northern New Mexico.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Supported in part by the U. S. Army Medical Research and Development Command
through Contract No. DADA17-70-C-0022; B. E. Miller, Principal Investigator. Dr. J. S.
Findley confirmed specific determinations of representative samples of rodents.
N. Weber and T. Wolff assisted trapping at the first locality.
LITERATURE CITED
Bailey, V. 1931. Mammals of New Mexico. Bur. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, No.
53: 1-412.
Douglas, C. L. 1969. Comparative ecology of pinyon mice and deer mice in Mesa Verde
National Park, Colorado. Univ. Kansas Pub. Mus. Nat. Hist. 18: 421-504.
Houghton, F. E. 1970. Special weather summary p. 164. In U. S. Dept. Commerce.
Climatological Data, New Mexico, October. 74(10).
Manville, R. H. 1961. Cutaneous myiasis in small mammals. J. Parasitol. 47:646.
ABSTRACT. Three new locality records and one new seasonal record of bot (Cuterebra
sp., Diptera: Cuterebridae) infestations in pinyon mice (Peromyscus truei) in northern
New Mexico are presented with notes on certain ecological factors. -- Glenn E. Haas,
677 Deerpath Drive, Deerfield, Illinois 60015, and Richard P. Martin, P.O. Box 158,
Cimarron New Mexico 87714.
Descriptors: Bots, Cuterebra sp.; Cuterebridae; Diptera; host-parasite relationships
ecology; Peromyscus truei (pinyon mouse), Cuterebra sp. from; New Mexico, Cuterebra
sp. in.
PREDATION ON CHIROMONID EGGS AND
LARVAE BY NANOCLADIUS ALTERNANTHERAE
DENDY AND SUBLETTE
(DIPTERA: CHIRONOMIDAE, ORTHOCLADIINAE)1
J. S. Dendy 2.3
When Nanocladius alternantherae (Diptera: Chironomidae) was
described (Dendy and Sublette, 1959) the larval stage was known
only from exuviae. No information on feeding habits or recogni-
tion of the living larvae has been published. The literature on
predation by chirononmid larvae was reviewed by Darby (1962),
who stated that all species of the subfamily Tanypodinae were
considered to be predaceous. He listed species that were found to
be predaceous on other chironomid larvae in California rice fields;
in the Tanypodinae, [Pentaneura aequifasciata Dendy and Sub-
lette] = Ablabesmyia (A.) mallochi (Walley), and [Procladius
culiciformis (L.)] = Procladius sublet tei Roback, and in the sub-
family Chironominae, [Tendipes (Cryptochironomus) fulvus Jo-
hannsen)] = Cryptochironomus fulvus group and [T. (Crypto-
chironomus) tenuicaudatus (Malloch)] = Parachironomus tenui-
caudatus (Malloch). Borutskii (1960) discussed predation on
chironomid larvae, and stated that larvae of the genus Procladius
compete with fish for this source of food.
This paper presents observations on predation by larvae of
Nanocladius alternantherae on eggs and larvae of other species of
the family Chironomidae. Comments on life history of this species
and predation by some other forms are included.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Chironomid egg masses were obtained from fertilized ponds on
the Fisheries Research Unit and from an unfertilized pond in the
Arboretum of the Auburn University Agricultural Experiment
Station, Auburn, Alabama. Collections of Nanocladius larvae on
masses of eggs of other species of chironomids were made by
manually introducing the visually located natural masses of eggs
into test tubes that were held beneath the surface of the water of
'This research was supported by Hatch Project No. Ala. 334.
2Department of Fisheries and Allied Aquacultures, Auburn University, Auburn,
Alabama 36830.
3The author is grateful to Drs. James E. Sublette and Saul Frommer for their comments
on the manuscript of this paper.
Ent. News, 84:91-95, 1973 91
92 Rnt. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
the pond. All collections were made at the water's edge, either
along shore or where stumps, logs, or plants protruded out of
the water. The egg masses were examined in the laboratory with
the aid of a stereoscopic microscope. On one occasion a class of
31 students collected chironomid egg masses, counted the larvae
of N. alternantherae per mass, and estimated the number of eggs
in egg masses. Specimens were reared in plastic petri dishes that
contained enough pond water to cover the masses.
OBSERVATIONS
Larvae
The living larvae of N. alternantherae were readily distinguished
from other chironomids by the absence of red coloration, and by
the presence of a pair of conspicuous tracheal trunks (Fig. 1), one
lateral to each side of the digestive tract. The tracheal trunks ex-
tended from the head to the anal gills, and appeared opaque when
the body of the larva was in the same plane as the light source and
silvery when it lay perpendicular to the light source. Larvae
showed two eye spots of unequal size on each side of the head. The
smaller spot lay anterior and close to the ventral margin of the
large spot. These larvae were found with other chironomid larvae
of comparable size only on rare occasions and in no case were the
other larvae similar in appearance to these predators.
Larval instars were judged by estimating the size of the larvae,
and at least three different instars were seen on egg masses. The
mature larvae were approximately 3 mm long. No eggs of N.
alternantherae were found. Slides of head capsules were used to
compare taxonomic characters with the original description of
Nanocladim alternantherae. The first reared adult male was
identified by J. E. Sublette. Other specimens were mounted on
microscope slides for examination, and subsequently identified by
the writer. Predation by N. alternantherae on eggs and larvae of
other species was observed at intervals from April 20 through the
first week of September, 1971, and again beginning on April 13
until June 5, 1972.
Larvae of N. alternantherae seemed unable to penetrate
chironomid egg masses that were less than 24 hours old. The larvae
crawled slowly over the surface of the gelatinous material that
became less viscid and increased in size by the second or their day,
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973 93
and predators were able to enter. Each invading larva remained
several hours in the general area of the mass where it entered, and
ate the eggs in the immediate vicinity.
The eggs were swallowed whole, after being turned so that they
could be swallowed lengthwise, or they were broken by the
mandibles of the larvae and the contents were sucked out. Fre-
quently three or four entire eggs could be seen in the digestive
tract of a predator.
A larva that had been starved for 24 hours consumed three or
four eggs at the rate of one each three seconds, and then ate more
slowly until the immediate supply was exhausted.
Figure 1. Photomicrograph of a living larva 01 Nanocladius alternantherae showing
tracheal trunks as dark lines.
Newly hatched host larvae did not leave the gelatinous mass
immediately. When both eggs and larvae were available as prey the
predators appeared to exhibit a definite preference for eggs. When
newly hatched larvae were captured by the predators they usually
were eaten in one of the following manners: (1) swallowed whole,
beginning at either end; (2) decapitated and then only the body
eaten; (3) eaten from posterior to anterior, but not including the
head. Occasionally a predator decapitated a larva and then did
not eat it.
Larvae of N. alternantherae that ate chironomid eggs for several
days grew rapidly and the body became crowded with droplets
which appeared to be fat. Prior to molting, each larva built a trans-
parent case on the jelly or on the bottom of the petri dish, and
remained quiescent until it molted. Soon after molting, the larva
94 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
resumed active feeding. Predators that fed on recently hatched
host larvae contained less fat than did those that fed on eggs. Not
all larvae of this species were found on egg masses. Some were
collected from aquatic plants and appeared to be feeding on
aufwuchs. These individuals readily fed on chironomid eggs when
this food was offered to them. In some laboratory cultures these
predators were observed feeding on terrestrial arthropods that
were on the surface of the water. Identification of the remains of
the prey was not possible.
Pupation
Mature larvae were easily distinguished by an enlargement of
the thoracic region. Prior to pupation the larva constructed a
transparent case, frequently on the bottom of the petri dish, and
remained quiescent for 24 hours or more. Molting into the pupal
stage required only a few seconds. Gradually the red eyes of the
developing adult within darkened and pupal pigment developed.
Frequent observation indicated that the duration of the pupal
stage was less than 24 hours. On one occasion precise timing was
possible. The time required from the splitting of the last larval
skin until the emergence of the adult was 14 hours and 29 minutes.
The adult flew off immediately.
Rearing
Rearing of N. althernantherae in petri dishes with chironomid
egg masses as a source of food was highly successful. Much of the
observation could be made through the lid of the dish. Although
males and females were kept in the same containers for up to 4
days no eggs were deposited.
Density of Population
On April 28, 1972, students collected chironomid egg masses,
counted the larvae of N. alternantherae on each mass, and
estimated the number of eggs per "average size" mass. A total of
136 egg masses included 37 without predators and 99 with one or
more predators. The largest number of predators in one egg mass
was 18. The average number of N. alternantherae larvae per egg
mass was 2.6. Most of the egg masses were estimated to contain
from 1,000 to 2,000 eggs. Petri dishes that contained egg masses
without predators produced large numbers of chironomid larvae.
Some counts of eggs in masses that had been subjected to preda-
tion by three larvae contained only about 80 eggs prior to hatch-
Ent. Neu's, Vol. 84, March 1973
ing. The numbers of larvae that were consumed subsequent to the
hatching of these eggs were not estimated.
OTHER PREDATORS ON CHIRONOMID LARVAE
At times larvae of the family Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) were
common on egg masses. These larvae ate eggs and recently hatched
chironomid larvae. A few larvae of the chironomid subfamily
Tanypodinae were observed eating young chironomid larvae, but
none was seen eating eggs. In some collections hydras were
numerous. They were observed feeding on chironomid larvae.
Frequently larval heads could be seen in the gastrovascular cavities
of the hydras. Hydras were usually abundant in ponds at Auburn
during cold weather, but were rare during summer and early fall.
Compressed air was used in a destratification experiment in one
21 -acre pond with a maximum depth of 13 feet and hydras re-
mained abundant at all depths, even during summer. It is likely
that these hydras consumed large numbers of chironomid larvae,
at least while the larvae were planktonic immediately after leaving
the egg masses.
CONCLUSIONS
Chironomid larvae, which are important converters of organic
matter into animal flesh for fish food, are preyed upon by animals
other than fish. Observations described above give evidence that
fish have competition for this source of food. The loss of potential
food probably is of considerable importance.
LITERATURE CITED
Borutskii, E. V. 1960. The fishery forage base. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Trudy Instituta
Morfologii Zhivotnykh im. A. N. Severtsova, No. 13: 5-61. Trans IPST Cat. No. 842.
By Israel Program for Scientific Translations. Jerusalem 1964. Office of Technical
Services, U. S. Department of Commerce, Washington, D.C.
Darby, Rollo E. 1962. Midges associated with California rice fields, with special reference
to their ecology (Diptera: Chironomidae). Hilgardia 32: 1-206.
Dendy, J. S. and J. E. Sublette. 1959. The Chironomidae ( = Tendipedidae: Diptera)
of Alabama with description of six new species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 52: 506-519.
ABSTRACT. Larvae of the chironomid, Nanocladius alternantherae, ate eggs and larvae
of other chironomids. A sample including 136 egg masses averaged 2.6 of these predators
pffr mass. This species was easy to rear in petri dishes supplied with egg masses. Larvae
of Ceratopogonidae also ate eggs and larvae of chironomids. Hydras and larvae of
Tanypodinae ate recently hatched chironomids. -- J. S. Dendy, Department of Fisheries
and Allied Aquacultures, Auburn University, Auburn, Ala. 36830.
Descriptors: ecology, predation, Chironomidae, Orthocladiinae, Nanocladius, Tany-
podinae, Hydra, Ceratopogonidae, eggs, larvae, fish foods, ponds.
STUDIES OF THE BYRON BOG IN SOUTHWESTERN
ONTARIO XLIX.
ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE
INSECTS OF REDMOND'S POND1
W. W. Judd2
At the center of the Byron Bog in London, Ontario, lies
Redmond's Pond (Judd, 1957). Since 1956 studies of the aquatic
insects in the pond have been made. In 1956 and 1957 the popu-
lations of insects emerging as adults from the water were studied
by using floating traps which trapped the insects at the surface
(Judd, 1958, 1961). In 1961 a study of insects which remain in
the water throughout their life-cycle was made by collecting the
insects with a dip-net (Judd, 1963, 1968). Some insects collected
in 1961 were not reported upon previously and an account of
them is included herewith. The insects were collected by Mr. M. S.
Beverley. In 1962 a collection of insects in the families Nepidae
and Belostomatidae was made by Mr. K. P. Butler. Also included
in this account are reports of aquatic insects from the moss
surrounding the pond and from temporary pools in woods east of
the pond.
In 1962 insects were collected from the west end of Redmond's
Pond, from April 17 to November 24. On December 1 one-half
inch of ice formed over the pond and collecting was suspended.
Each day five sweeps through the water were made by swinging
the dip-net through the water at arm's length, the net having a
circular mouth 10 inches in diameter. The insects so collected
were pinned or preserved in fluid.
Beetles of the family Helodidae were identified by J. M.
Kingsolver, Agricultural Research Service, Department of Agri-
culture, Beltsville, Maryland and of the family Carabidae by G. E.
Ball, University of Alberta, Edmonton. Other insects were iden-
tified by the writer, using appropriate keys.
'Accepted for publication: July 1972.
2Department of Zoology, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada.
Ent. News, 84: 96-97, 1973 96
Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973 97
COLEOPTERA
Carabidae
Bembidion versicolor LeConte - One beetle was collected on
September 22, 1961. Its presence at Redmond's Pond is in accord
with the report of Blatchley (1910) that beetles of the genus
Bembidion occur for the most part along the banks of streams,
ponds and lakes. B. versicolor has been reported in Indiana
(Blatchley, 1910) and Quebec (Chagnon and Robert, 1962).
Bembidion muscicola Hayward - One beetle was collected on
August 29, 1961 at a temporary pool east of Redmond's Pond.
This species has been reported from Michigan and Illinois
(Blatchley, 1910) and from Quebec (Chagnon and Robert, 1962).
Dyschirius integer LeConte - One beetle was collected from the
pond on July 30, 1961. Its presence at the pond is in accord with
the report of Dillon and Dillon (1961) that beetles of this genus
are found near water.
Helodidae
Cyphon ?variabilis Thunb. - One beetle was taken from the
pond on May 25, 1961. In addition, four were found in temporary
pools in the Sphagnum moss surrounding the pond on May 12,
14, 15, 20 and three in a temporary pool in woods east of the
pond on May 12. C. variabilis was collected from Redmond's Pond
in 1957 (Judd, 1961).
Nepidae
Ranatra fusca Palisot de Beauvois - From May 10 to September
15, 1962, thirty-eight adults were collected from the pond. Five
nymphs were collected, three on July 3 and one each on July 7
and August 27. The presence of nymphs throughout the season
is in accord with the report of Torre-Bueno (1906) that the life
cycle of Ranatra is about 70 days. One adult was previously
collected from Redmond's Pond by Judd (1963).
HETEROPTERA
Belostomatidae flumineum Say -Twenty-nine adults were collec-
ted from the pond from May 18 to October 9, 1962. The first three
collected, on May 18, 22 and 27, were males bearing clusters of
eggs on their backs. Some of the eggs on the male collected on
May 22 had small nymphs projecting from them. This species was
previously collected from Redmond's Pond in 1961 by Judd
98 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
(1963). Its presence is in accord with the report of Menke (1958)
that B. flumineum is widely distributed in North America.
Lethocerus americanus (Leidy) - Three adults were collected
from the pond, one each on May 29, August 8 and September 17,
1962. The presence of this species in Redmond's Pond is in accord
with the reports of Menke (1963) and Brooks and Kelton (1967)
that it occurs in ponds and quiet streams with abundant aquatic
vegetation. It is widely distributed in the northeastern United
States and adjacent parts of Canada (Menke, 1963).
LITERATURE CITED
BLATCHLEY, W. S. 1910. Coleoptera of Indiana. Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis.
1386 pp.
BROOKS, A. R. and L. A. KELTON. 1967. Aquatic and semiaquatic Heteroptera of
Alberta, Saskatchewan, and Manitoba (Hemiptera). Memoirs, Entomological Society
of Canada, No. 51.
CHAGNON, G. and A. ROBERT. 1962. Principaux cole'opteres de la Province de
Quebec. Les Presses de L'Universite' de Montreal, Montreal. 440 pp.
DILLON, E. S. and L. S. DILLON. 1961. A manual of common beetles of eastern
North America. Row, Peterson and Co., Evanston, Illinois. 884 pp.
JUDD, W. W. 1957. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario I. Description
of the bog. Canadian Ent., 89: 235-238.
JUDD, W. W. 1958. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario IX. Insects
trapped as adults emerging from Redmond's Pond. Canadian Ent., 90: 623-627.
JUDD, W. W. 1961. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario XII. A study of
the population of insects emerging as adults from Redmond's Pond in 1957. Ameri-
can Midland Naturalist, 65: 89-100.
JUDD, W. W. 1963. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario XVII. Season-
al distribution of Hemiptera (Corixidae, Notonectidae, Belostomatidae, Nepidae) in
Redmond's Pond. Canadian Ent., 95: 1109-1111.
JUDD, W. W. 1968. Studies of the Byron Bog in southwestern Ontario XXXIII.
Distribution of Dytiscidae and Hydrophilidae (Coleoptera) in the bog. Proc.
Entomol. Soc. Ontario (1967), 98: 48-52.
MENKE, A. S. 1958. A synopsis of the genus Belostoma Latreille, of America north of
Mexico, with the description of a new species (Hemiptera; Belostomatidae). Bull.
South. Calif. Acad. Sci., 57: 154-174.
MENKE A. S. 1963. A review of the genus Lethocerus in North and Central America,
including the West Indies (Hemiptera: Belostomatidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc.
America, 56: 261-267.
TORRE-BUENO, J. R. de la. 1906. Life histories of North American water-bugs.
Canadian Ent., 38: 242-252.
ABSTRACT. Aquatic insects including Carabidae (Bembidion versicolor, B. muscicola,
Dyschirius integer), Helodidae (Cyphon ?variabilis) , Nepidae (Ranatra fusca) and
Belostomatidae (Belstoma flumineum, Lethocerus americanus) were collected from
Redmond's Pond in 1961 and 1962. Observations on the seasonal distribution of the
various species are included. W. W. Judd, Department of Zoology, University of Western
Ontario, London, Ontario, Canada.
Descriptors: Carabidae, Helodidae, Nepidae, Belostomatidae of Byron Bog.
GROUND BEETLES COLLECTED FROM
SEA SHORE DRIFTS1
Andr£ Larochelle2
Violent waves produce strings of debris on sandy beaches.
Ground beetles may be very abundant there and may suggest
overseas dispersal by air or water, or by both (Lindroth, 1963,
pp. 56-61).
From June 15 to July 21, 1971, I collected many Carabidae in
sea-shore drifts along the St. Lawrence River in Saguenay County,
Quebec.
The following is a list of the captures and the localities, with
the number of specimens of each species.
LIST OF SPECIES
Agonum affine Kirby
Havre-Saint-Pierre (1).
Agonum cupreum Dejean
Pointe-Parent(l).
Agonum metallescens Leconte
Natashquan (1).
Agonum obsoletum Say
Havre-Saint-Pierre (2); Mingan (1).
Agonum quadripunctatum De Geer
Havre-Saint-Pierre (1); Riviere-Saint-Jean (1).
Agonum retractum Leconte
Pointe-Parent (1).
Amara aenea De Geer
Magpie (1).
Amara aeneopolita Casey
Mingan (2).
Amara apricaria Paykull
Aguanish (1); Magpie (3); Mingan (1); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (2).
Amara bifrons Gyllenhal
Sept-lies (1).
Amara familiaris Duftschmid
Mingan (2); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (1); Tadoussac (1).
Amara fulva De Geer
Baie-Trinite' (1); Havre-Saint-Pierre (2); Magpie (7); Riviere-au-
Tonnerre (9); Riviere-Saint-Jean (2).
Amara lunicollis Schibdte
Pointe-Parent (1).
Amara pseudobrunnea Lindroth
Magpie (1); Mingan (1); Pointe-Parent (2).
Amara quenseli Schbnherr
Aguanish (2).
'Accepted for publication: April 28, 1972
2Bourget College. C.P. 1000. Rigaud, Quebec, Canada
Ent. News, 84: 99-101, 19 73 99
100 Ent. News, Vol. 84, March 1973
Amara sinuosa Casey
Magpie (2); Mingan (2); Pointe-Parent (3): Rivi£re-au-Tonnerre (1).
Amara torrida Panzer
Aguanish (2); Pointe-Parent (5); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (3);
Sept-lies (1).
Bembidion concretum Casey
Mingan (1).
Bembidion grapei Gyllenhal
Aguanish (2); Lourdes-de-Blanc-Sablon (1); Mingan (3);
Natashquan (1); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (3); Sept-lies (3).
Bembidion incrematum Leconte
Mingan (1).
Bembidion occult at or Notman
Aguanish (2).
Bembidion petrosum Gebler
Mingan (3).
Bembidion planatum Leconte
Riviere-Saint-Jean (1).
Bembidion transparens Gebler
Pointe-Parent (1).
Bembidion versicolor Leconte
Mingan (1).
Calathus advena Leconte
Natashquan (1); Pointe-Parent (1).
Clivina fossor Linne
Tadoussac (4).
Harpalus affinis Schrank
Aguanish (5); Havre-Saint-Pierre (6); Pointe-Parent (1).
Harpalus egregius Casey
Mingan (1).
Harpalus fuliginosus Duftschmid
Aguanish (1); Magpie (2); Mingan (4); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (1).
Harpalus laticeps Leconte
Magpie (1); Mingan (2).
Harpalus nigritarsis C. R. Sahlberg
Mingan (2); Natashquan (2); Pointe-Parent (1); Riviere-au-
Tonnerre (2).
Harpalus pleuriticus Kirby
Havre-Saint-Pierre (4); Mingan (3); Natashquan (3); Pointe-Parent (3);
Riviere-au-Tonnerre (2).
Loricera pilicornis Fabricius
Sept-lies (1).
Metabletus americanus Dejean
Mingan (18); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (10).
Notiophilus aquaticus Linne
Riviere-au-Tonnerre (2).
Pterostichus adstrictus Eschscholtz
Lourdes-de Blanc-Sablon (4); Pointe-Parent (2); Sept-lies (1).
Pterostichus melanarius Illiger
Natashquan (3); Pointe-Parent (4); Tadoussac (7).
Trechus rubens Fabricius
Baie-Trinite (11); Riviere-au-Tonnerre (1).
Trichocellus cognatus Gyllenhal
Aguanish (1); Mingan (3); Pointe-Parent (1); Rivierc-au-Tonnerre (1);
Sept-lies (1).
LITERATURE CITED
Lindroth, C. H. 1963. The fauna history of Newfoundland illustrated by Carabid
beetles. Opusc. Ent., Supp. 23: 1-112.
ABSTRACT. Forty species of Carabidae were collected in sea-shore drifts along the
St. Lawrence River. A. Larochelle, Bourget College, C.P. 1000, Rigaud, Quebec.
Descriptors: Coleoptera; Carabidae; Saguenay Co., Quebec. Canada.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps
of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates,
80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A. Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186
pages $9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de-
scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50
No. 26. Jatnes R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook - A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of tlic Tribe Parydrini (Diptera: Ephydridae). 150 pp $7.00
No. 28. Annette F. Braun Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-
lepidoptera). 148 pp $7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
For sale: Philippine biological specimens, including marine, land, and fresh water,
carefully preserved, including insects; price list available upon request from: Romeo M.
Lumawig, P.O. Box 22 Boac, Marinduque 201-E, Philippines.
Butterflies for exchange for any from North America. Antoine Fonlupt, 5-D Place
Marechal Foch, 42 Saint-Etienne, France.
Wanted to buy: Living pupae of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A. polyphemus, H. rubra,
H. gloveri, A. luna, and many other species in either large or small quantities. Richard K.
Zajdel, P.O. Box 932, East Lansing, MI 49923.
For sale: Complete set of "Systematic Zoology", v. 1-12 bound red buckram; v. 13-
20, paper. $200.00, shipped postpaid. P.O. Box 4068, Tallahassee, FL 32203.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p. 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochere, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico",
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
AQUATIC DIPTERA, by O. A. Johannsen. 370 p., including 757 figs, on 72 full-page
plates. (1934-37) reprint 1969. All five parts on this basic reference on larvae and pupae
of aquatic flies. $11.25 cloth, $5.00 paper. For this and any insect book in print, write
to: Entomological Reprint Specialists, .P. <9. Box 77971 , Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles,
California 90007, USA.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
BIOLOGIE DER HYMENOPTEREN, by H. Bischoff, Berlin 1927. 8 vo. pp. VII, 598
with 224 figs. Cloth. Subscription price: Dutch florins 185 (ca. $59.00) withitsmany
examples for all groups and its 224 figures this book will be of great value for any student
of the Hymenoptera. Publication date end of 1972. Order from: Antiquariatt Junk,
Dr. R. Schierenberg & Sons NV. P.O. Box 5, Lochem, Holland.
Wanted: Your name, address and price list if you are an entomologist that has
Lepidoptera for sale. Prefer overseas contacts if possible. Write Edward F. Ruschewski,
4165 Harbor Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008 U.S.A.
ODONATA WANTED: Will pay up to $50.00 each for needed North American
species. Want list sent on request. Also want to exchange specimens and correspond
with Odonatologists throughout the world. Carl Cook, Center, Kentucky 42114, USA.
APRIL 1973
ENTOMOLOGICAL IEWS
CONTENTS
OSKAR AUGUSTUS JOHANNSEN
Dorothea Johannsen Crook, p. 101
THE MICROHABITATS OF WESTERN WOLF SPIDERS
OF THE GENUS PARDOSA
Donald C. Lowrie, p. 103
THE GENERA OF THE PIESTINAE OF
AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)
Ian Moore and E. F. Legner, p. 117
SYNONYMIA AGRILINARUM
(COLEOPTERA, BUPRESTIDAE)
I. LIUS
Henry A. Hespenheide, p. 135
NOTES ON THE PERIODS OF EGG PRODUCTION
OF SOME GROUND BEETLES
Andre Larochelle, p. 139
ANNOUNCEMENT
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
p. 134
THE ENTOMOLOGIST LIBRARY, p. 132
LETTER TO THE EDITOR, p. 1 33
THE ENTOMOLOGIST RECORD, p. 138
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.S^A.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6Vz inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing ne\v taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
Editor
Entomological News
1900 Race Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
Dear Sir:
The manuscript attached to this letter was recently submitted to Dr. R. H. Arnett, Jr. He
just returned it because he was resigning as editor and asked me to submit it to the new
editor.
In order to clarify the reasons for submitting the manuscript let me make a few explana-
tory remarks. Last year my book, American Entomologists, was published. It contains
the biographies of more than two hundred entomologists. Unfortunately, there are some
entomologists who are not in there who should be. One of the most regrettable omissions
is that of Dr. O. A. Johannsen. The reason for this is that up to the time of publication I
was unable to find any biographical material on him. Too late, I found a brief obituary in
the Cornell University Necrology of the Faculty (1961-1962), which as you can imagine
has a very limited circulation.
Recently I wrote to Dorothea Johannsen Crook, Dr. Johannsen's daughter, and asked her
to prepare some biographical notes about her father. Attached is her biography of Dr. O.
A. Johannsen. Will you kindly publish this biography? By doing this, some future student
of entomology will not miss this notable entomologist. Mrs. Crook prepared the bio-
graphy, so please accredit it to her.
Sincerely yours,
/Arnold Mallis/
Extension Entomologist
Patterson Building
The Pennsylvania State University
University Park, Pennsylvania 16802
OSKAR AUGUSTUS JOHANNSEN
14 MAY 1870 - 7 NOVEMBER 1961
Oskar Augustus Johannsen was born in Davenport, Iowa, 14 May 1870, the son
of Christian and Caroline (St'uhrk) Johannsen, emigrants from Denmark. He went
to grammar school in State Center, Iowa, but never attended high school. When his
brother, Albert, who was 18 months younger, decided to go to college, he decided to
go, too, and spent the summer of 1890 "boning" up on his own, so as to pass the
required entrance examinations for the University of Illinois. (Until middle age he
carefully concealed the gap in his educational history, but finally decided it was not a
matter to be ashamed of.) He and his brother both graduated in 1894, each with a B.S.
in Architectural Engineering. (His brother also rejected engineering for science, obtained
a Ph. D. from John Hopkins in Geology and was for many years in the Geology Depart-
ment at the University of Chicago.) Oskar worked in Chicago as a draftsman, then
estimator and engineer at the Globe Iron Works (Chicago) from 1894 to 1899.
Professor Johannsen had always hankered to study insects, but his father's query as
to how he expected to earn a living from a knowledge of bugs, made him turn to his
second choice. In 1899, however, he was offered a chance to teach descriptive geometry
and structural design in the Civil Engineering College at Cornell University, a position
which would permit him to do graduate work in entomology at the same time. (His
boss at the Iron Works offered an increase in salary to keep him, finally saying, "I don't
know what they are giving you, but whatever it is, I'll match it!" Dad didn't dare tell
him he was taking a healthy cut to go to Cornell.) He stayed at Cornell until 1909, first
as instructor, then as Assistant Professor in Civil Engineering, but he simultaneously
Ent. News, 84:101-102, 1973
102 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
took the necessary courses in biology, chemistry, etc., and obtained an M.A. in 1902,
a Ph. D. in 1904, under the direction of J. H. Comstock.
In 1909 he went to the University of Maine as professor and entomologist in the
Extension Division, and remained until 1912. Then he returned to Cornell, first as
Professor of Biology (until 1918 when W. A. Riley went to Minnesota), then as Professor
of Entomology. He was Chairman of the department from 1936 until his retirement in
1938.
He taught insect histology, morphology, and embryology, and was a highly successful
teacher. His skilled draftsmanship made his blackboard diagrams in colored chalk works
of art, and the students especially enjoyed it when the diagram was bilaterally
symmetrical, for then he used both hands simultaneously and produced the diagram
in short order.
Although his special interest was in aqifatic diptera (Chironomidae and Mycetophili-
dae) he was always an interested and very competent naturalist, and a walk with him
resulted in much information respecting wild flowers and song birds, as well as insects.
He published a hundred or more scientific papers (describing many new species) and he
co-authored books with W. A. Riley (Medical Entomology), B. F. Kingsbury (Histo-
logical Technique), and F. H. Butt, (Embryology of Insects and Myriapods).
He married Harriette Alice Fuller in 1896 and there were three children:
Dorothea (1903), Laurence (1907), and Robert (1909).
Professor Johannsen was a member of several honorary and scientific societies:
Tau Beta Pi, Sigma Xi, Phi Kappa Phi, the American Association for the Advancement
of Science, the Entomological Society of America (of which he was president in 1937),
the American Society of Zoologists, the American Association of Economic Entomolo-
gistSj the American Association of University Professors.
One of his professional responsibilities which gave him great satisfaction was his
position as the American representative on the permanent executive committee of the
International Congresses in Entomology, which he held for many years. He was the
Executive Secretary of the Congress, at least in 1927 when the Congress met in Ithaca
(and perhaps some other years, but I don't remember).
One of Professor Johannsen's recreational interests was the study of languages. As
a child he objected to his emigrant parents speaking anything but English, but when he
was 16 or 17 a slightly older cousin migrated from northern Germany to be a clerk in
Christian Johannsen's store. The boys decided that Oskar would teach Johann English
in return for German lessons, and although Cousin Johann progressed considerably faster
in English than Oskar in German, he eventually did learn to speak fluent Hochdeutsch,
although with a North German accent. Subsequently he learned to read Plattdeutsch,
and read both forms for pleasure. French he never spoke, but read quite well after
starting the language in college. In 1917 he decided to study Danish, and worked at it
so assiduously that he finally could read it as rapidly as English or German. With this
background he found that a relatively small amount of study permitted him to read
Dutch, Norwegian, and Swedish. He then decided to try to expand his grasp of the
Romance languages but although he gained sufficient mastery of both Spanish and
Italian to read them with the aid of a dictionary, he never practiced sufficiently to make
them really his own, though he did wade through a long Italian work on entomology
which had never been translated. He worked for a time at Russian, but the Cyrillic
alphabet annoyed him. and he never achieved more than a minimal grasp of the language.
Professor Johannsen retained his interest in entomology and continued to publish
until he was more than 85 years old, when deteriorating eyesight made reading an
impossibility He died in Ithaca. New York on 7 November 1961.
Dorothea Johannsen Crook
THE MICROHABITATS OF WESTERN
WOLF SPIDERS OF THE GENUS Pardosa
Donald C. Lowrie1
Pardosa is the largest genus of the family Lycosidae in the
western United States. Well over 50 species of this genus can be
found in the mountain states while all other lycosids combined
probably exceed that number only slightly. Arctosa, Geolycosa,
Tarentula and Lycosa are present and possibly some of the other
genera which have been established may be found. In central and
eastern United States Lycosa seems to be the largest genus. Within
Pardosa there are several species groups which have not been
recognized subgenerically. Neither the genus nor the family have
been monographed since Montgomery (1904) and Chamberlin
(1908). Papers by Gertsch (1934), Barnes (1959), and Vogel
(1964) have treated some of the groups of species but they have
been mainly morphologically defined. Vogel (1964) characterizes
the distincta group as "six closely related species. Their phyletic
relationship is indicated by similar color pattern and genital
morphology, and five of the six species occupy the same habitat".
The taxonomy of the genus Pardosa is still confused and needs
revision.
During the past ten years I have been studying the genus Pardosa
of the western United States, particularly in the Jackson Hole and
Grand Teton Range area of Wyoming, and trying to determine and
characterize the microhabitat preferences of each of the species.
Professor Emeritus, California State University at Los Angeles. Pressent address
Rt. 2, Box 33 IF, Santa Fe, N.M. 87501.
Ent. News, 84:103-116, 1973 103
104 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
Few ecological observations are in the literature. Tongiorgi (1966)
presents a summary of what is known about the habitats of Italian
pardosas. However, in many cases he had no data available about
the major habitat and still less about the microhabitat in which a
particular species occurs. Usually only the altitude range or type
of habitat, such as meadow, or stream margin, is known. In
defense of the small amount of microhabitat data, it must be said
that microhabitats are not readily determined. Habitat preferences
of these species are summarized here because of scarce information
in the literature. The writer hopes this will call to the attention
of other workers the specificity and importance of recording
habitat preferences.
Wolf spiders of this genus are small (most species 5-8 mm),
cursorial and nomadic. Each individual probably ranges only in a
limited area. After emerging from the egg case the young climb
onto the back of the female where they remain together for about
7-14 days. After leaving her back they become solitary carnivores
for the rest of their lives except for the brief courtship period.
Their microhabitat is the ground surface almost exclusively. They
may run up onto blades of grass or on a floor of grass in those
situations where grass does not stand erect but lies in great hori-
zontal sheets. But otherwise, very few of them leave the ground
to clamber upon shrubs, trees or other objects off of the ground.
Some species, such as the European Pardosa nigriceps, seem to
crawl up into the vegetation some of the time (Vlijm and Kessler-
Geschiere, 1967). From extensive observations, it is apparent that
only accidentally, or momentarily to avoid capture, do the western
United States species move onto herbaceous or woody vegetation
which is not lying horizontally, or nearly so, upon the ground.
Sweeping of vegetation with a net has produced no specimens in
thousands of sweeps in the western United States. In southeastern
United States I have found immature lycosas fairly common at
night upon vegetation. Neither adults nor juveniles are usually
found on vegetation in the daytime.
The forest, meadow and similar habitats can be subdivided
ecologically in such a way as to separate them into microhabitats
on the basis of the following environmental factors.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 105
I. The texture of the substratum may consist of 1) bare soil,
2) wood, such as fallen logs, twigs and branches, 3) rocks of
various sizes, and 4) grass and/or other vegetation.
II. Moisture is another variable to which the spiders adjust.
They prefer 1) very wet, 2) very dry, or 3) intermediate soil
moisture conditions. Air moisture probably serves as another
variable but it is even more difficult to evaluate and separate into
categories than is soil moisture.
III. Another characteristic they adapt to is the temperature of
the environment in which they live. Much of the difficulty in
evaluating differences of habitats is due to the difficulty of deter-
mining what the particular habitat in which they occur is like
with regard to soil and/or air moisture and temperature. In labora-
tory work it has been shown by Norgaard (195 1) that some species
do prefer different temperatures.
IV. Food is a factor since most of these spiders are of about the
same size and hence competitors. The spiders also vary in size
and hence in size of prey and probably species of prey.
V. The altitudinal distribution of habitats is limited. A number
of spiders are confined to timberline and above in alpine tundra
habitats, most range widely in intermediate altitudes from timber-
line down to a few thousand feet. Few species are limited to the
lower altitudes although some, like those of the P. sternalis group,
are more abundant at low altitudes. Individuals of species
occurring at high altitudes will be found in greater numbers,
between about 2400 - 3400 m, although more collecting will be
needed before this can be definitely determined. The generaliza-
tions about altitudes apply roughly between 35° and 45°N lat in
the western United States. South of 35°N lat the high altitude
species disappear while lower altitude species replace those found
to the north. North of about 50°N lat the low altitude species
disappear or may be replaced by different species. High altitude
species like P. uintana, P. mackenziana, P. hetchi, P. anomala, and
P. concinna are found probably at lower altitudes north of 50°N
lat. This is documented for P. uintana and P. mackenziana. It is
hypothesized for the other species because they are high altitude
206 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
species but their occurrence at lower altitudes in the north is not
documented. In the northeastern United States and adjoining
Canada P. uintana and P. mackenziana are at low altitudes in
coniferous forests. Pardosa tristis seems to be the only species in
the west which is abundant from low altitudes to above 3400 m.
The following major habitats for spiders of the genus Pardosa
can be identified:
I) High altitude grasses, rocks and wood (fallen logs, bark or
branches) - Temperature here is usually high when the sun is
shining upon the ground while moisture is variable, depending
upon the microhabitat, although generally low.
2) Stream and lake margin boulders (one cm up to one m or
more in diameter, but round and water-worn) - Temperature here
is high when the sun is shining, but cool or even cold beneath the
rocks moisture is high beneath but much lower on top or the
rocks.
3) Talus rocks - Large to small, usually angular, boulders are
formed in large masses, more commonly at higher altitudes, where
cliffs disintegrate into a slope of rubble. In these talus slopes
temperature and moisture vary from high to low depending upon
where the spider may be. Here and in other habitats the spider
moves about with the shift in day and night conditions, as well as
with seasonal conditions. In a talus area a spider can adjust to
temperature and/or humidity to utilize a wide range of these
conditions.
4) Streamside and lakeside grasses - This habitat forms a narrow
strip in which moisture seems to be a major consideration. The
pardosa may not always abide in the high moisture band next to
the water but water is always available and the grass serves as a
protection from the direct effect of the sun. Thus the spider can
avoid heat, cold, dryness or moisture by moving to the area it
prefers and still be in the same habitat. There is variation within
this habitat in that long grasses produce a protected, variable and
different habitat from the short grasses which screen out less of
the effect of the sun and, typically, is a dry habitat. Open areas
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 107
where there is driftwood or other pieces of bark, logs or wood
produce still drier conditions.
5) Coniferous forests -- Most forests of the West have very little
surface vegetation, a minimum of sunlight and heat reach the
forest floor and there is also probably a limited variety of food.
Humidity here is generally high although as the forest dries out
in late summer and fall the leaf litter layer becomes quite dry. In
less dense forests, these spiders may differentiate in their distribu-
tion between moist and dry coniferous woods.
6) Swampy moist meadows - These open treeless areas have
populations of pardosas not found elsewhere. Also some of the
species of the above grassy habitats occur in this habitat.
7) Treeless or open parkland areas - These areas of prairies
and sagebrush are the driest and hottest of the habitats. The
ground surface is much less inhabitable than in the other com-
munities, and the variety of species much less, but a few species
have become adapted to this habitat. True deserts (rainfall less
than 20-25 cm) have no permanent wolf spider residents except
where there are streams or springs.
Most species of Pardosa have fairly specific habit preferences
while a few are found in a wide variety of habitats. Some live in
ecotonal situations or are tolerant of more than one habitat. In
some habitats several species have been found living together. In
these situations the competitive exclusion principle is not oper-
ating at the time partly because prey is not in short supply.
SPIDER MICROHABITATS
Following is a species by species summary of the author's
observations, and some observations from the literature, regarding
each species, or species group, of the genus Pardosa. The species
are listed by groups (probably subgenera). Included are data on
species collected in the same localities as an indication of species
which may be in competition with each other. Where there are
no data on such interrelationships it is not an indication that there
are none, but simply that only the one species has been collected
in that habitat. These observations on species collected in the same
108 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
habitat are included to indicate that overlapping of habitat
preferences occurs rather than to present a complete listing of
possible species to be found in any particular type of habitat.
Each species in areas of mixed habitat may not be found always
in the precise microhabitat indicated. Finally, at the periphery of
the range of a species it may occur in a slightly, or even greatly,
different microhabitat.
I. The distincta group prefers the driest habitats of all species.
Vogel (1964) has characterized the group in this way and all of
my experience has corroborated this conclusion. These species are
differentiated from one another mainly on their allopatric distri-
bution although some species seem to have slightly different
moisture requirements and some are syntopic as well as sympatric
(Rivas 1964). This group is found in open plains, sagebrush and
other non-forested areas except where forests adjoin open dry
lands.
Pardosa distincta (Blackwall, 1846) and Pardosa utahensis
Chamberlin, 1919, are low altitude species. I have collected them
alone and together on occasion, but rarely with other species.
Drier habitats are preferred by P. utahensis than by P. distincta.
The species of this group have a low density in the areas where
they occur, in the magnitude of 1/100 m^.
II. The glacialis group is large in the west and difficult to
characterize. However, it seems to be generally a moist meadow-
inhabiting group. None are to be found in forests, although some
occur in open meadows within a forest.
Pardosa anomala Gertsch, 1933, is one of the two main species
completely restricted to high elevations in forested areas. P.
anomala is found above about 3000 m in the Rockies and at lower
altitudes farther north. It is found only in coniferous forest
meadows, usually in areas moist from melting snow.
Pardosa colorademis Banks, 1894, is found in low and mid-
altitude meadows. Many individuals occur in moist meadows
usually with bordering drier areas. This spider has been found in
the Gros Ventre River Valley in both moist swales and irrigation
ditches where sagebrush and dry meadows adjoing. A similar
habitat was found east of Bridgeport, near Grand Coulee Dam, in
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 109
Washington. Here this species occurred in a nearly dry creek bed
surrounded by grasslands. Although found as high as Togwotee
Pass in the Tetons at over 3000 m, most of the records come from
about 2000 m.
Pardosa concinna (Thorell, 1877) was recorded by Schmoller
(1968) from timberline (about 3500 m) and above in Colorado.
He characterizes it as being found in mesic alpine areas; subalpine
forest edges on gravel and light mixed tundra vegetation such as
species of Geum and Kobresia.
Pardosa fuscula (Thorell!, 1875) is found in extremely wet areas
with standing water, where the grass is often quite long (over 20
cm). I found it on the south side of Togwotee Pass in an excep-
tionally moist area, in the Blue Mountains of Washington (Target
Meadows) in a high meadow with standing water surrounded by
coniferous forest. Other locations are in a moist meadow in the
forests of the Pioneer Mountains south of Wise River in Montana,
and in a somewhat drier area along the grassy and rocky shore of
Duck Lake east of Glacier National Park. In the Chicago area it
inhabits tamarack bogs.
Pardosa johanseni Gertsch, 1933, does not seem to be common
but has been found enough to indicate its habitat preferences. I
have found this species in three widely-separated places in which
sagebrush prairies have surrounded the collecting localities while
the immediate site has been a moist pond or drying wet area of
willows, sedges, herbs and mosses.
Pardosa ourayensis Gertsch, 1933, has been collected by
Schmoller (1968, 1970) in pitfall traps in Colorado mainly at
timberline, and above, in and on marsh grasses, among krumholz
and in boulder fields with wet ground nearby. He characterized it
as a hygric or marshy alpine species.
Pardosa tetonensis Gertsch, 1933, has been found with P.
distincta, P. altamontis, P. coloradensis and/*, uncata. Its general
habitat is open, dry meadows. This species was found in Montana
on the Yogo Peak Ridge east of Great Falls, in the Toll Mountain
area southeast of Butte, in dry meadows bordering moist sedges
and other spots in the Pioneer Mountains and near Dunraven Pass
in Yellowstone National Park among sagebrush but where moisture
110 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
was in the vicinity. Therefore, this is a dry meadow species which
has to be in an area near moisture.
Pardosa wasatchensis Gertsch, 1933, occurs in tall grass, in an
aspen ' swamp", and in a wet timothy field below Uhl Hill in the
Jackson Hole area. These data place it as a moist meadow form.
It is a rare species and further characterization of its microhabitat
is needed.
III. The lapidicina group is found among boulders and gravel
beside streams and lakes at all low and mid altitudes in the west,
and east.
The distribution of Pardosa steva Lowrie and Gertsch, 1955,
and Pardosa sierra Banks, 1898, is geographical rather than eco-
logical (they are mainly allopatrig). The author has collected
along many boulder-strewn stream beds in the West and finds
many areas lacking spiders. Other areas contain more than just
lapidicina group species. The boulders nearly level with the stream
but not imbedded in the gravel will typically have lapidicina group
members while the borders of the boulder piles will have other
species from grass and adjacent microhabitats. These species are
found usually at the lower to median altitudes, although they
may occur along streams at elevations up to 2200 m.
IV. The mackenziana group consists of species occurring on the
ground within coniferous forests. Two species occur at timber-
line or above, but adjoining forests. The sympatric species may be
in slightly different parts of the forests based on moisture differ-
ences. Characteristic of this group is its low densities.
P. mackenziana (Keyserling, 1877) and P. uintana Gertsch,
1933, are both geographically and ecologically separated from
uncata and P. dorsalis. Geographically they are widespread
throughout Canada and northern United States and occur sym-
patrically and often syntopically. Schmoller (1968) indicated that
in Colorado they are found at high altitudes (over 2700 m), and
they may live in separate microhabitats. In a series of pitfall traps
in a Picea-Abies stand he recorded 70 P. uintana but no P.
mackenziana whereas he found 28 P. mackenziana but no P.
uintana in a Pinus contorta stand. In the Tetons I have found only
P. uintana above 3000 m among the high altitude conifers. In
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 111
Canada and Alaska these two species are common at sea level but
always in coniferous forests.
P. hetchi Chamberlin and Ivie, 1942, is restricted to tundra
areas above timberline. It has been found only in Colorado,
Washington and California but in all areas it was well above timber-
line (usually 3300 m or higher). Whether it is restricted to these
high altitudes due to temperature, moisture or substratal and prey
relationships is unknown; however, its microhabitat preference
among alpine tundra rocks and vegetation above timberline seems
clear.
The habitat preferences of P. uncata (Thorell, 1877) and P.
dorsalis Banks, 1894, are difficult to characterize but P. dorsalis
seems to prefer drier woods than P. uncata. P. uncata is wide-
spread from east to west in northern United States and southern
Canada while P. dorsalis is restricted to northwestern United
States and adjacent Canada. These species are found at lower
altitudes than the other mackenziana group species. P. uncata
may be found under and on bark of fallen trees on the ground
but is always found distinctly within the forest while P. dorsalis
is at times to be found on trails in open meadows within the
forests. Pitfall trapping would aid in determining more specifically
the microhabitats of these species.
V. The sternalis group occurs in short grass where the spiders
can emerge onto rocks and dead branches. These are not meadow
species because they also occur beside streams and within woods.
Pardosa altamontis Chamberlin and Ivie, 1946, lives at low to
mid-altitudes although specimens have been collected from as high
as 2700 m in the Tetons at Delta Lake. P. ramulosa (McCook,
1874) individuals in the Los Angeles area occur at altitudes less
than 1000 m. One collection was made, however, at about 3000 m
in the Sierras of California (Vogel, 1970). Likewise, P. vancouveri
Emerton, 1917, seems to be restricted to low altitudes. The habitat
is typically short grass up to 5-10 cm. They crawl in open bare
spots and on fallen branches and twigs. They will crawl up onto
any solid object such as rocks, housebricks, branches or logs to
sun themselves, especially the females when incubating egg sacs.
P. ramulosa is a common inhabitant of the margins of mowed
lawns in the Los Angeles area as is the case with P. vancouveri in
112 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
the Astoria, Washington locality. This group is abundant wherever
found. Borders of lawns where there is a wall have populations of
5-10/100 cm^, whereas the main lawn will be nearly devoid of
adults and young are very sparse.
VI. The groelandica group apparently consists of only P. tristis
in the west. Its taxonomy is not clear.
Pardosa tristis (Thorell, 1877) is widely distributed geograph-
ically, altitudinally, and ecologically. It is the largest species of the
genus and may therefore be less dependent upon temperature and
humidity variation as well as less competitive with smaller syn-
topic species. It is common in the vicinity of water. It has been
found from sea level to altitudes nearing 3000 m. I have collected
it within a short distance of a stream or lake except at the highest
altitudes and often it is running among rocks in a stream as well
as in the soggy ground of nearby marshy areas. It is not only wide-
spread in the West and at almost all altitudes, but is probably the
most common species of Pardosa if one were to collect only in
moist areas I have not found it in habitats which are very dry,
in the middle of talus rocks, or on bare ground. Schmoller (1970)
indicated that in the higher altitudes in Colorado it occurred in
rocky, alpine dry habitats. Since it can, and possibly does, feed
exclusively upon fairly large insects, it would not compete with
most members of the genus. I have collected it more commonly
with P. uncata, a forest species, less commonly with P. xeram-
pelina, P. wyuta, and P. fuscula. In addition, I have collected it
once each with 5 other species. In summary, the spider is typically
found where the habitat is fairly moist although it will wander
into some bordering dry open areas. It may be in openings in
woods, along the edge of woods, or on driftwood but only where
there is grass nearby.
VII. This species is a member of the genus Acantholycosa or
at least belongs in a group by itself. From European and American
records I have examined, it is certain that this is a talus rock
species and possibly genus.
Pardosa solituda Levi and Levi, 1951, was discovered "running
between stones in meadow" on the southeast shore of Lake
Solitude in Grand Teton National Park. Further collecting has
narrowed this habitat down to talus slopes. In any talus area
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 113
several other species of pardosas may be found around the edges
where grasses or fallen wood produce an ecotone. But, in the inner
part of an extensive talus slope of rocks, the small dark gray
spider is usually P. solituda. Altitude is probably unimportant ex-
cept at the higher elevations where weather conditions may be-
come too severe for this species. I have found it in talus in the
Pioneer Mountains near Butte, Montana, and in Glacier National
Park. It is still a "rare" species, partly because it is extremely
difficult to catch due to inaccessibility in talus rocks and its
rapidity of movement.
VIII. The following species are either alone in the group to
which they belong, or the group is not well identified.
I have collected Pardosa californica Keyserling, 1887, in some
of the lawns of the Los Angeles area but it is most common along
streams. David W. Hagstrum (personal communication) has found
high densities of this species in a moist coniferous forest meadow
near Lake Fulmor above 1650 m on Mount San Jacinto in
Southern California.
Pardosa moesta Banks, 1892, occurs in moist areas around Two
Ocean Lake in the Tetons and Bowman Lake in Glacier National
Park, in a meadow of long grass on the Olympic Peninsula, and
in long grass near Mount Vernon, Washington. It was also along
the Touchet River, in Montana in tall sedges beside Saint Mary's
Canal northeast of Glacier National Park and in Wyoming beside
Lafferty Creek in the Gros Ventre River Valley. All these areas
were moist, with tangles of long grasses 50-100 cm long.
Pardosa tesquorum (Odenwall, 1901) has been found in associa-
tion with P. distincta at one place east of Glacier National Park
in tall grass and with P. tristis in the same general area. In the
Tetons it has been found in six localities: along the Gros Ventre
River, Pacific Creek among gravel, boulders and grass, in long
grass beside the Snake River, above Cascade Creek, around Marion
Lake and the shores of Two Ocean Lake. All but one of these is
about 2000 m.
Pardosa wyuta Gertsch, 1934, has been found with 8 other
species at various places. It was collected mainly with P. tristis
and P. altamontis, and secondarily with P. uncata and P. fuscula.
In the Tetons it has been found only in a lakeside, grassy meadow
114 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
beside Arrowhead Pool at 2750 m. In Glacier National Park it
was in- grassy areas beside Iceberg Lake at 3050 m. It seems to
prefer altitudes around 2000 m. In the Wallowa Mountains of
Oregon it is in moist, as well as dry, meadows bordering streams.
In the northern mountains of Washington, it occurs in the forests
among rocks beside the Nooksack River. In Mount Rainier
National Park it occurs in forests beside the White River, and in
long grass and short herbs beside Clear and Rimrock Lakes, out-
side the Park to the Southeast.
Pardosa xerampelina (Keyserling, 1877) has been collected most
commonly along the Death Canyon stream at 2000 to 3000 m
in the Tetons. It is found there in grass and driftwood immediately
bordering the streams where it has access to both dryness on top
of the driftwood and the moisture of the stream and the grass
below. Generally it is a forest form, always occurring beside a
stream and particularly in open clearings. It has been collected
with P. tristis and P. uncata on one occasion each.
REMARKS
Data which I have collected in the Chicago area (Michigan,
Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin) indicates that those species found
there as well as in the west, show much the same habitat pref-
erences. P. distincta, P. fuscula, P. lapidicina, P. mackenziana, P.
moesta, P. tristis, P. uncata and P. xerampelina have all been
found and fit into the habitat descriptions except that they are
all at low altitudes. Where habitat data has been available the
same has been true of Canadian specimens of P. coloradensis,
P. concinna, P. distincta, P. lapidicina, P. mackenziana, P. moesta,
P. tristis (or groenlandica), P. uintana, P. uncata, and P. xeram-
pelina sent to me by Dondale and Buckle.
Other species could be mentioned for which isolated data on
habitats are available but I judge it best at this time to go no
further with these habitat preferences because the data on most
of the other species are too meagre. Pitfall trapping would be a
helpful adjunct to field observations in areas where two or more
species seem to coexist, in order to determine the degree of over-
lap. Some laboratory work with the species to note temperature
and humidity preferences may be worthwhile although at present
humidity preference work shows less promise than length of
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
115
survival time in a dry atmosphere. Work in all these areas is
continuing and information would be welcome from anyone who
has precise ecological habitat data and species records. In addition
authors are encouraged to include microhabitat data on all spiders
when describing species characteristics.
TABLE I. Summary of the microhabitats of the spider genus Pardosa.
Variable
Altitudes
Wet
Habitats
tesquorum,
moesta
long grass
moist to wet
fuscula (glacialis
group) only in
very wet, swampy
habitats
Habitats
with Variable
Mositure Conditions
californica, wyuta, xerampelina
dry to moist grasses and downed
wood, often beside streams
lapidicina group low and mid
altitudes among boulders and
gravel beside streams and
lakes
sternalis group moist to dry,
short to medium length grasses
and downed wood and rocks
glacialis group meadow habitats
some dry (tetonensis & johanseni)
but most in moist to very wet
habitats
mackenziana group coniferous
forest - mainly moist habitats
tristis all altitudes all moisture
conditions
Dry
Habitats
distincta group
dry open lands
at low and mid
altitudes
solituda in talus
rocks up to high
altitudes
High
Altitudes
Below
Timberline
Above ourayensis
Timberline (glacialis group)
hygric alpine
uintana and mackenziana
mackenziana group coniferous
forests at higher altitudes in
south and west parts of range
lower altitudes in north and
cast
anomala (glacialis group)
moist meadows within
coniferous forests
concinna (glacialis group)
in tundra turf and forest
edge
hetchi (mackenziana
group) in drier
habitats
216 Ent- Ne^s, Vol. 84, April 1973
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I would like to thank the grants-in-aid committee of the Society of Sigma Xi for
funds provided me during the summer of 1964 for collecting in the Northwestern
United States. For similar aid I am indebted to the New York Zoological Society and
the Univeristy of Wyoming. I would also like to thank a number of my colleagues who
have contributed ecological data, specimens, and identifications. Don Buckle, C. D.
Dondale, B. Vogel, W. J. Gertsch, Robin Leech, and R. Schmoller have all con-
tributed information for this study. Finally I would like to acknowledge the aid
and forbearance of my wife. Jacqueline, and my family, who have collected spiders
for me.
LITERATURE CITED
BARNES, R. D. 1959. The lapidicina group of the wolf spider genus Pardosa (Araneae,
Lycosidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates 1960: 1-19.
CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1908. Revision of North American Spiders of the family
Lycosidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 60: 158-318.
GERTSCH, W. J. 1934. Notes on American Lycosidae. Amer. Mus. Novitates 693:
1-25.
MONTGOMERY, T. H., Jr. 1904. Descriptions of North American Araneae of the
families Lycosidae and Pisauridae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 56: 261-323.
NORGAARD, E. 1951. On the ecology of two lycosid spiders (Pirata piraticus and
Lycosa pullata) from a Danish sphagnum bog. Oikos 3: 1-21.
RIVAS, L. R. 1964. A reinterpretation of the concept "sympatric" and "allopatric"
with proposal of the additional terms "syntopic" and "allotopic". Systematic Zoo/.
13: 42-43.
SCHMOLLER, R. 1968. Ecology of alpine tundra arachnids and carabidae (Coleoptera)
in Colorado. Ph.D. thesis Univ. of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado. 81 pp.
1970. Ecology of alpine tundra arachnida in Colorado. Amer. Midland
~~Nat. 83: 119-133.
TONGIORGI, P. 1966. Italian Wolf Spiders of the genus Pardosa (Araneae: Lycosidae).
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo/. 134: 275-334.
VLIJM, L. and A. M. KESSLER-GESCH1ERE. 1967. The phenology and habitat of
Pardosa monticola, P. nigriceps and P. pullata (Araneae: Lycosidae) J. Anim. Ecol.
36: 31-56.
VOGEL, B. R. 1964. A taxonomic revision of the distincta group of the wolf-spider
genus Pardosa in America North of Mexico (Araneida, Lycosidae). Postilla. 82: 1-30.
.1970. Taxonomy and morphology of the sternalis and falcifera species
groups of Pardosa (Araneida: Lycosidae) Armadillo Papers. 3: 1-31.
ABSTRACT: The microhabitat preferences of species of the genus Pardosa of the
family Lycosidae (wolf spiders) found in the western United States are summarized. In
the western United States these spiders are almost completely restricted to the ground
surface and objects upon the ground. Extensive sweeping has not yielded any specimens
in the vegetation. Habitats and spiders mainly associated with them, where identified,
are the following: 1) grasses, rocks and downed wood at high altitudes, 2) boulders
and pebbles beside lakes and streams (lapidicina group), 3) rocks of talus slopes (P.
solituda), 4) grasses beside lakes and streams with separate microhabitats of long grasses,
short grasses and rocks and driftwood. 5) coniferous forest floor (mackenziana group),
6) moist to wet meadows (glacialis group), 7) dry sagebrush and other open prairie and
dry forested areas (distincta group).
THE GENERA OF THE PIESTINAE OF
AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO
(COLEOPTERA: STAPHYLINIDAE)1
Ian Moore and E. F. Legner2
Genera of the subfamily Piestinae have not been adequately
characterized in the literature. The treatment which follows should
make identifications of these genera simple for the first time.
Until recently most students included in this subfamily all
staphylinids with small anterior coxae. Blackwelder (1942) re-
duced the size of the subfamily by removing those species which
had unmargined abdomens. Moore (1963) added Zalobius and
Asemobius, formerly placed in Oxytelinae.
Herman (1972) removed Charhyphus which is not followed
here as explained in the note following the description of that
genus.
The subfamily Piestinae may be briefly characterized as follows
(Moore 1964): antennae eleven segmented, inserted at the front
margins of the head near the eyes; second abdominal segment
absent; third abdominal segment usually keeled between the
coxae; abdomen with paratergites; anterior coxae small, globose
or peg-shaped, usually not longer than wide.
This is a large subfamily of world wide distribution mostly in
the tropics. Only a few of its members inhabit temperate zones.
Many species are subcortical in habit and as a result are of de-
pressed form. A few of the species which are found in leaf litter
are of a less depressed form.
'Accepted for publication: May 13, 1972.
2Staff Research Associate and Associate Professor of Biological Control, respectively.
Division of Biological Control, Citrus Research Center and Agricultural Experiment
Station, University of California, Riverside, California 92502.
Ent. News, 84:117-131, 1973 JJ7
118 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE PIESTINAE OF AMERICA
NORTH OF MEXICO
1. Anterior tibiae not spinose externally 2
1'. Anterior tibiae spinose externally 5
2(1). Pronotum and elytra costate; last segment of maxillary palpi
not narrower than penultimate 3
T. Pronotum and elytra not costate 4
3(2). Gular sutures widely separated near base Asemobius Horn
3'. Gular sutures very approximate near base Zalobius LeConte
4(2'). Last segment of maxillary palpi not narrower than
penultimate Trigonurus Mulsant
4'. Last segment of maxillary palpi much narrower than
penultimate Charhyphus Sharp
5(1'). Elytra! disc without impressed striae Hypotelus Erichson
5'. Elytra! disc with impressed striae 6
6(5'). Clypeal area delimited by a deeply impressed line;
mesosternum carinate Piestus Gravenhorst
6'. Head without such a line; mesosternum not
carinate Siagonium Kirby & Spence
Asemobius Horn
Form: Moderately stout, subfusiform, coarsely sculptured. The pronotum and
elytra costate.
Head: Head subtriangular. Eyes large, convex, prominent. Antennae elongate;
segments one and two thick, glabrous; three through seven long and slender, glabrous;
eight through eleven thickened, forming a loose club, densely pubescent; their fossae
located between the eyes and the bases of the mandibles. Clypeal area very small but
delimited by a ridge. Labrum transverse, front margin arcuate, entire. Maxillary palpi
four-segmented; first segment short; second about three times as long as wide, very
slender in basal two-thirds, then slightly widened and somewhat bulbous in apical third;
third about two-thirds as long as second, about three times as long as wide, widest at
apex; fourth cylindrical, as long as and nearly as wide as second, gradually narrowed
in apical third to the very narrowly truncate apex. Labial palpi three-segmented, last
two segments of about equal length; third segment narrower than second, cylindrical.
Gular sutures well separated, divergent behind. Infraorbital carina complete, very
prominent.
Thorax: Pronotum nearly circular, the sides with eleven short, blunt teeth, surface
irregular with vague, anostomic carinae, three posteriorly and two anteriorly. Prosternum
large, very feebly longitudinally carinate, its process short and pointed. Epimera not
delimited by a suture. Lateral prosternal suture distinct. Trochantin narrow, parallel
sided. Metasternum long. Elytra quadrate; sides minutely serrulate; surface serrially
punctured and carinate; epipleura delimited by a strong carina. Scutellum small.
Anterior coxae small, globose, contiguous. Posterior coxae small, triangular. Tibiae
without spines. Tarsi five-segmented, with a few long setae. Anterior and middle tarsi
with the first four segments short, robust, subequal, last segment about as long as
the others together. Posterior tarsi longer and more slender; the first three segments
of about equal length, about twice as long as wide; fourth about as wide, but only
half as long; fifth about as wide and as long as the first three together.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
119
1 mm
Figure 1: Asemobius caelatus Horn.
120
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
1 mrn
Figure 2: Hypotdus pusillus Erichson (Brazil)
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 121
Abdomen: First five visible segments with paratergites. First visible sternite with a
small keel between the coxae; first two visible sternites vaguely constricted at base.
Last sternite of the only specimen seen emarginate and impressed, and so apparently
a male.
Distribution: The single species, Asemobius caelatus Horn, was described from a
single specimen from California. Another specimen from Washington is in the collection
of the California Academy of Sciences.
Notes: This genus has previously been placed in the Oxytelinae, but along with
Zalobius, was removed to the Piestinae by Moore (1963). This genus can easily be
recognized by its subcircular, crenulate pronotum and rough sculpture, as well as by
its slender antennae with the last four segments forming a contrastingly pubescent
club. It is remarkable in this group by the strong infraorbital carina.
The only species is apparently quite rare, the only specimens known to us being
the two previously mentioned. The above description was taken from the specimen
from Washington. It is the specimen described and figured by Hatch (1957). We have
been unable to give a more complete description for lack of a specimen for dissection.
Horn (1895) stated that the head is abruptly narrowed behind to form a neck, and
that the middle coxae are separate, characters not visible in the specimen we have seen.
The shape of the head and the pronotum of the specimen from Washington differ
considerably from the figure presented by Horn of the California specimen. Either
Horn's illustration is inaccurate, or the Washington specimen belongs to another species.
Judging from similar discrepancies in Horn's illustrations of Zalobius serricollis and
Z. spinicollism the former seems more likely.
Hypotelus Erichson
Form: Small, linear, slightly depressed, shining.
Head: Head nearly as large as pronotum, subquadrate, not narrowed behind to a
neck. Eyes of moderate size, very prominent. Antennae incrassate; the first four seg-
ments glabrous, the remainder densely pubescent; their fossae located under a ridge
between the eyes and the bases of the mandibles. The first antennal segment of the
male often with a small, internal tooth at apical margin. Clypeal area not delimited.
Labrum transverse with the entire apex evenly, deeply emarginate, the outer angles
rounded; apex furnished with a fine, membranous border and ten or twelve strong
setae. Mandibles short, stout, simple. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment short;
second longer than wide, much wider at apex; third transverse, as wide as second;
fourth as wide as third, twice as long as wide, very little narrowed to the rounded apex.
Inner lobe of maxilla shorter than outer, membranous and ciliate at apex. Outer lobe
wider than inner with a dense brush of cilia at apex. Labial palpi three-segmented, the
first two segments short and stout; the third a little narrower, cylindrical, about twice
as long as wide. Gular suture united or extremely approximate. Infraorbital carina
lacking.
Tliorax: Pronotum narrowed behind. Prosternum well-developed, its process very
short, rounded. Lateral prosternal suture distinct. Prosternal epimera not delimited by
a suture. Trochantin large, quadrate, divided longitudinally by a strong carina. Meso-
sternum short, its process narrow, pointed, extending three-fourths of the distance be-
tween the coxae where it meets the broad, pointed process of the metasternum. Meta-
sternum large. Elytra quadrate, epipleuron delimited by a carina. Anterior coxae small,
globose, contiguous. Middle coxae larger, globose, narrowly separated. Posterior coxae
small, triangular. Anterior and middle tibiae with a double row of spines externally,
posterior tibiae with a few spines near apex. Tarsi five-segmented, the first four seg-
ments short and subequal, the last about as long as the first four together.
122 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
Abdomen: First five visible segments with paratergites. Tergites not impressed.
First visible sternite with a small keel between the coxae. External sexual differences
feeble.
Distribution: Nine species have been described in this neotropical genus. In the
United States a Mexican species has been recorded from Texas.
Notes: The above description was taken from Hypotelus pusillus Erichson from
Brazil, as we have seen no North American specimens. This genus is closely related to
Piestus. The denticle on the inner margin of the first antenna! segment of the male is
lacking or much reduced in some species.
Piestus Gravenhorst
Form: Moderately robust, subparallel, shining.
Head: Head somewhat smaller than pronotum, not narrowed behind the eyes, with-
out a neck. Eyes of moderate size, extremely prominent. Antennae elongate, not in-
crassate; the first segment in the males of some species with a brush of long hair on the
inner side; their fossae located under a distinct ridge between the eyes and the bases
of the mandibles. Clypeal area distinctly set off by a strongly impressed arcuate line.
Labrum transverse, the entire apex evenly and deeply emarginate, the outer angles
rounded, outer margin furnished with eight or ten strong setae. Mandibles stout, simple.
Maxillary palpi four-segmented; the first segment short; second longer than wide, stout
at apex; third about as wide as long, as wide as second; fourth as wide as third, about
twice as long as wide, subcylindrical, slightly narrowed to the rounded apex. Inner
lobe of maxilla shorter than outer, membranous and ciliate internally. Outer lobe wider
and longer than inner, with a brush of dense setae at tip. Ligula transverse, emarginate,
membranous. Labial palpi three-segmented, segments of equal width, first and third
each about twice as long as wide, second about as long as wide. Gular sutures in-
distinct, united. Infraorbital carina lacking.
Thorax: Prosternum well-developed, its process acute, short. Lateral prosternal
suture distinct. Prosternal epimera not delimited but a suture. Trochantin large, quad-
rate, divided by a carina. Mesosternum snort, longitudinally carinate, its process long,
slender, acute, extending three-fourths the distance between the coxae, where it meets
the short, bluntly pointed process of the metasternum. Metasternum long. Anterior
coxae small, globose, contiguous. Middle coxae larger, somewhat exserted, narrowly
separated. Posterior coxae small, triangular. Tibiae spinose externally, the anterior with
a large, internal apical spur. Anterior femora excavated internally near apex, anterior
tibia with a pubescent tumidity internally near base so that when these two parts are
brought together they fit each other. Tarsi five-segmented, first four segments short
and subequal, last about as long as the others together.
Abdomen: First five visible segments with paratergites, tergites not impressed.
First visible sternite with a small keel between the coxae. External sexual characters
lacking.
Distribution: This is a strictly neotropical genus with 48 known species. A single
Mexican species, Piestus extimus Sharp, is recorded from Arizona
Notes: The above description was taken from Piestus pygmaeus Laporte from
Brazil. The carinate mesosternum is unusual in this subfamily.
Siagonium Kirby & Spence
Form: Moderate sized, depressed, parallel, shining.
Head: Head large, somewhat transverse and slightly narrowed behind the eyes, with-
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
123
1 mm
Figure 3: Piestus pygmaeus Laporte (Brazil)
124
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
1 mm
Figure 4A: Siagonium punctatum LeConte, Male
Figure 4B: S. punctatum LeConte, head of female
Figure 4C: S. americanum Melsheimer, left elytron
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 125
out a nuchal constriction; in the males, above the antennal insertions, often with a
forward directed horn on each side, which differs greatly in amount of development
among the individuals. Eyes moderate in size, prominent. Antennae elongate, their
fossae located between the bases of the mandibles and the eyes under a distinct
prominence of the front of the head. Labrum transverse, emarginate in front. Mandibles
prominent, the left with a large, central, internal tooth, sometimes with two to four
small teeth; in the males, with a large external forwardly directed tooth. Maxillary
palpi four-segmented; first segment short; second larger, widened apically; third about
as long as wide, half as long as second; fourth cylindrical, slightly narrowed apically,
almost as wide and a little longer than second. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow, at apex
membranous and ciliate, with a few short teeth internally. Outer lobe of maxilla broad,
at apex membranous and ciliate. Ligula large, transverse, composed of two widely
diverging membranous lobes which are ciliate on the outer margin, outer angles
rounded. Labial palpi three-segmented, segments of nearly equal width, the first two
transverse, the last twice as long as wide. Prostheca as long as labial palpi, densely
ciliate internally. Gular sutures approximate, parallel throughout most of their length.
Infraorbital carina lacking.
Thorax: Pronotum slightly narrowed at base. Prosternum well-developed, slightly
tumid centrally, its process short and pointed, not extending between the coxae.
Lateral prosternal suture distinct. Prostemal epimera delimited from the hypomera by
a weak, curved line. Mesosternum short; its process long, very slender, pointed, ex-
tending more than three-fourths of the distance between the coxae where it meets the
short, bluntly pointed process of the metasternum3. Trochantin prominent, narrow.
Metasternum elongate. Scutellum visible. Elytra striate, the epipleuron delimited by a
carina. Anterior coxae small, somewhat transverse, contiguous, open behind. Middle
coxae small, narrowly separated by the processes of the meso- and metasternum3.
Posterior coxae transverse with a lateral posterior expansion. Anterior and middle tibiae
spinose externally, posterior unarmed except at apex. Tarsi five-segmented, the first
four segments very short, the last a little longer than the first four together, enlarged
apically.
Abdomen: Paratergites present on the first five visible segments. Tergites not
impressed. First visible stemite with a small keel between the coxae. External
sexual differentiation feeble or lacking.
Distribution: This is a small genus with •three nearctic species, two European species,
four Japanese species and one species described from India. Two new genera have
recently been erected for two closely related New Zealand species previously placed
here. The species are found under bark of trees.
Notes: Males of this genus are distinguished from the females by a long, prominent
tooth on the external margin of the mandibles. Many of the males also have a forwardly
directed horn on each side of the front margin of the head above the eyes. These
cephalic horns may be entirely lacking or of variable development among the individuals
of each species.
Charhyphus Sharp
Form: Small, elongate, parallel sided, very depressed. Integuments finely punctured
and alutaceous.
Head: Head as large as the pronotum, round, slightly narrowed behind the eyes to
form a very broad neck. Eyes of moderate size, slightly prominent. Antennae in-
3In Siagonium vittatum I-'auvel, a palaearctic species, the mesosternal process is short,
not meeting the metasternal process. Consequently, the middle coxae are contiguous.
126 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
crassate, their fossae located under a slight ridge between the eyes and the bases of the
mandibles. Clypeal area not delimited by a suture. Labrum transverse, divided into
two evenly rounded lobes. Mandibles short, stout, abruptly hooked at the apex, each
with a small median tooth internally, the right with several minute denticles between
the median tooth and the tip. Maxillary palpi four-segmented; first segment short;
second longer than wide, thickened apically; third similar to, but a little longer and
slightly wider, than second; fourth two-thirds as long and half as wide as third, sub-
cylindrical, slightly narrowed to the truncate apex. Inner lobe of maxilla narrow,
tapered and hooked at apex, inner margin with a row of setae. Outer lobe of maxilla
narrower and slightly longer than inner lobe, membranous at apex, with a row of fine,
long cilea internally. Ligula semicircular with two knob-like processes at tip. Labial
palpi three-segmented; first segment widest, about twice as long as wide; second a^little
narrower, slightly longer than wide; third as long as first and about half as wide,
cylindrical. Gular sutures moderately separated anteriorly, widely divergent behind.
Infraorbital carina lacking.
Thorax: Prosternum well-developed, its process very short and pointed. Lateral
prosternal suture distinct. Prosternal epimera not delimited by a suture. Trochantin well-
developed, elongate, triangular, divided by a longitudinal carina, Mesosternum moderate,
its process narrow, acute, extending about three-fifths of the distance between the
coxae where it meets the stout, narrowly rounded process of the metasternum. Meta-
sternum large. Elytra quadrate, with discal striae; epipleura delimited by a carina.
Anterior coxae small, globose, contiguous. Middle coxae longer than anterior, globose,
narrowly separated. Posterior coxae triangular. Tibiae finely pubescent. Tarsi five-
segmented; first four segments short and subequal, last segment longer than the first
four together. Anterior tarsi slightly thickened and densely pubescent beneath.
Abdomen: First five visible segments with paratergites. Tergites not impressed.
First visible sternite without a keel between the coxae.
Distribution: The species of this genus apparently are not rare under bark in the
eastern section of the United States and Canada and Arizona.
Notes: The lack of the small keel at the base of the abdomen between the coxae
is very unusual in this subfamily. This is the genus previously called Trigites. Herman
(1972) united the two genera. He also removed the genus to Phloeocharinae which is
not followed here because to do so would make identification much more difficult.
Trigonurus Mulsant
Form: Moderate-sized, stout, fusiform, with shining integuments, the elytra long,
with coarsely punctured striae.
Head: Head much smaller than pronotum, suboval, inserted into the thorax without
a distinct neck. Eyes moderate in size, somewhat prominent. Antennae elongate, their
fossae located under a slight ridge between the eyes and the bases of the mandibles.
Clypeal area delimited by an unimpressed, straight line between the antennae. Labrum
transverse, broadly emarginate in front, with a ciliate, membranous lobe on each side.
Mandibles simple, short stout, with a membranous area at the base internally. Maxil-
lary palpi four-segmented; first segment very small, second elongate, curved, thickened
apically; third a little shorter than and about as wide as the second, slightly curved;
fourth a little longer and a little wider than the second, tapering from before the middle
to the bluntly pointed apex. Inner lobe of maxilla broad, membranous at apex with
an internal apical brush of dense ciliae. Outer lobe of maxilla very similar to the inner,
but considerably longer. Ligula large, transverse, largely membranous, broadly emar-
ginate, outer angles well-defined. Labial palpi three-segmented, the first two short and
transverse, the last cylindrical, slightly narrower and as long as the first two together.
Gular sutures very approximate and parallel throughout most of their length. Mentum
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
127
1 mm
Figure 5: Oiarhyphus picipennis LeConte
128
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
1 mm
Figure 6: Trigommts sliarpi Blackwclder
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 129
transverse, the anterior margin slightly produced in the middle. Infraorbital carina
lacking.
Ttiorax: Prosternum well-developed, its process extending more than three-fourths
of the distance between the coxae, pointed, sometimes feebly longitudinally carinate.
Lateral prosternal sutures distinct. Prosternal epimera not delimited from the hypomera
by a suture but represented by large, triangular processes of the latter, extending some-
what behind the coxae. Trochantin well-developed, narrow, triangular. Mesosternum
moderate, its process extending between the middle coxae for three-fourths of the
distance where its truncated apex meets the broadly truncated process of the meta-
sternum. Metasternum elongate. Elytra elongate, covering part of the abdomen, striate.
Epipleura delimited by a distinct carina. Anterior coxae separate, small, globose,
separated from the hypomera by about their width. Middle coxae well-separated,
larger than the anterior, globose. Posterior coxae triangular, the posterior margin of the
metasternum emarginate each side above their bases. Tibiae finely pubescent. Tarsi
with the first four segments short, sub-equal, the last nearly as long as the first four
together.
Abdomen: Paratergites present on the first five visible segments. Tergites not
impressed. First sternite with two long, widely diverging carina which are united
between the coxae. External sexual differences very feeble.
Distribution: Besides our seven species which range from British Columbia to
middle California, two species are known from the palearctic region, one of which is
confined to a limited area of the mountains of southern Europe, the other to the
Caucasus. The species are found under the bark of dead coniferous trees.
Notes: This genus has been revised twice in recent years, by Van Dyke in 1934
and by Blackwelder in 1941, each of whom added a single new species to our list.
One other species has since been described by Hatch in 1957.
/a 1 (thins LeConte
Form: Moderate sized, stout, with the abdomen pointed. Integuments roughly
sculptured, the pronotum and elytra with prominent longitudinal carinae.
Head: Head smaller than the pronotum, abruptly constricted at base to form a
well-defined neck. Eyes moderate, not very prominent. Antennae incrassate, their fossae
located between the eyes and the bases of the mandibles under a distinct ridge. Clypeal
area delimited by a strong carina. Labrum with the anterior margin arcuate and
provided with several short, blunt denticles. Mandibles heavy in serricollis, long, slender,
arcuate in spinicollis, each with a median internal tooth. Maxillary palpi four-segmented;
first segment short; second elongate, curved, widest at apex; third one-half as long as
second, a little longer than wide; fourth a little longer than second, widest before the
middle, then gradually narrowed to the rounded apex. Inner lobe of maxilla shorter
than outer, each at apex membranous and with a dense brush of long cilia. Ligula
small, entire, membranous with two or three chitinous rods. Labial palpus three-
segmented; the first segment a little longer than wide, thickened apically; second a
little longer and much wider than first, bulbous toward the apex, almost as wide as
long; third cylindrical, about as long as and less than half as wide as second, slightly
narrowed at apex. Paraglossae as long as first segment of labial palpi, with a dense comb
of long cilia internally. Gular sutures very approximate at the middle, slightly divergent
ahead and behind. Mentum quadrangular, anterior margin straight. Infraorbital carina
lacking.
Thorax: Pronotum longitudinally carinate. Prosternum well-developed, its process
short and acute. Lateral prosternal sutures distinct. Prosternal epimera not delimited
by a suture. Trochantin small, narrow, triangular. Mesosternum moderate, its process
1 30 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
pointed and extending about halfway between the coxae; in spinicollis feebly carinate.
Metasternum long, its process short, pointed, not meeting the mesosternal process.
Elytra quadrate, longitudinally carinate; epipleura delimited by a distinct carina.
Scutellum very small. Anterior coxae contiguous, small, globose; slightly elongate in
spinicollis. Middle coxae contiguous, small, globose; slightly elongate in spinicollis.
Posterior coxae small, triangular, the posterior margin of the metasternum emarginate
each side above the bases of the coxae. Tibiae without spines. Tarsi strongly pubescent,
particularly beneath, five-segmented; first segment a little longer than wide; next three
progressively narrower and shorter; fifth a little longer than first, narrowed at base,
at apex about as wide as fourth.
Abdomen: Paratergites present on first five visible segments. Tergites not impressed.
First visible •sternite with a short keel between the posterior coxae. External sexual
differences very feeble.
Distribution: Two species are known, each of which is found from British Columbia
to middle California. They are usually found in leaf litter.
Notes: This genus, and Asemobius appear to be closely related. They were originally
placed in the Oxytelinae. They most certainly do not belong there, having no trace
of a second abdominal sternite. They have small anterior coxae, a well-developed
trochantin, and the first visible abdominal sternite has a short keel between the coxae,
all characters which indicate a relationship to the Piestinae. They appear to be related
to Trigomirus.
The two species can easily be distinguished by the shape of the pronotum.
ABSTRACT - A key is given to the genera of the subfamily Piestinae of America
north of Mexico. A full generic description, distributional notes and a habitus
illustration of a member of each of the following genera is presented: Asemobius Horn,
Zalobius LeConte, Trigonurus Mulsant, Charhyphus Sharp, Hypotelus Erichson, Piestus
Gravenhort and Siagonium Kirby & Spence.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Jacques Heifer and Hugh B. Leech for loan and gift of specimens and
other favors and Robert E. Orth for useful suggestions and criticism.
LITERATURE CITED
BLACKWELDER, RICHARD E. 1941. A monograph of the genus Trigonurus
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1124, pp. 1-13.
BLACKWELDER, RICHARD E. 1942. Notes on the classification of the staphlinid
beetles of the groups Lispini and Osoriinae. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 92: 75-90.
HATCH, MELVILLE H. 1957. The beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part II.
Staphyliniformia. Univ. Wash. Publ. Zool. 16: i-x, 1-384, 37 pi.
HERMAN, LEE H. JR. 1972. A revision of the rove beetle genus Charhyphus
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae: Phloeocharinae). Amer. Mus. Novitates. No. 2496: 1-16.
HORN, GEORGE HENRY. 1895. The Coleoptera of Baja California (Supplement I).
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 2, 5: 225-259, illus.
MOORE, IAN. 1963. Removal of Zalobius and Asemobius to the Piestinae (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae). Coleopt. Bull 17: 47-48.
MOORE, IAN. 1964. A new key to the subfamilies of the nearctic Staphylinidae and
notes on their classification. Coleopt. Bull. 18: 83-91.
VAN DYKE, EDWIN C. 1934. The North American species of Trigonurus Muls. and
Rey. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 29: 177-183.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
131
B
Figure 7B: Z. spinicollis LeConte, pronotum
Figure 7A: Zalobius serricollis LeConte.
132
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
The Entomologist's Library
This section contains titles of books, monographs, and articles received
by the editor that may be of special interest to entomologists and biologists.
A brief statement of contents and items of interest are noted. Brief analyti-
cal reviews may be submitted for possible publication. All correspondence
for this section should be addressed to the editor.
Diptera
Merritt, R. W. and M. T. James. 1973. The Micropezidae of California (Diptera)
Bulletin of California Insect Survey, Volume 14, University of California Press; Berkeley
and Los Angeles. 43 figs. 33 pp. paper. $3.00.
Lepidoptera
Pinhey, Elliot. Emperor Moths of South and Central Africa. 150 pp.
C. Struik (Pty) Ltd. Cape Town. The exclusive agent in North America
is Julian J. Nadolny and Co., Natural History Booksellers, 35 Varmor
Dr., New Britain, Conn.
This book presents a rather thorough treatment of the emperor moths of southern
and central Africa. It is well illustrated with plates, 15 in color and 28 in black
and white. Also there are 15 pages of line drawings, eight of which are genitalia.
Included in the work are the Attacinae, and the tribes Saturniini, Microgonini,
Decachordini, Pseudapheliini, Bunaeini, and Ludiinae of the Saturniinae.
There is an excellent host plant index and a cross reference list of foodplants by
caterpillar species which should be invaluable to anyone seeking to collect and/or rear
the various species. There is a list of references, a glossary, and a section on derivation
of scientific names. The style of writing represents a pleasant departure from much of
our modern scientific literature. It is a warm easy presentation in which the author
sprinkles personal experience he has had with emperor moths.
The book should be very helpful to anyone studying and/or collecting these large
handsome moths in Africa.
D. F. Bray, Entomology and Applied Ecology,
University of Delaware
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 133
Subscribers and readers may be interested in the January 1973 publication of
"An Index of Equine Research, 1973".
The publication is a series of brief descriptions of research projects and a set of
cross indices which facilitate the finding of descriptions of projects under a given sub-
ject of research emphasis, investigator name, performing organization, granting agency
or title keyword. Purposes of the Index are to facilitate communication among
scientists who are interested in problems of horses, ponies, mules and other equines,
and to inform administrators and other interested citizens of the scope and intensity
of the research. The new publication is 119 pages in length and contains descriptions
of 203 projects currently active in the United States and Canada. Single copies may be
obtained by writing directly to: Edwin I. Pilchard, Principal Veterinarian, Animal
Sciences Program, U.S.D.A., Cooperative State Research Service, Washington, D.C.
20250.
Letter to the Editor
April 26, 1972
Editor
Entomological News
1900 Race Street
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
Dear Sir:
I am sure that scorpionologists were pleased to read the article, "Some Observations
of the Genus Centruroides Marx (Buthidae, Scorpionida) and C. sculpturatus Ewing",
Ent. News 83: 281 307, 1972 by Herbert L. Stahnke. There has been some question
about the validity of Centruroides gertschi as a species, and it is gratifying to note
that based on the characteristics cited by Dr. Stahnke, Centruroides sculpturatus and
Centruroiden gertschi are (is) probably the same animal.
Perhaps the most serious challenge to gertschi was the study by Mclntosh and
Russell (Fed. Proc. 29: 350, 1970), who found that the chemical and physiopharmaco-
logical characteristics of both pooled and individual samples of venom from the two
groups of scorpions were identical, with as much variation between individual samples
from the same group as between samples taken from animals of both groups. These
findings were further confirmed when samples provided by Dr. Stahnke were tested
for the same biological properties.
Since this was the first time that we had found two species of an arthropod genus
to have identical venoms, that is, chemical and physiopharmacological characteristics,
the question as to whether or not they were one or several species was raised. At the
Federation meetings it was suggested that the two scorpions were actually of the same
species, an argument now confirmed by Dr. Stahnke.
Perhaps the most interesting part of the study by Mclntosh and Russell was that
it once again demonstrated the value of chemical and physiopharmacological properties
as tools in establishing the nomenclature of a species. Such properties, as well as
similar properties of the hemolymph, may certainly be of value in systematics, where
close morphological characteristics or relationships are not well defined.
l;indlay E. Russell
134 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
A (n.s.) 89
ANNOUNCEMENT
Required six month's notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by the
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following
names listed by case number:
(see Bull. zoo/. Nomencl. 29, part 1, 1st May 1972)
1944. Suppression of Lyda inanis Klug. 1808 (Insecta, Hymenoptera)
1977. Suppression of Pterodactylus crassipes Meyer, 1857 (Aves)
1979. Type-species for Uloma Dejean, 1821 (Insecta, Coleoptera)
1980. Suppression of Anthus paytensis Lesson, 1837 (Aves)
1981. Suppression of Pharopteryx benoit Ruppell, 1852 (Pisces)
1982. Suppression ofHyla crucialis Harlan, 1826 (Amphibia)
1987. Grant of precedence to NASSARIIDAE Iredale, 1916, over CYCLONASSINAE
GUI, 1871, DORSANINAE Cossmann, 1901, ALECTRIONIDAE Dall, 1908,
and ARCULARIIDAE Medley, 1915 (Gastropoda)
(see Bull. zoo/. Nomencl. 29, part 3, 30th November 1972)
1958. Validation of DREPANIDIDAE Gadow, 1891 (Aves)
1092. Validation of Aglaja Renier, 1807, Aglaja depicta Renier, 1807, Aglaja tri-
colorata Renier, 1807, and AGLAJIDAE Bergh, 1894, with suppression of
Doridium Meckel, 1809 (Gastropoda)
1988. Validation of Cleiothyridina Buckman, 1906 (Brachiopoda)
1989. Type-species for Anobium Fabricius, 1775, Grynobius Thomson, 1859, and
Priobium Motschulsky, 1845 (Insecta, Coleoptera)
1992. Validation of Haplosphaeronis Jaekel, 1926 (Diploporita)
1994. Type-species for Dicyrtoma Bourlet, 1842, and Dicyrtomina Bb'rner, 1903;
suppression of Podura minuta O. Fabricius, 1783, and Papirius cursor Lubbock,
1862; validation of Papirius fuscus Lubbock, 1873 (Insecta, Collembola)
2001. Type-species for Lucina Bruguiere, 1797 (Pelecypoda)
1998. Type-species for Deuterosminthurus Borne'r, 1901 (Insecta, Collembola)
1999. Type-species for Eusminthurus Borner, 1900 (Insecta, Collembola)
(see Bull. zoo/. Nomencl. 29, part 4, 29th December 1972)
1721. Suppression of Teuthis Linnaeus, 1758 (Pisces)
1979. Type-species for Phaleria Latreille, 1802 (Insecta, Coleoptera)
1948. Validation of RIODINIDAE Grote, 1895 (Insecta, Lepidoptera)
1993. Validation of Paraonis Cerruti, 1909 (Polychaeta)
2000. Suppression of Ptenura Templeton, 1842, and Podura crystallina Miiller, 1776
(Insecta, Collembola)
2004. Suppression of Dapanus Hentz, 1867 (Araneae)
2006. Type-species for Alella Leigh-Sharpe, 1925 (Crustacea, Copepoda)
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural
History), Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, England. Those received early enough
will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature.
January 1973 MARGARET DOYLE
Scientific Assistant
SYNONYMIA AGRILINARUM
(COLEOPTERA, BUPRESTIDAE)'
I. Lius
Henry A. Hespenheide2
Examination of type material of the subfamily Agrilinae of the
Buprestidae in the possession of the British Museum (Natural
History) and the U S. National Museum has revealed a number of
nomenclatural changes among the species treated by Waterhouse,
Fisher and Kerremans. Examination of these types is part of a
general review of the genus Lius and the rest of the subfamily
Agrilinae of the Buprestidae in preparation for a taxonomic revi-
sion of the subfamily and examination of its ecology and distri-
bution in Central America. A complete revision of Lius, including
a key and descriptions of new species is planned.
At present the genus Lius includes about 1 1 0 named species
(Blackwelder, 1944), of which 25 named species and varieties
occur in Central America and Panama; these numbers incorporate
the transfers to the genus and synonymies presented in this paper,
but do not include undescribed forms. The distribution of the
genus appears to be centered in the Amazon basin. The species are
leaf-miners, in members of several families of plants (unpubl.;
G. B. Vogt, personal comm.). The species are discussed in alpha-
betical order.
'Accepted for publication: June 1972.
2Biological Sciences Group, Box U-43, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut
06268.
Ent. News, 84:135-137, 1973 135
136 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
Lius aeneus Kerremans, 1896: 330. Kerremans described this species from two
specimens, both now in the British Museum. One is labeled "Valencia/Simon" and is a
male; the other, "Mexique/Manuf. Tabacs." and is a female. The two specimens belong
to different species; because the original description fits the Venezuelan specimen more
closely, it is hereby designated the unique Lectotype. No material from Central America
appears to be referable to aeneus as restricted here.
Lius amabilis Kerremans, 1896: 329. This species was described from specimens
found in refuse from tobacco warehouses. Blackwelder (1944) follows Fisher (1922)
in questioning the locality cited by Kerremans as the geographic origin of the tobacco.
Other of Kerremans' species of the same origin, however, can consistently be shown to
have originated from Mexico, so that Fisher's doubts seem to be unconfirmed. Two
specimens in Kerremans' collection carry the labels "Mexique/Manuf. Tabacs" and
"amabilis/Kerr./Type". Both are females and one has been designated as Lectotype.
Lius ares Saunders, 1876: 49. This species was described from material from Brazil.
Comparison of Panamanian and Central American specimens referred to this species with
the type of ares in the British Museum shows that this species does not occur in Central
America. The material cited by Waterhouse as this species appears to represent an un-
described form.
Lius dissimilis Waterhouse, 1889: 135. The type in the British Museum is unique.
Lius parvulus Waterhouse, 1889: 136. A total of 18 specimens in the British Museum
can be considered as type material. A card bearing two females carries the label
"Bugaba,/800-1500 ft. /Champion" and a second, handwritten label "Lius/parvulus/
(Type) Waterh."; the right-hand specimen of these two is here designated as the
Lectotype. Sixteen other specimens on 11 pins bear the labels "Bugaba,/Panama./
Champion.' and "V. de Chiriqui,/2-300 ft./Cnampion." and are considered, with the
other female, as paratypes.
Lius variabilis Waterhouse, 1889: 136. A total of 10 specimens in the British
Museum can be considered as type material. A card bearing two specimens carries the
label "S. Geronimo/Guatemala./Champion" and a second, handwritten label "Lius/
variabilis/(Type) Waterh." The left-hand specimen is a male and is designated as the
Lectotype. A female bearing the label "S. Geronimo,/3000 ft./Champion." is designated
as a Lecto-allotype. Other specimens bearing these labels and those of "Chiacaman,/
Vera Paz./Champion." and "San Joaquin,/Vera Paz./Champion." are considered to be
paratypes.
In addition to four of the above species treated as Lius, Waterhouse (1889) named
seven other species of Lius under the generic name Leiopleura. He expresses doubt about
the generic position of these (and one other species which is considered by me to be a
true Leiopleura, p. 160), but does not say why he did not place them with Lius. These
are all transferred here to Lius, as follows (all specimens are in the British Museum):
Lius difficilis (Waterhouse), Basionym: Leiopleura difficilis Waterhouse, 1889: 161.
The type is unique.
Lius inconspicuus (Waterhouse), Basionym: Leiopleura inconspicua Waterhouse,
1889: 162. There are two specimens, both females, each with the label "Belize./
Blancaneaux." One of them bears the label, partially handwritten, "Leiopleura/
inconspicua./(Type) Waterh." and is designated as the Lectotype.
Lius jubilans (Waterhouse), Basionym: Leiopleura jubilans Waterhouse, 1889:163.
The type is unique.
Lius longulus (Waterhouse), Basionym: Leipleura longula Waterhouse, 1889: 162.
Synonym: Lius timidus Kerremans, 1900: 349 (New Synonymy). Two specimens can
be considered the type of Leiopleura longula. One bears the labels "Cordova/Mexico./
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973 137
Salle Coll."., "735", and. partly handwritten, "Leiopleura/longula./(Type) Waterh.",
and is here designated as the Lectotype. A second specimen bears the label "Mexico./
Salle Coll./735" and is considered to be a paratype. The type of Lius timidus
Kerremans is a unique female. It does not differ significantly from the type material of
Leiopleura longula.
Lius placidus (Waterhouse) Basionym: Leiopleura placida Waterhouse, 1889: 163.
This type is unique.
Lius cuneiformis Fisher, 1922: 58. Synonym: Leiopleura parvula Waterhouse, 1889:
161. The name Lius parvulus is preoccupied by the species discussed above, but Fisher's
name is available for this species. Two specimens qualify as types of "Leiopleura
parvula Wat." and both bear the label "David,/Panama./Champion." One of them, a
female, bears the additional handwritten label ((Leiopleura/parvula,/^7>pe; Water." and
is designated as the Lectotype. The second specimen is a male and is designated a Lecto-
allotype.
Lius waterhousei Hespenheide, New Name for Leiopleura polita Waterhouse, 1889:
162. The name Lius politus is preoccupied by a Brazilian species described by Saunders
in 1876. The type of Leiopleura polita Waterhouse in unique.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to the University of Connecticut Research Foundation for
travel funds and other support on grant 35-451. Curators at the British Museum,
Messers. R. D. Pope and Brian Levey, and the U. S. National Museum, G. B. Vogt,
were most helpful and generous with their time. A visit to the British Museum in June of
1969 was made at the author's expense.
LITERATURE CITED
BLACKWELDER, R. E. 1944. Checklist of the coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central
America, the West Indies, and South America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 185 [2]:
189-340.
FISHER, W. S. 1922. The leaf and twig mining buprestid beetles of Mexico and Central
America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 62 [81 : 1-95.
KERREMANS, C. 1896. Trachydes nouveaux. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgjque 43: 306-333.
. 1900. Buprestides nouveaux et remarques synonymiques. Ann. Soc. Ent.
Belgique44: 292-351.
SAUNDERS, E 1876. Descriptions of some new species of Buprestidae belonging to
the genus Lius, H. Deyrolle. Ent. Monthl. Mag. 13: 48-51.
WATERHOUSE, C. O. 1889. Buprestidae. Biol. Cent.-Am., Coleoptera, Vol. 3, pt. 1:
135-137, 154-163.
ABSTRACT. The taxonomic and distributional status of 13 Central American species
of the neotropical leaf-mining genus Lius is examined. Two of 15 names were found to
be synonyms; and two species were found to occur only in South America, their names
having been misapplied to Central American insects. Lectotype designations are made
for seven species, and seven species described by Waterhouse under the generic name
Leiopleura are transferred to Lius. One new name, Lius waterhousei, is proposed for a
transferred species whose original name is preoccupied in Lius. -- Henry A. Hespenheide,
Biological Sciences Group, Box U-43, University of Connecticut, Storrs, CT 06268.
Descriptors: Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Lius, Leiopleura, Central America, new synonymy,
new name, lectotypes.
138
Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
Jean L. Laffoon, 50, professor of zoology and
entomology at Iowa State University died Friday,
January 19, in a local hospital.
A member of the faculty since 1946, he was a
native of Sioux City where he was born August 19,
1922. A graduate of Central High School, he received
his B.S. degree in 1942 at Morningside College.
After Navy service during World War II, he came
to Iowa State as an instructor. He was promoted to
professor in 1962. He received his master's and Ph.D.
degrees from Iowa State, the latter in 1953.
Dr. Laffoon was a member of the American
Association for the Advancement of Science, and was
a Fellow and a member of the council from 1953 to
1957. He was a member of the Entomological Society
of America, Iowa Academy of Science, Entomological
Society of Washington, Society of Systematic Zoology,
Royal Entomological Society of London and Ameri-
can Entomological Society.
He was also a member of Zeta Sigma, Phi Kappa
Phi. Gamma Sigma Delta, and Sigma Xi research and
scholastic honoraries.
His widow, the former Esther Jayne Hemminson
of Huxley, and one son, Jon Lee, survive.
Jean L. Laffoon
NOTES ON THE PERIODS OF EGG PRODUCTION
OF SOME GROUND BEETLES1
Andre Larochelle2
In Quebec, the majority of Carabidae seem to breed in the
spring and in the beginning of summer.
From June 15 to July 23, 1971, I collected by hand samples
of female ground beetles in Saguenay County and in Schefferville,
New Quebec, Quebec.
The following is a list of the captures with the localities, the
dates and the number of gravid females of each species.
LIST OF SPECIES
Agonum mannerheimi Dejean
Chute-aux-Outardes: June 6, Isp.
Amara torrida Panzer
Sept-lies: July 19, Isp.
Blethisa quadricollis Haldeman
Natashquan: June 28, Isp.
Calathus ingratus Dejean
Blanc-Sablon: July 8, Isp.
Carabus chamissonis Fischer
Blanc Sablon: July 8, Isp.
'Accepted for publication: April 28, 1972.
2Bourget College C.P. 1000, Rigaud, Quebec, Canada
Ent. News, 84:139-140, 1973 139
140 Ent. News, Vol. 84, April 1973
Cymindis unicolor Kirby
Blanc-Sablon: July 8, Isp.
Harpalus fulvilabris Mannerheim
Port-Menier: July 8, Isp., Sept-lies: July 19, Isp.
Harpalus laticeps Leconte
Sept-lies: July 19, Isp.
Harpalus rufipes Leconte
Port-Menier: July 13, Isp.; Riviere a THuile: July 14, Isp.
Nebria gyllenhali Schbnherr
Blanc-Sablon: July 4, Isp.; Chevery: June 30, 2sp.;
Schefferville: July 21, 9sp.
Patrobus foveocollis Eschscholtz
Blanc-Sablon: July 4, 2sp.; Schefferville: July 23, Isp.
Patrobus stygicus Chaudoir
Brador: July 7, Isp.; Harrington: July 1, 3sp.;
Natashquan: June 28, 2sp.; Port-Cartier: June 18, 3sp.;
Setp-Iles: July 19, Isp.
Pelophila borealis Paykull
Brador: July 7, Isp.; Chevery: June 30, Isp.;
Harrington: July 1, Isp.; Lourdes-de-Blanc-Sablon: July 3, 6sp.
Pterostichus adstrictus Eschscholtz
Blanc-Sablon: July 4, 4sp.; and July 8, Isp.; Brador: July 9, Isp.;
Chevery: June 30, Isp.; Harrington: July 1, 2sp.;
Havre-Saint-Pierre: June 20, Isp.; Moisie: June 19, Isp.;
Natashquan: June 26, Isp.; Port-Menier: July 12, 2sp.;
Riviere a la Patate: July 15, Isp.; Schefferville: July 21, 5sp.,
and July 23, 2sp.; Sept-lies: July 19, Isp.; Tadoussac: June 14, Isp.
Pterostichus coracinus Newman
Port-Menier: July 12, 2sp., and July 13, 2sp.;
Riviere Jupiter: July 7, Isp.; Riviere McDonald: July 15, Isp.
Pterostichus haematopus Dejean
Lourdes-de-Blanc Sablon: July 3, Isp.
Pterostichus lucublandus Say
Riviere a 1'Huile: July 14, Isp.
Pterostichus melanarius Illiger
Port-Menier: July 13, Isp.
Pterostichus punctatissimus Randall
Lourdes-de-Blanc-Sablon: July 3, Isp.;
Riviere Jupiter: July 17, Isp.; Schefferville: July 22, Isp.
Synuchus impunctatus Say
Port-Menier: July 13, Isp.
ABSTRACT. Gravid females of twenty species of ground beetles were collected by hand
in June and July 1971, in Quebec. A. Larochelle, Bourget College, C.P. 1000, Rigaud,
Quebec.
Descriptors: Coleoptera;Carabidae; Saguenay County and New Quebec, Quebec, Canada.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps
of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates,
80 maps S12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathcws-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .54. 00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate S9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186
pages $9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp S7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de-
scription of new species from Trinidad. 154pp. ... ... . $6.50
No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook - A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera: Ephydridae). 150 pp J7.00
No. 28. Annette F. Braun Tischcriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-
lepidoptera). 148 pp $7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
Butterflies for exchange for any from North America. Antoine Fonlupt, 5-D Place
Marechal Foch, 42 Saint-Etienne, France.
Wanted to buy: Living pupae of H. cecropia, P. cynthia, A, polyphemus, H. rubra,
H. gloveri, A. luna, and many other species in either large or small quantities. Richard K.
Zajdel, P. O. Box 932, East Lansing, MI 48823.
For sale: Complete set of "Systematic Zoology", v. 1-12 bound red buckram; v. 13-
20, paper. $200.00, shipped postpaid. P. O. Box 4068, Tallahassee, FL 32303.
AQUATIC DIPTERA, by O. A. Johannsen. 370 p., including 757 figs, on 72 full-page
plates. (1934-37) reprint 1969. All five parts of this basic reference on larvae and pupae
of aquatic flies. $11.25 cloth, $5.00 paper. For this and any insect book in print, write
to: Entomological Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los
Angeles, California 90007, USA.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,"
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Wanted to buy: Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber, Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ 07940.
Papers on Tipulidae. More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalog of the Diptera" by Stone, et al. C. L. Sperka, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.
For sale: Handlirsch, A. Monographic d. mit Nysson u. Bembex verw. Grabvespen.
Sitz. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 1887-1893. 1433 p., 25 pi. 7 parts u. Nachtrage in 5 vols. bd.
$ 200.00 Horn, W. and S. Schenkling. Index Litteraturae. Ser. 1. Die Weltlitteratur
uber die ges. Entomologie bis inklusiv 1963. 1426 p. 4 vols. Paper. Berlin 1928-1929. $
80.00. Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3 vols.
Bd. ]/2 leather. G. Fischer, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34, Elwyn,
PA 19063.
For sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
MAY 1973
ii L nun i, n
CONTENTS
NOTES ON YELLOWJACKETS AS A FOOD SOURCE
FOR THE BALD FACED HORNET, VESPULA MACULATA (L.)
James O. Howell, p. 141
A NEW CLASSIFICATION OF THE SEPEDON GROUP
OF THE FAMILY SCIOMYZIDAE (DIPTERA) WITH TWO NEW GENERA
George C. Steyskal, p. 143
DISTRIBUTION AND NEW RECORD OF THE
ALDERFLY SIALIS (MEGALOPTERA:SILIADAE) IN WEST VIRGINIA
D. C. Tarter and J. E. Woodrum, p. 147
NEW ARGENTINE LYOPHLAEBA (DIPTERA:BOMBYLIIDAE)
Jack C. Hall, p. 149
A SUMMARY OF THE SPHINGIDAE TAKEN AT THE
ARCHBOLD BIOLOGICAL STATION, HIGHLAND COUNTY, FLORIDA
S. W. Frost, p. 157
THE BEE GENUS PROTERIADES
IN SOUTH DAKOTA (HYMENOPTERA:MEGACHILIDAE)
Wallace E. LaBerge, p. 160
NOTES ON CYRTOLOBUS MAXINEI DENNIS
(HOMOPTERA:MEMBRACIDAE)
Clifford J. Dennis, p. 161
CORIXIDAE (WATER BOATMEN) OF THE
SOUTH DAKOTA GLACIAL LAKE DISTRICT
Richard L. Applegate, p. 163
REPLACEMENT NAME FOR HAYWARDINA FORSTER, 1964
( LEPI DOPTERA : SATYRIDAE)
Richard E. Gray, p. 171
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, p. 146
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS, AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY, p. 148
THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, p. 156
LETTER TO THE EDITOR, n. 162
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.SA.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4/4 x 6'/2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete witli title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
NOTES ON YELLOWJACKETS AS A FOOD SOURCE
FOR THE BALD FACED HORNET,
VESPULA MACULATA (L.)1
James O. Ho well2
There have been few reports in the literature concerning the
predatory habits of the bald faced hornet on other species of the
genus Vespula. Ran (1930) recorded "Vespula germanica" [ = V.
maculifrons (Buysson)] as being attacked and killed by the bald-
faced hornet, and Bromley (1931) reported the same thing. Davis
(1928) saw an individual hornet catch several specimens of V.
Carolina \-V. squamosa (Drury)] and then let them go.
Figure 1. Bald faced hornet worker with captured ycllowjacket, V. maculifrons.
'Accepted for publication: November 19, 1972.
2Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, College of Agriculture Experiment
Stations, Georgia Station, Experiment, Georgia.
Ent. News 84:141-142, 1973
141
142 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
From observations made in 1971 and 1972, the author feels
that the extent of this predatory habit on V, maculifrons is far
greater than was originally believed, and that this species is an
important food source for the bald faced hornet in areas where
their populations overlap. In August of 1971 while observing the
feeding of yellowjackets on grapes in a vineyard, a hornet was seen
to fly in and pick a worker of Vespula maculifrons from the grapes
(Fig. 1). It crushed the insect's prothorax with its mandibles, pro-
ceeded to tear off the wings and head, then flew away with the
remainder. During the next 15 minutes 3 other hornets were ob-
served to do the same thing. Though numerous muscoid flies were
present around the fermenting grapes, none was seen being attack-
ed by the hornets. On August 21, 1972 the same behavior was
noted in a cowpea field, where the yellowjackets were collecting
nectar.
When a hornet and an individual of V. maculifrons were
captured in an insect net, the hornet would immediately attack
the yellowjacket as soon as they came in close proximity. Hanging
from the strands of the net by a hind leg, it would then tear it
apart as described before. When placed in the net with V.
squamosa, the hornet would attack the yellowjacket but imme-
diately let it go. These trials were repeated 10 times with both
species, each trial lasting 5 minutes. Nine specimens of V. maculi-
frons were captured and torn apart by the hornets, while none of
the V. squamosa individuals was harmed. I have never seen an
individual of V. squamosa to be killed by a hornet in the field.
LITERATURE CITED
Bromley, S. W. 1931. Hornet Habits. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 39 (2):123-129.
Davis, W. T. 1928. Notes on Collecting in Virginia. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 36: 197.
Rau, P. 1930. Behavior Notes on the Yellow Jacket Vespula germanica (Hymen:
Vespidae). Entomol. News. 41:185-190.
ABSTRACT. -The yellowjacket Vespula maculifrons is apparently an important food
source for the bald faced hornet, V. tnaculata, in areas where their populations overlap.
Hornet workers were observed to readily attack this species in the field. The hornets also
would attack individuals of a closely related yellowjacket species, V. squamosa, but
would always let them go. -James O. Howell, University of Georgia, College of Agricul-
ture Experiment Stations, Georgia Station, Experiment, Georgia. 30212.
Descriptors: Vespidae; Vespula; bald faced hornet, food source; yellowjackets, as prey.
A NEW CLASSIFICATION OF THE
SEPEDON GROUP OF THE FAMILY SCIOMYZIDAE
(DIPTERA) WITH TWO NEW GENERA1
George C. Steyskal2
This new classification of the genera related to Sepedon Latreille
is presented at this time in order to define new genera to be used in
further work on the group and as a preliminary to a catalogue of
the neotropical species.
Among the Tetanocerini as defined by me (Steyskal, 1965), the
group of genera distinguished by the following characters has been
designated as the Sepedonini by Acloque (1897:481), and by
various later authors as Sepedontini (incorrectly formed), Sepe-
donina, Sepedoninae, and even Sepedonidae: Vallar bristles present
(on ridge immediately below wing); lunule well exposed; ocellar
bristles small and weak or lacking; scutellar bristles 2; face more or
less extended below.
I do not believe that this group is sufficiently distinct from more
typical Tetanocerini, especially from such genera as Hedria and
Dichetophora, to be given the rank of tribe or even subtribe. I
would prefer to call it merely "the Sepedon group." The African
genus Tetanoptera Verbeke (1950:18) was placed by its author
in the Tetanocerinae rather than in the Sepedoninae, but with the
statement that it is intermediate between those two groups. The
genus is based upon a single female specimen. When a male is
available, I believe that the genus will be found synonymous with
Sepedon.
'Accepted for publication: November 17, 1972.
2Mail address: c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.
Ent. News, 84:143-146, 1973 743
144 Eat. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
The American species of the group have been referred previously
to Sepedon, with the exception of 3 species of Thecomyia, a very
specialized genus restricted to the neotropical region. Work on
Thecomyia now in progress indicates that 13 species must be
recognized. Some of the American species referred to Sepedon are
so distinct from the typical members of that genus, as well as from
other genera of the group, that 2 new genera are here proposed
for them. The new and previously known genera of the Sepedon
group may be distinguished as in the following key.
Genera of Sciomyzidae of the Sepedon Group
1 (2) Sternum closed above hindcoxae; lower head drawn out
into conical rostrum into which proboscis may be with-
drawn; palpus not developed, postocellar and usually
fronto-orbitals lacking; pleural sclerites without hairs or
bristles, except a few hairs on propleuron close above
forecoxa (Neotropical) Thecomyia Perty
2 (1) Sternum above hindcoxae divided by membranous area;
lower head not forming tube into which proboscis may
be withdrawn; palpus well developed; postocellars pres-
ent or absent; fronto-orbitals 1-2 pairs; pleura frequent-
ly with numerous hairs.
3 (6) Postocellars absent; 1 fronto-orbital; midfemurwith minute
bristles or setae, none of which is distinctly larger than
the others.
4 (5) Postalars and supra-alars weak or hairlike; notopleurals 2;
hindfemur much longer than abdomen, hindtibia straight;
parafacial with black spot just ventrad of antennae;
metapleural callus with several hairs; lunule probu-
berant between antennal bases; large neotropical species
Sepedomerus, new genus
Type of genus, Sepedon marcopus Walker; gender masculine.
5 (4) Postalars and supra-alars strong; notopleural 1 ; hindfemur
approximately as long as abdomen, hindtibia gently
curved; parafacial unicolorous; metapleural callus with-
out hairs; lunule flat between antennal bases; small
African species (wing 4.5 mm or less in length)
Sepedonella Verbeke
Ent. Neu>s, Vol. 84, May 1973 145
6 (3) Postocellars well developed; fronto-orbitals 0-2; midfemur
with one or more distinctly larger anterior setae near
midlength of femur.
7 (8) Fronto-orbitals 2, 1 proclinate and 1 reclinate, but some-
times greatly reduced; parafacial without spot (African)
Sepedoninus Verbeke
8 (7) Fronto-orbitals lacking or only posterior 1 present; para-
facial without spot or with spot just below level of
antennae.
9(10) Face with black spot in each lower corner; forefemur with
at least 1 outstanding dorsal bristle; male with surstyli
fused to form one median structure; neotropical species
Sepedonea, new genus
Type of genus, Sepedon lindneri Mendel; gender feminine.
10 (9) Face without spot in lower corners; forefemur without
outstanding dorsal bristle; male with surstyli well separa-
ted on median line (widespread outside of American
tropics Sepedon Latreille
Including subgenera Mesosepedon and Parasepedon and genus Sepedomyia
(see Verbeke, 1950), which latter (1st antennal segment somewhat elongated)
is very doubtfully more than subgenerically distinct.
Species Referred to New Genera
Sepedomerus bipuncticeps (Malloch), n. comb.
S. bipuncticeps trinidadensis (Steyskal), n. status, n. comb.
S. cacnileus (Melander), n. comb.
S. macropus (Walker), n. comb, (type of genus)
Sepedonea guatemalana (Steyskal), n. comb.
S. guianica (Steyskal), n. comb.
S. isthmi (Steyskal), n. comb.
S. lagoa (Steyskal), n. comb.
S. lindneri (Hendel), n. comb.
S. telson (Steyskal), n. comb.
Descriptions and references to the above may be found in
Steyskal (1951).
146 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
LITERATURE CITED
Acloque, A. 1897. Faune de France, viii +516 pp. Paris: Billiere et fils.
Steyskal, G. C. 1951. The genus Sepedon Latreille in the Americas (Diptera:Sciomyzidae).
Wasmann Jour. Biol. 8:271-297.
. 1965. The subfamilies of Sciomyzidae of the world (Diptera:Acalyptratae).
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 58:593-594.
Verbeke, J. 1950. Sciomyzidae (Diptera Cyclorrhapha). Explor. Pare Natl. Albert,
Mission G. F. De Witte (1933-1935), Inst. des Pares Nationaux du Congo Beige,
Brussels, fasc. 66:1-97.
A NEW CLASSIFICATION OF THE
SEPEDON GROUP OF THE FAMILY SCIOMYZIDAE
(DIPTERA) WITH TWO NEW GENERA
ABSTRACT. -The group of genera related to Sepedon Latreille are defined and
the new genera Sepedomerus (type, Sepedon macropus Walker) and Sepedonea (type,
Sepedon lindneri Hendel) are described in a key. A list of new combinations is also
given. -- George C. Steyskal, c/o U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. 20560.
Descriptors: Diptera: Sciomyzidae; Sepedomerus, new genus; Sepedonea, new genus;
neotropical region.
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
A.(n.s.)90
ANNOUNCEMENT
Required six-months' notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by the
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following
names listed by case number (see Bull. zoo/. Nomencl. 30, part 1, 6th July 1973).
272. Type-species for Nicodrilus Bouche, 1972 (Oligochaeta)
1958. Correction of homonymy of DREPANIDAE in Insecta and Pisces
2007. Type-species for Nipponaphera Habe, 1961 (Gastropoda)
2008. Suppression of Macgillivraya Grote, 1894 (Insecta, Collembola)
2009. Validation of Haematopinus eurysternus Denny, 1842 (Insecta, Anoplura)
2015. Validation of Gammarus setosus Dementieva, 1931 (Crustacea, Amphipoda)
2017. Suppression of Rhopalidia Lepeletier, 1836, (Insecta, Hymenoptera)
2021. Type-Species for Tutufa Jousseaume, 1881 (Gastropoda)
2023. Suppresion of Formica maxima Moore, 1842 (Insecta, Hymenoptera)
2025. Suppression of Daristane Walker, 1859 (Insecta, Lepidoptera)
2026. Type-species for Crinocems Buimeister, 1839 (Insecta, Hemiptera)
2028. Type-species for Onycholyda Takeuchi, 1938 (Insecta, Hymenoptera)
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, Inter-
national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural History),
Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, England. Those received early enough will be pub-
lished in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature.
July 1973 MARGARET GREEN
Scientific Assistant
DISTRIBUTION AND NEW RECORD OF THE
ALDERFLY SIALIS (MEGALOPTERA:SIALIDAE)
IN WEST VIRGINIA1
D. C. Tarter and J. E. Woodrum2
These authors are reporting the occurrence of Stalls aequalis
Banks for the first time in West Virginia. Several adults were
collected between 21 April 1971 and 4 May 1971 near Camp
Creek on the East Fork of Twelvepole Creek at East Lynn, West
Virginia in Wayne County. Previously, it had been reported from
Maryland, New Jersey, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, and Virginia
(Ross, 1937). S. aequalis was originally described by Banks (1920),
the lectotype (male) was collected from Falls Church, Virginia.
Ross (1937) reported the genus Stalls from 33 states and
Canada. At that time, he reported only one species of Stalls in
West Virginia, S. velata Ross. One adult (male) was collected in
Millville, West Virginia (Jefferson County) in April, 1921. Collec-
tion and records at Marshall University indicate that Stalls spp,
have been collected in Boone, Cabell, Fayette, Grant, Greenbrier,
Hardy, Marion, Mineral, Nicholas, Pendleton, Pocahontas, Tucker,
and Wayne counties in West Virginia. Only S. aequalis and S. vela-
ta, Wayne and Jefferson counties, respectively, have been accurate-
ly determined at the species level. Hopefully, further collecting by
these authors will add more species to the state distribution list.
Many thanks to Dr. Herbert H. Ross, Department of Entomo-
logy, University of Georgia, for identification of the alderfly and
critically reading the manuscript. Special thanks to Dr. Oliver S.
Flint, Jr., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. for checking
material in the United States National Museum. Also, we want to
thank Ron Preston, Federal Water Quality Administration, Wheel-
ing Field Station, Wheeling, West Virginia for the loan of materials.
Accepted for publication: July 8, 1972.
2Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, West Virginia.
25701.
Ent. News, 84:147-148, 1973 147
148
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
LITERATURE CITED
Banks, N. 1920. New Neuropteriod insects. Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, 64(3):299-362.
Ross, H. H. 1937. Studies of Nearactic aquatic insects. I. Nearactic alderflies of the
genus Stalls (Megaloptera, Sialidae). Bull. HI. Nat. Hist. Sur., 21(3):57-78.
ABSTRACT. Sialis aequalis Banks is reported for the first time in West Virginia.
In addition, state distribution records of the genus Sialis are recorded. - D. C. Tarter
and J. E. Woodrum, Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington,
West Virginia. 25701.
Descriptors: Megaloptera; Sialidae; Sialis, New distribution record, West Virginia.
AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Corresponding Members*
Dr. Chas. P. Alexander
Dr. J. C. Bequaert
FATHER Thos. Borgmeier
Dr. J. Chester Bradley
Dr. Annette F. Braun
Dr. Lars B run din
Dr. P. J. Darlington
Dr. Dwight Delong
Dr. A. E. Emerson
Dr. Howard E. Evans
Prof. Dr. Karl von Frisch
Dr. J. F. Clarke Gates
Prof. Dr. Willi Hennig
Dr. Karl Krombein
Dr. E. G. Linsley
Carl F. W. Meusebeck
Dr. Charles D. Michener
Dr. Alvah Peterson1
Dr. N. D. Riley
Dr. B. Rohdendorf
Dr. H. H. Ross
Curtis W. Sabrosky
Dr. John T. Salmon
Dr. H. Schouteden
Dr. P. H. Timberlake
Dr. Henry K. Townes
Dr. V. B. Wigglesworth
Dr. I. H. Yarrow
H. W. Allen
*As of May 1972.
1 Deceased.
Amherst, Mass.
Cambridge, Mass.
Rio de Jan., Brasil
Ithaca, N. Y.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Stockholm, Sweden
Cambridge, Mass.
Columbus, Ohio
Chicago, Illinois
Cambridge, Mass.
Munchen, Germany
Washington, D. C.
Stuttgart, Germany
Washington, D. C.
Berkeley, Calif.
Washington, D. C.
Lawrence, Kansas
Columbus, Ohio
London, England
Moscow, USSR
Athens, Ga.
Washington, D. C.
Wellington, N. Z.
Tervueren, Belgium
Riverside, Calif.
Ann Arbor, Mich.
Cambridge, England
London, England
Resident Honorary Member
Moorestown, N. J.
T
O
O
N
T
N
O
T
O
N
T
T
T
T
N
N
T
O
T
T
T
N
T
T
T
N
T
T
N
NEW ARGENTINE LYOPHLAEBA
(DIPTERA: BOMBYLIIDAE)1
Jack C. Hall2
While going over several collections of beeflies for determina-
tion, the following undescribed species were discovered. They are
being described at this time in order to have the names available
for inclusion in the forthcoming section on Bombyliidae in the
Catalog of Neotropical Diptera.
Lyophlaeba (Lyophlaeba) chorista, NEW SPECIES
This species runs to couplet 7 in Paramonov's (1948)3 key to species. It differs from
both haywardi (Edwards) and transandina (Edwards) by the entirely black scutellum,
the series of white tomentose spots down the midline of the abdominal dorsum and by
the somewhat paler wing markings.
From other species of Lyophlaeba, chorista may be separated by the divided first
posterior cell, the very narrowly open anal cell, the hyaline base and apex of the anal
cell; the white tomentose stripe in the middle and along the sides of the abdomen and
the dark antennal segments.
Male. -Black, oral margin, tibiae, partially so, and venter of abdomen testaceous.
Eyes separated by less than width of median ocellus, hair white to pale yellow, slightly
darker medially. Antennae grayish pruinose; first segment nearly three times longer than
second segment which is as wide as long, both with long pale yellow to white hair; a few
black hairs also present on dorsum near apex; third segment nearly one and one-half
times length of two basal segments combined, narrow, linear, rather evenly tapering
from base to acuminate apex. Face white pilose. Proboscis projecting at least length of
antennae beyond tip of antennae. Palpi brown with pale yellow hair. Occiput pale
yellow pilose and tomentose, the hair short; cervical fringe yellow. Ground color of
'Accepted for publication: November 17, 1972.
2Department of Entomology, Division of Biological Control, University of California,
Riverside, CA 92502.
3Uebersicht der Bombyliiden-Gattung Lyophlaeba Rond., nebst einer Bestimmung-
stabelle. Rev. de Ent. 19( 1-2): 1 15-148.
Ent. News, 84:149-155, 1973 149
150 Eat. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
mesonotum with three grayish longitudinal stripes; disc of mesonotum with short black
hair which is a little longer towards scutellum, anterior half of mesonotum with longer
and denser yellowish hair, hair on lateral margin between humeral callus and wing base
white; tomentum long, hair-like predominately yellow, spot of black tomentum above
post-alar callus, white tomentum overlying the three gray stripes in ground color,
anteriorly this white tomentum becomes longer, denser and more hair-like, (dorsum
of mesonotum is partially abraded but there are indications that the three white tomen-
tose stripes begin at the anterior margin and run posteriorly to near base of post-alar
callus, the midline is connected with the spot of white tomentum at the base of the
scutellum) lateral margin between wing base and post-alar callus densely white tomen-
tose; bristles pale yellow. Pleura white pilose and tomentose, pteropleura bare for the
most part. Coxae white pilose and tomentose; a few pale hairs on fore femur, rest
apilose; tomentum of shiny white scales on all femora, black scales on anterior side of
all femora, bristles black; tibiae a dusky yellowish-brown with small pale scales, anterio-
ventral surfaces of mid and hind tibiae with black scales, setulae hair-like, black; tarsi
brown with black bristles, pulvilli well developed, nearly as long as claws. Halter stem
and knob yellow the latter may be paler. Squama yellowish with fringe of long white
hair. Scutellum black, black hair in middle, yellow hair at sides towards base, tomentum
black, entire margin of scutellum yellow tomentose, white tomentose spot in middle at
base and at sides at base; bristles pale yellow.
Extreme base of basicosta with yellow setulae, rest of basicosta with black setulae.
Wing banded with pale brown color, hyaline portions at base, middle and tip chalky
white; basal brown band reaches from costa through basal half of first basal cell, middle
of second basal and anal cells leaving base and apex of both clear to a little beyond
second anal vein; apical band of color extends from costal margin to posterior margin of
wing, color does not extend basally beyond middle of discal cell or beyond tip of anal
cell, apically color extends only slightly beyond a line drawn from tip of first posterior
cell upward to anterior margin; sides in bend at end of radial vein not parallel; four sub-
marginal cells; first posterior cell divided by an adventituous crossvein beyond apex ot
discal cell; first posterior cell open at wing margin about length of r-m crossvein; anal
cell very narrowly open at wing margin; axillary cell a little wider than anal cell; alula
only moderately developed.
Abdominal dorsum yellowish pilose, slightly paler towards base of abdomen, short
black hair present on last three or four segments; tomentum black, that across posterior
margin of first segment white, yellow tomentum on posterior margins of second to
sixth segments, spots of white tomentum along midline from segment two to posterior
margin of seventh segment, spots are not connected except on sixth and seventh seg-
ments, white tomentum along side of abdomen forming a lateral stripe which extends
from second to seventh segments; lateral margin of abdomen pale yellow pilose, a few
black hairs on third and following segments, amount of black increasing posteriorly;
ninth tergite with a median shallow depression; venter of abdomen pale yellow to white
pilose and white tomentose.
Female.-The only female specimen on hand is somewhat teneral and denuded but
the following differences from the male can be made out: Eyes separated by twice width
of ocellar tubercle; black hair on ocellar tubercle and in middle of front. First antennal
segment tending towards rufous below. Legs a little paler (teneral?). Bristles surround-
ing ovipositor large and spatulate. Otherwise the female is very similar to the male.
Holotype male, allotype female and three paratypes collected at Mendoza, Mendoza
Prov., Argentina, with no other data. All but two paratypes retained by the author are in
the U. S. National Museum.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973 151
Lyophlaeba (Lyophlaeba) peridema, NEW SPECIES
Similar in many respects to the Chilean L. consobrina (Philippi). L. peridema is
immediately separated from consobrina by the absence of the median longitudinal stripe
on the abdomen, the more predominately white pilose mesonotum and the lighter and
less extensive coloration in the wing.
Male. -Black, oral margin and posterior margins of ventral abdominal segments
testaceous, legs dark ferruginous. Eyes separated by less than width of median ocellus;
ocellar tubercle with black hair. Front with white hair, a few black hairs present in
middle above. Antennae black, first two segments with black hair above, pale yellow to
white below; first segment more than three times length of second; second segment
a little wider than long; third segment linear rather evenly tapering from base to apex,
as long as two basal segments together. Face white pilose. Proboscis reaching less than
length of antennae beyond tip of antennae. Palpi with pale yellow hair. Occiput and
cervical fringe with short yellowish hair. Mesonotum with short black hair, longer to-
wards scutellum, hair anterior to wing bases dusky white, what little tomentum is
present is short and pale yellow to white, a patch of dense white tomentum above root
of wing, a small patch of - hitish tomentum in middle of posterior margin; prealar
bristles pale, post- alar bristles black. Pleura and coxae pale yellow to white pilose and
tomentose; pteropleura bare. Femora with pale yellow to white bristle-like hair, tomen-
tum shiny white, a few black scales towards the apices of the femora; bristles black;
tibiae white tomentose with black bristles; pulvilli well developed, nearly as long as
claws. Halter stem brown, knob yellowish. Squama whitish with fringe of white hair.
Scutellum with black hair and tomentum, white hair and tomentum at sides and along
posterior margin; bristles pale yellow.
Basicosta with black setulae. Wing infuscated with light brown, color interrupted
along costal margin creating two bands of color; basal band short, not extending
posteriorly beyond middle of second basal cell; apical band does not reach posterior
margin; tip and middle of wing chalky white; with four submarginal cells; radial vein
broadly recurved towards apex, sides of curve divergent; anal and axillary cells nearly
equal in width; alula moderately developed; anal cell open in wing margin about length
of r-m crossvein.
Abdominal dorsum whitish pilose, a few black hairs in middle of second, third and
fourth segments, black hair increasing in extent posteriorly so that sixth and seventh
segments entirely black haired; tomentum black, patch of white tomentum in middle of
posterior margin of first segment and across posterior margins of rest of abdominal
segments to the seventh, sides of segments two to seven with a patch of white tomentum
which increases in amount posteriorly; lateral margin of abdomen whitish pilose, with
black hair in middle of second segment, most of third and all of fourth and following
segments; ninth tergite with a small median parallel sided notch. Abdominal venter
white pilose and tomentose.
Female. -Like the male except eyes separated by twice width of ocellar tubercle;
more black hair on front; black hair on mesonotum denser and longer especially towards
anterior margin; white tomentum on first abdominal segments extends across the
segment along posterior margin; otherwise as described for the male.
Holotype, allotype and two paratypes collected at Zapala, Neuqucn Province, Argen-
tina, X1I-1 9-22-46 (Hayward and Willin). Holotype and allotype in U. S. National
Museum, both paratypes in author's collection.
152 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
Lyophlaeba (Lyophlaeba) hypoxantha, NEW SPECIES
The pale wing markings, black scutellum, short pulvilli, short proboscis and banded
abdomen without a median longitudinal stripe or series of spots should serve to, separate
hypoxantha from the congeners. In general habitus it appears to be not too far removed
from koslowskyi (Edwards), landbecki (PhUippi) or pallipennis Paramonov.
Male. -Black; front, face flavo-cinereous, basal half of first antenna! segment testa-
ceous-cinereous, palpi, legs except knees and tarsi, lateral margin of last four abdominal
segments and venter of abdomen testaceous. Eyes separated by less than width of median
ocellus; ocellar tubercle with black hair; front pale yellow to white pilose, median
portion immediately above base of antennae bare. First antennal segment four times
length of round second segment, both with short black hair above, longer and pale
yellow to white below; third segment shorter than two basal segments combined, in
lateral view widest near middle, apical portion beyond middle slightly tapering to acumi-
nate apex. Face white pilose. Palpi with yellow hair. Proboscis short, barely exceeds tip
of antennae. Lower half of occiput cinereous, upper half black, with pale yellow hair
and tomentum; cervical fringe pale yellow. Mesonotum with short black hair, longer
towards post-alar calli, buff colored hair anterior to wing bases, much more dense than
black hair; when viewed from above sides of mesonotum show white hair, when viewed
laterally hair appears buff colored, spot of whitish hair above wing base; tomentum
yellow hair-like, thin, scattered; spot of whitish tomentum in middle of posterior
margin; all thoracic bristles reddish. Pleura pale yellow to white pilose and tomentose.
Coxae white pilose, fore and middle coxae with long yellow bristle-like hair; legs whitish
pilose and tomentose, setulae and bristles black; pulvilli while developed are short and
do not exceed half length of claws. Squama white with fringe of white to pale yellow
hair. Halter stem testaceous, knob whitish. Scutellum in some lights shows two faint
reddish spots, these normally are not visible; hair and tomentum yellowish, bristles
reddish.
Basicosta entirely covered with black setulae. Wing lightly infuscated with brown,
color along anterior margin not interrupted and as a consequence wings not banded.
color extends in marginal cell to apex of subcosta, along vein R5 to branch of R4, color
is expanded around r-m crossvein forming a broadly connected spot of brown, most of
first basal cell infuscated, spot of color at base of third posterior cell, color margining
veins at base of wing to discal cell somewhat diffused into surrounding cells, anal and
axillary cells except extreme base, hyaline; tip, middle and base partially chalky white,
rest of wing hyaline; vein R, broadly recurved, sides of curve subparallel; first posterior
cell open at least length of r-m crossvein at wing margin; axillary cell a little wider than
anal cell; alula moderately developed, entirely brown.
Abdominal dorsum pale yellow to whitish pilose, a few black hairs present on sixth
and following segments, amount increases posteriorly; tomentum black, whitish tomen-
tum across posterior margins of segments one to seven and along sides forming broad
lateral stripes; side of abdomen with at most only a few black hairs towards apex, at
least none anterior to sixth segment; venter whitish pilose and tomentose. Small median
notch in middle of posterior margin of ninth tergite.
e.- Shows a considerable amount of variation from the male, especially in the
amount of black hair present and in the darker and more extensive wing coloring. Eyes
separated by less than twice width of ocellar tubercle; front above with a few black hairs.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973 153
Buff colored pile on anterior half of mesonotum not as long or as dense as in male;
mesonotal tomentum shiny yellow, dense; yellow tomentose spot in middle of posterior
margin. Scutellum with black hair, yellow tomentum becoming whitish towards sides at
base. Wing color dark brown, interrupted along anterior margin, color mainly along
veins but broadly so, does not reach posterior margin; brown color extends beyond
apex of subcosta in marginal cell, beyond base of vein R4 along vein R5, along veins
bordering second, third and fourth posterior cells; first and second basal cells nearly en-
tirely infuscated, spot of color in apical fourth of anal cell. Black hair on abdomen more
prevalent, present on both dorsum and along lateral margin from fourth segment to
apex; pale tomentum across posterior margins of abdominal segments more yellowish.
Female otherwise as described for male.
While the variation expressed in any one sex is slight there is a considerable amount
of dimorphism between the two sexes. The females tend to be much darker colored than
the males and the wing is much darker and more extensively patterned in the female.
Holotype male and allotype female from Rio Colorado, Rio Negro, Argentina 11-15-
20-46. Both deposited in U. S. National Museum.
Twenty-four paratypes, topotypic, same data as types, deposited in U. S. National
Museum and author's collection.
Lyophlaeba (Lyophlaeba) melanothrix, NEW SPECIES
This species is unlike any of the congeners in that it is about one-fourth the size of a
"normal" sized Lyophlaeba. The specimens on hand do not exceed 8 mm in length. The
sexes exhibit considerable dimorphism mainly in that the male is predominately black
haired and has 7-8 faintly colored spots in the wing while the female is predominately
pale haired with 10-11 darker colored spots in the wing.
The distinguishing characteristics may be found in the shining black integument,
spotted wings, short proboscis, absence of pale colored tomentum on the abdomen in the
male, predominate black hair in the male and the small size.
Male. -Shiny black, knob of halter pale, pleura and legs brownish-black. Eyes separa-
ted at narrowest point by half width of ocellar tubercle. Front black haired, bare in
middle immediately above antennae. First antennal segment five times length of second
segment; second segment twice as wide as long, both segments with black hair above and
below; third segment one and one-half times length of two basal segments combined,
at broadest point as wide as width of first segment, broadest before middle then tapering
to a narrowed but not acuminate apex. Face with black hair. Proboscis short, not
extending beyond middle of third antennal segment. Palpi with black hair. Hair on
occiput and cervical fringe black. Mesonotum with long black hair, pale yellow hair
mixed in on anterior half; tomentum hair-like, scattered, yellow, a rather loose patch of
yellow tomentum in middle of posterior margin; bristles black. Hair on pleura black,,
pale yellow patch of hair on anterior portion of mesopleuron. Pile and tomentum on
coxae and legs black; bristles black; pulvilli well developed, nearly as long as claws.
Squama pale with fringe of pale yellow hair. Scutellum black pilose, pale yellow tomen-
tose, the tomentum long, hair-like, confined to apical half of scutellum, base of scutellum
devoid of tomentum; bristles black.
Basicosta with black setulae. Wings hyaline with 7-8 faint spots of color located as
follows: one at base of radial vein extending into first basal cell, in middle of vein R2+3
above r-m crossvein, on r-m crossvein, on vein at base of fourth submarginal cell, at base
of discal cell, on posterior crossvein and in middle of second basal cell; in some lights
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
extremely faint spots may be seen at bases of second and third posterior cells; bend at
apex of radial vein narrow, sides diverging; four submarginal cells, knee of vein R4 at
base of fourth submarginal cell with a long appendage; first posterior cell broadly open
in wing margin as is anal cell; axillary cell much narrower than anal cell; alula at most
only slightly developed.
Abdomen black pilose and tomentose, tomentum along midline reflects a yellowish
cast in some lights, tomentum forming an obscure median longitudinal stripe, a few
scattered pale yellow short hairs along sides, not easily discernible nor forming any
pattern; lateral margin entirely black pilose; venter black pilose; posterior margin of
ninth tergite with a narrow, rounded depression; dististyli of genitalia long and narrow,
prominent.
Female. -Quite different from the male. Eyes at narrowest point separated only
slightly more than width of ocellar tubercle. Front yellow haired, a few black hairs on
ocellar tubercle. Third antenna! segment narrow, linear, parallel sided until near tip.
Face whitish to pale yellow pilose. Occiput and cervical fringe with yellow hair. Mesono-
tum yellow pilose and tomentose; bristles yellow. Pleura with pale yellow to white
hair. Fore and mid coxae with black hair, hind coxae with pale yellow hair. Scutellum
yellow pilose, pale yellow tomentose; bristles yellow.
Wing hyaline with 10-11 darkly colored spots, spots of color on all crossveins and in
middle of marginal, first submarginal and second basal cells.
Abdominal dorsum yellow haired, black hair present on fifth and following segments;
tomentum whitish, forming a broad median longitudinal stripe from middle of second
segment to apex of abdomen, posterior margins of all segments broadly whitish tomen-
tose, basal half of second segment black tomentose, paired black tomentose spots, either
side of midline on segments three to seven; sides whitish tomentose; lateral margin of
abdomen with yellow hair, black hair present from fourth segment to apex, increasing
in amount posteriorly. Venter pale yellow haired on basal half, black haired on apical
half, tomentum overall whitish. Female otherwise as described for male.
Holotype male and allotype female together with one paratype male from 19.5 km.
E. Shaman, Chubut Province, Argentina, 650 m., XI-19-66 (E. 1. Schlinger, M. E. Irwin).
All three specimens in author's collection.
Lyophlaeba (Lyophlaeba) amegiston, NEW SPECIES
Not unlike holoxantha in habitus, L. amegiston differs from holoxantha and other
similar species (consobrina (Philippi) by the black hair along the side of the abdomen
from the second segment to the apex, the absence of the median longitudinal stripe on
the abdomen and by the lack of dimorphism in the wing coloring and pattern between
the sexes.
This is a small species, 10 mm or less, with banded wings, black legs, predominately
white pile and a short proboscis.
Male. -Black, at most tibiae may be brownish, knob of halter white. Eyes separated
by less than width of median ocellus. Ocellar tubercle with black hair. Front white
pilose, black hair in a narrow line down middle. First antennal segment three times
longer than second segment; second segment a little wider than long, both with short
black hair above, longer white hair below, apex of first segment with a tuft of black hair
below; third antennal segment about equal in length to first segment, somewhat lanceo-
late, tip acuminate. Face white pilose. Proboscis not reaching beyond middle of third
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973 155
antennal segment. Palpi with white hair. Occiput with pale yellow hair, becoming darker
above; cervical fringe white. Mesonotum with short black hair, longer posteriorly,
anterior portion in front of wing base white pilose with long black hair mixed in es-
pecially across anterior margin, sides of mesonotum white haired with scattered black
hair in front of pre-alar bristles; tomentum white, short, hair-like, scattered; prealar
bristles yellow, post-alar bristles black. Pleura white pilose. Coxae white pilose. Femora
with mixed black and pale hair; tomentum white, black scales on anterior surface; tibiae
white tomentose, scattered black scales on anterior surface of hind tibia; pulvilli well
developed, nearly as long as claws. Squama pale with fringe of white hair. Halter stem
testaceous, knob white. Scutellum black haired, tomentum black, white along posterior
margin and at base; bristles yellow.
Basicosta with black setulae. Wing hyaline and brown, color forming a short basal
band and an incomplete apical band, color does not reach hind margin of wing, anal and
axillary cells pure hyaline, upper portion of second basal cell brown, lower portion
hyaline, apex of wing chalky; bend at end of radial vein broad, sides diverging; base of
fourth submarginal cell without a stump of a vein; first posterior cell broadly open in
wing margin; and cell narrowly open in wing margin; anal and axillary cells of nearly
equal width; alula moderately developed.
Abdominal dorsum predominately white pilose, black hair in middle of second seg-
ment then increasing in amount posteriorly so that last three segments nearly entirely
black haired; tomentum black, white tomentum across posterior margins of segments
two to seven, not dense, and at lateral apical corners of these same segments; side of
first segment and base of second white pilose, rest of lateral margin to fifth segment mix-
ed black and white pilose, apical segments entirely black haired; venter with white hair
and tomentum; ninth tergite with a small median notch on posterior margin.
Female. -Eyes separated only slightly more than width of ocellar tubercle. Upper half
of front with black hair and pale yellowish to white tomentum. Tomentum on mesono-
tum pale yellow, not forming a definite pattern. Female other than the more dense to-
mentum on the abdomen does not differ appreciably from the description of the male.
Holotype male and allotype female from 2.4 km. S. Fitz Roy, Santa Cruz Province,
Argentina, 210 m. XII-12-66 (M. E. Irwin, E. I. Schlinger). Both in author's collection.
Paratypes. -Twenty-six topotypic, same data as types. Three from 2 km. S. Caleta
Olivia, Santa Cruz Province, Argentina, 10 m. XII-12-67 (E. I. Schlinger, M. E. Irwin),
in coastal dunes. Three from 3 km. N. Puerto Lobos, Chubut Province, Argentina, 20 m.
XII- 14-66 (E. I. Schlinger, M. E. Irwin) dunes.
NEW ARGENTINE LYOPHLAEBA
(DIPTERA: BOMBYLIIDAE)
ABSTRACT.-Five new species of Lyophlaeba from Argentina are described, namely
chorista, peridema, hypoxantha, melanothrix and amegiston. Each is compared and
differences pointed out with congeners. Distribution for each new species is given. Jack
C. Hall, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside CA 92502
Descriptors: Diptera; Bombyliidae; Lyophlaeba, new species: chorista, peridema, hypox-
antha, melanothrix, and ame.ifiston; Argentina.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
THE ABILITY OF A SPITTING SPIDER,
SCYTODES HEBRAICA, TO CAPTURE FLYING PREY1
Scytodes hebraica (Scytodidae) was common on the walls both inside and outside a
house on the outskirts of Call, Colombia (el. 1000 m, 4° N) in an area classified by Es-
pinal (1968) as dry tropical forest. The spiders were inactive during the day, crouching in
cracks and corners, but at night they came out on the walls. Spiders were generally
immobile at night, resting facing down just off the surface of a wall on a very sparse
mesh of threads.
The spiders captured prey by spitting on them as do other Scytodes (e.g. Bristowe
1958), but differed from those described in that they could apparently "shoot down"
flying insects as well as capture those walking or entangled in webs. On several occasions
I saw a S. hebraica capture an insect which flew near or collided with a spider. A small ex-
periment showed that the spiders probably detect and react to flying prey rather than
simply waiting passively for collisions. Covering my mouth and nose with my hand (to
avoid blowing on the spider), I hummed loudly (approximately middle C) near a series
of ten spiders. Some cringed or moved away as if disturbed, but several responded by
immediately Lifting their legs I or pawing the air rapidly for a moment with legs I and (?)
II; and one responded by immediately spitting onto one of its front legs, then cleaning
the sticky material off in its mouth. This suggests that the spiders respond to the sound
of flying prey by attempting to touch them with their legs, and then spitting to cause
them to stick to their legs.
William G. Eberhard
Departamento de Biologia
Universidad del Valle
Cali, Colombia
Bristowe, W. S.
Espinal, L. S.
LITERATURE CITED
1958. The World of Spiders. Collins, London.
1968. Vision ecologica del Departamento del Valle del Cauca. Univer-
sidad del Valle, Cali, Colombia.
'I thank Dr. H. W. Levi for identifying the spider, and the Comite de Investigaciones of
the Universidad del Valle for support.
A SUMMARY OF THE SPHINGIDAE
TAKEN AT THE
ARCHBOLD BIOLOGICAL STATION
HIGHLAND COUNTY, FLORIDA '
S. W. Frost2
The majority of the records were taken from specimens
collected at light traps operated practically every night from the
end of November to the middle of May at the Archbold Biological
Station. The species were obtained over a period of 5 years from
1968 to and including 1972, with additional records by Kimball
(1965). Thirty species have been definitely determined and
recorded.
The principal larval food plants, especially those common in
Florida, are listed for each species. Many select Vitaceae including
grape, Virginia creeper and Ampelopsis. Several prefer Convolvu-
laceae including tomato, potato, morning glory and related species.
Others are more specialized in their selection of food. Lapara
coniferamm Smith, the most common species taken at the Arch-
bold Biological Station, feeds only on pine. Another common
species Dolba hyloeus (Drury) selects chiefly paw-paw and holly.
Xylophanes tersa also a common species feeds on several unrelated
hosts; Spermacoce, Manettia, and Pentas. Sphinx gordius Cramer,
collected somewhat frequently, feeds on Carolina rose, prairie crab
apple, blueberry and others.
Seven species of Sphingidae not included in Table I, Erinnyis
lassauxii Boisdv., Eumorpha labruscae (Linn.), Eumorpha ritis
(Linn.), Paonis myops (Smith), Xylophanes pluto (Fab.), Cera-
tomia amyntor (Geyer), and Smerinthus jamaicemis judging from
records by Hodges (1971) might be expected in the Archbold
Biological Station area.
'Accepted for publication: November 17, 1972.
2Frost Entomological Museum, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa.
Ent. News, 84:157-160, 1973 757
158
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
O
oo
cn
3
oo
,C
d
4-1
• r-l
d
d
CO
)-!
i — i
CO
-o
r-l
0
cu
^
cu
cu
CO
CO
r>
cu
cu
CD
CO
CO
CO
CO
.d
T3
CD
cu
CO
CU
o
cu
Q
a,
C
3
3
!•
J^
^
o
cu
u
CJ
cu
X
CO
oo
^
O
CO
0
M
r-l
CO
CD
u
r—l
E
1 — 1
IS
r-l CO
4J
4-1
4J
CL
4J
4-1
, — 1
CO
•>
• r-l
4-J
4-1
CO
• r-l
cu
CL
•r-l
• r-l
n
O
r—l
CD
E
• r-l
r-l d
4-1
£•>
CD
^>
£>
CO
33
<£
• r-l
£>
CD CO
0
• r-l
CU
4-1
oo
CL i — i
CL
*>J
CD
Jj
t3
r>1
*-3
t^Q
00
f
M
4-J
d
(-3
•1-1 CL
CL
CL
r-l
t-l
d
3
CO
CU
•r-l
o
d -o
4-J
01
0)
Q.
"^
*.
CO
4-1
O
CU
CL
01
CU
CO
CD
CL
CD
cn
d
1=
CL
•r-l O
O)
CD
4-1
.d
CO
u
CO
CO
T3
5
CL
• r-l
•r-l
CO
t-i O
fa 4-i
3
CO
O
U
to
3
U
• r-l
X
S-J
o
O
£
CO
fa
CO
O
fa
r—l
U
0
X u~i
B
r~i \^
4-1
1J
C^
U
CL
CO i— 1
,
O
cu
p7^
d
4-1
CO
o
O r-l
CL
4J
•
•
M
•r-l r-l
cu
CL
to
J-l
H
CO
cu
3
U
•rl JO
CO
<^
O
H
*"O £
•1
•
*•
«
*
CO
T) -rJ
cu
4-1
r^l
•
r*^
•^
rJ
<c ^
d
3
CL
CU
r-l
3
DO
D
i — 1
3
r—l
D
r"J
CO
I-)
^
r^
*"")
U
0
CO r-l
3
D. co
tn
ro
O
t— i
0
^
n
^
r-l
^
i^
CM
O
0
0
|j O
CXI
F")
CXI
r—l
M
4J H
M
Q
jC H3
r—i
O
O
O
o
O
o
<)•
0
O
CXI
r—l
O
CXI
i—3
oo 2
0
•r-l
&>
r-l •
»•[-;
t-l
CJ
E Q.
^
CN
O
r—l
o^
1— 1
o
0
O
1 — 1
O
O
i— I
CO
(v;
0 <
r— <
<
r-l
1 | I ^
w
C TO
o
Q
O
O
o
CXI
i— i
c^
1 — 1
CO
0
O
0
0
H
ju 2
I — 1
H
CO
"*•
0)
0
r_,
0
o
o
, — i
r—l
CN
o
r-l
O
O
O
CM
Z
cn fa
•— <
d
^
E d
H
•r-l CD
o
O
o
o
o
O
r-l
O
o
m
m
O
O
0
CJ <~i
W
CU
<^
CL •
(""^
cn u
M
cu
0
0
0
0
o
O
O
o
o
O
o
r—l
fl
CM
O
S-i Q
2*
0)
M
rCl .
p-j
E >
fa
3 0
o
0
o
o
o
0
0
c
o
r— 1
CXJ
O
vj
, — I
CO
.C
to
cn
-o
,— N
4-J
• r-l
•r-l
s-^
CO
•
/-**
•r^
t-i
t-l
•
^-^
•H
V
£Xj
E
r-l
r-l
s— \
o
^
O
r—l
^
CO
CO
(^~N
CO
•
CD
0)
eq
2
3
33
i-i
/— V
^^
^-~,
^2
s~^
fa
£
^^
t-i
\^s
at
x-^
^
X
*
Cfl
•
CD
cu
Q
CO
e
J_j
tJ
d
fa
d
)-i
CD
CO
• r-l
CD
«
S-J
3
3
d
•-^
d
CO
CL
CO
T)
4-1
J_J
o
H
V-i
• r-l
»r-(
3
s_x
r—l
0
CO
d
CL
u
r—l
C
Q
r-J
CO
rJ
4-J
CU
r-l
3
CD
•r-l
v«.>
O
•*~s
x— ^
•« — '
t-l
^-^ '
CD
n
CO
3
CU
i— i
J-l
U
01
3
i — 1
3
4J
-o
CD
00
CJ
c
•r-l
to
CL
O
CJ
to
3
tn
CO
4J
3
to
o
tn
3
O
r—l
tn
•r-l
00
cn
U
3
d
•' — i
d
J_J
v_j
CU
r—l
1 i
-Q
t-l
cu
CD
•r-l
^,
cu
O
CO
OJ
O
,O
• r-l
CO
CO
CO
E
l>
r— 1
3
CJ
•r-l
.r-l
cn
• r-l
CD
^
tn
tn
cn
to
CO
d
1=
E
d
•r-l
n
CO
-d
•r-l
• H
• r-l
3
O)
cn
o
0
0
0
e
to
cn
X
X
X
, — I
• r-l
3
•r-l
4-1
4-1
4-J
to
CO
Q.
CL
CO
d
d
d
CJ
CO
CO
>,
CO
•o
CD
CO
J3
d
d
d
O
O)
j_i
CL
Jj
J_l
O
O)
•1-4
t-i
P*J
, — I
• r-l
•r-l
•r-l
X
CL
CO
00
e
0)
CJ
CU
o
u
01
CO
Q
cc
Q
O
Q
r-l
tu
w
w
d
LO
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
•a
<u
c
c
o
u
c
o
CO
4-1
co
60
O
rH
O
•r-l
PQ
-O
rH
O
43
U
l-i
0)
.c
c
0)
^
C3
4-1
01
CO
•a
• H
60
•H
.C
CL
CO
S-I
OJ
O)
1 — 1
CL
CL
Ol
CL
CJ
0)
cc
CJ
^
O
rW
u
43
U
^j
re
co
Ol
4-1
r-l
E
J=
01
CJ
r-l
u
Q.
OJ
E
Ol
a.
f.
3 OJ
•iH
CO
C co
w c
J-,
rJ -r-l 0)
H -H
CO
n
1— 1
01 OJ O U) C
E
}_*
co
CO
co co jn 4^ •f~i
in
CL
•r-l
£>
01 oi 4-1 u o E
O l-i CO
••
4-1
1-1
CJ CJ 33 4-1 W
4-1 CJ tr~>
OJ
4-1
CO
CO CO CC CL, CC CO
co S
cn
01
rH in
4J 4J 4: E "—
E ^ 0
O
c
4J
•iH *>H * O
O CO rH CO
l-i
c:
rH C
> > .CO 4-1
4-1 O >4H C
^r
CO CO
0) E U CO
CD
CO
Q. rH
l^J W c£j 3 CO •• *r-l
C CL
c
»•
O rH C rH 0 C
O 3 O -r-l
• rl
cn
CJ
O) V-* Ol Cn *-i 3 4JO
4-1 O 'r4 00
rH
CO
c -o
CL E CL rJ 3 4-1 <y CO C
CO rH M C
O
4-1
•rJ O
CO-iHC0343S-lC4-!60
4J 60 rH US CO
V-i
C
Vi O
rJ H rJ «B T-1 O "ft O -l-l
C -H -r-l CO t-l
CO
OJ
CXj *-M
OD-lCJ)rJ>Pja<pLlP2
Hi fn S Oi fe
u
Cu
43 vO
4-1
4-1
CT»
CL
a
CO rH
0
C
CO
•«
O r-l
n •
4-1
•r-l 1— 1
00 4J
D-
4-) c\j
3 0
CJ
•H 43
< O
CO
'O £
• • •
ft
•0 -H
?*> ?^ r*^ ?••» CJ
4J 4-14-1
X
<; ^
i— 1 rH i — It — 1C
Q. CL CL
rH
33 333
0) OJ 0)
3
r-, r-, r-, r-) r-,
CO CO CO
^
cn i— i
CL co
CO 4-1
LPlf^' — 1 1 — "CNI^OO^C"")
O 1— 1 <T CNI rH
^o
^J
l-i O
00
i — i
CNI
•J-
4-> H
4-» >>
XI CO
OOOOrHrHOrHCNl
O O O O O
0
r-l
60 S
•r-l
CNI
1 — 1 •
rJ
E Q-
I— 1 >J" O O rH , — 1 00 rH Q
CN O O rH O
m
vO
0 <
CNI
rH
MH
S-i
C co
-J-rHrHrHOCNIr^OO
O rH rH O ' — '
O-N
CN
oj 2
rH
r— 1
rH
CO
a
OrHOOOOrHrHQ
rH O CO O O
r— 1
r—
cn (— .
rH
C
o •
e c
•r4 CO
OOOOOOOOOO
rH O O O O
rH
<r
0 •-)
Ol
D. •
CO U
Ol
OOOOOOCNIrHO
O O O O O
O
CO
1* Q
43 •
E >
3 O
OrHOOOOCOOrH
0 0 0 --I 0
o
, — 1
£2 S
3
CO
^^
x-s
^r-^
pa
•
^—^
s-^
.
^
\ '
^— ^
C
^^v
•
•
Qi
4_»
4:
C
£>*,
N
C
•H
CO
4-1
s-~^
•rH
,— \
^J
i— 1
43
^J
E
4-1
^— N
x^v
-H
•
rJ
c
3
3
3
^.^^
W
CO
.
•
E
41
Lj
c
CO
rC
•
•
X-N
x^x
rH
43
/ — \
c
CO
CO
CJ
• iH
Q
v-^
O
O
•
3
CO
C
c
^^
I*
O
E
rJ
v-^
CO
O
E
u
r*
c
• r-l
v^x
•rJ
CO
^— ^
CO
cn
IX,
CO
3
CO
\-^
rJ
cn
rJ
>-,
C
4-1
3
cn
^-^
rlH
^,
E
J
3
co
4-1
U
CO
O
CO
l-i
•r-l
X_X
CO
0)
CO
N—x
4-1
•' — i
CJ
cn
E
•rJ.
O
, — 1
0)
V_i
3
0
cn
CO
OJ
4-1
cn
V-i
Ol
U
•a
•r-l
43
CO
OJ
cr
•rJ
CO
3
CJ
43
3
OJ
j3
CO
c
U
cn
4-1
"4H
c
4-1
4-1
CJ
OJ
CJ
X
•r4
-J
u
CO
CO
CO
^,
CO
• r4
• r-|
cn
^J
CO
rH
c
-a
CO
UH
0.
J-l
r!
0)
C
3
3
OJ
14-4
CL
• rH
h
in
60
4-1
C
o
cr
1-,
cn
OJ
4:
o
01
CO
CO
CO
•r-l
CJ
CO
CO
CL
60
C
cn
f
4:
cn
CO
rH
CO
CO
CO
•r4
CO
CJ
cn
co
OJ
•H
Q.
CL
CL
l-i
rJ
rJ
(fl
CO
u
3
U
3
CJ
3
. 1
X
CO
IH
4-1
0
-o
3
4:
CL
U
O
O
O
CO
CO
Ol
co
"O
•o
-o
4:
c
CO
3
•H
O
OJ
E
E
E
E
E
1 — 1
CL
u
0
rJ
OJ
4:
. — i
CL
3
3
3
0)
CU
>^
CO
co
CO
CO
co
CO
CO
cn
CL
X
CO
U]
LJ
U
W
X
PC
2
2
s
0.
CM
PM
D-,
CO
X
160 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
REFERENCES
Hodges, R. W. 1971 The Moths of America North of Mexico, including Greenland.
Fasc. 21 158 pp., 16 Plates.
Kimball, C. P. 1965 Arthropods of Florida and neighboring land areas, The Lepidop-
tera of Florida, An annotated checklist, Florida Department Agricul-
ture, Vol. 1:1-363.
ABSTRACT.-Thirty species of Sphingidae have been taken at the Archbold Biologi-
cal Station well representing the species that occur in south central Florida. The principal
food plants, especially those common in Florida, are listed for each species. Seven other
species are included that might be expected in the same area,-S. W. Frost, Frost En-
tomological Museum, Penns Ivania State University, University Park, Pa.
THE BEE GENUS PROTERIADES IN SOUTH DAKOTA
(HYMENOPTERAiMEGACHILIDAE)1
Wallace E. LaBerge2
The genus Proteriades is a small specialized genus of bees belonging in the family
Megachilidae. Species of Proteriades are all restricted to plants of the genus Crypthantha
in their pollen-collecting habits and the bees' mouthparts are modified by possessing
hooked hairs in order to facilitate extracting pollen from the tubular flowers. Previously
these bees were known to occur only in California, except Proteriades incanescens
(Cockerell) whose range was known to extend into northern Arizona and southern
Nevada (Timberlake and Michener, 1950).
Two females of Proteriades incanescens were discovered among bees collected during
a pollination study of plants in the Badlands National Monument of South Dakota by
Sue Wolf under the direction of Dr. Lutz J. Bayer of the University of Wisconsin in Madi-
son. The bees were submitted to the author for identification. Since this record involves
a straight-line extension of known range of about 800 miles, it was deemed worthy of
mention in print. Perhaps collectors will be stimulated to look for these bees more
assiduously, especially in the drier western prairie areas or along the eastern flanks of the
Rocky Mountains and across New Mexico and Arizona.
The two South Dakota specimens resemble most closely specimens from southern
Nevada and Mono County, California, and are referable to the subspecies/1, incanescens
nevadensis Timberlake and Michener. The South Dakota specimens were taken in
Pennington County within the Sheep Mountain section of the Badlands National
Monument at 11:20 am on June 4, 1972, collecting pollen and nectar from flowers of
Cryptantha bradbiiriana Payson.
LITERATURE CITED
Timberlake, P. H. and C. D. Michener. 1950. The bees of the genus Proteriades
(Hymenoptera, Megachilidae). The Univ. Kansas Sci. Bui., 33:387-440.
'Accepted for publication: February 22, 1973.
2Taxonomist, Illinois Natural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois 61801
NOTES ON CYRTOLOBUS MAXINEI DENNIS
(HOMOPTERArMEMBRACIDAE)1
Clifford J. Dennis2
In the original description (1970) of Cyrtolobus maxinei Dennis
I indicated that the host plant was probably bur or jack oak. I can
now state with confidence that in the type locality the host plant
is bur oak.
It is rather surprising to me, but I have been unable to find this
species anywhere except in the restricted type locality. Even what
appears to be identical habitat in nearby areas has not produced
this species.
My collection includes two males found in 1971 which have the
green and black pattern of the pronotum obscure. When alive the
pattern was there, but the color was more yellowish-green and pale
black. At first glance they appeared to be females as described in
my (1971) paper. When dry these two males are pale yellow with
only a hint of the black pattern. I have none that exhibit inter-
mediate color and pattern forms. These two males fit no other
specific description. I believe that they are variant males of C.
maxinei.
LITERATURE CITED
Dennis, Clifford J., 1970. A new treehopper of the genus Cyrtolobus from Wisconsin
(Homoptera, Membracidae). Ent. News, 81:191-194.
. 1971. The female of Cyrtolobus maxinei Dennis (Homoptera, Membracidae).
Ent. News, 82:323-325.
ABSTRACT. This paper reports observations on host plant, distribution and variant
males of Cyrtolobus maxinei Dennis. -Clifford J. Dennis, University of Wisconsin-White-
water, Wisconsin 53190.
Descriptors. -Homoptera; Membracidae; Cyrtolobus maxinei Dennis; host; distribution;
variation.
'Accepted for publication: November 17, 1972.
2University of Wisconsin-Whitewater, Whitewater, Wisconsin 53190.
Ent. News, 84:161, 1973 161
162 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
Letter to the Editor
Again on Harry Hopkins
Harry Hopkins was eulogized in proceeding issues of this journal predominantly as a
siphonapterist1 , but my contact with him was with maUophaga, and I fully respect him
as a promoter and for many years a leading specialist in this field. His paper on "The
host-associations of the lice of mammals"2 is something like a bible of liceology and his
"Lice"3 then a catechism was so excellent that I could not resist the temptation to trans-
late it into German.4
We had many contacts via publications5 or correspondence and only war and post-
war conditions disturbed further intimate contact. We met only once, this was in 1938
at the International Congress of Entomology at Berlin - and I immediately felt so much
admiration for Harry, that I remember this as if it had been yesterday. Two moments
from these few days may be mentioned here:
The first refers to an entomological excursion in the surroundings of Berlin in connec-
tion with the Congress. We two were together and at an opportune moment, when no
foreign ears were in our presence, he asked me cautiously, if I were a "nazi"6. I answered
as quietly as possible, "No, I hate them." I felt that he was relieved with my answer as
previously he had feared that I might have been one.
The second moment preserved in my memory was almost a joke to me. I like to have
friends as guests and as I had just married some weeks before, he had the chance to be
one of my first guests in my home. I invited him and his wife for an evening tea, but
he refused with the (for me very surprising!) argument, "It's not possible, because I've
my smoking in the big luggage aboard the steamer going to Uganda." I am a very un-
conventional man (but nevertheless not a nonconformist) and at that time I was a young
man not familiar with English customs. I could not imagine at that time that it must have
been impossible for an Englishman to meet his friend without this special evening dress
called "smoking."
Yours sincerely
WOLFDIETRICH EICHLER
DDR- 104 Berlin
Invalidenstrasse 43
Museum fuer Naturkunde
'See Ent. News 81:279 [1970] - or mentioned also as a culicidologist, see Ent. News
82:326 [1972].
2Published 1949 in Proc. zool. Soc. London 119, p. 387-604.
3Published 1945 in Bull. Uganda Soc. 5, p. 1-8.
4Published 1949 under the title "Lauskerfe" in the western German entomological
journal "Entomon" (Munich, vol. 1, p. 126-134) with some of my comments.
5I had the honour that Harry proposed the name "Eichler's rule" for the "Entfalrungs-
regel" which I had detected as a special rule in phylogenetic host-parasite-relations;
see HOPKINS 1948 in Entomologist 81, p. 253.
ei.e. member of Hitler's national-socialist party.
CORIXIDAE (WATER BOATMEN) OF THE
SOUTH DAKOTA GLACIAL LAKE DISTRICT1
Richard L. Applegate2
Introduction
The genus and species designations of many North American
corixids were uncertain prior to the revision of the family,
Corixidae, by Hungerford (1948) and Sailer (1948). Pennak
(1953) described the taxonomy of corixids as undoubtedly the
most difficult of all families of aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera.
Hungerford (1948) presented a history of the confused state of
the taxonomy of the family Corixidae from the time Linnaeus
described the first corixid in 1758 until the time Hungerford
published his monograph. The difficulties in classifying corixids
are due to great similarity in various genera and species and the
lack of distinctive, easily observed diagnostic morphology. Many
species are variable in structural detail, and most identification is
based on morphology of males. Females and nymphs are generally
associated with males in a sample for identification.
There are about 1 1 5 known species of Corixidae in the United
States, 23 of which occur in South Dakota. Nine genera and 18
'Accepted for publication: November 19, 1972.
2South Dakota Cooperative Fishery Unit and Department of F.ntomology and Zoology
South Dakota State University, Brookings 57006. Cooperative Agencies; South Dakota
Department of Game, Fish, and Parks; South Dakota State University; Bureau of Sport
Fisheries and Wildlife, U. S. Department of the Interior.
Ent. News, 84:163-170, 1973 163
164 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
species are representative of the Eastern South Dakota Lake Dis-
trict. Specimens from South Dakota are in the South Dakota State
University Insect Collection. Specimens have been taken by light
trapping and random field collecting with no emphasis on popula-
tion structure or ecology. Objectives of this study were to
determine habitat preference, species composition and relative
abundance and to construct a simplified key to the Corixidae of
the South Dakota Glacial Lake District.
Study Area
The South Dakota Glacial Lake District is located primarily
within the Big Sioux River Basin (1,633,039 ha) from 44° to 46°
North latitude. Lakes, pothole, and marshes were formed approxi-
mately 20,000 years ago during the Wisconsin ice age (Flint 1955).
Surface waters are high in sulfate, chloride, calcium, and mag-
nesium (Schmidt 1967). Concentrations of dissolved solids are
indicative of high productivity and all surface waters are eutrophic.
Methods
Corixid collections were taken with a dip net from 43 lakes,
28 marshes and five locations on the Big Sioux River. Each
collection represented approximately 30 min. sampling time.
Collections were made in August 1970, at the time adults of all
species were represented and prior to fall migrations. Collections
were preserved in 10 percent formalin and identified to species
and sex. Permanent mounts of male genital capsule, pala, and
strigil were made in Turtox CMC Mounting Medium. Diagnostic
morphology described by Hungerford (1948) and Sailer (1948)
was used to construct a key to the Corixidae of South Dakota.
Results and Discussion
Species compostion and relative abundance indicates distinct
differences in habitat types (Table 1). Trichocorixa borealis,
Palmacorixa buenoi, Trichocorixa naias, Cenocorixa dakotensis,
and Trichocorixa verticalis comprised 96 percent of 4,543 speci-
mens from lakes, Sigara conocephala and S. alternata occurred at
low densities, but ranked high in the number of lake collections.
Trichocorixa naias, Hesperocorixa vulgaris, S. alternata, T. vertical-
is, and S. bicoloripennis comprised 91 percent of 1588 specimens
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973 165
from marshes. Callicorixa audeni and Sigara solensis occurred at
low densities, but ranked high in the number of marsh samples.
The percent composition and percent occurrence suggests that
T. borealis, C. dakotensis, S. decoratella and S. conocephala were
predominantly lake species. Corisella tarsalis, Callicorixa audeni,
H. vulgaris and Cenocorixa utahensis were marsh species. Sigara
grossolineata was a river species that comprised 53 percent of the
228 corixids from river collections. Trichocorixa verticalis was a
lake-marsh species, P. buenoi a lake- river species, S. alternata a
marsh-river species, and T. naias and Sigara solensis were lake-
marsh-river species. Cymatia americana was a rare species in one
lake and two marsh collections. Cymatia americana like P. bueoni
has reduced and nonfunctional flight wings and is restricted to
permanent bodies of water with sufficient depth to permit winter
survival.
Species diversity ranged from zero to seven. Corixids were not
taken at Lake Henry, Kingsbury County; Lake Cochrane, Deuel
County; Red Iron Lake, Marshall County; and Clear Lake, Roberts
County. Dense blue-green algal blooms were present in each of
these lakes except Lake Cochrane. Lake Cochrane had the greatest
transparency of all sampling sites. The lake also had an abundant
yellow perch, Perca flavescens (Mitchill), population. Stagnation
and fish predation may be responsible for the lack of observable
populations in such lakes. The most frequent number of species in
any one sample was two in lake samples and four in marsh samples.
Thirteen samples had from five to seven species.
Eight genera and 16 species of corixids were collected in this
study. Species previously collected in Eastern South Dakota, but
not collected in this study are Ramphocorixa aciiminata (Uhler),
Trichocorixa calva (Say), T. kanza Sailer and Sigara comprcssoidea
(Hungerford). Ramphocorixa acuminata is a pond species taken in
light traps at Brookings in 1942. Trichocorixa calva was collected
at the southern boundary of the state in 1940 and T. kanza was
collected at the southern boundary of the state in 1945 and 1946,
166 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
and represent the extreme northern range for these species. A
single female specimen of S. compressoidea was reported by
Hungerford (1948) to have been collected in South Dakota. Calli-
corixa audeni was present in two lake samples and 1 1 marsh
samples in this study, but not listed as a South Dakota species by
Hungerford. Species occurring in South Dakota west of the
Missouri River and not observed in this study are Hesperocorixa
michigenensis (Hungerford), H. laevigata (Uhler) and Sigara
penniensis (Hungerford). The following key includes species of
Corixidae observed in this study and Corixidae previously observed
in the state of South Dakota. Morphological terms used in the
key are illustrated in Figure 1. Reference should be made to
Hungerford (1948) and Sailer (1948) for detailed taxanomic
descriptions and distributions.
Key To Genera And Species of Male
Corixidae of South Dakota
1. Rostrum without transverse sulcations; pala long and narrow without a peg row....
Subfamily. ...Cymatinae Hungerford
Cymatia Flor
C. americana Hussey
1'. Rostrum with transverse sulcations; pala broad and having a peg row
Subfamily.. ..Cprixinae Enderlein 2
2. Males with sinistral asymmetry; strigil on left side; pala short and triangular
Trichocorixa Kirkaldy 3
2'. Males with dextral asymmetry; strigil on right side or lacking 7
3. StrigiJ oval. Males 3.3—3.8 mm
T. naias (Kirkaldy)
3'. Strigil elongate 4
4. Strigil elongate with anterior and posterior margins nearly parallel and straight
.T. verticalis interiores Sailer
4'. Strigil elongate and curved along lateral margin, of left tergal lobe of sixth
abdominal segment 5
5. Strigil appearing as a heavy dark line along lateral margin of left tergal lobe of
sixth abdominal segment
T. calva(Say)
5'. Strigil showing definite transverse comblike row of teeth 6
6. Strigil anterior and posterior margins nearly parallel; pala dorsal margin
angulate, pegs arranged in shape of inverted V
T. kanza Sailer
6'. Strigil anterior and posterior margins not parallel widened in medial half;
pala dorsal margin and pegs smoothly curved and not angulate and arranged in
shape of inverted V T. borealis Sailer
Ent. Neu's, Vol. 84, May 1973 167
7. Seventh dorsal tergite just to right of middle with a pencil of long hairs and a
curved dextral scleroti/ed hook; hemelytral pattern reticulate
Palmacorixa Abbott
P. buenoi Abbott
7'. Not as above 8
8. Pala with a single or double conspicuous peg in the upper row position;
embrowned hind tarsus Corisella Lundblad
C. tarsalis (Fieber)
8'. Not as above 9
9. Upper surface of pala deeply incised; head of male strongly produced and
carinate Ramphocorixa Abbott
R. acuminata Abbott
9'. Not as above 10
10. Male palar pegs in two rows; strigil lacking Callicorixa B. White
C. audeni Hungerford
10'. Male palar pegs in one row; strigil present 11
11. Apex of pala blunt, rounded or truncated; prothoracic lobe quadrate or
trapezoidal; claval suture shorter than post-nodal prunose area
Hesperocorixa Kirkaldy 12
11'. Not as above 14
12. Mesoepimeron at level of scent gland osteole considerable broader than the
lateral lobe of prothorax; body length 6. 3-7. 2mm
H. michiganensis (Hungerford)
12'. Mesoepimeron at level of scent gland osteole plainly narrower than lateral
lobe of prothorax; body length >8.0 mm 13
13. Pattern of hemelytra reticulate H. laevigata (Uhler)
13'. Pattern of hemelytra not reticulate, corium transversely marked with pale,
slightly zigzag lines H. vulgaris (Hungerford)
14. Pattern of hemelytra reticulate
Cenocorixa Hungerford 15
14'. Pattern of hemelytra not reticulate, corium transversely marked with lines
Sigara Fabricius 16
15. Last tarsal segment of hind leg embrowned to black
C. dakotensis (Hungerford)
15'. Last tarsal segment of hind leg pale
C. utahensis Hungerford)
16. Body length >6. 3 mm 17
16'. Body length (6.3 mm 19
17. Pala with 14-16 lower palmar hairs S. decoratella (Hungerford)
17'. Pala with 18-20 lower palmar hairs 18
18. Male vertex conically produced S. conocephala (Hungerford)
18'. Male vertex rounded, not conically produced
S. penniensis (Hungerford)
19. Dark bands of pronotal disk interrupted down middle by longitudinal pale
band S. compressoidea (Hungerford)
19'. Dark bands of pronotal disk not interrupted down middle by longitudinal pale
band 20
168 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
20. Metaxyphus longer than broad S. solensis (Hungerford)
20'. Metaxyphus not longer than broad 21
21. Metaxyphus end blunt; scent gland osteole nearer lateral bend of mesoepimer-
on than to its tip; mesoepimeron connected to metasternum by broad, often
dark postcoxal piece (lateral flange of the sternellum).
'. S. grossolineata Hungerford
21'. Metaxyphus end pointed; scent gland osteole nearer to tip than to lateral bend
of mesoepimeron 22
22. Metaxyphus tip a right angle S. bicoloripennis (Walley)
22'. Metaxyphus sides forming less than right angle; mesoepimeron of equal width
from osteole to lateral bend S. alternata (Say)
LITERATURE CITED
Flint, R. F. 1955. Pleistocene geology of Eastern South Dakota. South Dakota State
Geological Survey Professional Paper 262.
Hilsenhoff, W. L. 1970. Corixidae (water boatmen) of Wisconsin. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci,
Arts and Lett. 58:203-235.
Hungerford, H. B. 1948. The Corixidae of the Western Hemisphere. University of
Kansas Science Bull. 32: 1-827.
Pennak, R. W. 1953. Fresh-water invertebrates of the United States. Ronald Press. 769 p.
Sailer, R. I. 1948. The genus Trichocorixa (Corixidae, Hemiptera). University of
Kansas Science Bull. 32:289-407.
Schmidt, A. E. 1967. Limnology of selected South Dakota Lakes. M.S. Thesis, South
Dakota State University, Brookings. 95 p.
CORIXIDAE (WATER BOATMEN) OE THE
SOUTH DAKOTA GLACIAL LAKE DISTRICT
ABSTRACT.— Corixids collected in August 1970, from lakes, marshes, and the Big Sioux
River of the South Dakota Glacial Lake District indicated distinct differences in habitat
type and species composition. Trichocorixa borealis, T. naias, T. verticalis, Palrnacorixa
buenoi, and Cenocorixa dakotensis comprised 96 percent of 4,543 specimens from 43
lakes. Trichocorixa naias, T, verticalis, Hesperocorixa vulgaris, Sigara alternata and S.
bicoloripennis comprised 91 percent of 1588 specimens from 28 marshes. Percent
composition and percent occurrence suggests that T. borealis, C. dakotensis, Sigara
decoratella and S. conocephala were predominantly lake species. Corisella tarsalis, Calli-
corixa audeni, Cenocorixa utahensis and H. vulgaris were marsh species. Sigara gros-
solineata was a river species, T. verticalis a lake-marsh species, /'. buenoi a lake-river
species, S. alternata a marsh-river species, and T. naias and Sigara solensis were lake-
marsh-river species. A key to the Corixidae of South Dakota is given. Richard L.
Applegate, South Dakota Cooperative Fishery Unit and Department of Entomology
and Zoology, South Dakota State University, Brookings 57006.
Descriptors :-HemiptciSL\ Corixidae (water boatmen), species occurring in South Dako-
ta Glacial Lake District.
Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, May 1973
169
l poitnodal
n*mbron*
pr orhor a<i<
lob.
pala
i tomur
'-* tibia
7lh obd >.g
UI rariol »»o
2nd tartal ««g
anal lob*.
low»r palmar b...ri.. imdular
Figure 1. Morphology of Corixidae (modified from Hungerford 1948 by Hilsenhoff
1970). A. Dorsal view of male. B. Ventral view of male. C. Lateral view of
female. D. Foreleg of male.
170
Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
CO
PC
I
ID
l-j
i-h
O
l-l
CL
PC
c
3
00
n>
I-l
Ml
O
I-t
CL
CO
CO
CO
CO
n
n
PC
n H H
H
o
*a
n
CO
•
H-
•
fD
ro
fa
^
o
03
d
00
3
CO
H-
i-t
h->
3
fD
03
n
CL
03
c
o
^TZ)
M cr 3
C3
H-
3
03
n
I—1
o
fD
I-l
rt
n
fD
H- O 03
pr
en
03
rt
H-
rt
3
n
03
03
o
I-l
n i-i H-
o
fD
n
H-
fD
(D
o
o
pr
i-i
0
O fD 03
o
H
o
03
CO
i-l
n
i-l
cr
fD
H-
O
r-t 03 en
0
I-1
M
3
fD
03
H-
3
X
O
H- (-1
i-i
03
I-1-
03
03
a
rt
o
en
03
I-t
X H- ^
H-
X
3
rt
pr
(D
o
H-
H-
03 en ?N
X
rt
03
rt)
03
03
I—1
H
en
CL
X
H-
03
03
f~t
1— '
O
03
03
CD CO ft
I-l
cr
H-
^— s
03
03
i-l /-^
J^T*
C 0> fC
<^
en
c
n
CO
H. PC
o
<^
CL H- 03
fD
03
ro
03
03 -~v x-v
d c
f-f
C
fD h- ' I— '
h(
I-1
3
3
fD 3
(D
M
3 (D CL
rt
H-
0
03
w e g
3 00
3
OQ
H- i-t ><
i-i.
CO
H-
3 3
3 fD
en
(13 s-^"
n PC
00 00
H- i-l
H-
i-l PC
03 x-s > C
fD fD
CO Hi
CO
H- C
M i-tj cr en
hj h 0
en 3
H- H- cr co
i~h i~h X-N i"t -^^ 00
en ro o rt>
o o s; CL pc x~* ro
cr rt v;
i-t i-l OJ N— - C PC i-l -— stnrt
CL CL 1— ' 3 C Mi !ij 1
>— ' vx H 003O H- ^--
fD ft) 00 i-l (D
*"^ r^ (^ pi . U"4
v-/ HI i-i n>
0 hh i-l
l-( O N_,
CL l-(
o
M
03
o
H-
03
r1
03
CD
n
fD
3
n
o
3
o
o
oo ^j
ho
Ui
U)
hO
U>
CO
OJ
ON
ho
00
Ui
ON
ON
hO
hO
Ln
ON
OJ
ON
OJ
ON
o ^j
OJ
ON *~
00 O
hO
OJ
ho
CO
ON
hO
Ul
OJ ,
OJ
Ul
CO
OJ
ON
CO
ON
O
hO
ON
Ln
ho
00
OJ
ON
hO
hO L
1.
n h
n
0 CO L
o
ho
ON
4>
O hO hO ho hO H- C
IN hO M L
n O C
IN O
•^J O
^
I—1
ON
OJ
ho
4S
— i
-XJ
OJ
ho
|_l _p«*
ON
ho
OJ
SO
Ln
OJ
ho
0
o
OJ
ON
--J
O
o
ON
ON --J
!>
OJ
OJ
o
On
OJ
OJ
hO
2;
o
fD
i-l
O
rt)
3
O
o ^
n fD
n
(D
rt> 3
3 rt
n
o
n "TJ
n fD
c >-i
n
rt>
ro 3
3 rt
n
fD
H-
n
rt
00
CO
O
o
o
c
I-I
O
ft)
X
H-
CL
03
rt)
fD
CO
3
03
1-1
CO
pr
fD
en
tsj
O
ho
ho
Ln
O
O
ho
Ln
ho
Ln
ho
ho
03
hO
•
oo
o
o
ho
Ul
o
o ^
o ro
c i-i
H n
i-t ro
fD 3
3 rt
n
ro
S5
CO
H-
O
C
>i
CO
H-
O
c
X
pr
fD
00
O
c
REPLACEMENT NAME FOR
HAYWARDINA FORSTER, 1964
(LEPIDOPTERArSATYRIDAE)1
Richard E. Gray2
Having begun work on the tribe Euptychiini of the Western
Hemisphere, I ran across the preoccupation of Haywardina Forster
(1964, pg. 109) by Haywardina Aczel, 1952, in Miller (1968,
pg. 93).
Needing a valid Generic name for a paper on the Brazilian
Euptychiini, I wrote to Dr. Forster to find out if he had already
provided a replacement. In a letter to me, Dr. Forster explained
that he had not yet done so and that further, his current work pre-
vented him from doing so in the near future. He suggested that I
should go ahead and suggest an appropriate replacement name. I
am here proposing the name FORSTERINARIA, nom. nov. I take
great pleasure in naming it after Dr. Walter Forster of the
Zooligische Staatssammlung, Munich, West Germany.
The type species of Forsterinaria is the same as that of Hay-
wardina Forster, 1 964, and is Satyrus necys Godart, 1823 (p. 5 1 1 ).
The included species, besides the type, are boliviana (Godman,
1905); difficilis (Forster, 1964); eusebia (Butler, \S17y,howarthi
(Hayward, 1962); inornata (C. & R. Felder, 1867); polyphemus
(Butler, 1 866); proxima (Hayward, \951);pseudinornata (Forster,
'Accepted for publication: March 22, 1973.
2Dartmouth College Museum, Hanover, N.H. 03755.
Ent. News, 84:171-1 72 1 71
172 Ent. News, Vol. 84, May 1973
1964); quantiiis (Godart, 1803); rustica (Butler, 1868); Stella
(Hayward, 1957); stelligera (Butler, 1874); umbmcea (Butler &
Druce, 1872); and subspecies of the above taxa. Forsterinaria,
nom. nov., is feminine in gender, because most of the taxa now
included have a feminine termination, having been originally
described in the Genus Euptychia Huebner.
LITERATURE CITED
Forster, W. 1964. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Insektenfauna Boliviens XIX. Lepidoptera
III. Satyridae. Veroff. Zool. Staatssamml. Munchen, 8:51-188.
Godart, J. B. 1823. Encyclopedic Methodique, Historic Naturelle. Paris, 9:1-828.
(Page 511 by Godart.)
Miller, L. D. 1968. The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). Memoirs Amer. Ent. Soc., 24:iii + 174 pp.
ABSTRACT. -Forsterinaria, nom. nov., Type Satyrus necys Godart, 1823, is proposed
as a Generic replacement name for Haywardina Forster, 1964, which is preoccupied by
Haywardina Aczel, 1952. Richard E. Gray, Dartmouth College Museum, Hanover, N. H.
03755.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps
of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates,
80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Ma thews- A. Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A. Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A. list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186
pages $9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phytogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de-
scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50
No. 26. Jafnes R. Zimmerman - A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook - A Revision of the Ncarctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera: Ephydridae). 150 pp $7.00
No. 28. Annette F. Braun Tischcriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-
lepidoptera). 148 pp $7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
AQUATIC DIPTERA, by O. A. Johannsen. 370 p., including 757 figs, on 72 full-page
plates. (1934-37) reprint 1969. All five parts of this basic reference on larvae and pupae
of aquatic flies. $11.25 cloth, $5.00 paper. For this and any insect book in print, write
to: Entomological Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los
Angeles, California 90007, USA.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,"
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Wanted to buy: Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber, Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ 07940.
Papers on Tipulidae. More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalog of the Diptera" by Stone, et al. C. L. Sperka, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.
For sale: Handlirsch, A. Monographic d. mit Nysson u. Bembex verw. Grabvespen.
Sitz. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 1887-1893. 1433 p., 25 pi. 7 parts u. Nachtrage in 5 vols. bd.
$ 200.00 Horn, W. and S. Schenkling. Index Litteraturae. Ser. 1. Die Weltlitteratur
uber die ges. Entomologie bis inklusiv 1963. 1426 p. 4 vols. Paper. Berlin 1928-1929. $
80.00. Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3 vols.
Bd. '/2 leather. G. Fischer, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34, Elwyn,
PA 19063.
For sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRIINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE):
Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the
New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval,
Norman, Okla. 73069, U.S.A.
For sale: Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.-Vol. 41, 43, 62, 63, 64, ea. $15.00; Proc. N. Cent.
Branch E.S.A.-Vol. 24-5, $10.00; Practical Entomologist, Vol. 1-2 (1865-7), $10.00;
American Entomologist, Vol. 1 (1868-9), $8.00; Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., Vols 39, 55, 56;
the lot, $10.00; Ecological Monographs, Vols 34 through 40; ea. $10.00. Russell A Rahn,
314 N. 5th Street, Watertown, WI 53094.
JUNE 1973
CONTENTS
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC AND SEMIAQUATIC HEMIPTERA
IN LOUISIANA
PART III. FAMILY BELOSTOMATIDAE
Gene P. Gonsoulin, p. 1 73
TEMPERATURE SALINITY TOLERANCE LIMITS OF THE
SOLDIER FLY LARVAE OF ODONTOMYIA COMMUNIS
JAMES, 1939
BADWATER, DEATH VALLEY, CALIFORNIA
Alex W. Klishevich and Wayne P. Alley, p. 190
NEW SPECIES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA) FROM OKLAHOMA
Bill P. Stark and Kenneth W. Stewart, p. 192
RESTING SITES OF STREAM DWELLING GYRINIDS
(COLEOPTERA)
George W. Folkerts and Lois A. Donavan, p. 198
A NEW SPECIES OF MEXICAN TEXANANUS
(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE)
Dwight M. DeLong and Candace Martinson, p. 202
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.SA.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6Vz Inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC
AND SEMIAQUATIC HEMIPTERA
IN LOUISIANA1
Gene J. Gonsoulin2
Part III. Family Belostomatidae Leach, 1815. "Giant Water
Bugs," "Fish Killers," "Electric Light Bugs," or "Toe
Biters."
Belostomatids are the most conspicuous of the aquatic Hemip-
terans. They range from 15-70 mm long. They are dull brown or
dull green, oval, and rather flattened. Beneath the prominent eyes
are hidden the four-segmented antennae. The three-jointed beak is
very stout and may inflict a painful wound should the bugs be
handled carelessly. The front legs are raptorial and the middle
and hind legs flattened and ciliated for swimming. Adults possess
wings with distinct membranous portions at the tips. A pair of
short, straplike, retractile appendages are found on the apex of the
abdomen.
Two genera, Lethocerus and Belostoma, and seven species are
found in Louisiana. Species of Lethocerus, the larger in body size
of the two genera, are often attracted to street lights at night in
great abundance. Their gross appearance and sprawling motions
when on the ground render them "demons" to the average person.
A third genus, Abedus, may be found eventually in Louisiana
since it is recorded for Mississippi by Wilson (1 958).
'Accepted for publication: August 28, 1972.
Department of Biology-Conservation, Volunteer State Community College, Gallatin,
Tennessee 37066.
Ent. News, 84: 1 73-1 S9, 1973 173
174 Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
A species of the genus Lethocerus is boiled in salt water and
eaten by many Asiatic peoples. This same species may be pur-
chased as food in Chinatown in San Francisco.
The curious habit of "Death feigning" is reported for members
of the genus Belostoma. When disturbed, either by removal from
the water or by touch, these bugs assume a position in which
the legs are partially bent and held rigid for varying periods of
time.
Belostomatids may be readily collected in association with many
types of aquatic vegetation. They are often found clinging to some
support near the surface with the tips of the abdomen protruding
above the surface. Each of the strap-like appendages at the tip of
the abdomen has an opening near the base through which air is
admitted to the space beneath the hemelytra. They are masters
of their environment and are fiercely predaceous, feeding on many
times their size and often play havoc in fish ponds. All members
of the family secrete a toxic salivary substance which stuns or kills
the prey.
Belostomatids overwinter as adults. Irwin (1962) gives observa-
tions of Belostoma in an apparent state of hibernation during the
winter months at two different locations in California. However,
in Louisiana the adults may remain active during the mild winters.
Eggs are laid in the spring and early summer months. Lethocerus
often deposit large masses of eggs on structures at or above the
water level. The eggs are glued to the backs of the males, probably
for protection, often in such abundance as to render him unstable
in swimming and certainly unable to fly. The male carries the eggs
until hatching which usually occurs in 10-12 days. The egg mass
may then be easily shed.Hungerford (1920) gives the approximate
length of the five instars as 4.6, 5.5, 8, 1 1 .5, and 17 days.
Review of the Literature. Townsend (1886) recorded one speci-
men of Lethocerus americanus (Leidy) from New Orleans, La.
This lone record may have been the result of a misidentifi cation.
Hoffman (1924) published notes on the biology of Lethocerus
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 197 3
americanus (Liedy) and Hungerford (1925) added notes on the life
cycle of this species. A paper on the American Belostomatidae
with keys, synonymy, descriptions, and distributional data was
written by Cummings (1933). Rankin (1935) published a life
history study of L. americanus. De Carlo (1932, 1935, 1938b)
wrote papers describing new species and a monograph of the
Belostomatidae of the Americas (1938a). In 1948, De Carlo pub-
lished a revision of the genus Abedus which contains keys,
descriptions, and synonymy of the known species from both of
the Americas. Menke (1958) published a synopsis of the genus
Belostoma of America North of Mexico, with the description of
a new species. This work contains keys, descriptions, distribution,
and synonymy. Additional records of aquatic Hemiptera in Louis-
iana were given by Penn (1952). Lauck and Menke (1961) made
Benacus Stal a subgenus of Lethocerus. Their classification is used
herein. Irwin (1962) published observations on hibernation in
Belostoma. A review of the genus Lethocerus in North and Central
America was published by Menke (1963). This useful work pre-
sents useful keys, systematic data, synonymy, and distribution
maps.
KEY TO THE LOUISIANA GENERA
OF BELOSTOMATIDAE LEACH
1. Metasternum with a strong midventral
keel; membrane of first wing reduced ABEDUS Stal
Metasternum without midventral keel;
membrane of first wing not reduced 2
2. Basal segment of beak longer than second
(except in B. bakeri); less than 30 mm long (Fi£. 1) BELOSTOMA Latrielle
Basal segment of beak shorter than the second;
length 40 mm or more long LETHOCERUS Mayr
KEY TO THE LOUISIANA SPECIES
OF BELOSTOMA LATRIELLE
1. Connexival plates completely covered with hair;
patch of hair on sixth connexival plate, extending to
one-half the length of genital plate, triangular in
shape (Fig. 3c) 2
176 Eat. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Connexival plates never ceompletely covered with
hair; always separated from abdominal sternites
by a glabrous area; patch of hair on sixth connexi-
val plate separated from genital plate by a glabrous
area, never reaching one-half length of genital
plate, shape various (Fig. 3b & 3d) 3
2. Lateral margins of profiotum concave, at least at
the anterior one third (Fig. 5a); width of head
through eyes usually less than one-half width of
hemeytra; base of beak arising well beyond
anterior margin of eye as seen from side (Fig. 4a) B. flumineum Say
Lateral margins of pronotum straight (rarely concave)
(Fib. 5B); width of head through eyes nearly equal
to one-half width of hemelytra; base of beak arising
under anterior margin of eye or slightly beyond
(Fig. 4b) B. bakeri Montandon
3. Hair on connexivum wide, covering two-thirds or
more of connexival plates at widest point
(Fig. 3c & 3d); interocular space smooth, evenly
convex, without depressions beside each eye
(Figs. 1 & 6b) 4
Hair on connexivum narrow, covering only
one-third of connexival plates at widest point
(Fig. 3a); interocular space with a large shallow
depression beside each eye (Fig. 6a) B. fusciventre (Dufour)
4. Glabrous area separating hair from abdominal
sternites very narrow, mesal margin of hair not
evidently scalloped in outline (Fig. 3d); 20 mm
or more in length (Fig. 1) B. lutarium (Stal)
Glabrous area separating hair from abdominal
sternites wide, mesal margin of hair scalloped
in outline (Fig. 3b); 19 mm or less long B. testaceum (Leidy)
Belostoma flumineum Say, 1832.
Belostoma flumineum Say, 1832. Description of New Species of Heteropterous
Hemiptera of North America, p. 32.
Perthostoma aurantiacum Leidy, 1843; J. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phil., (2), 1:60,66
(incl. var. imMaculatum).
Zaitha micrantula Gillette and Baker, 1895, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull., no. 31, p. 63.
Zaitha fluminea Dufour, 1863, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 32:388.
Belostoma flumineum Bueno, 1905, J. N. Y. Entomol. Soc., 13:44.
Description. General color brownish-yellow to fuscous-brown; legs usually having
large dark spots; margins of pronotum concave; disk of pronotum with five transverse
wrinkles; scutellum with longitudinal wrinkles at middle of basal portion; wide silken
stripe of hairs on connexivum, covering entire mesal area and touching genital operculum
(Fig. 3c); length 18-21 mm; width 8.5-10 mm.
Eat. News, Vol. 84, June 1973 -777
Although this is probably the most common species of the genus Belostoma in the
United States, it ranks far behind B. lutarium in distribution in Louisiana. B. flumineum
frequents sluggish streams or marsh areas with abundant aquatic vegetation. This species
is closely related to B. lutarium, from which it can be readily separated by the characters
given in the key.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 7b). Cameron-N. of Creole, 7417-67 (GJG 95). Cameron-
N. of Hickory, 7-17-67 (GJG 93). E. Baton Rouge-SE of Fred, 7-10-67 (GJG 80).
St. Mary-S. of Louisa, 3-16-67 (GJG 21).
Previous Parish Records. Orleans (New Orleans, Say, 1831). Orleans (New Orleans,
Shufeldt, 1884). Jefferson, St. Bernard, St. John the Baptist (Ellis, 1952). Bossier, Red
River, Winn, (Penn, 1952).
Belostoma bakeri Montandon, 1913.
Belostoma bakeri Montandon, 1913, Bull. Soc. Rom. Sti. Buc., 22:123-125.
Description. General color brownish-yellow to fuscous; first segment of beak shorter
than second; base of beak arising under anterior margin of eye or slightly beyond; lateral
margin of pronotum straight (rarely concave) (Fig. 5b); connexival plates completely
covered with hair; patch of hair on sixth connexival plate touching genital plate (Fig. 3c);
length 61-20 mm; width 7.5-9.5 mm.
Only seven collections of this species were made in Louisiana (Ellis, 1952). The
specimens are from Orleans and Lafourche parishes. Habitats recorded were permanent
bodies of fresh water which were exposed, soft bottomed, and contained abundant aqua-
tic vegetation. Future collections may reveal it to occur throughout the alluvial areas of
southern Louisiana.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 8a). No specimens were found during course of this study.
Previous Parish Records. Orleans, Lafourche (Ellis, 1952).
Belostoma fusciventre (Dufour), 1863.
Zaitha fusciventre Dufour, 1863, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 32:329.
Belostoma fusciventris Bueno, 1906, Entomol. News, 18:55.
Belostoma fiisciventris De Carlo, 1938, Anal. Mus. Arg. Cienc. Natur., 39:222.
Description. General color brownish-yellow to fuscous; lateral margins of pronotum
straight (rarely concave) (Fib. 5b); hair on connexivum narrow, covering only one-third
of connexival plates at widest point (Fig. 3a); interocular space with a large shallow de-
pression beside each eye (Fig. 6a); marginal brown spot in middle of each connexival
plate; terminal hook of transverse suture of pronotum depressed; length 16-19 mm;
width 7.5-9 mm.
This species is sometimes confused with B. bakeri, from which it can be readily
distinguished by the large shallow depressions beside each eye. B. fusciventre is primarily
a Mexican form. According to Menke (1958) it has been recorded as far N.E. as
Brownsville, Texas. Snow (1906) recorded this species in S.E. Arizona. It is herein
recorded for Louisiana as a new state record and a sizable range extension of 600-800
miles. This, however, is not too surprising. Many species have much more extensive
ranges than are suspected, but due to lack of adequate collections the ranges remain un-
known. One of the collections of this species was taken from extreme N.E. Louisiana. No
doubt this insect may be found in Mississippi and possibly still further East.
178 Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 7d). Adison-S. of TaUuah, 8-17-67 (GJG 122). Calcasieu-
S.W. of Vinton, 7-17-67 (GJG 92).Iberia-S.E. of Iberia, 8-23-67 (GJG 128). Lafayette-
Greenbriar Sub., 8-17-67 (GJG 3). Vermilion-at Kaplan, La., 10-10-67 (GJG 159).
Belostoma lutarium (Stal), 1856.
Zaitha lutarium Stal, 1856, Ofvers. Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. Forhandl., 12:190.
Zaitha aurantiaca Walker, 1873, Cat. Hem. Het. Brit. Mus., pt. 8, p. 179.
Zaitha aurantiacum Uhler, 1886, Checkl. Hem. Het. No. Amer., Brookl. Entomol.
Soc., p. 28.
Belostoma aurantiacum Bueno and Brimley, 1907, Entomol. News, 18:435.
Belostoma lutarium Montandon, 1909, Bull. Soc. Rom. Sti. Buc., 18:187-188.
Belostoma lutaria Van Duzee, 1916, Checkl. Hem. Amer., N.Y. Entomol. Soc., p. 53.
Description. General color greenish-yellow to fuscous: lateral margins of pronotum
concave (Fig. 5a); hair on connexivum wide, covering two-thirds or more of connexival
plates at widest point (Fig. 3d); glabrous area separating hair from abdominal sternites
narrow, mesal margin of hair not evidently scalloped in outline; middle and hind legs
annulate with fuscous, front femora with spots of the same hue; length 20-24 mm; width
10-12 mm.
B. lutarium is the most common species of the genus found in Louisiana. It resem-
bles B. flumineum somewhat in shape and color pattern but can be separated from it by
the overall larger size and more conical head. This species was found in all types of
habitats throughout the state. Although greater numbers were collected in habitats with
abundant aquatic vegetation, several collections were made in cold, clear, sand bottomed
streams which were partly or wholly devoid of aquatic vegetation.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 7a). Beaureguard-E. of Singer, 6-27-67 (GJG 74). Bienville-
S.S.W. of Acadia, 6-8-67 (GJG 53). Bossier-N.N.E. of Midway, 6-8-67 (GJG 48).
Calcasieu-S.Vl. of Vinton, 7-17-67 (GJG 92). E. Carrol-^, of Alsatia, 7-25-67
(GJG 104). E. Feliciana-W. of Clinton, 7-10-67 (GJG 81). E. Feliciana-W. of Clinton,
7-10-67 (GJG 82). Iberville-NW. of Plaquemine, 6-14-67 (GJG 61). Lafayette-S. of
Beaver Park, Lafayette, 11-23-67 (GJG 12). Lafayette-S. of Lafayette, 1-31-67 (GJG
19). Lafayette-TN. of Louisiana, 10-9-66 (GJG 4). Lafayette-Vl. of Lafayette, 10-26-66
(GJG 6). La 5a//e-S.S.W. of Trout, 8-17-67 (GJG 127). Natchitoches-S. of Perry,
10-20-66 (GJG 5a). Ouachita-N. of Monroe, 7-25-67 (GJG 101). Ouachita-S. of Fon-
dale, 7-25-67 (GJG 100). Sabine-E. of Converse 8-14-67 (GJG 110). St. Charles-S. of
Paradis, 1-29-67 (GJG 17). St. James-S. of Ponchatoula, 11-27-67 (GJG 152). St. Mar-
tin-N.Vf. of Cecilia, 6-14-67 (GJG 55). St. Mzry-N.W. of Louisa, 3-16-67 (GJG 23).
St. Mary-Vi. of Berwick, 11-9-66 (GJG 9b). Terrebonne-E. of Atchafalaya, 11-9-66
(GJG 9c). Terrebonne-E. of Houma, 11-20-67 (GJG 151). Terrebonne-S. ofChauvin,
8-17-67 (GJG 130). £//i/oiz-E.N.E. of Linville, 6-26-67 (GJG 67). t/mow-W. of Spear-
ville, 6-26-67 (GJG 66). Vermillion-N.W. of Intracoastal, 4-25-67 (GJG 148). Ver-
million-W. of Pecan Island, 3-18-67 (GJG 24).
Previous Parish Records. Orleans (New Orleans, Shufeldt, 1884). East Baton Rouge,
Iberville, Jefferson, Lafourche, Points Coupee, St. Benard, St. Charles, St. John the
Baptist, St. Mary, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, West Feliciana, (Ellis, 1952). Acadia,
Bossier, Beinville, Caddo, DeSoto, Iberia, Jackson, Lafayette, Lincoln, Natchitoches,
Ouachita, Rapides, Richland, St. Landry, St. Martin, Webster, W. Carrol, Winn (Penn
(1952).
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973 179
Belostonia testaceum (Leidy), 1843
Perthostoma testaceum Leidy, 1843, J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., (2) 1:60-66.
Zaitha reticulata Haleman, 1852, Explor. Surv. Valley Great Salt Lake Utah,
Append. C, p. 370.
Zaitha testaceum Mayr, 1863, Verhandl. Kais-Konig. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wein, 13:
354.
Zaitha testacea Mayr, 1871, Verhandl. Kasikonig. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wein, 21:409-417.
Belostoma testaceum Bueno, 1905, J.N.Y. Entomol. Soc., 13:44.
Description. General color brownish-yellow to fuscous; broadly oval; legs dull yellow,
irregularly barred or spotted; head short obtuse, interocular space smooth, evenly con-
vex (Fig. 6b); hair on connexivum wide, covering two-thirds or more of connexival
plates at widest point; glabrous area separating hair from abdominal sternites wide, mesal
margin of hair scalloped (Fig. 3b); length 18-19.5 mm; width 9.5-10.5 mm.
This species has a fairly wide distribution in Louisiana. Future collections should
reveal its range to be much more extensive. B. testaceum resembles B. flumineum most
closely but can be separated from it by the characteristic pattern of connexival hair,
smaller size, and more oval shape. The short head of B. testaceum resembles that of B.
fusciventre at first glance but lacks the interocular depressions that makes B. fitsciven-
tre so distinctive.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 7c). Beaureguard-W '. of Sugartown, 6-27-67 (GJG 73).
Bienville-N. of Ringgold, 6-8-67 (GJG 51). Bossier-S. of Filmore, 6-8-67 (GJG 49). De
Sofo-W.S.W. of Mansfield, 6-7-67 (GJG 40). E. Baton Rouge-S.E. of Fred, 6-10-67
(GJG 80). Lafayette-Gieenbriai Sub., 10-5-66 (GJG 3). Lafayette-S. of Beaver Park,
11-23-66 (GJG 12). Lafayette-^N . of Louisiana, 10-26-66 (GJG 6). Plaquemines-N. of
Myrtle Grove, 8-24-67 (GHG 136).
Previous Parish Records. Jefferson, Lafourche, Livingston, Morehouse, Orleans, Pla-
quemines. St. Benard, St. Charles, St. John the Baptist, St. Martin, Si. Mary, St
Tammany, Terrebonne (Ellis, 1952). Acadia, Lafayette (Perm, 1952).
KEY TO LOUISIANA SPECIES
OF LETHOCERUS MAYR
1. Fore femur not grooved for reception of tibia (Fig. 2b) L. griseus (Say)
Fore femur grooved for reception of tibia (Fig. 2a) 2
2. Interocular space narrower than width of eye; sides
of elytra straight and subparallel from base to apical
third Z,. uhleri (Montandon)
Interocular space equal to or slightly greater than
width of eye; sides of elytra obviously but feebly
curved L. americanus (Leidy)
Lethocerus (Benacus) grisea (say), 1832.
1. Belostoma grisea Say, 1832, Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemiptera
of N. Amer., p. 37.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
2. Belostoma haldemanum Leidy, 1847, J. Acad. Matur. Sci. Phil., 1:66.
3. Belostoma harpax Stal, 1855, Ofvers. KongL Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl., 11:240.
4. Belostoma angustatum Guerin, 1856, Historia . . . de la Isla de Cuba, Part 2, 7: 176.
5. Belostoma distinctiim Dufour, 1863, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 32:382.
Description. Elongated-oval; color above dark olive to grayish-brown; pronotum with
a vague light median stripe; narrow margins of pronotum and elytra dull yellow;
under surface and legs, fuscous-brown, the femora and keel of abdomen often wholly or
in part paler; fore femur not grooved for reception of tibia (Fig. 2b); length 55-56 mm;
width 18-22 mm.
Lauck and Menke (1961) reduced Benacus Stal to a subgenus of Lethocems. L.
griseus may be easily distinguished from other members of the genus by the lack of
grooves on the closing face of the fore femur. Most of the collections of this genus were
made under street lights at night. Occasionally the bugs may be taken with dip nets in
slow moving or stationary bodies of water with abundant aquatic vegetation. This species
is no doubt well distributed throughout Louisiana.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 8b). USL student collections record this species from the
following parishes: Acadia, Lafayette, Lafourche, and Vermillion.
Previous Parish Records. Orleans (New Orleans, Say, 1831). Jefferson, Orleans, Pointe
Coupee, St. Tammany (Ellis, 1952). Jackson, St. John the Baptist, St. Martin (Penn,
1952).
Lethocems uhleri (Montandon), 1895.
Belostoma uhleri Montandon, 1896, Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belgique, 40:513.
Description. Elongate-oval; general color dull brownish-yellow; interocular space
equal to two-thirds width of eye; hind lobe and scutellum with a vague median keel;
broad stripe on each side of front lobe of pronotum; scutellum dark fuscous-brown;
middle and hind legs distinctly annulated with pale and dark rings; fore femur grooved
for reception of tibia (Fig. 2a); length 40-50 mm; width 16-19 mm.
L. uhleri occupies the same type habitat as does L. griseus. Being attracted to lights at
night, these bugs are nearly always collected together. L. uhleri is somewhat smaller than
L. griseus and may be distinguished from it by the possession of a groove on the inner
face of the femur. They are not often collected in their aquatic habitats. Since few
biologists collect at night, members of this genus are often neglected.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 8c). USL student collections record this species from the
following parishes: Acadia, Evangeline, Iberia, Lafayette, Lafourche, Rapids, Vermillion.
Previous Parish Records. Orleans (Cummings, 1933, and Ellis, 1952). St. Benard (Penn,
1952).
Lethocerus americanus (Leidy), 1847.
Belostoma grandis var. americanum Leidy, 1847, J. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phil., 1:66.
Belostoma impressum Haldeman, 1854, Proc. Acad. Natur. Sci. Phil., 6:364.
Belostoma litigiosum Dufour, 1863, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 32:383.
Belostoma obscurum Dufour, 1863, Ann. Soc. Entomol. France, 32:383.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Description. Elongate-oval; color above dull brownish-yellow; more or less mottle or
streaked; scutellum sometimes with three vague pale spots; undersurface yellow, dotted
with dark brown fuscous; front of head with distinct median keel; interocular space at
narrowest point equal to width of eye; femora dull yellow, vaguely mottled with black;
fore femur grooved for reception of tibia (Fig. 2a); length 50-55 mm, width 19-21 mm.
Only one collection of this species was ever made in Louisiana and this by Townsend
(1886) in New Orleans. Townsend stated that this species was seen in abundance under
street lights in New Orleans. It is not out of the realm of possibility that L. americanus
could occur in Louisiana but the specimen is not available and the record is generally be-
lieved to be a mistaken identification of L. uhleri, which is very common throughout
Louisiana The two species can be separated by the wider interocular space of L.
americanus.
Distribution by Parish (Fig. 8d). This species was not found in Louisiana during this
study.
Previous Parish Record. Orleans (Townsend, 1886).
LITERATURE CITED
Bueno, Jose Rollin De La. 1905. Notes onHydrometra martini Kirk, (-lineata Say). Can.
Entomol., 37:12-15, Figs. 3-4.
Cummings, Carl. 1933. The giant water bugs (Belostomatidae-Hemiptera). Univ. Kans.
Sci. Bull., 21:197-219, pgs. 18-19.
DeCarlo, Jose A. 1932. Neuvas especies de Belostomidos. Rev. Soc. Entomol. Argentina,
5:121-126.
. 1932. Neuvas especies de Belostomidos. Rev. Soc. Entomol. Argentina, 5:121-126.
• 1938a. Los Belostomidos Americanos (Hemiptera). Ann. Mus. Argentina Cienc.
Natur., 39:189-260.
. 1938b. Dos nuevos especies del genero Abedus Stal. Rev. Soc. Entomol.
Argentina, 10:41-45.
Ellis, Leslie L. 1952. The aquatic Hemiptera of Southeastern Louisiana<(exclusive of the
Corixidae). Amer. Midi. Natur., 48:302-329.
Hoffman, William E. 1924. Biological notes on Lethocerus americanus (Leidy). Psyche
31:175-183.
Hungerford, Herbert B. 1920. The biology and ecology of aquatic and semiaquatic
Hemiptera. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 11:1-328, colored pis. 1-3, pis 1-30.
. 1925. Lethocerus americanus, habits. Psyche, 32:88-91.
Irwin, M. E. 1962. Observation on hibernation in Belostoma. Pan-Pacific Entomol. 3: 162.
Lauck, D. R. and A. S. Menke. 1961. The higher classification of the Belostomatidae.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 54:644-657.
Menke, Arnold S. 1958. A synopsis of the genus Belostoma Latreille, of America North
of Mexico, with the description of a new species. Bull. So. Calif. Acad Sci
57:154-174.
. 1963. A review of the genus Lethocerus in North and Central America, including
the West Indies (Hemiptera-Belostomatidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 56:261-
267.
Eat. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Penn, George H. 1952. Additional records of aquatic Hemiptera in Louisiana. II, Belos-
tomatidae, Mesoveliidae, and Gelastocoredae. Ibid., 15:49-55.
Say, Thomas. 1832. Description of New Species of Heteropterous Hemiptera of North
America. New Harmony, Indiana, dated Dec., 1831. (Reprinted by Fitch, 1857,
Trans. N. Y. State Agr. Soc., 17:755-812, and by Leconte, 1859, Compl. Writ.
Thomas Say on Entomol. North Amer., 1:310-368.
Shufeldt, R. W. 1884. Observations upon a collection of insects made in the vicinity of
New Orleans, Louisiana, during the years 1882 & 1883. Proc. U. S. Narur. Mus.,
7:331-338.
Snow, F. H. 1906. Some results of the University of Kansas entomological exp: to
Arizona in 1904 & 1905. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., 20(4): 180.
Townsend, C. H. T. 1886. A list of Hemiptera-Heteroptera collected in South Louisiana.
Can Entomol., 18:116-118.
Wilson, Clifton A. 1958. Aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera of Mississippi. Tulane
Studies in Zoology, 6(3): 116-170.
SEVEN FAMILIES OF AQUATIC AND SEMIAQUATIC HEMIPTERA IN LOUISIANA
Part III. Family Belostomatidae
ABSTRACT-This paper contains data on the collection, taxonomy, distribution, and
synonymy of eight species of the family Belostomatidae (aquatic Hemiptera) in
Louisiana. Included are keys to the genera and species along with detailed locality data
for each species. A review of the literature is presented with the family discussion.
Ecological information is given with each species. Collections for this study were made
on a year around basis. A new state record with a considerable range extension is
herein recorded.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
183
G3G
Fig. 1. Belostoma lutarium (Stal).
184
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Figs. 2a-b. Fore femur of Lethocerus. a. uhleri (Montandon) and americanus (Leidy);
b. griseus (Say).
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
185
Figs. 3a-d. Hair on connexival plates of Belostoma. a. fusciventre (Dufour); b. testa-
ceum (Leidy); c.flumineum Say and bakeri Montandon;d. lutarium (Stal).
186
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Figs. 4a-b. Lateral aspect of head of Belostoma. a. flumineum Say; b. bakeri
Montandon.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
187
Figs. 5a-b. Dorsal aspect of pronotum of Belostoma. a. flumineum Say; b. bakeri
Montandon.
G:TG
Figs. 6a-b. Dorsal aspect of head and pronotum of Belostoma. a.fusciventre (Dufour);
b. testaceum (Leidy).
188
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Fig. 7a. Distribution of Belostoma
lutarium (Stal).
Fig. 7b. Distribution of Belostoma
flumineum Say.
Fig. 7c. Distribution of Belostoma
testaceum (Leidy).
Fig. 7d. Distribution of Belostoma
fusciventre (Dufour).
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
189
Fig. 8a. Distribution of Belostoma
bakeri Montandon.
Fig. 8b. Distribution of Lethocerus
griseus (Say).
Fig. 8c. Distribution of Lethocerus
uhleri Montandon.
Fig. 8d. Distribution of Lethocerus
americanus (Leidy).
TEMPERATURE SALINITY TOLERANCE LIMITS OF THE
SOLDIER FLY LARVAE OF ODONTOMYIA COMMUNIS
JAMES, 1939, FROM
BADWATER, DEATH VALLEY, CALIFORNIA1
AJex W. Klishevich and Wayne P. Alley2
Monthly observations taken at Badwater, Death Valley, from
January 1970 to February 1971 showed that larvae ofOdontomyia
communis James, 1939 were capable of surviving a myriad of
environmental conditions. Water temperatures fluctuated from a
low of 8°C in December to a high of 41°C in May. In addition,
salinities varied from a winter low of 25 ppt to a summer high of
58 ppt in August.
These stratiomyiid larvae are very abundant in the ponded areas
of Badwater from late spring to late summer, but are only
occasionally found from November to March when water tempera-
tures and salinities would seem more suitable for survival. Since
ambient temperatures and salinities are not limiting factors for
these larvae, specimens were brought back to the laboratory
July 17, 1971 so that tests could be conducted to determine their
temperature and salinity tolerances.
In order to avoid disrupting the ecology of Badwater, only
limited collecting was allowed by the National Park Service which
administers the Death Valley National Monument. For this reason
a less than representative number of larvae could be used in these
tests; however, the results do show some definitive trends.
'Accepted for publication: September 15, 1972.
2Department of Biology, California State University at Los Angeles, Los Angeles,
California 90032.
Ent. News, 84:190-191, 1973 190
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973 191
Salinity concentrations, containing distilled water and sodium
chloride, were prepared in the following concentrations: 0, 30, 60,
90, 1 20 ppt. Sodium chloride was used in the preparation of the
solutions because an analysis of Badwater spring water by the
authors indicated that 75 per cent of the total dissolved solids was
composed of this salt. One hundred ml of solution was placed in a
beaker with 10 larvae and a battery of these beakers was placed in
water baths of 35°C, 40°C, and 45°C for 24 hours. The per cent
mortality, determined for each beaker at the end of the testing
period, is shown in Table I.
Table I. Per cent Mortality of Odontomyia communis Larvae
at Various Combinations of Temperature and Salinity.
Temperature, Salinity, Parts Per Thousand
Centigrade 0 30 60 90 120
35
20
0
0
0
0
40
40
0
0
0
0
45
100
100
100
100
100
The results clearly demonstrate that these larvae can easily toler-
ate salinities approaching three times the salinity of sea water,
provided that water temperatures do not exceed 40 °C. In fact,
larvae of Odontomyia communis appear to be more vulnerable to
low salinities since the only mortality, which was observed be-
tween temperatures of 35 °C to 40°C, was found among larvae
placed in distilled water. The maximum tolerable temperatures of
these larvae must lie between 45 °C and 41 °C because field obser-
vations showed that larvae were alive at 41°C and all laboratory
specimens were killed by temperatures of 45 °C. The laboratory
results and field observations strongly indicate that the larvae
approach their upper temperature limits in the summer months.
Descriptors: Stratiomyidae; Soldier fly larvae, Odontomyia communis: Badwater,
Death Valley, California.
NEW SPECIES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA) FROM OKLAHOMA1
BUI P. Stark2 and Kenneth W. Stewart3
In the course of a study of Oklahoma Plecoptera (Stark, 1 972),
two undescribed species and the undescribed adult stage for two
additional species were discovered. Their descriptions are pre-
sented in this paper.
Zealeuctra cherokee NEW SPECIES
Male (Fig. l)-Length of body 6 mm; to tip of wings, 7.5 mm. Cleft of the ninth ter-
gite heavily sclerotized around the margins, broadly rounded anteriorly, terminating
behind in blunt incurved points on either side, and with a smaller subterminal point on
either side, and with a smaller subterminal point on either side of the margin. Tenth
tergite unsclerotized mesally except for a small area extending anteriorly to the ninth.
Epiproct (Fig. 2) somewhat similar to Zealeuctra narfi (Ricker & Ross, 1969), the spine
thin, acute, and without extra cusps. Cerci (Fig. 3) generally similar to Zealeuctra
warreni, but with basal lobe broader and not as high. Length of the vesicle of the ninth
sternite 1.5 times its width.
Female (Fig. 4) -Length of body 7 mm; to tip of wings, 8.5 mm. Similar to Zealeuctra
washita, but the terminal lobe of the seventh sternite is longer and its lateral margins
gradually converge posteriorly, then diverge near the apex. In addition, the sclerotized
bar along the anterior margin of the eighth sternite bears two distinctly darker triangu-
lar areas at each end.
Holotype male, allotype female and three male and female paratypes-type locality:
two miles west of Vian, Sequoyah County, Oklahoma, February 13, 1972, Stark.
Holotype (USNM #72425) and allotype deposited at the United States National Museum,
Washington, D. C. Paratypes are deposited with the Illinois Natural History Survey and
the North Texas State University Museum.
'Study supported by the Faculty Research Fund, North Texas State Univ., accepted for
publication September 28, 1972.
2Graduate Student, Univ. of Utah, Salt Lake City, 841 12.
3Associate Professor, North Texas State Univ., Denton, 76203.
Ent. News, 84:192-197, 1973 192
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973 193
Paratypes-Oklahoma: Adair Co., 10 miles south n Stillwell, February 13, 1972,
Stark, 56, 19; same data, February 20, 1°72, 66, 9?. LeFlore Co., Polk Creek, Poteau,
February 19, 1972. Stark 19. Pushmataha Co., Hai.ly Creek, 9 miles south of Clayton,
February 12, 1972, Stark, 19. Sequoyah Co., 2 miles west of Vian, February 20, 1972,
Stark, 2o.
This species was discovered in the Cherokee portion of the Indian Nation and is
named in honor of that tribe.
Isoperla ouachita NEW SPECIES
Male (Fig. 5)-Length of body 7 mm; to tip of wings, 9 mm. General color pale yellow
with darker brownish areas. Pronotum brown except for a median, pale longitudinal
stripe. Dorsum of head with a dark area joining all three ocelli and extending forward to
the anterior margin of the head, but with a pale longitudinal stripe extending forward
from the median ocellus (Fig. 6). Subanal lobes weakly developed, not projecting over
the ninth tergite. The eighth sternite bears a short, indistinct lobe in the middle of the
posterior margin.
Female -Generally similar to male in coloration, but slightly larger in size. The eighth
abdominal sternite is triangularly produced over much of the ninth and bears a small
terminal nipple (Fig. 7).
Naiad- General color of dorsum pale brown with small darker areas. Numerous short,
dark setae covering dorsum. Pronotum pale with dark margin, head with markings as in
Fig. 8. Abdominal tergites pale with darker lateral longitudinal stripes, and two lateral,
and a median double row of dark freckle-like spots. Mature naiads with body length of
9mm.
Holotype male, allotype female, and five male and female paratypes-type locality:
Pine Creek, 13 miles east of Hartshorne, Larimer Co., Oklahoma, April 10, 1971, Stark.
Holotype (USNM #72424) and allotype are deposited at the United States National
Museum, Washington, D. C. Paratypes are deposited with the Illinois Natural History
Survey and the North Texas State University Museum.
Paratypes-Oklahoma: Latimer Co., Turkey Creek, 6 miles east of Red Oak, April 8,
1971, Stark, 56, 39. LeFlore Co., Caston Creek, 5 miles east of Fanshawe, April 9, 1971,
Start, 1(5, 19.
This species is named after the mountain range in which it was discovered.
Strophopteryx cucullata Prison
Strophopteryx cucullata Prison (1934). Original description, 9.
Prison (1934) described this species on the basis of a single female collected in
southeastern Oklahoma. Since the male has not been previously recognized, a brief
description is given here.
Mz/e-Posterior margin of the head with numerous small dark brown markings. Ocelli
joined by a solid dark area and with a distinctive V-shaped dark area extending for-
ward of the median ocellus. Dorsum of abdomen brown with small membranous areas
visible along the lateral margins of the middle segments. Wings banded, a clear stripe
extending across the forewing at the cord. Morphologically similar in most respects to
Strophopteryx fasciata, but with the epiproct shorter and the membranous hind portion
more globular (Fig. 9). The upturned hind margin of the ninth sternite is neither strongly
narrowed nor excavated as in fasciata. The subanal lobes are complex and asymetrical
and there are no lobes on the hind margin of the ninth tergite.
194 Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Allotype male and 17 male and 19 female specimens-Polk Creek, Poteau, LeFlore
Co., Oklahoma, March 8, 1972, Stark. The allotype is deposited with the United States
National Museum, Washington, D. C. Additional specimens are deposited with the
Illinois Natural History Survey and the North Texas State University Museum.
Isogenus (Helopicus) nalatus (Prison)
Hydroperla nalata Prison (1942). Original description, 6, naiad.
Isogenus (Helopicus) nalatus (Prison): Ricker (1952).
Since the female of this species has not been previously recognized, a brief description
is given here based on a single reared specimen.
Female -General color pattern similar to the male. Venter with transvere dark mark-
ings on mesosternum and metasternum and a smaller dark area at the base of the meta-
sternal Y-ridge. Subgenital plate (Fig. 10) similar to Isogenus subvarians, smoothly
rounded and covering half of the ninth sternite. Wings hyaline with no trace of dark
markings in the anal area. Body length 22mm; to tips of wings, 24 mm.
Allotype female-Flint Creek, Flint, Delaware Co., Oklahoma, February 13, 1972,
Stark. The allotype female is deposited at the United States National Museum,
Washington, D. C.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Dr. R. W. Baumann and
Dr. W. E. Ricker for their helpful comments and Mr. Walt Poole for his help in preparing
the drawings.
LITERATURE CITED
Prison, T. H. 1934. Four new species of stoneflies from North America (Plecoptera).
Can. Ent. 66(2):25-28.
Prison, T. H. 1942. Studies of North American Plecoptera with special reference to the
fauna of Illinois. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 22(2):235-355.
Ricker, W. E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Ind. Univ. Pub. Sci. Series no. 18,
1-200.
Ricker, W. E. and H. H. Ross, 1969. The genus Zealeuctra and its position in the family
Leuctridae (Plecoptera, Insecta). Can. Jour. Zool. 47(6): 11 13-1 127.
Stark, B. P. 1972. The stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Oklahoma. Unpublished M.S. Thesis.
North Texas State Univ.
NEW SPECIES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF
STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA) FROM OKLAHOMA
ABSTRACT-Descriptions are provided for two species of Plecoptera new to science.
Zealeuctra cherokee and Isoperla ouachita and for the previously undescribed male of
Strophopteryx cucullata Prison and female of Isogenus (Helopicus) nalatus (Prison).
Descriptors -Plecoptera; Leuctridae, Perlodidae, Taeniopterygidae; Zealeuctra, Iso-
perla, Strophopteryx, Isogenus, Helopicus; new species: Zealeuctra cherokee, Isoperla
ouachita; new descriptions: Strophopteryx cucullata male, Isogenus (Helopicus) nalatus
female.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
195
\
Figures 1-4. Zealeuctra cherokee. Fig. 1. Male terminal segments from above. Fig. 2.
Male epiproct from the side. Fig. 3. Male cercus from the side. Fig. 4.
Female terminal segments from below.
196
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
Figures 5-8. Isoperla ouachita. Fig. 5. Male terminal segments from below. Fig. 6. Male
head and pronotum. Fig. 7. Female terminal segments from below.
Fig. 8. Naiad head and pronotum.
Ent. Neu'S, Vol. 84, June 1973
191
Figure 9. Strophopteryx cucullata. Male terminal segments from the side.
Figure 10. Isogenus (Helopicus) nalatus. Female terminal segments frombelow.
RESTING SITES OF
STREAM DWELLING GYRINIDS (COLEOPTERA) '
George W. Folkerts2 and Lois A. Donavan3
It is generally assumed that whirligig beetles (Gyrinidae) spend
most of their adult lives on the surface of the water. Although cer-
tain Dineutus dive beneath the surface when attacked or disturbed,
their underwater sojourns are usually of short duration because
their buoyancy necessitates that they hold on to a submerged
object or continue to swim vigorously in order to remain submerg-
ed (Hatch, 1925). Members of the genera Gyrinus and Gyretes are
smaller and more compact and seldom dive beneath the surface.
Some of these may be incapable of breaking the surface tension or
may be too buoyant to submerge.
Gyrinids which inhabit lakes, ponds, swamps, and other lentic
habitats frequently rest by floating motionless on the surface.
Since they shun areas of wave action, they use little energy in
maintaining their position in the optimum microhabitat. Stream-
dwelling forms, however, would be swept downstream unless some
kind of compensatory action was taken. In streams, torrential por-
tions, riffles, and other areas of swift current are avoided. Members
of Dineutus typically frequent areas where the current is slowed by
emergent logs, rocks or vegetation or inhabit the slower waters of
pools and wide meanders. Many members of the genus Gyrinus fre-
quent areas of slow current near the bank. Other species of Gy-
rinus and Gyretes prefer areas where the bank, the roots of stream-
edge trees, or bank vegetation overhang the water creating a pro-
tected cove-like area with relatively slow current. Nevertheless,
'Accepted for publication: September 6, 1972.
2Department of Zoology-Entomology, Auburn University, Auburn, Ala. 36830.
3Department of Biology, University of Southern Mississippi, Hattiesburg, Miss. 39341.
Ent. News, 84:198-201, 1973 198
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973 199
continuous swimming is necessary to maintain position relative to
the bank, even in areas of slow current.
Stream-dwelling gyrinids are rheotrophic. The pattern of their
swimming motions varies from erratic or circular, to a constant
orientation against the current, but all undoubtedly expend the
majority of swimming energy in locomotion against the current.
Constant swimming throughout the adult life would result in a net
distance of approximately 3,000 km covered per season. The
energy required to swim this distance would seem to be excessive,
especially since food does not appear to be abundant. It therefore
seems likely that mechanisms other than constant swimming may
be used to maintain the individuals in the same relative position in
the stream.
During the past several years, we have had the opportunity to
make a large number of observations on gyrinids inhabiting small
and medium-sized streams in the mid-South. We have frequently
noticed that more gyrinids were seen by looking backward than by
looking ahead in the direction we were wading. Often, the first
vigorous thrust with a dip-net into an area overhung by the bank
or roots yields few or no Gyrinus or Gyretes, whereas subsequent
attempts in exactly the same place may yield dozens of specimens.
The reasons for these anomalous phenomena are obscure unless
one closely scrutinizes the vegetation, detritus, and other emergent
material near the edge in an area where specimens have been seen.
If an observer remains motionless to prevent further disturbance
of a group of rapidly gyrating Gyrinus marginellus, their move-
ments are seen to become slower as the initial alarm reaction
ceases. Within a few minutes they approach emergent twigs, roots,
or leaves and climb out of the water. Often a number of individuals
select the same site, the first ones to emerge sometimes climbing
above the water surface to a height of 20 cm or more. Certain sites
seem to be preferred over others, although differences between the
sites may not be apparent. Both sheltered and exposed sites are
occupied.
The smaller Gyrinus such as G. marginellus are adept at
climbing. In one case, specimens were seen climbing up a smooth
200 Eat. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
barkless twig which emerged from the water at an angle less than
15° from vertical. Their ability to cling to surfaces is indicated by
the fact that some individuals were clinging to the underside of the
twig.
Individuals of several species may be found together on a resting
site. We have noted Gyrinus pachysomus and Gyretes tricolor
occupying the same sites. The latter species seems to be the more
proficient climber. It also moves by short hops, a mode of loco-
motion not characteristic of Gyrinus, Gyrinus pachysomus is larger,
heavier, and more rotund than Gyretes and seems to prefer sites
which do not slope steeply from the water surface. In one instance
we obtained 9 G. pachysomus by sweeping through an overhang-
ing alder branch that was in contact with the water. Although
many of the sites occupied were within a few cm of the bank, in-
dividuals were never observed resting on the bank itself.
Gyrinids resting on emergent sites do not seem to be alarmed by
the approach of humans or objects. They either see very poorly or
fail to react with alarm to visual stimuli. Movement of the object
on which they are resting seldom elicits a response, perhaps be-
cause such movements may often be the result of current or wind.
At one site we picked up a twig on which several G. marginellus
were resting. Several seemed to shift slightly in an attempt to gain
a firmer hold as the twig was lifted but none released its hold,
jumped off, or changed its basic position on the twig. It was neces-
sary to bang the twig forcibly on the edge of a dipnet in order to
dislodge the individuals.
Frequently occupying resting sites may be characteristic of
Gyretes and many of the stream-dwelling Gyrinus. Although speci-
mens of Dineutus can occasionally be seen resting with part of the
body on the edge of a leaf or twig, they seldom, if ever, completely
leave the water surface. Perhaps their larger size and more flat-
tened shape prevent them from being successful climbers.
We have not made a concerted effort to determine if species in-
habiting bodies of water without current demonstrate similar
resting behavior. Gyrinus pachysomus, which occurs in both lentic
and lotic situations, occasionally climbs onto objects at the edges
of ponds. Gyrinus analis, which is quite common in both flowing
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973 201
and still-water habitats, seldom demonstrates this type of behavior.
In streams it prefers areas farther from the bank than those occu-
pied by Gyretes and most other Gyrinus. In such situations resting
sites may not be common or stable and the resting habit may be
undeveloped.
The functional significance of the habit of resting on emergent
objects may be manyfold. Obviously, less energy is expended than
if the insects were continually swimming to maintain their position
in the stream. Perhaps thermal regulation is involved as has been
postulated as a function of basking in turtles. Heat gain necessary
for subsequent activity may occur more rapidly at the higher tem-
peratures that exist a few cm above the water surface. This
behavior may also function to reduce the danger of predation by
aquatic carnivores such as fish. In times of flood the ability to
climb out of the water and cling to stream-edge or emergent
materials may be critical to certain species, especially weak
swimmers.
Clearly, at least some of the stream-dwelling gyrinids spend
much of their time away from the water surface. Further investi-
gation is necessary to determine the significance of this habit in
the various species.
Collectors should be aware that, in many cases, groups of
Gyrinus and Gyretes will not be observed on the water surface
until they are washed from their resting sites by waves resulting
from disturbance of the water.
LITERATURE CITED
Hatch, M. H. 1925. An outline of the ecology of Gyrinidae. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol.
Soc. 20(3): 101-1 14.
RESTING SITES OF STREAM DWELLING GYRINIDS (COLEOPTERA)
ABSTRACT.- A number of the smaller stream-dwelling gyrinids of the genera Gyrinus
and Gyretes climb out of the water and cling to emergent materials. This behavior may
function in energy conservation, in protection from predation, in thermal regulation, or
as an escape from flood conditions. George W. Folkerts and Lois A. Donavan, Depart-
ment of Zoology-Entomology, Auburn University, Auburn, Alabama 36830.
Descriptors: Coleoptera; Gyrinidae; Gyrinus; Gyretes; resting behavior; stream gy-
rinids.
A NEW SPECIES OF MEXICAN TEXANANUS
(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE)'
Dwight M. DeLong and Candace Martinson2
Introduction
In 1944, a paper recording and/or describing 27 species of
Mexican Texananus was published by the senior author. Addition-
al collecting and laboratory study will undoubtedly add many
additional species to this list.
Texananus copalanus NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1 - 6)
Length of male 7.5 mm, female 8 mm. Crown produced, apex bluntly angled, rounded
at apex, more than half as long at middle as basal width between eyes. Color: crown
pale brown with a black transverse band between anterior margins of eyes, which is
interrupted at middle. Each half is broadened at median end. Pronotum pale brown with
darker brown mottling. Scutellum pale brown with dark brown basal angles. Fore wings
white with brown veins and ramose pigment lines.
Male genitalia: with plates twice as long as broad; apices broad, almost truncate.
Style elongate, narrow, apex curved laterally and pointed. Aedeagus with shaft straight,
tapered to apex. Apical two-thirds bifid, forming two long, straight, slender, pointed
processes. The basodorsal process is roundedly notched, forming a thick, thumb-like
basal process and a longer, slender, dorsally curved, apical process. Pygofer with two
pairs of apical spines beneath pygofer wall, but without protruding spines or lobes as in
species of lowanus.
Female genitalia: with lateral angles of seventh sternum rounded to posterior margin
which is concavely rounded each side of a median produced lobe. The lobe is one-fourth
width of sternum, produced beyond the apices of lateral angles and is notched at middle,
forming two apical, rounded teeth.
'This work was sponsored by the Ohio State University Development Fund. Accepted
for publication: September 20, 1972.
2Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University.
Ent. News, 84:202-204, 1973 202
Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
203
Holotype male: Copala (3 mi NE) Sinaloa, Mexico, July 11, 1963; El. 2660 ft.
(J. P. Donahue). AlJotype female same data as holotype. Paratypes: id same data as
holotype. Types in the DeLong collection.
This species is most closely related to T. pergrada DeLong, but can be distinguished
by the longer aedeagal shaft with the split apex, and by the two produced, rounded
apical teeth on the female seventh sternum.
Figures 1-6 Texananus copalanus n. sp. 1 - plate, ventrally. 2 - style, ventrally.
3 - aedeagus and connective, ventrally. 4 - aedeagus and connective, laterally. 5 - pygofer,
lateral view of apical portion. 6 - female seventh sternum.
204 Ent. News, Vol. 84, June 1973
LITERATURE CITED
DeLong, Dwight M. 1944. The Mexican Species of Leafhoppers of the Genus Texananus
(Homoptera:Cicadellidae). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 34(7):228-239.
A NEW SPECIES OF MEXICAN TEXANANUS
(HOMOPTERA :CICADELLIDAE)
ABSTRACT. -De Long, Dwight M. and Candace Martinson. A New Species of
Mexican Texananus (Homoptera:Cicadellidae). A new species of Texananus, T. copala-
nus n. sp. from Copala, Sinaloa, Mexico is described and illustrated.
Descriptors: Homoptera, Cicadellidae, Texananus copalanus n. sp. from Sinaloa,
Mexico.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Erans-A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider Wasps
of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). 433 pages, 11 plates,
80 maps 512.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures. . .$4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966). 186
pages $9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-T^he Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp $7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-T\\e Schizopteridae (Hemiptera: Heteroptera) with the de-
scription of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $6.50
No. 26. Jafnes R. Zimmerman- A. taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Beetle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook - A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera: Ephydridae). 150 pp S7.00
No. 28. Annette F. Braun - Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-
lepidoptera). 148 pp $7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
AQUATIC DIPTERA, by O. A. Johannsen. 370 p., including 757 figs, on 72 full-page
plates. (1934-37) reprint 1969. All five parts of this basic reference on larvae and pupae
of aquatic flies. $11.25 cloth, $5.00 paper. For this and any insect book in print, write
to: Entomological Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los
Angeles, California 90007, USA.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,"
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Wanted to buy: Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber,' Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ 07940.
Papers on Tipulidae. More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalog of the Diptera" by Stone, et al. C. L. Sperka, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.
For sale: Handlirsch, A. Monographic d. mit Nysson u. Bembex verw. Grabvespen.
Sitz. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 1887-1893. 1433 p., 25 pi. 7 parts u. Nachtrage in 5 vols. bd.
$ 200.00 Horn, W. and S. Schenkling. Index Litteraturae. Ser. 1. Die Weltlitteratur
uber die ges. Entomologie bis inklusiv 1963. 1426 p. 4 vols. Paper. Berlin 1928-1929. $
80.00. Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3 vols.
Bd. '/2 leather. G. Fischer, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34, Elwyn,
PA 19063.
For sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
PSEPHEN1DAE (including EUBRIINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE):
Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the
New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval,
Norman, Okla. 73069, U.S.A.
For sale: Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.-Vol. 41, 43, 62, 63, 64, ea. $15.00; Proc. N. Cent.
Branch E.S.A.-Vol. 24-5, $10.00; Practical Entomologist, Vol. 1-2 (1865-7), $10.00;
American Entomologist, Vol. 1 (1868-9), $8.00; Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., Vols 39, 55, 56;
the lot, $10.00; Ecological Monographs, Vols 34 through 40; ea. $10.00. Russell A Rahn,
314 N. 5th Street, Watertown, WI 53094.
JULY 1973
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
CONTENTS
A REDESCRIPTION AND BIOLOGY OF
PROBETHYLUS SCHWARZI ASHMEAD
(HYMENOPTERA:SCLEROGIBBIDAE)
WITH NOTES ON RELATED SPECIES
David J. Shetlar, p. 205
A NEW HOST RECORD FOR THE PARASITIC ROVE BEETLE
ALEOCHARA BIPUSTULATA L. (COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE)
Ian Moore and E. F. Legner, p. 210
NEW RECORDS OF PENTATOMOIDEA (HEMIPTERA)
FROM SRI LANKA
A. D. Pawar, p. 211
A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE BIOLOGY OF
ENTOMOBR YOIDES PURPURASCENS
(PACKARD, 1873) (COLLEMBOLA:ENTOMOBRYIDAE)
John E. R. Stainer and D. Keith McE. Kevan, p. 217
A NEW GENUS, METACEPHALUS, AND
NEW SPECIES OF BOLIVIAN LEAFHOPPER
(HOMOPTERA :CICADELLIDAE)
Dwight M. DeLong and Candace Martinson, p. 225
A PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF THE
ZOOPLANKTON AND BENTHOS OF AN
ARCTIC LAKE NEAR PRUDHOE BAY, ALASKA
David Nyquist and Jacqueline D. LaPerriere, p. 227
HONEYBEES AND BUMBLEBEES TAKEN IN LIGHT TRAPS
S. W. Frost, p. 235
LETTER TO THE EDITOR, p. 210
ERRATA, p. 216
MEETING SCHEDULE (Inside Back Cover)
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign.
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.SA.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6Vz inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods are
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully-
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
A REDESCRIPTION AND BIOLOGY OF
PROBETHYLUS SCHWARZI ASHMEAD
(HYMENOPTERA:SCLEROGIBBIDAE)
WITH NOTES ON RELATED SPECIES1 2
David J. Shetlar3
The genus Probe thy Ins was first established by W. H. Ashmead
(1902) based on a single male specimen of P. schwarzi from
Arizona. No female of P. schwarzi has been previously found.
Richards (1939) revised the genus to include three species: P.
schwarzi Ashmead,/3. callani Richards, and P. mexicanus Richards.
He described the female of P. callani and the males of P. callani
and P. mexicanus using very good morphological characters. How-
ever, P. schwarzi was not redescribed and the scant original
information by Ashmead was used in a key.
On April 21, 1968, specimens of the embiopteran, Anisembia
texana Melander, were collected among mosses in the Wichita
Mountains Wildlife Refuge, Comanche Co., Oklahoma. The em-
biids were cultured in the laboratory, and P. schwarzi was taken
from the culture during June and August of that year. With these
additional collections, the male and female of P. schwarzi are here
redescribed and illustrated, Probethylus is reviewed, a key to the
species is presented, and notes on the biology of P. schwarzi are
also included. Probethylus Ashmead, 1902
Probethylus Ashmead 1902:268-273; Richards 1939:211-223.
DESCRIPTION: Male. Black; may become dark brown with age. Head and thorax
dull, generally punctured or shagreened. Abdomen shiny; dorsum flattened with seven
visible segments. Wing hyaline, covered with short pubescence; costal (C), marginal (MA),
submarginal (SMA), medial (M), and submedial (SM) cells present in front wing (Fig. 1);
hind wing with prominent jugal lobe. Antenna with 20 to 26 segments with much fine
pubescence. Genitalia with volsella of two distal lobes, gonosquama and gonostipes fused
or contiguous for their width.
'Authorized for publication as paper no. 4318, on October 20, 1972, Journal Series of
the Agricultural Experiment Station, The Pennsylvania State University, University
Park, Pa. 16802.
2Accepted for publication: November 27, 1972.
3The Frost Entomological Museum, Department of Entomology, The Pennsylvania State
University, University Park, Pa. 16802
Ent. News 84:205-210, 1973 205
206 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Female. Light testaceous in color; dull without punctures. Wingless. Head short-pyri-
form in dorsal view; ocelli in equilateral triangle; mandibles with three distal teeth; maxil-
lary palpi with three segments; labial palps with two segments; antenna with 18 to 26
segments. Fore and mid tibia with one prominent spur, hind tibia with two spurs. Sting
slightly projecting.
Discussion. The sclerogibbids generally resemble other groups in the Bethyloidea
except in the greater number of antennal segments. However, P. schwarzi females may
have 18 segments, a number less than the 20 to 23 which is found in P. callani. This
character is still useful in most keys separating related families such as the Dryinidae or
Bethylidae which have 10 to 13 antennal segments.
Key to the Species of PROBETHYLUS
1. Wingless; fore leg with greatly enlarged femur (females) 2
Wings present; fore leg normal (males) 3
2. Anterior edge of each abdominal tergite darkened; antennae 20-23 segmented . .
P. callani
Base of first abdominal segment dark; conspicuous dark band on segment 3;
antennae 18 segmented P. schwarzi
3. Notaulices incomplete; head and mesonotum shiny, pitted or punctured 4
Notaulices complete; head and mesonotum shagreened, slightly punctured . .
P. callani
4. Notaulices extending half way across mesonotum; head and notum pitted and
punctured; antennae 21-23 segmented P. schwarzi
Notaulices extending 4/5 the way across mesonotum; head and notum with
fine punctures; antennae 25 segmented P. mexicanus
Note on Known Species
P. schwarzi Ashmead, 1902
Known from a single male specimen from Arizona. It was described as the type
species for the genus in a key without proper description. The host and the female of
this species was previously unknown, but has now been taken from Asembia texana.
P. callani Richards, 1939
Known from a good series of males and females from Trinidad, British West Indies,
and Mexico. The host was an unidentified embiid.
P. mexicanus Richards, 1939
Described from two males from Mexico. The female and host are unknown.
Probethylus schwarzi Ashmead
Probethylus schwarzi Ashmead 1902: 268-273; Richards 1939:211-223.
TYPE DATA: "Oracle, Arizona, 1-7, E. A. Schwarz" Holotype male is deposited in
the collection of the U. S. National Musuem.
DESCRIPTION: Male (Figs. 1, 2, 3). Body black with dense short pubescence;
length 1.9-2.1 mm. Antenna usually 22 segmented but occasionally 21 or 23 segmented,
distal two segments sometimes fused. Head, notum, and scutellum shiny with large
coarse punctures. Notaulices extending halfway across mesonotum. Wings hyaline, entire
surface covered with a short pubescence; marginal cell elongate and narrower than sub-
marginal cell. Base of abdomen with longitudinal furrows, first 2-3 segments having
shallow pits. Genitalia with ventral lobe of volsella (V) smaller than dorsal lobe and con-
cave on inner surface, armed with tubercles and bristles; gonostipes and gonosquama
(GG) fused with a series of small bristles over its entire length, large bristles on distal sur-
face. Bristles on ninth sternite irregular in arrangement.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
207
SMA
MA
Figs. 1 -3. Probethylus schwarzi Ashmead male; 1 , adult male; 2, genitalia; 3, morpho -
logical 9th sternite.
Wing cells: C— coastal, MA-marginal, SMA-submarginal, M-medial, SM-
submedial.
Genitalia: V-volsella, GG-gonostipe and gonosquama.
208 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Female (Fig. 4). Light testaceous; single dark band on third abdominal segment; base
of first abdominal segment dark; length: 2.7 mm. Head flattened, pyriform; conspicuous
impression present in mid-dorsal line just posterior to front margin; eyes large pubescent;
ocelli reddish, forming an equilateral triangle; antenna 1 8-segmented. Thorax dull, un-
punctured; pronotum longer than wide. Wings absent. Fore legs with greatly enlarged
femur and tibia; first tarsal segment elongate, flattened, tarsi 2-4 broad and short. Mid
and hind coxa with prominent anterior and posterior dorsal keels; mid and hind femur
grooved ventrally for the reception of the tibia. Sting slightly projecting.
DISTRIBUTION: Arizona and Oklahoma.
Host: Anisembia texana Melander
Specimens Examined: Four males and one female in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum; 2 males in the Frost Entomological Museum, Pennsylvania State
University; 2 males in the University of Oklahoma Stovall Museum; 3 males and 1 female
retained in author's collection.
Notes on the Biology of Probethylus schwarzi Ashmead
The embiid Anisembia texana was collected on April 21, and specimens were reared
in a 4-inch finger bowl covered with a plastic petri dish top. The culture was supplied
with dead moss and sprinkled with water and powdered rat food pellets every week. This
culture yielded 2 females of P. schwarzi, one on June 14 and another on June 20. During
early July, one or two parasite larvae per embiid nymph were seen in a transverse posi-
tion over the first or second abdominal segments of some of the embiid nymphs. Callan
(1939), who reared P. callani from an unidentified embiid from Trinidad, stated that the
parasitic larvae were "...bright yellow..." and "...occupied a transverse position on the
dorsal surface of the thorax of the host, being attached usually between the head and
prothorax or between the pro- and mesothoriacic segments." The larvae of P. schwarzi
often caused the embiid abdomens to be slightly deflected (Fig. 5). On July 19, a mature
larva of P. schwarzi was seen, being cream colored instead of yellow. The wasp cocoons
were made of white silk with embiid frass and debris adhered to the surface. A total of 9
males and one dwarf (male) were collected from the culture from August 6 to August
14.
The female wasps were very active and easily ran among the embiid webs. The larval
period of the parasite appears to be five to six weeks and pupal stage is about two weeks.
The males were also very active but usually stayed out of the embiid webs. Parasites
supplied only with water lived no more than 4 days. The parasitized embiids were usually
smaller than normal, but were apparently not hampered in normal activity. The wasp
larva upon maturation seems to kill the embiid nymph and eat the remains as has been
observed for P. callani.
No male parasites were present when the females were active. Thus, it is doubtful that
any females were mated. Since only male parasites were produced in the second genera-
tion, P. schwarzi might be considered arrhenotokous.
The embiid host, A. texana, has a known range of Texas, Louisiana, Arkansas,
Mississippi, and Oklahoma; and P. schwarzi could thus be expected to be found in the
same area but may require rearing of the embiids to show its presence.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Many thanks to Dr. A. S. Menke at the U. S. National Museum for his comparison of
material with the type and for information concerning the type. My sincerest thanks to
Dr. K. C. Kim for his kindly suggestions and help, and to Miss D. D. Wilder for her edi-
torial assistance.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
209
L
Figs. 4—5. 4, Probethylus schwarzi female adult.
SjAnisembia texana Melander nymph with two parasite larvae (L).
210 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
LITERATURE CITED
Ashmead, W. H. 1902. Classification of the fossorial, predaceous and parasitic wasps, of
the superfamily Vespoidea. Family XXXII. Bethylidae. Canad. Entom. 34:268-
273.
Callan, E. McC. 1939. A note on the breeding of Probethylus callani Richards (Hymen-
opt., Bethylidae), an embiopteran parasite. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. Ser B
8(ll):223-224.
Richards, O. W. 1939. The bethylidae subfamily Sclerogibbinae (Hymenoptera). Proc.
Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. Ser. B. 8(1 1):21 1-223.
ABSTRACT:-The genus Probethylus (Hymenoptera, Sclerogibbidae) is reviewed and a
key to the species is included. Probethylus schwarzi Ashmead is redescribed and illus-
trated based on male and female specimens reared from Anisembia texana Melander
(Embioptera:Anisembidae). The embiids were collected from the Wichita Mountains
Wildlife Refuge, Comanche Co., Oklahoma. P. schwarzi seems to be arrhenotokous.
Notes on the biology of P. schwarzi are also made.
Descriptors: Hymenoptera; Sclerogibbidae; Probethylus, redescription: schwarzi; arrhen-
otoky; Embioptera; A.nhembidae\ Anisembia texana.
Letter to the Editor
Sir:
I find the note on "Saturniids as Bat Mimics," appearing on page 72 of Entomological
News, Vol. 84, March, 1973, ludicrous. The title itself is completely out of line, since the
ensuing two paragraphs do not establish that saturniids mimic bats in any feature except
size.
Almost every sentence contains statements that must be challenged. The first one,
describing saturniid moths as "clumsy" in flight, reflects only that author's opinion; it is
not a quality that can be measured, and it is quite possible that other people would con-
sider the flight graceful. "Swiftness" and "ability to dodge" likewise are not given base-
lines, and we do not know with what other forms, normally preyed upon by bats, the
author is comparing saturniids. "Evolution seems to have neglected to give the flying
adult saturniids any ability to escape from predatory bats" is such an opinionated mish-
mash that it is hardly worth pointing out that no evidence is presented for that
conclusion.
The author states that most saturniids have a "strong unpleasant odor." On the con-
trary, I find the odor of each species very pleasant, since it reminds me of the happy
years of study I have enjoyed with these marvelous creatures. At most, if some others do
not find the odors pleasant, I would urge that "unpleasant" be changed to "characteris-
tic." Next, one reads that saturniids' "broad downy wings and flight characteristics"
make it possible, or probable, that bats think they are other bats. That is very odd, since
bats' wings are naked, and the anatomy of the respective flight appendages so remotely
different that entirely separate aerodynamic principles come into play.
I believe that bat mimicry can be dismissed as a hypothesis on the arguments
presented in this communication. If saturniids do indeed possess relative immunity from
attack by bats, it is more likely to be based on the fact that bats capture prey in flight
within a basket formed by one or the other wing and the interfemoral membrane. Most
saturniids are simply too large to be taken readily in this manner.
C. Brook Worth
R. D. Delmont, N. J.
July 2, 1973
NEW RECORDS OF
PENTATOMOIDEA (HEMIPTERA)
FROM SRI LANKA1 2
A. D. Pawar3
This paper presents the results of studies on the unidentified
collection of Pentatomoidea from Sri Lanka (Ceylon) in the
National Pusa Collection, Division of Entomology, Indian Agricul-
tural Research Institute, New Delhi. The following thirty-three
species are listed here as new records of Pentatomoidea for the
first time from Sri Lanka.
Family 1 PLATASPIDAE
Genus Coptosoma Laporte, 1832
1. Coptosoma cribrarium (Fabricius, 1798)
Cimex cribrarium Fabricius, 1798, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 531
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909,
T. B. F. Coll.
Distribution: China, Burma, Formosa, India, Sri Lanka.
2. Coptosoma fletcheri Distant, 1918
Coptosoma fletcheri Distant, 1918, Fauna British India Rhynch. 7:114-115.
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, Sri Lanka.
3. Coptosoma integrum Walker, 1867
Coptosoma integrum Walker, 1867, Cat. Het. 1:88
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
4. Coptosoma nazirae Atkinson, 1889
Coptosoma nazirae Atkinson, 1889, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 57:343
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, June 3, 1908, T. B. F. Coll.
Distribution: India, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
'Contribution No. 3.
2Accepted for publication: October 5, 1972.
3Research Scholar, Division of Entomology, Indian Agricultural Research Institute, New
Delhi. Present address: Postdoctoral Fellow, Department of Entomology, The Inter-
national Rice Research Institute, P.O. Box 583, Manila, Philippines.
Ent. News 84:211-216, 1973 211
212 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
5. Coptosoma ostensum Distant, 1918
Coptosoma ostensum Distant, 1918, Fauna British India Rhynch. 7: 112
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
Family 2 CYDNIDAE
Genus Aethus Dallas, 1851
6. Aethus indicus (Westwood, 1837)
Cydnus indicus Westwood, 1837, In Hope Cat. 1 : 19
Specimens examined: 2 females, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Australia, Burma, India, Madagascar, Malay Archipelago, Sri Lanka,
Southern Africa.
Genus Cydnus Fabricius, 1803
7. Cydnus aterrimus (Forster, 1771)
Cimex aterrimus Forster, 1771, Nov. Sp. Ins. p. 71
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Australia, India, Sri Lanka, North Africa, common in the Palaearctic
Region.
Genus Stibaropus Dallas, 1851
8. Stibaropus callidus (Schiodte, 1849)
Scaptocoris callidus Schiodte, 1849, In Kroy Nat. Tidskr. (2) 2:460
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Sri Lanka.
Family 3 PENTATOMIDAE
Subfamily Scutellerinae
Tribe Scutellerini
Genus Chrysocoris Hahn, 1834
9. Chrysocoris stolli (Wolff, 1801)
Cimex stolli Wolff, 1801, Icones Cimicum desc. illust. 2:48
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, Formosa, India, North China, Pakistan, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
Genus Poecilocoris Dallas, 1848
10. Poecilocoris hardwickii (Westwood, 1837)
Tectocoris hardwickii Westwood, 1837, In Hope Cat. 1:13
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, Bhutan, Hong Kong, India, Sri Lanka, West China.
Genus Lamprocoris Stal, 1864
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973 213
11. Lamprocoris roylii (Westwood, 1837)
Collided roylii Westwood, 1837, In Hope Cat. 1:16
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Nepal, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
Subfamily Pentatominae
Tribe Carpocorini
Genus Carpocoris Kolenati, 1846
12. Carpocoris pallidus (Dallas, 1851)
Pentatoma pallidus Dallas, 1851, List Hem. 1:234
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909,1. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
Genus Dolycoris Mulsant and Rey, 1866
13. Dolycoris indicus Stal, 1876
Dolycoris indicus Stal, 1876, En. Hem. 5:76
Specimens examined: 2 males, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909,T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
Genus Palomena Mulsant and Rey, 1866
14. Palomena viridissima (Poda, 1761)
Cimex viridissima Poda, 1761, Ins. Mus. Graec. p. 56
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Europe, India, Northwest Siberia, Pakistan, Sri Lanka.
Genus Tolumnia Stal, 1867
15. Tolumnia latipes (Dallas, 1851)
Pentatoma latipes Dallas, 1851, List Hem. 1:238
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malay Peninsula, Sri Lanka.
Tribe Aeschrocorini
Genus Aeschrocoris Bergroth, 1887
16. Aeschrocoris fumosus Distant, 1908
Aeschrocoris fumosus Distant, 1908, Fauna British India, Rhynch. 4(2):439.
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
Tribe Hoplistoderini
Genus Hoplistodera Westwood, 1837
17. Hoplistodera recurva Distant, 1900
Hoplistodera recurva Distant, 1900, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1900: 170
214 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Nepal, Sri Lanka.
Tribe Eurydemini
Genus Agonoscelis SpinoSa, 1837
18. Agonoscelis femoralis Walker, 1868
Agonoscelis femoralis Walker, 1868, Cat. Het. 3:545
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
Genus Eurydema Laporte, 1832
19. Eurydema pulchrum (Westwood, 1837)
Pentatoma pulchrum Westwood, 1837, In Hope Cat. 1:34
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909,
T. B. F. Coll.
Distribution: China, Burma, India, Indonesia, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
20. Eurydema lituriferum (Walker, 1867)
Strachia lituriferum Walker, 1867, Cat. Het. 2:326
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
Genus Madates Strand, 1910
21. Madates limbata (Fabricius, 1803)
Cimex limbata Fabricius, 1803, Syst. Rhyng. p. 176
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Indonesia, Malay Peninsula, Sri Lanka.
Tribe Rhynchocorini
Genus Rhynchocoris Westwood, 1837
22. Rhynchocoris humeralis (Thunberg, 1783)
Cimex humeralis Thunberg, 1783, Nov. Ins. Spec. 2:40
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, Madulsina, May 19, 1908, T. B. F. Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Sri Lanka, Sikkim, Thailand.
Tribe Nezarini
Genus Nezara Amyot and Serville, 1843
23. Nezara antennata Scott, 1874
Nezara antennata Scott, 1874, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 14:299
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: China, India, Japan, Sri Lanka.
Subfamily Asopinae
Genus Amyotea Ellenrieder, 1862
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973 215
24. Amyotea malabaricus (Fabricius, 1775)
Cimex malaharicus Fabricius, 1775, Syst. Fnt. p. 718
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Indonesia, Philippines, Sri Lanka.
Genus Zicrona Amyot and Serville, 1843
25. Zicrona caerulea (Linnaeus, 1758)
Cimex caerulea Linnaeus, 1758, Syst. Nat. ed. X, 1:445
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: China, Burma, India, Japan, Malay Archipelago, Pakistan, Palaearctic
Region, Sri Lanka.
Subfamily Tessaratominae
Tribe Tessaratomini
Genus Tessaratoma Berthold, 1827
26. Tessaratoma papillosa (Drury, 1770)
Cimex pap illosa Drury, 1770, Illust. Nat. Hist. Exotic Insects 1:96
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: China, India, Sri Lanka.
Genus Eusthenes Laporte, 1832
27. Eusthenes rubefactus Distant, 1901
Eusthenes rubefactus Distant, 1901, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1901:111
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Sri Lanka.
Subfamily Dinidorinae
Genus Coridius Illiger, 1807
28. Coridius orientalis (Kirkaldy, 1909)
Aspongopus orientalis Kirkaldy, 1909, Cat. Hem. (Het.) Cimicidae 1:256
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909,T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
29. Coridius brunneus (Thunberg, 1783)
Cimex brunneus Thunberg, 1783, Nov. Ins. Sp. 2:45
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909.T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: Burma, India, Malay Archipelago, Sri Lanka.
Genus Megymenum Laporte, 1832
30. Megymenum subpurpurascens (Westwood, 1834)
Platydius subpurpurascens Westwood, 1834, Zool. Journ. 5:446
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
216 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Distribution: Burma, India, Malaya, Sri Lanka.
Family 4 UROSTYLIDAE
Genus Urostylis Westwood, 1837
31. Urostylis pallida Dallas, 1851
Urostylis pallida Dallas, 1851, List Hem. 1:315
Specimen examined: 1 female, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 6, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
Genus Urochela Dallas, 1 850
32. Urochela guttulata Stal, 1876
Urochela guttulata Stal, 1 876, En. Hem. 5:115
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sikkim, Sri Lanka.
Family 5 ACANTHOSOMATIDAE
Genus Microdeuterus Dallas, 1 85 1
33. Microdeuterus dallasi Atkinson, 1889
Microdeuterus dallasi Atkinson, 1889, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 58:21
Specimen examined: 1 male, Ceylon, S. P. Hambantota, Feb. 7, 1909, T. B. F.
Coll.
Distribution: India, Sri Lanka.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The author is indebted to Dr. M. G. Ramdas Menon, Senior Systematic Entomologist,
Division of Entomology, Indian Agricultural Research Institute, New Delhi, for placing
this interesting collection at his disposal, and to Dr. S. Pradhan, Head, Division of Ento-
mology, Indian Agricultural Research Institute, New Delhi, for the necessary facilities.
ABSTRACT.— Thirty-three species of Pentatomoidea (Hemiptera) belonging to five
families are reported as new records for the first time from Sri Lanka.
A. D. Pawar, Research Scholar, Division of Entomology, Indian Agricultural
Research Institute, New Delhi.
Present address: Postdoctoral Fellow, Department of Entomology, The International
Rice Research Institute, P. O. Box 583, Manila, Philippines.
Descriptors: Hemiptera (Heteroptera); Pentatomoidea; Plataspidae, Cydnidae, Penta-
tomidae, Urostylidae, Acanthosomatidae, New records, Sri Lanka.
ERRATA
The following errors were noted in J. S. Dendy's article, Vol. 84, No. 3, pages 91 & 92:
1. Page 91, line one of title, CHIROMONID should read CHIRONOMID.
2. Page 91, line five of the text ""chirononmid" should read "chironomid."
3. Page 92, last line next to the last word, "their" should read "third."
A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE
BIOLOGY OF ENTOMOBRYOIDES PURPURASCENS
(PACKARD, 1873) (COLLEMBOLA:ENTOMOBRYIDAE) ' 2
John E. R. Stainer and D. Keith McE. Kevan3
INTRODUCTION
Entomobryoid.es purpurascens was described very briefly by
Packard (1873) and was redescribed most recently by Christiansen
(1958). It is a comparatively large species, widely distributed, and
common in woodpiles and similar situations in southwestern
Quebec. It was selected for study because of its ready availability
and the lack of any previous detailed information on its biology.
The original intention, to work out the life cycle and feeding
habits, led to the discovery of a previously unsuspected 'diapause'
or period of arrested development.
The species has been mentioned many times in the literature,
as evidenced by a long list of references in Salmon's (1964) bibli-
ography, but has received detailed consideration only by Christian-
sen (op. cit.) and Willson (1960). The former elucidated some
aspects of its taxonomy, while the latter examined certain light
and temperature relationships. Other literature on the species
relevant to the present study has been covered in four recent
papers: Christiansen (1964), Joose and Veltkamp (1970), Kevan
and Kevan ( 1 970) and Butcher et al. ( 1 97 1 ).
MATERIAL AND REARING METHODS
All of the animals used were collected by means of a simple as-
pirator in a single woodpile in the Morgan Arboretum, Ste-Anne-
de-Bellevue, west Montreal Island, Province of Quebec. The cut
wood in the pile originated from a mixture of tree species, mostly
American beech (Fagus grandiflora Ehrh.) and various birches
(Betula spp.).
'Based on data presented in an unpublished thesis by the first author: (Stainer, 1969).
2Accepted for publication: September 21, 1972.
Department of Entomology, McGill University, Macdonald Campus, Ste-Anne-de-
Bellevue, Province of Quebec, H9X SMI, Canada.
Ent. News, 84:21 7-224, 1973 217
218 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
The rearing chamber used in the laboratory (Fig. 1 ) was de-
signed to combine maintenance of a high humidity with maximum
ease of observation. It was based on a design originally conceived
by Mr. Lynton Martin of Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, and subse-
quently much modified by various research workers in the soil
zoology laboratory of the Department of Entomology, Macdonald
Campus, McGill University. Inside the larger chamber, the animals
were confined in a variety of containers, but for all of the work
reported here, l2-dram' glass vials4 with polyethylene 'snap' caps
were used. A hole was blown in the base of each vial so that a
5mm. layer of plaster of Paris subsequently placed there would be
in contact with the moist plaster base of the large rearing chamber.
For rearing the larger stages of the animals, the centres of the snap
caps were cut out and replaced with fine nylon mesh. Because they
could pass through the mesh with ease, the smallest stages were
reared in vials with solid caps. The entire apparatus was placed in a
temperature-controlled incubator. Illumination was provided by a
10-watt incandescent bulb (Sylvania) controlled by a time switch
(Paragon APT5-0). Intensity of illumination at the level of the
rearing chambers varied between 15 and 25 foot-candles. The
photophase was of 15% or 16 hours' duration.
Animals were transferred between containers using a fine, mois-
tened camel-hair brush and, when necessary, carbon dioxide as an
anaesthetic. An abundant supply of baker's yeast, augmented by
volunteer moulds, served as food. Vials were sterilized with 95
per cent ethanol before use and then dried. This kept the mould
growth down to a manageable level for the duration of the
experiments.
Groups of E. purpurascens were cultured in the laboratory un-
der various regimes of temperature, to ascertain rearing require-
ments, development times and readiness to ovipost.
Samples of the species were also collected from the field at
regular intervals in the spring and sporadically at other seasons.
Observations on behaviour in the field and spot checks of tempera-
ture were made whenever the samples were collected. The
specimens were killed and mounted in Hoyer's medium (Krantz,
1970) on microscope slides and examined in order to detect
changes in the maturity, sex ratio and diet.
4Approximately 1 1 ml.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973 219
LIFE CYCLE
In early April, the animals are active and feeding (Table I).
No mature male has been found at this time in the populations
studied (Table II), but it is possible that some females are mature
at this time. Little change takes place until the end of April or
early May. Then, at a date probably dependent upon the severity
of the preceding winter, the first mature males appear. Within a
week the proportion of males reaches its summer level of 1 7 to 30
per cent of the total population. By the following week the fe-
males have apparently been fertilized and are ready to lay eggs. At
this time of year they will oviposit immediately upon being
brought into the laboratory. In the field, oviposition begins by the
middle of May. Incubation periods of 16 days at 18°C., 7 days at
22°C. and 6 days at 25°C. suggest that, at the daily maximum
temperatures of a woodpile (8° to 15°C.), the incubation peri-
od would be much longer, perhaps over 40 days.
Laboratory studies indicate the occurrence of a minimum of
seven nymphal instars before maturity is reached. At the July and
August daily mean temperatures in the woodpiles (15° to 20°C.),
the duration of each stadium is about 7 to 9 days. In a favorable
year, some of the spring brood may be mature by mid-August and
it is possible that there might be a second brood at this time. In
most years, however, it is unlikely that this takes place, for the ani-
mals appear always to enter a state of arrested development about
the first of September. Oviposition ceases and mature males dis-
appear from the population. Only a small proportion of the re-
maining animals continue to feed. Collections of females brought
from the field into the laboratory at this time of year and kept
(even with a long-day photophase) at 25°C. -normally a suitable
rearing temperature at other times-died months later without
having oviposited.
The animals pass the winter amongst the wood and, by late
January, the physiological requirements for the termination of the
period of arrested development have been at least partially met.
The delay between collection and oviposition in the laboratory-
about 40 days in late January-steadily decreases at a rate of
change which seems to be dependent upon the severity of the
winter.
220 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
DIET
The feeding habits of E. purpurascens were examined in some
detail (Table I). Fungal matter, both hyphae and spores, makes up
the bulk of the normal diet. The only other important constituent
is pollen. This is apparently wind-borne, coming from two sources,
the surrounding trees in the spring and a different source, probably
goldenrods (Solidago spp.) in the summer. Collembolan remains
also appeared regularly in the gut contents of both field and labor-
atory specimens. Most of these were probably of E. purpurascens,
but, in one case, they were definitely of a different species, Lepido-
cyrtus sp. This probably indicates mere scavenging; no evidence of
predation (cannibalism) has been found in the laboratory. Of
interest is the fact that no higher plant material, other than pollen,
was found in the guts. Further, the possibility is remote that any
significant amount of unidentified material was of this origin. This
suggests strongly that E. purpurascens does not directly attack
wood or leaves, although it could indirectly cause damage by dis-
seminating spores.
DISCUSSION
The determination of the number of instars in Collembola be-
fore maturity presents problems. In the past, workers have attemp-
ted this using measurements of large samples and subsequent
elaborate statistical analysis (Agrell, 1948; Janetschek, 1967).
Their conclusions would have been more convincing, however, had
they been supported by rearing data. The series measured in the
present research showed that the measurement of a structure in a
given animal of known instar was dependent upon the temperature
at which the individual had been reared. This would explain the
absence of recognizable size classes in a non-uniform natural
environment.
Rearing studies confirmed the existence of a period of arrested
development or 'diapause' and indicated that it may be broken by
exposure for one to two months at 5° C. The cause of the arrest is
not yet clear. It is known, however, that it is not obligate because,
at 25°C. in the laboratory ^ the animals will complete a life cycle in
30 to 35 days without any observable arrest, but once entered,
arrestation cannot be overcome merely by raising the temperature.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973 221
The winter populations present an interesting problem, for there
appear to be two classes of animals entering 'diapause' in the fall.
One is the normal new generation; the other seems to comprise
animals which have already lived through, one reproductive season,
for they are much too large to belong to the new brood. It seems
that these large animals may be females that go through a second
reproductive season, losing their external sexual characters in the
interval. This is not as improbable as it might seem, for a similar
situation has been shown by Verhoeff (1933, 1939) to occur in
some millipedes (the hexapod larval stages of which, incidentally,
exhibit certain features somewhat reminiscent of Collembola).
This hypothesis cannot be tested, however, until a reliable method
is found for sexing living adults.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Financial assistance from the Quebec Agricultural Research
Council and the National Research Council of Canada is gratefully
acknowledged.
REFERENCES
Agrell, I., 1948. Studies on the Postembryonic development of Collemboles Ark. Zool.
41A:l-35.
Butcher, J. W., R. Snider, and R. J. Snider, 1971. Bioecology of Edaphic Collembola and
Acarina. Annu. Rev. Ent. 16:249-288.
Christiansen, K., 1958. The Nearctic members of the Genus Entomobrya (Collembola)
Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 118:439-545 & 24pl.
Christensen, K., 1964. Bionomics of Collembola. Annu. Rev. Ent. 9:147-148.
Janetschek, H., 1967. Growth and maturity of the springtail, Gomphiocephalus hodg-
soni Carpenter, from south Victoria Land and Ross Island, in Gressitt, J. L. (ed.),
Entomology of Antarctica. Antarctic Res. Series. 10:295-305.
loose, E.N.G., and E. Veltkamp, 1970. Some aspects of growth, moulting and reproduc-
tion in five species of surface dwelling Collembola. Ned. J. Zool. 20:315-328.
Kevan, P. G., and D. K. McE. Kevan, 1970. Collembola as pollen feeders and flower
visitors with observations from the High Arctic. Quaest. entomol. 6:311-326.
Packard, A. S., 1873. Synopsis of the Thysanura of Essex County. Rep. Peabody Acad.
5:22-51.
Salmon, J. T., 1964. An Index to the Collembola. Bull. Royal Soc. New Zealand 7(2):
145-644.
Stainer, J.E.R., 1969. The biology of Entomobryoides purpurascens (Packard, 1873)
(Collembola: Entomobryidae). M.Sc. Thesis, McGill University, Montreal (un-
published).
Verhoeff, K. W., 1933. Wachstum and Lebensverlangerung bei Blaniuliden und uber die
Periodomorphose. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 27:732-749.
222
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Verhoeff, K. W., 1939. Wachstum und Lebensverlangerung bei Blaniuliden und uber die
Periodomorphose. II Teil. Z. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 36:21-40.
Willson, M. F., 1960. The Effect of Temperature and Light Upon the Phenotypes of
Some Collembola. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 67:598-601.
ABSTRACT.— The life cycle and diet of Entomobryoides purpurascens are outlined,
and an account of a previously undescribed rearing apparatus is given. Laboratory studies
indicate a minimum of seven nymphal instars. There is usually only a single generation
per year although development can be more rapid at higher temperatures in the labora-
tory. Field populations in the autumn seem to consist only of females, which enter a
state of arrested development which is not terminated until after exposure to low
temperatures. The food comprises mainly fungal hyphae, but appreciable quantities of
pollen are eaten. Some scavenging on the bodies of Collembola, including E. purpuras-
cens, occurs. Overwintering field populations include some individuals of extra large size,
but which exhibit immature external characters. It is suggested that these may be adult
females which have reverted to a 'nymphal' state (as occurs in some millipedes) before
assuming a second breeding period in the following season. John E.R. Stainer and D.
Keith McE. Kevan, Department of Entomology, McGill University, Macdonald Campus,
Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Province of Quebec, H9X 3MI, Canada.
Descriptors: Collembola, Entomobryidae; Entomobryoides; Biology; Quebec.
cvrt»ins
on ulirei
c/*jf*r of fetrit
Fig. 1 Rearing apparatus for organisms requiring high humidity. Air enters at the left, is
moistened by the wet curtains, passes into the rearing chamber at the right and leaves
through the exhaust port. The exhaust fan is driven by a small electric clock motor. A
transparent lid covers the whole apparatus.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
223
TABLE I
Gut contents of samples of Entomobryoides purpurascens collected in the
Morgan Arboretum, Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Quebec, in 1968-69.
Collection
date
i
No. in
sample
No. of specimens containing:
Indct .
debris
Pollen! Spores Hyphae
Collembolan
remains
i
1
1
15. IV. 68 50
42
2 1
-
1
22. IV. 68 i 50
34
7 1
5
1
j
29. IV. 68 50
26
1 18
2
6.V.68 57
43
-
-
5
i t
13.V.68 54
44
5
3
1
'(27.V.68 68
47
i
261
2
,'ll. VI. 68 44
17
4 j 24 11 2
j
J
'25.VI.68 55
18
2 32 27
3
i
8. VII. 68 55
19
2 31 17 3
j
i
8. IX. 68
57
50
6 1 3
23. IX. 68
55
43
5
i
1
; 30. IX. 68
39
31
8
-
-
f
14.X. 68
36
32
-
4
-
-
(
i
J5.XI.68 56
51
3
-
1
13. IV. 69
52
14
39
2
1
21. IV. 69 52
29
24
4
3
t
30. IV. 69
50
28
25
5
2
i
5.V.69
54
30
2
14
6
1
12.V.69
53
24
1
20
7
-
17.V.69
54
21
23
8
-
/
224
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
TABLE II
Percentage mature males in samples of Entomobryoides purpurascens
collected in the Morgan Arboretum, Ste-Anne-de-Bellevue, Quebec in 1968.
Collection date
Total no. in sample
Mature Males
No. %
19.1.68
66
0 0
25. III. 68
50
0 0
15. IV. 68
50
0 0
22. IV. 68
50
0 0
29. IV. 68
49
1 2
6.V.68
57
12 19
13.V.68
27.V.68
11. VI. 68
54
68
44
12 22
12 17.5 |
9 20
25. VI. 68
55
16 29
8. VII. 68
55
14 25
8. IX. 68
57
4 7
23. IX. 68
55
0 0
30. IX. 68
39
0 0
14.X. 68
54
0 0
5. XI. 68
56
0 0
A NEW GENUS, METACEPHALUS, AND NEW SPECIES
OF BOLIVIAN LEAFHOPPER
(HOMOPTERArCICADELLIDAE) '• 2
Dwight M. DeLong and Candace Martinson3
Introduction
One of the recently collected species of leafhoppers from
Bolivia is brilliantly color marked, apparently undescribed, and is
placed in a new genus, Metacephalus.
Genus Metacephalus NEW GENUS
Crown conical, as long as basal width between eyes, convexly rounded, horizontal-
ly and apically; apex blunt, conical, rounded to front, without a distinct margin. Ocelli
on upper portion of marginal area, half the distance from eye to apex. Post clypeus long,
narrow, convexly rounded, margin concavely indented, each side, at base of antennae.
Lora elongate, four times as long as wide. Pronotum slightly wider than head, one-half as
long as wide, lateral margins very short. Venation of forewing simple, without extra
cross veins or reticulations.
Type species: Metacephalus albocrux NEW SPECIES
Metacephalus albocrux NEW SPECIES
(Figs. 1-6)
Length of male 5 mm, female unknown. Crown as long as basal width between eyes,
convexly rounded, apex blunt, conical, rounded to front, without a distinct margin.
Color: crown with black apical area enclosing red ocelli and extending halfway to base at
middle. This area also encloses a median white cross, the transverse portion extending
between the ocelli, and the longitudinal portion extending along the median line. Basal
two-thirds, except at middle, bright red. Pronotum black with two broad, long longitudi-
nal red stripes, extending from base of eyes to basal angles of scutellum. Lateral and
apical portions of scutellum, red. Forewings subhyaline, appearing black, veins brown,
commissure red with two claval, red, lobes. Face yellow with lateral brown infuscations.
Male genitalia: with plates almost three times as long as broad, apices blunt, rounded.
Style appearing twisted, with a long, narrow basal portion, apical third notched, forming
a blunt, thumb-like outer process and a longer curved inner process, which curves lateral-
ly and is sharp-pointed at apex. Adedeagus with narrow shaft bearing a broad, blunt, sub-
apical process extending dorsally, and a pair of long slender divergent apical processes
extending ventrally. Pygofer with apical process which bears a short, dorsal pointed spine
and a longer, narrow, ventral sharp-pointed spine.
'This work was supported by the Ohio State University Development Fund.
2Accepted for publication: September 28, 1972.
3Department of Fntomology, The Ohio State University.
Ent. News, 84:225-226, 1973 225
226
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Holotype male Loreta, Pucallpa, Peru, August 1962, (V. T. VanVelzen) in the
DeLong collection.
ABSTRACT.— A New Genus, Metacephalus, and New Species of Bolivian Leafhopper. A
new genus, Metacephalus and a new species, M. albocrux n. sp., the type species are des-
cribed and illustrated. DeLong, Dwight M. and Candace Martinson.
DESCRIPTORS: Homoptera, Cicadellidae, Metacephalus new genus, albocrux new
species, Loreta, Pucallpa, Peru.
Figs. 1—6. Metacephalus albocrux n. sp. 1 - head, thorax and abdomen. 2 - style,
lateroventrally. 3 — plate, ventrally. 4 - aedeagus, ventrally. 5 - aedeagus,
laterally. 6 - pygofer, laterally.
A PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF THE
ZOOPLANKTON AND BENTHOS OF AN
ARCTIC LAKE NEAR PRUDHOE BAY, ALASKA1
David Nyquist2
and
Jacqueline D. LaPerriere3
INTRODUCTION
A North Slope lake was chosen for comparison in a study of
lead contamination of lentic waters near Fairbanks, Alaska
(Nyquist, Casper and LaPerriere, 1972). Water, plant, zooplankton,
and bottom sediment samples were collected according to the rou-
tine established for the lead study. The zooplankton collected and
the benthos picked from the bottom sediment samples are the
focus of this paper.
The intensive study of freshwater benthos is just beginning in
Arctic Alaska. In the summer of 1971, substantial work was begun
on an arctic pond and lake under the International Biological Pro-
gram. Earlier studies in Arctic Alaska that report anything related
to benthic organisms merely report the capture of imago forms.
The expeditions of the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries
(Ashmead et al, 1910), and the work of Weber (Weber, 1948,
1949, 1950, and 1954) concentrated on the collection of terres-
trial arthropods. Weber did include a section in his survey paper
(Weber, 1950) on the relations of insects with fishes which in-
directly refers to the arctic benthos. However, the general informa-
tion, other than the lists of arthropods captured, has been severely
criticized by Sailer (Sailer, 1951 ).
'Accepted for publication: September 22, 1972
2Director, Environmental Sciences Study Program, Desert Research Institute, Universi-
ty of Nevada System, 4582 Maryland Parkway S., Las Vegas, Nevada 89109.
Institute of Water Resources, Box 95103, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaksa
99701.
Ent. News, 84:227-234, 1973 227
225
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
DESCRIPTION OF AREA
The lake (Figure 1) chosen was on the North Slope near
Prudhoe Bay, located at latitude 70° 15' 30", longitude 148° 35'
at an elevation of 8.81 meters above sea level. The lake was 70%
ice-covered on September 16, 1971, the date it was sampled. It is
approximately .70 kilometers long and .45 kilometers wide. The
maximum depth is 1.21 meters and the average depth is 0.91
meters. On August 31, 1971, the permafrost depth below the
surface was approximately 50.8 centimeters on land adjacent to
the sampling sites.
The land area surrounding the lake is bordered along its western
edge by a gentle, almost flat, slope with a 0.45 meter bank at the
shore. The eastern edge of the lake is extremely flat and possibly
slopes away, draining the lake.
I km
Scale
Figure 1. Morphometry of study lake located near Prudhoe Bay, Alaska.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973 229
The drainage basin encompassing the lake is 6.21 x 1 O5 square
meters or 153.5 acres. The lake surface area is 2.28 x 10s square
meters (56.5 acres). The total land area in the drainage basin is
3.92 x 105 square meters.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The zooplankton was sampled near the surface and near the
bottom with a five-liter Van Dorn bottle. The plankton was sepa-
rated with a 20-mesh stainless steel screen (0.076 mm) and preser-
ved in plastic bags with a 5% buffered formalin solution. Three
bottom grabs were made with a standard 15.24 cm square Ekman
dredge from an inflatable rubber raft approximately 60 meters off
Station 270 at the 1.21 meter depth, and six additional bottom
grabs were taken 3 meters from shore between Stations 270 and
480 at a depth of 0.3 meters.
The samples were subdivided and the benthos was floated out in
water and hand picked with forceps. The organisms were preserved
in 70% ethanol.
The chironomids were prepared for identification by clearing
the severed heads for 20 minutes in warm 5% KOH, washing with
water, soaking for 10 minutes in absolute ethanol, soaking for
10 minutes in toluene, and mounting in Permount® under a cover
glass. The photomicrographs (Figures 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9) were
made through a Zeiss Standard microscope equipped with a beam
splitter and a Zeiss Ikon camera back. The photo (Figure 4) was
made with a Cannon camera with a bellows attachment.
RESULTS
The zooplankton collected in this lake consisted of calanoid
copepods, a single cyclopoid copepod, Daphnia sp., and Ceratium
sp. Calnanoid copepods were the most numerous and Ceratium
sp. the second most numerous in both zooplankton subsamples:
one taken near the surface and the other just above the bottom in
water 1.21 meters deep.
The diversity of the surface subsample was calculated, with a
formula developed by Margalef (1956), to be 1.09, and that of the
bottom subsample was calculated to be 1.00. When these sub-
samples were combined, a zooplankton diversity of 1.06 was
230 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
calculated. This can be compared with an average zooplankton
diversity of 1.10 calculated for forty-nine subarctic lakes in the
lead contamination study. This indicates low biological diversity
which seems to be a characteristic of northern lakes (Gerd, 1956).
The benthic samples taken in the deeper water contained mainly
chironomids of the subfamily Orthocladiinae, Cricotopus (Para-
trichocladius) cf. alpicola Zett (Figure 2). One individual of the
subfamily Chironominae, Stictochirononuis cf. rosenscholdi (Fig-
ure 3) was also taken. All of the deep water chironomids were
5 mm or less in length.
The shallow water benthos consisted of three unidentified
oligocheates, three Plecoptera (Figure 4),Nemoura possibly of the
species trespinosa reported by Weber (1950) as very numerous
near Point Barrow, and various chironomids.
Eight different species of chironomids were identified from
these samples.
Of the subfamily Chironominae, Para tany tarsus sp. (Figure 5),
Stictochironomus rosenscholdi (Figure 3), Stictochironomus his-
trio type (Figure 6), and Cryptochironomus (Figure 7), were
identified. Of the subfamily Orthocladiinae, again Cricotopus
( Paratrichocladius) cf. apicola Zett (Figure 2) was the only repre-
sentative. The subfamily Tanypodinae was represented by Pro-
cladius (Psilotanypus) sp. (Figure 8) and by another species of
Procladius (Figure 9) which could not be further identified.
iv
Figure 2. Labial plate of Cricotopus (Paratrichocladius) cf. alpicola Zett.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
231
Figure 3. Antenna of Stictochironomus Figure 4. Nemoura sp.
rosenscholdi.
r
.
\
Figure 5. Labial plate of Paratanytarsus Figure 6. Head capsule of Stictochironomus
sp. histrio type.
252
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
•
Figure 7. Oblique lateral teeth of labial Figure 8. Head capsule of Procladius
(Psilotanypus) sp. plate of Cryptochironomus sp.
Figure 9. Lingua of Procladius sp.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973 233
DISCUSSION
The work of Weber ( 1 950) and, more recently, of the U. S. Tun-
dra Biome Program has pointed out the importance of aquatic
diptera, caddisflies, and stoneflies as well as zooplankton in the
diet of arctic fish.
Bierle (1972) of the U. S. Tundra Biome Program found the
benthos of arctic ponds and an arctic lake to consist primarily of
oligocheates and Dipterans with a few representatives of the orders
Plecoptera and Trichoptera as well as a few Turbellarians. More
extensive sampling of the lake of our study would probably also
yield Trichopterans.
Weber (1950) does report the sighting of mayflies (Baetis sp.) as
far north as Anaktuvuk Pass in the Brooks Range, but larval forms
have not been reported in the benthos of any Alaskan Arctic lakes.
Burk, in personal communication to Weber (1950), speculated
that perhaps in the Arctic these insects spend most of the time in
the egg stage with extremely short nymphal, subimago, and imago
stages. This possibility indeed merits further study of the Arctic
Alaskan waters since mayflies are an important component of the
diet of cold water fishes in other areas.
Odonata (Dragonflies and Damselflies) also have not been taken
as benthos, but have been seen hawking on the arctic plateau
(Weber, 1950). Although it is true that these insects could have
flown from the Yukon River drainage where they have been repor-
ted, their usual territorial behavior leads one to suspect that larval
forms may be found in the Arctic with further sampling.
Much work then remains to be done on the benthos of Arctic
Alaska. A serious effort along this line, at least as concerns the
benthos of lakes and ponds, is presently being made by the U. S.
Tundra Biome Program, which hopes to fully characterize the tun-
dra aquatic ecosystem, but as yet much is unknown.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The study upon which this paper is based was supported by
funds (Project A-035-ALAS) provided by the United States
Department of the Interior, Office of Water Resources Research,
as authorized under the Water Resources Act of 1 964, as amended.
We are grateful to British Petroleum Alaska for transportation.
234 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
Technical assistance was rendered by Robert P. Britch, Floyd
Damron, and Wolfgang Hebel.
The chronomids were identified by Dr. Ole A. Saether of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada for which we are indeed
grateful. LITERATURE CITED
Ashmead, W. H., Coquillett, D. W., Kincaid, T., and Pergande, T., 1910. Harriman Alaska
Series, Volume IX, Insects, Part II. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
284 pp.
Bierle, D. A., 1972. Personal communication.
Gerd, S. V., 1956. Opyt biolimnologicheskogo raionirovaniia ozer Karelii. (Akademiia
nauk SSSR. Karel'skn filial. Trudy 1956, No. 5, pp. 47-75.) In Russian. Title Tr.:
Tentative bio-limnological zoning of the Karelian lakes. Abstract only available.
Arctic Bibliography 13:354.
Manson, W. T. Jr., 1968. An introduction to the identification of chironomid larvae.
Division of Pollution Surveillance, Federal Water Pollution Control Administra-
tion, U. S. Department of the Interior, Cincinnati, Ohio. 89 pp.
Margalef, R., 1956. Informacion y diversidad espicfica en las cominudades de organis-
mos. Invest. Pesquera, 3:99-106. (Referred to in Wilm, J. L. and Dorris, T. C.,
1968. Biological Parameters for water quality criteria. Bioscience 18(6):477-481.)
Nyquist, D., L. A. Casper and J. D. LaPerriere, 1972. Survey of lentic waters with respect
to dissolved and particulate lead. IWR Report No. 30, University of Alaska.
Sailer, R. I., 1951. Concerning a recent paper on the insects and related arthropods of
Arctic Alaska. Ecology 52:729-730.
Weber, N. A., 1942. Opportunities for Entomological Research in the Arctic. Entomo-
logical News, 59:253-257.
1949. Late summer invertebrates mostly insects of the Alaskan Arctic slope.
Entomological News 60:118-128.
1950. A survey of the insects and related arthropods of Arctic Alaska,
part 1. American Entomological Society Transactions 76:147-206.
1954. Arctic Alaskan Diptera. Entomological Society of Washington Pro-
ceedings 56(2): 86-91.
ABSTRACT.-A single lake on the North Slope of the Brooks Range in arctic Alaska was
sampled for zooplankton and benthos. The sampling was not intensive enough to quanti-
fy the benthos, but some indication of its composition was obtained.
The plankton was sampled with a five-liter Van Dorn bottle and the zooplankton
separated with a 20-mesh (0.076 mm) screen. The benthos was sampled with a small
(15.24 cm square) Ekman dredge.
The zooplankton consisted of calanoid copepods, a single cyclopoid copepod,
Daphnia sp., and Ceratium sp. The diversity of this zooplankton was calculated to be
1.06.
The benthos consisted of oligocheates, Nemoura sp., Cricotopus (Paratrichocladius)
cf. alpicola Zett, Stictochironomus rosenscholdi, Paratany tarsus sp., Stictochironomus
histrio type, Cryptochironomus, and Prodadius (Psilotanypus) sp., and an unidentified
Procladius, sp. David Nyquist and Jacqueline LaPerriere, Institute of Water Resources,
Fairbanks, Alaska.
HONEYBEES AND BUMBLEBEES TAKEN IN LIGHT TRAPS1
S. W. Frost2
Light traps have been operated in the past, chiefly for insect
surveys or to control injurious insects. Therefore, beneficial species
have frequently been disregarded. As a result, there are very few
references to the capture of honeybees or bumblebees at lights.
Many extensive accounts of light trapping do not list these insects.
Hymenoptera in general are not nocturnal and this is especially
true of honeybees and bumblebees.
It is well known that honeybees respond to wave lengths
between 313 Mu in the ultraviolet to 677 Mu in the red range.
According to Bertholf (1931) and Weiss (1943), maximum stimu-
lation occurs in the yellow-green area about 553 MJJ. Thus it is not
strange that these bees are occasionally attracted to lights.
Milne (1945) and others deal with the selection of lights by
night-flying insects but make no mention of honeybees. Slinger-
land (1902) took 10 specimens between May 20 and October 1
but indicated no dates or hours of collection. Weiss (1943) simply
states that honeybees have been taken at lights. Girardeau (1952)
took 14 honeybees in light traps in Georgia from the end of March
to the end of October but gives no dates or hours. Frost (1966)
mentions that honeybees were taken in light traps.
Subsequent studies yielded further information. Traps operated
for 14 years at the Archbold Biological Station, Florida from
November 1 to the middle of May yielded 4 specimens, one each
January 25 between 9 PM and 7 AM, February 7 between 9 PM
'Accepted for publication: August 27, 1973
2Frost Entomological Museum, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA,
16802.
Ent. News, 84:235-236, 1973 235
256 Ent. News, Vol. 84, July 1973
and 7 AM, March 26 between 6 and 8 PM, and May 3 between 2
and 7 AM. Apparently all were taken near twilight or dawn.
Bumblebees have been recorded from light traps less frequently
than honeybees although the writer has taken them more often.
Slingerland (1902) makes no mention of these insects in light
traps. Girardeau (1952) took 18 specimens in Georgia from March
1 to the end of October but gives no data on species, dates or hours
of collections. Frost (1964, 1966) lists two species, Bombus ameri-
canorum Fab. and B. impatiens Cress., which were taken in light
traps operated at the Archbold Biological Station, Florida. More
recent trapping has added new observations. Forty-one specimens
of B. impatiens Cress., have been taken in light traps over a period
of 14 years, 1 in November, 5 in January, 4 in March, 30 in April
and 1 in May. These were usually taken towards dawn. Four were
captured between 2 and 7 AM, 13 between 10 PM and 7 AM, 3 be-
tween 7 and 8 PM, and 1 between 8 and 10 PM. Workers were
trapped more frequently than queens, the proportion was 5 queens
to 20 workers.
Light trapping is certainly not a satisfactory method of collec-
ting honeybees or bumblebees. It appears that these insects have
been taken more frequently in light traps in the warmer parts of
the country, especially Georgia and Florida. Beekeepers should
have no fear that nearby light-trapping may interfere with their
operations.
LITERATURE CITED
Bertholf, L. M. 1931. Reactions of the honeybee to light. Journ. Agric. Res. 42(7):379-
419.
Frost, S. W. 1964. Insects taken in light traps at the Archbold Biological Station, High-
lands County, Florida. Fla. Entomol. Soc. 47(2): 161.
1966. Additions to Florida insects taken in light traps. Fla. Entomol. Soc.
49(4):251.
Girardeau, M. F., J. M. Stanley and D. W. LaHue. 1952. A preliminary report on light
traps for catching night-flying insects. Tech. Mimeograph No. 5. Costal Plain
Station. Experiment Station, University of Georgia.
Milne, L. J. and M. J. Milne. 1945. Selection of colored lights by night-flying insects.
Ent. Americana 24(n.s.) No. 2:21-86.
Slingerland, M. V. 1902. Trap lanterns or moth catchers. Bull. 202, Cornell University
Exp. Sta.
Weiss, H. B. 1943. The group behavior of 14,000 insects to color. Ent. News 54:152-
156.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans-A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider
Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae). 433 pages,
1 1 plates, 80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $ 4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $ 9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966).
186 pages $ 9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174pp. $ 7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera:Heteroptera) with the
description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $ 6.50
No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Settle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook- A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera:Ephydridae). 150 pp $ 7.00
No. 28. Annette F. j&ra/rc-Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-lepidop-
tera). 148 pp . $ 7.00
MEETING SCHEDULE
American Entomological Society
TIME: Thursday Nite; 7:30, Council Meeting: 6:00 Saturday Afternoon; 2:00, Council
Meeting: 1:00.
1. 27 September - 1973 (Thursday). Academy of Natural Sciences
Speaker: Dr. D. C. Rentz (ANSP)
Topic: Some comments on seasonality and adaptations of Costa
Rican Orthoptera.
2. 17 November 1973 (Saturday) Academy of Natural Sciences
Members Day, contributed talks by the membership.
3. 24 January 1974 (Thursday) Place and speaker to be announced.
4. 30 March 1974 (Saturday) Place and speaker to be announced.
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists,/5. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,"
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Wanted to buy: Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber, Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ 07940.
Papers on Tipulidae. More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalog of the Diptera" by Stone, et al. C. L. Sperka, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.
For sale: Handlirsch, A. Monographic d. mit Nysson u. Bembex verw. Grabvespen.
Sitz. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 1887-1893. 1433 p., 25 pi. 7 parts u. Nachtrage in 5 vols. bd.
$ 200.00 Horn, W. and S. Schenkling. Index Litteraturae. Ser. 1. Die Weltlitteratur
uber die ges. Entomologie bis inklusiv 1963. 1426 p. 4 vols. Paper. Berlin 1928-1929. $
80.00. Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3 vols.
Bd. Vi leather. G. Fischer, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34, Elwyn,
PA 19063.
For sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRIINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHEN1NAE):
Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the
New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval,
Norman, Okla. 73069, U.S.A.
For sale: Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.-Vol. 41, 43, 62, 63, 64, ea. $15.00; Proc. N. Cent.
Branch E.S.A.-Vol. 24-5, $10.00; Practical Entomologist, Vol. 1-2 (1865-7), $10.00;
American Entomologist, Vol. 1 (1868-9), $8.00; Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., Vols 39, 55, 56;
the lot, $10.00; Ecological Monographs, Vols 34 through 40; ea. $10.00. Russell A Rahn,
314 N. 5th Street, Watertown, WI 53094.
For Sale: Natural History Library, including entomological works and journals. List
on request. R. Rahn, 314 N. 5th, Watertown, WI 53094
OCTOBER 1973
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
CONTENTS
THE ECOLOGY, BEHAVIOR AND DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES OF CRICKET FROM THE
OSA PENINSULA OF COSTA RICA
David C. Rentz, p. 237
NEW MEGALEUCTRA
FROM THE EASTERN UNITED STATES
(PLECOPTERA:LEUCTRIDAE)
Richard W. Bauman, p. 247
A NEW HOST RECORD FOR THE
PARASITIC ROVE BEETLE
ALEOCHARA BIPUSTULATA L.
(COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE)
Ian Moore and E. T. Legner, p. 250
THE GENUS MARICAONA
(HOMOPTERA:CICADELLIDAE)
Dwight M. DeLong and Candace Martinson, p. 251
REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY AND DULOTIC ANTS
PRELIMINARY REPORT
(HYMENOPTERA:FORMICIDAE)
A. Chang-Fu.Hung, p. 253
THE BEHAVIOR OF CHLOROCHROA LIGATA (SAY)
AND COSMOPEPLA BIMACULATA (THOMAS)
(HOMOPTERA:PENTATOMIDAE)
Jill Fish and John Alcock, p. 260
THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S RECORD, p. 268
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.SA.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4]/2 x 6!/2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods aie
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete maiMng address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND-CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
THE ECOLOGY, BEHAVIOR AND DESCRIPTION OF
A NEW SPECIES OF CRICKET FROM
THE OSA PENINSULA OF COSTA RICA1
David C. Rentz2
Through the educational opportunity afforded by the Organiza-
tion for Tropical Studies in Costa Rica, hundreds of graduate
students and professional biologists have been able to begin to
understand the complexity of the Tropical ecosystem. Through
participation in a course in tropical ecology, I had the chance to
make a detailed study of the behavior and ecology of a small
sword-bearing cricket on the Osa Peninsula of Costa Rica in late
February 1969.
Although the Orthoptera form a conspicuous element of the
tropical insect fauna, no truly comprehensive faunistic studies have
been made for these insects as a group in the New World tropics.
Descamps (1970) graphically compared the present state of know-
ledge of the orthopterofauna of the New World Tropics with that
of Tropical Africa pointing out that both regions possess similar
diversity indexes but the state of knowledge of the Tropical
American fauna is many years behind that of Africa. He began a
continuing faunistic study on the grasshoppers of Columbia in
1971.
'Accepted for publication: April 13, 1973.
2Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
Ent. News, 84:237-246, 1973 237
238
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
i
Fig. I Type locality of Anaxipha philifolia Rentz, new species near OTS building on Osa
Peninsula, 3.5 mi. S. of Rincon, Costa Rica; fig. 2, allotype on Heliconia leaf.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 239
Costa Rica has been visited by several Orthopterists in the past.
J.A.G. Rehn began a series of publications dealing with the
Orthoptera of Costa Rica in 1904 and subsequently visited the
country on two occasions. Unfortunately, these reports were never
completed and they are not very extensive in their coverage and
amount to little more than a scattering of species descriptions. No
noteworthy keys exist to help identify any of the species.
The crickets of the subfamily Trigonidiinae are frequently seen
amongst foliage of tropical understory vegetation. Some are terres-
trial living in leaf litter and doubtlessly there are species which are
peculiar to the forest canopy. Chopard (1968) listed only four
species in two genera as occurring in Costa Rica but the Academy
collections indicate that at least twice this number may be found
there. This is the first published record of the biology of any
tropical American species of this subfamily.
Anaxipha philifolia Rentz, new species is a diurnal species liv-
ing on the surfaces of the leaves of predominantly musaceous
plants, mainly species of Heliconia. Similarly large-leafed plants of
the genus Calathea in the Marantaceae are avoided. A few crickets
were found on other plants but these individuals always returned
to Heliconia. Stridulation and mating occurs in the early morning
although isolated singing individuals may be heard at other times
during the day. Singing was never detected at night. Courtship
always occurred on the undersurface of the leaves, possibly to
reduce the likelihood of predation, and the courting individuals
always oriented parallel to the leaf midrib with heads of both
individuals facing toward the axil.
A description of the new species is presented below with more
detailed data on the bionomics of the species. A log of the
observations is also presented.
Type data. -"Costa Rica, Puntarenas Prov. Osa Peninsula, 3.5
mi. S. Rincoxn, 28-1 1-1969, 08°42'N. 83°29'W. D.C. Rentz, collec-
tor."
Type locality. The exact type locality (fig. 1) is along a small
ephemeral creek within a quarter of a mile of the complex of
buildings used by the Organization for Tropical Studies owned by
the Tropical Science Center. The area is within the Wet Tropical
240
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
3
.,
5
Fig. 3 Tegmina paratype female; fig. 4, tegmina holotype male; fig. 5, hind leg paratype
male; fig. 6, frontal view head, paratype male; fig. 7, dorsal view pronotum paratype
male. Magnification SOX.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 241
Forest classification of Holdridge (1967). The altitude ot the type
locality is 15 meters and the area receives over 4,100 millimeters
of rain per year with the heaviest rains during December. The
average monthly temperature is approximately 27°C. The wet
tropical forest vegetation type is found in the lowland areas of
southwestern and northeastern Costa Rica. The type series was
collected during the middle of the dry season.
Diagnosis.— A. philifolia is distinguished from all other species
in the genus by its unique color pattern (figs. 2,3,4) and structure
of the male genitalia. The shining black frons and coal matte black
punctate pronotum are not found in any other known tropical
American species of A naxipha. The color pattern of A. philifolia is
more like that seen among species of Phylloscyrtus on the basis of
the structure of the distal segment of the maxillary palpus which is
greatly expanded in Phylloscyrtus but slender in Anaxipha. The
structure of the male genitalia in Anaxipha species is apparently
species distinct as indicated by Chopard (1956).
Species description. HOLOTYPE MALE. Size moderately large for genus, form
attenuate. HEAD: appearing flattened between eyes, but very faintly tumescent and
sparsely setose, interocular distance 0.8; eyes very prominent, greatly bulging, (0.82 x
0.61); fastigium smooth, tumid, bearing two parallel rows of six elongate setae confined
to the median portion of the triangular black region, projecting for a distance equal to
about one-half the length of the first antennal segment; maxillary palpi 1.79 mm in total
length, distal segment (0.69) slightly longer than the one preceeding it (0.47), apical one-
quarter slightly expanded (fig. 11); antenna very long, six times the length of the body,
basal segment (0.41) rectangular, slightly expanded on internal margin, second segment
minute, cylindrical 12 mm in length, third segment similar in size and length to second.
THORAX: pronotum narrowing anteriorly, a shallow transverse sulcus present in median
portion; longitudinal sulcus faintly indicated in median by three impressions (fig. 7);
lateral lobes longer than broad (1.00 x .08), ventral margin truncate; surface of pronotum
clothed with setae of two sizes, dorsal surface with a number of very long stiff bristles,
margins of pronotum bearing a single row of short setae; legs elongate, densely pubescent,
especially on tarsi, auditory foramen prominent, elongate, ovoid, two and one-half times
longer than broad, open on both faces; fore tibia armed with a single spine, this in apical
position on posterior (external) face, median tibia with a pair of apical short spurs, hind
tibia armed on dorsal surface with three spines on internal and external margins, apex
armed with a pair of spurs on internal margin, the inferior of which is one-third shorter
than superior, superior spur little more than half the length of adjacent metatarsus,
external surface also bearing a pair of spurs but these minute, the inferior twice the length
of the superior which is minute, inferior one-twentieth the length of adjacent metatarsus;
all tarsi three segmented, densely pubescent, the metatarsus elongate, longer than other
segments combined, second segment cordate, depressed, metatarsus of posterior tibia
armed at apex on dorsal surface with a pair of short subapical spines and with two spurs
on internal margin, the superior spur minute, inferior elongate, about half the length of
the adjacent two segments combined, external margin also with a short quadrate spur in
length attaining about half that of second tarsal segment; elytra elongate conforming to
242
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
A
8
\ '™
10
• *•»• •
X
11
13
12
Fig. 8, dorsal view and fig. 9, ventral view, genitalia holotype male; fig. 10, apex of abdo-
men paratype male, dorsal view; fig. 11, maxillary palpus paratype male; fig. 12, ventral
view subgenital plate paratype female; fig. 13, lateral view apex of abdomen paratype
female. Magnification 50X.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
243
shape of body, (4.5 x 1.8), venation (fig. 4), tegmina without pubescent wings present,
projecting beyond abdominal apex. ABDOMEN: subgenital plate elongate, lateral margins
weakly concave; cerci elongate, longer than length of abdomen, apex recurved ventrad,
surface of cerci clothed with long thin setae; male genitalia (figs. 8-10). COLORATION:
general overall coloration in life pale yellow, this becoming light brown in death; frons
(fig. 6) shining black, eye uniform dark brown with faint grey pattern; antenna pale
yellow at base becoming darker brown on distal portion of flagellum; pronotum coal
black; anterior border and inferior border of lateral lobes yellow; legs uniform yellow
brown, hind tibia somewhat darker; elytra greyish or light yellow marked with black
(fig. 4).
FEMALE. Similar to male but differs as follows: elytra more cylindrical (3.8 x 1.6)
with several nearby parallel longitudinal veins each separated by as many as five hori-
zontal cross veins, wings present; ovipositor (2.1) gradually curved upward (fig. 13),
apex and lateral surface serrate; subgenital plate short, broad, pubescent, with shallow
median excavation; coloration more intense than male, vertex and femur fusco-
testaceous, elytra almost entirely coal black; ovipositor yellow in basal half, apical por-
tion lustrous dark brown.
Specimens studied.-Described from five males, ten females and one nymph all bear-
ing the same data as holotype. The holotype and allotype are deposited in the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Paratypes will be deposited in the U. S. National
Museum, British Museum (Natural History), and the Paris Museum.
MEASUREMENTS (IN MM)
Length Width Length Length Width Length Length
Pronot. Pronot. Tegmen Fern. Ill Fem. Ill Metatarjn Ovip.
Males
Holotype
Para type
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Females
Allotype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Paratype
Length
body
4.9
5.7
5.3
5.3
5.4
5.2
4.8
4.70
4.80
5.0
4.80
5.0
5.0
4.9
4.9
0.90
1.0
0.95
1.20
0.90
1.0
0.95
1.0
0.95
1.0
1.0
1.25
1.0
1.10
1.0
1.1
0.9
1.0
0.9
1.0
.0
1.1
.0
1.0
.1
1.0
.0
1.1
.0
1.1
4.5
4.3
4.3
4.2
4.3
3.8
3.9
3.9
3.8
3.7
3.8
3.7
3.9
3.6
3.9
5.3
5.9
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.2
5.5
5.5
5.4
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.7
5.7
1.25
1.20
1.25
1.20
1.20
1.25
1.2
1.1
1.2
.2
.3
.2
_2
.3
.3
1.20
1.25
1.02
1.25
1.20
1.25
2.1
1.00
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.0
1.0
2.0
.1
2.1
.1
2.0
.1
2.1
.0
2.0
.0
2.0
Bionomics. -A. philifolia is found only on leaves of larger understory plants, especial-
ly those of the banana family, Musaceae (fig. 14). The crickets were not found along the
stream margin but always within the forest sometimes in small clearings. A. philifolia is
distinctly diurnal with stridulation and mating occurring only in the morning, usually
shortly after sunrise. Plants of the family Marantaceae (fig. 15), Calathea sp., were found
in the same habitat but the crickets were notably absent from these plants probably be-
cause the crickets are omnivorous scavengers, feeding by day on the paiticulate mat-
ter which is constantly dropping from canopy trees and plants. This consists of animal
matter, such as feces and dead or injured insects, and plant material, including blossoms
and fruits. Marantaceous plants, such as any of several species of the genus Calathea
244
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
Fig. 14, Habitat of Anaxipha philifolia. Heliconia plants in forest clearing; fig. 15,
Calathea with uplifted leaves at midday at type locality.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 245
which occur in the same habitat as the cricket, lift the normally horizontally held leaves
to a vertical position (fig. 15) during the heat of the day. This exposes the whitish under-
surfaces of the leaves and reflects light supposedly reducing transpiration. Such particu-
late matter which might serve as food for the crickets is removed from the leaves by the
lifting action. In addition, the lifting action of the leaves might tend to expose mating or
courting crickets to predation.
Even though certain host plants such asHeliconia bihai grow to heights of many feet,
A. philifolia was found only between two and four feet from the ground. It was never
seen higher nor were any crickets found on the ground.
A. philifolia is locally abundant on the proper host plants. One small plant was seen
to harbor four of the crickets per large leaf. Other larger plants had up to eight adults
and immatures on a given leaf.
Even though the vegetation of the Osa Peninsula might be classified in the Wet
Tropical Forest scheme of Holdridge it should be stressed that at least as far as the
Orthoptera fauna is concerned, the area is represented by a different complex of species
than found in the other major part of the country classed in this category, the north-
western lowlands. Repeated comparisons between the faunas of two such areas (Osa and
La Selva) show that there is little in common between these two areas, Duellman (1966
for reptiles), Roberts (1973, for grasshoppers).
LOG OF BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS
The crickets were observed continuously from late in the afternoon of 3 March 1969
until mid-evening. The same crickets were watched from early morning until noon on the
following day. Three crickets were captured and marked with non-toxic paint in the
afternoon of 3 March.
3-III-69
6:30 P.M. Area in total darkness, crickets completely silent, all on undersurfaces of
leaves. Antennae, which are two inches in length or more held laterally and each side
moved in a sweeping semi-circle. This behavior was maintained constantly, even though
the crickets stayed in the same place on the plant for a much longer time than would
normally have been the case during the day. Many predators were present, these con-
sisting primarily of spiders and ground beetles (Carabidae). A single predaceousbug
(Ploiariidae) was observed near a cricket but when the cricket detected the bug with its
sweeing antennae, it darted away and avoided predation.
7:30 Marked cricket relocated, two feet from original
27°C release.
8:00 All marked specimens located and within a few inches
27°C of original point of release.
4-II1-69
5:00 A.M. Dawn approaching. Marked specimens located. One near original point of
release, the other six feet away on a dicotyledonous plant. Many, other individuals,
adults and immatures located on Heliconia surfaces feeding on bits of matter "rained"
out of canopy.
5:30 Dawn approaching.
25°C
5:50 Crickets becoming more active, run erratically on leaf surface and feed on bits
25°C of food as encountered. Search in random manner.
6:00 Marked female found on same plant but two leaves away.
25°C A crushed dolichopodid placed on leaf, eaten by cricket as soon as discovered.
7:00 Stridulation begun, dozens of males heard in unison.
246 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
25.5°C All males sit on undersurface of leaves head toward axis, tegmina raised in
right angles to body as in Oecanthus.
7:17 Stridulating male has attracted two females. Both sit parallel to the male fac-
26°C ing axis of leaf. Spermatophore protruding from male.
7:34 Female approaches male, spermatophore transferred within a few seconds,
26°C female runs away, spermatophore observed from genitalia of female. Male
continues calling.
7:49 Male produces another spermatophore. No transfer observed.
29°C
9:00 Stridulation begins to diminish. Same male as above transfers another sperma-
30°C tophore to another female.
9:35 Chorus stridulation ceases. Only a few scattered males observed singing.
32°C
10:00 Courting stopped. Most crickets resting on leaf surfaces. No more courtship
32°C observed.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I would like to thank Drs. M. G. Emsley and T. J. Walker, Jr. for comments on the
manuscript. The illustrations were prepared by Donna M. Foster and Mrs. Gloria Phelan
typed the manuscript. Mrs. Paulette M. Francis is thanked for technical assistance.
LITERATURE CITED
Chopard, L. 1956. Some crickets from South America (Grylloidea and Tridactyloidea).
Proceedings of the United States National Museum, 106:241-293.
Chopard, L. 1968. Orthopteroum Catalogus, editor M. Beier. part 12, Gryllidae. edit.,
Dr. W. Junk, N.V., pp. 1-500.
Descamps, M. 1970. Geographical regions and taxonomic groups of Acridomorpha in
need of study. Proceedings of the International Study Conference. Current and
future problems of Acridology, London, pp. 9-20.
Descamps, M. 1971. Contrabution a la faune des Acridoidea de Colombie. Annales, Soc.
ent. Fr. (N.S.), 7(1):95-113.
Duellman, W. E. 1966. The Central American herpetofauna: an ecological perspective.
Copeia, 4:700-719.
Holdridge, L. R. 1967. Life Zone Ecology, revised edition. 206 pp. Tropical Science
Center. San Jose C.R.
Rehn, J.A.G. 1904. Studies in American mantids or soothsayers. Proceedings of the U.S.
National Museum, 27:561-574.
Roberts, H. R. 1973. Collecting arboreal Orthoptera in the rain forests of Costa Rica
with Insecticide: A report on the grasshoppers (Acrididae) including new species.
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Vol. 125(3):
49-66.
ABSTRACT
ABSTRACT.-The trigonidiine crickets are a conspicuous element of the tropical insect
fauna yet nothing has been written about their bionomics. A new species, Anaxipha
phiUfolia Rentz, is described and its diurnal occurrence, feeding and courtship behavior
are discussed. The crickets' preference for a single host plant family and the significance
of the latter in terms of predation avoidance is presented. David C. Rentz, Academy of
Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Descriptors: diurnal tropical cricket; bionomics; host association.
NEW MEGALEUCTRA
FROM THE EASTERN UNITED STATES
(PLECOPTERAiLEUCTRIDAE)1
Richard W. Baumann2
The extant Megaleuctra fauna represents a recent Nearctic relict
(lilies, 1967). Megaleuctra neavei Ricker, from Baltic Amber
collected at Palmnicken, Prussia (Ricker, 1935), is the only Pale-
arctic representative. Megaleuctra jewetti Lewis, another fossil
species, is recorded from northern Idaho (Lewis, 1969). There are
presently five extant Megaleuctra species all from North America.
Three species: M. complicata (Claassen), M. kincaidi Prison andM.
stigmata (Banks) are known only from the Pacific Northwest.
Megaleuctra williamsae Hanson is restricted to the southern Appa-
lachians in the Great Smoky Mountains.
This study contains a description of a fifth species Megaleuctra
flinti from Shenandoah National Park and also the female of M.
williamsae Hanson. The specimens studied were collected by
Dr. Oliver S. Flint, Jr., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.,
for whom the interesting new species is named.
The localities where Megaleuctra specimens have been collected
in eastern North America are areas that also contain other relict
faunal and floral elements. The absence of records from the high
mountains of northern New England might be due to inadequate
collecting.
My experience indicates that Megaleuctra is probably restricted
to spring-like areas. Water temperature in springs seldom varies
more than a few degrees centigrade throughout the year. This tem-
perature stability and the fact that large springs create a limited
microclimate would enable stenothermic species to survive tem-
perature extremes. This makes such areas excellent refuges of relict
plant and animal species.
'Accepted for publication: February 7, 1973.
2Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Insti-
tution, Washington, D.C., 20560.
Ent. News, 84:247-250, 1973 247
248 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
Megaleuctra flinti NEW SPECIES
(Fig. 1)
Holotype male.-Macropterous. Length of forewings 10 mm; length of body 12 mm.
General color brown; legs brown at junction of femur and tibia, becoming gradually
yellow toward base and apex; antennae brown and very long. Head as wide as prothorax,
general color yellow; broad darkly sclerotized rugose lines in front of each ocellus, an-
terior line crescent-shaped, posterior lines V-shaped, base of head with broad brown
band; ocellar triangle with broad base, posterior ocelli closer to eyes than to each other.
Pronotum wider than long, corners slightly flattened, dark broad rugose pattern extend-
ing from midline, pattern shaped like back-to-back "J's". Wings hyaline, with small dark
patch in costal space beyond cord; venation typical for genus. Abdomen entirely brown,
segments unmodified except for terminalia; eighth tergite with very small sclerotized nub
located medially near posterior margin; ninth tergite bisected medially, bearing narrow
rectangular lobe directed posteriorly, lobe darkly sclerotized near apex and with numer-
ous small teeth-like projections, lateral posterior margins expanded producing large
nipple-like processes on each side of sclerotized lobe; subgenital plate large, broad at base,
becoming gradually narrower to rounded tip which covers base of subanal probe, lobe
at base of ninth sternite long and thin, of equal width throughout, tip rounded. Tenth
segment highly modified; supra-anal process heavily sclerotized, with membranous dorsal
groove, base broad, becoming gradually narrower toward concave triangular apex, paired
lateral projections extending out from near base of apex, tip of projections sclerotized
and shaped like broad forked teeth which curve back and up, projections shield thin
pointed sclerotized internal structures; subanal probe very long and narrow, basal half
enclosed in sheath-like structure, sheath broad at base, becoming abruptly narrow and
then wider towards apex, extending to middle of supra-anal process, probe directed
upward and then recurved forward over abdomen, apex narrowing to thread-like tip;
cerci single segmented, elongate and fairly large (Fig. 1).
Female. -Unknown.
Holotype 6, Hogcamp Brook, Shenandoah National Park, Virginia, 22-23-V-1970, O.
S. Flint, Jr. Type deposited at the National Museum of Natural History, Washington,
D. C. as No. 72493.
Megaleuctra flinti can be separated from the other known species by the combination
of a rectangular sclerotized lobe on the ninth tergite and an extremely long subanal
probe which is encased only along its basal half by a sheath.
Megaleuctra williamsae Hanson
(Figs. 2,3)
Megaleuctra williamsae Hanson (1941:64,65) Great Smoky Mountains, Tennessee.
Allotype female. -Macropterous. Length of forewings 14 mm; length of body 13 mm
(excluding extended subgenital plate). General morphology similar to male; pronotum
longer than wide, anterior corners nearly 90 degrees, posterior corners cut off forming
two small flat sides (Fig. 3). Eighth sternite formed into subgenital plate which extends
past tip of abdomen and reaches 2 mm beyond, broad at base, narrowing gradually to tip
of abdomen, extended portion long narrow and round in cross section. Ninth sternite
formed into long narrow ovipositor-like structure which lies inside the subgenital plate,
structure very narrow and extending half the length of subgenital plate. Cerci small and
inconspicuous (Fig. 2).
Allotype 9 deposited at the National Museum of Natural History from the following
locality: 10.2 miles east of Gatlinburg, Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Tennessee,
20-V-1970, O. S. Flint, Jr., Id, 19.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
249
1mm
Figure 1. Megaleuctra flinti, n. sp., male terminalia, lateral, dorsal (tip of supra-anal
process removed) and ventral. Figures 2, 3. Megaleuctra williamsae Hanson. 2. FemaJe
terminalia, lateral and ventral. 3. Head and pronotum.
250 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
LITERATURE CITED
Hanson, J. F. 1941. Studies on the Plecoptera of North America, II. Bull. Brooklyn
Entomol. Soc. 36:57-66.
lilies, J. 1967. Die Gattung Megaleuctra (Plecopt., Ins.), Beitrag zur konsequent-
phylogenetischen Behandlung eines Incertae-sedis-Pioblems. Z. Morphol. 5kol.
Tiere 60:124-134.
Lewis, S. E. 1969. Fossil Insects of the Latah Formation (Miocene) of Eastern Washing-
ton and Northern Idaho. NW Sci. 43:99-115.
Ricker, W. E. 1935. New Canadian Perlids (Part II). Can. Entomol. 67:256-264.
ABSTRACT. -Metaleuctra flinti is described from Shenandoah National Park from a
single male. A detailed description and drawings are given. The female of Megaleuctra
williamsae Hanson is described and figured and an allotype designated. -Richard W.
Baumann, Department of Entomology, National Museum of Natural History, Smith-
sonian Institution, Washington, D. C., 20560.
Descriptors: Plecoptera; Megaleuctra flinti; new species; Virginia; Megaleuctra williamsae
Hanson; female.
A NEW HOST RECORD FOR THE
PARASITIC ROVE BEETLE
ALEOCHARA BIPUSTULATA L.
(COLEOPTERA:STAPHYLINIDAE) '
Ian Moore2 and E. F. Legner3
Larvae of the staphylinid genus Aleochara are known to be
ectoparasites on the pupae of flies within the puparium. All re-
ported American host records for the genus were listed in 1971 by
Moore and Legner (Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 64:1184-1185) at
which time new records were reported. A. bipustulata L. was re-
corded by them as a parasite of Hylemya brassica (Bouche), H,
platura (Meigen) and H. floralis (Fallen). We have recently seen a
series of 52 specimens of A. bipustulata L. reared from puparia of
Ravinia derelictum (Walker) during June and August, 1972 at
State College, Mississippi by Klois J. Watts. This is not only a new
record but from a different family, Sarcophagidae. Previously
known hosts for this species belong to the family Anthomyiidae.
'Accepted for publication: May 3, 1973
2Staff Research Associate
3Associate Professor of Biological Control, Division of Biological Control, Citrus Re-
search Center and Agricultural Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside.
Editor's Note; This paper was originally scheduled for the July 1973, Vol. 84, No. 7,
issue of the Entomological News.
THE GENUS MARICAONA
(HOMOPTERArCICADELLIDAE)1
Dwight M. DeLong and Candace Martinson2
INTRODUCTION
The genus Maricaona Caldwell and Martorell was described from
a single female specimen, collected in Puerto Rico in 1950 and de-
scribed as Maricaona polyamia Cald. & Mart. The authors did not
attempt to distinguish this genus from Polyamia. Linnavuori,
1959, recognized the genus and described two new species, M. re-
imoseri Linn, from Costa Rica and M. reticulata Linn, from
Mexico. Kramer, 1963, refused to recognize the genus on the basis
of a female specimen, alone, and placed M. reticulata in the genus
Polamia. The male of M. poliamia,, the type species of the genus,
is described at this time. The reticulate pattern of the fore wing
differs between males and females and apparently varies within the
same sex. The male aedeagus is not broadened dorsoventrally at
the base and differs from most of the known species of Polyamia.
Maricaona polyamia Cald. & Mart.
Length of male 4 mm, female 4.5 mm. The structural and color markings of the male
agree with those of the female, except that the reticulate veins of the fore wing are fewer
in the male specimens than in the females. In the male the reticulate veins occur almost
entirely on the disc, the inner and median anteapical cells and/or the posterior costal
margin.
Male genitalia with plates more than twice as long as broad, apex narrowed, rounded.
Style narrow, broadened at base, with a long narrow basal portion extending to connec-
tive; apical portion notched, producing a short, curved, finger-like, apical process. Aedea-
gus rather short and broad (in ventral view) apex deeply, roundedly excavated, forming
a pair of slender, curved, pincerlike apices which are proximal at their tips. Pygofer
narrowed on apical half, apex narrow, rounded.
Allotype male, Maricao, Puerto Rico, 4 mi. S. 1-29-69 (C. W. & L. B. OBrien). This
specimen is designated an alJotype in order that the species can be more readily identi-
fied and in order to compare it with related species of Polyamia.
ABSTRACT.-The male of Maricaona polyamia Caldwell and Martorell is described and
illustrated.
Descriptors: Homoptera, Cicadellidae, Maricaona polyamia -description of male from
Puerto Rico.
'This work was sponsored by the Ohio State University Development Fund. Accepted
for publication: December 6, 1972.
2Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University.
Ent. News, 84:251 -252, 1973 251
252
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
LITERATURE CITED
Caldwell, John S. & Luis F. Martorell. 1952. Review of the Auchenorynchous Homop-
tera of Puerto Rico. Part I Cicadellidae. Puerto Rico Jour, of Agr. 34:1-132.
Kramer, James P. New and little known Mexican and Neotropical Deltocephalinae
(Homoptera:Cicadellidae) Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 76:39.
Linnavuori, Rauno. 1959. Revision of the Neotropical Deltocephalinae and some related
subfamilies. Ann. Zool. Soc. "Vanamo". 20(1): 1-370.
Figs. 1-5. Maricaona polyamia Caldwell and Martorell. 1 - aedeagus, ventrally. 2 - aedea-
gus, laterally. 3 - style, ventrally. 4 - plate, ventrally. 5 - pygofer, laterally.
REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY IN DULOTIC ANTS
PRELIMINARY REPORT
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)1
A. Chang-Fu Hung2
Ant workers are ordinarily sterile females with reduced ova-
rioles. They may be able to lay eggs in the presence of the queen,
but the eggs laid by these workers are specialized trophic eggs
which usually serve no purpose other than to provide protein for
the queen and larvae. However, in queenless colonies workers are
known to lay eggs which in most cases develop into males. This
inhibition of worker ovarian development has been observed thus
far in Leptothomx (Bier, 1954), Formica (Bier, \956\Plagiolepis
(Passera, 1965), and Myrmica (Mamsch and Bier, 1966). The phe-
nomenon of queen control is also found in other social insects. At
least two inhibitory pheromones (both produced in the queen's
mandibular glands) are involved in queen control in honeybees
(Butler, 1957). One of these pheromones has been identified as
9-oxodec-/lra/zs-2-enoic acid (Butler et al., 1961). No queen control
pheromone in ants has yet been identified.
The practice of slavery or dulosis in ants is unique among
insects. Ants of the genera Harpagoxenus, Strogylognathus,
Myrmoxenus(?), Leptothorax, Formica, Polyergus, and Rossomy-
rex are known to raid colonies of other species for their worker
brood and use them as slaves after they emerge into adults (Wilson,
1 Acepted for publication: February 6, 1973.
Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 58201.
Ent. News, 84:253-259 253
254 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
1971). Two types of dulosis are known (Wheeler, 1910). In the
faculative slave-makers the colonies are sometimes found without
slaves. In the obligatory slave-makers, however, the ants are wholly
dependent on their slaves so that they are even incapable of ob-
taining their own food. The ovarian development of both master
workers and slaves is of course restricted by the queen(s) of the
slave-maker species. Here I present two cases in which the produc-
tion of Isave progeny is inhibited by the presence of their master
workers in queenless colonies.
Workers of the facultative slave-maker, Formica pergandei (ace.
no. 71-11) with their slaves, Formica canadensis,weiQ collected at
Oakville Prairie, the University of North Dakota biological field
station located 12 miles west of Grand Forks, on 14 September
1971 and maintained in the laboratory for 3 months. It was hoped
that any effects the queen or queens of the original colony may
have had on these workers (both masters and slaves) would have
disappeared during this 3 month separation from the original
colony. On 19 December 1971 this colony fragment was divided
into 3 parts and kept in 1 -gallon jars with soil preheated to avoid
contamination of brood from the original nest. Both master and
slave workers were used in nests 71-11 A and 71-1 IB, but only
slaves in nest 71-1 1C. These 3 nests were then kept in a refrigera-
tor at 4°C for two weeks. After this treatment they were moved in-
to the laboratory, kept at room temperature (= 20 - - 25°C), and
fed with an artificial diet consisting of a mixture of whole, raw egg
and honey.
Males emerged from both 71-1 1 A and 7 1-1 IB on 15 March 1972
and from 71-1 1C on 30 March 1972. When this experiment was
concluded on 5 May, a total of 23 males were collected from nest
7 1-11 A, 31 from nest 7 1-1 IB, and 7 from nest 7 1-1 1C. There
were 27 master workers and 104 slaves remaining in 71-1 1 A and
33 slaves in 71-1 1C at the conclusion of the experiment (no initial
number of ants in each nest was recorded). No brood was present
in any of these two nests. Nest 7 1-1 IB was not opened at this
time. It was kept in a refrigerator at 4°C for 10 days and then
moved back into the laboratory in hopes that the workers would
lay eggs again. One male was collected from this nest on 27 May
1972. This male was probably left over from the first brood. When
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 255
this nest was opened on 13 August 1972 there were 27 master
workers and 168 slaves and no brood.
The males collected from both 71-1 1A and 71-1 IB (i.e., the
nests with both master workers and slaves) are all pergandei (those
from 71-1 1C are of course all canadensis). This seems to indicate
that in the presence of the master workers no adult males of the
slave species are produced.
To test this hypothesis workers of the obligatory slave-maker,
Polyergus breviceps (ace. no. 72-1), and their slaves, canadensis,
were collected from Oakville Prairie on 19 May 1972 for a similar
experiment. This colony fragment was divided into 7 parts. 35
breviceps workers and 35 slaves were used in each of the first 5
nests (72-1 -A to E) and only 70 slaves each were in the last 2
(72-1 -F, G) to serve as control. The first male emerged from nest
72-1 F on 16 July 1972. When this experiment was concluded on
21 August 1972, the following males were collected: 4 from A, 9
from B, 6 from C, 6 from D, 6 from E, 3 from F, and 2 from G.
Again, only males of breviceps were collected from nests A
through E where both master and slave workers were used.
It thus appears that after the removal of the slave-maker queen
the master workers take over the control and in turn inhibit the
production of slave adults in the queenless colony. This is not the
same as in the case of reproductive inhibition of parasitic queens
over their hosts found in some parasitic ants such as Plagiolepis
xene (Passera, 1969). The only comparable case was found in the
slave-maker Harpagoxenus americanus, in which one of the master
workers assumes the reproductive functions in the secondary col-
ony after losing contact with the home nest (Wesson, 1939). How-
ever, the production of unusually high number of female brood by
these presumably virgin workers and the fact that americanus will
mate in the nest seem to suggest that these reproductive workers
might have already been inseminated as in the case of the Euro-
pean species, H. sublaevis (Buschinger, 1968) before establish-
ing the secondary colony, in spite of Wesson's claim to the con-
trary. If this is true, then these impregnated workers will certainly
assume a dominant status over the slaves in the absence of the
queen(s). Since I found no female brood in the two cases studied,
I assume that no inseminated workers were involved.
256 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
Further investigations on the nature of this inhibition are now
in progress. These include an observation nest #71-11 D-l estab-
lished on 26 October 1972 using pergandei workers with can-
adensis again as their slaves. Although this nest is still under
observation, some established facts regarding the behavior of both
slaves and master workers can be pointed out in this preliminary
report.
As of 3 January 1973 I spent a total of 40 hours and 45 minutes
observing ants in this nest through green glass. During this period
I saw pergandei workers laying both normal and trophic eggs 43
times, but I have only two rather dubious records for their slaves.
Among those eggs laid by pergandei, 1 1 were eaten by pergandei
themselves, 2 by both pergandei and slaves (Figs. 1-4), and 2 were
given directly to the larvae. As shown in Fig. 3, some slaves also
have gasters as extended as those of egg-laying pergandei. Dis-
section of these slaves has shown that they also have well develop-
ed oocytes.
On 18 December 1972 one pergandei was seen carrying an egg
on the glass wall of the observation nest. Later she bent over and
touched her anus with that egg, dropped the egg to the floor, pull-
ed an egg out of her anus, and then walked away with the new egg.
Several pergandei tried to take that egg away from her without
success. Finally, she reached the brood pile and fed that egg to a
larva for about 2 minutes and then finished up on it herself. An-
other pergandei came over and solicited food from her, but she did
not give her any. This first pergandei again bent over and licked
her anus. Then, one rather elongated egg came out. She did not
pick up this egg, but just left it on the glass wall beneath her (Fig.
5). Six mins later she picked up the egg and stood there while
other ants were feeding the larva nearby. She then walked toward
the larva and put that egg on the glass wall near the larva and left
(Fig. 6). Another pergandei came over carrying an egg which she
fed to the larva. At this time the pergandei worker's head was al-
most touching the elongated egg laid by the first pergandei (Fig. 7).
Thus, it appears that the elongated egg was a normal egg which
the first pergandei laid soon after she had laid a trophic egg. A
total of 7 cases were observed in which one ant laid more than one
egg in a short period. In some cases the second egg came out so
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
257
soon that the ant had to receive it when the first egg was still
between her mandibles (Fig. 8).
My observations also revealed several behavioral patterns of
pergandei toward their slaves. Although pergandei will drag each
other around, it is more often that pergandei will drag the slaves
either by their antennae or legs (Fig. 9). Also there were 52 cases
in which slaves were carried by pergandei (Fig. 1 0) in the typical
formicine fashion (Wilson, 1971). Yet no pergandei has been seen
carried in this manner by either other pergandei or by slaves. This
might indicate a subordinate status in slaves.
Fig. 1 . Worker of pergandei beginning to lay egg. Note the wide-open anus.
Fig. 2. The same worker carrying the egg she has just laid.
Fig. 3. Same worker sharing that egg with a slave. Note the extended gaster of the slave.
Fig. 4. Another pergandei worker with a trophic egg just pulled out from her anus.
258
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
Fig. 5. One pergandei worker and a normal egg just laid on the glass wall beneath her.
Fig. 6. The same worker after placing that egg near a larva.
Fig. 7. Another pergandei worker feeding the same larva. Note the proximity of the
worker's head to the normal egg.
Fig. 8. One pergandei worker receiving her second egg although the first egg is still be-
tween her mandibles.
Fig. 9. Pergandei worker dragging a slave by her hind leg.
Fig. \Q. Pergandei worker carrying a slave in the typical formicine fashion.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 259
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This research was carried out under the direction of Dr. Paul B. Kannowski, Univer-
sity of North Dakota. I thank Dr. Kannowski; Dr. Gordon L. Ayre, Canada Department
if Agriculture; and Dr. Murray S. Blum, University of Georgia, for valuable advice during
the preparation of the manuscript. Thanks are also due to Dr. William F Buren Depart
ment of Entomology, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, and Dr Andre
Francoeur, Umversite du Quebec a Chicoutimi for identifying Formica pergandei and
F. canadensis, respectively.
LITERATURE CITED
Bier, K. 1954. Uber den Einfluss der Konigin auf die Arbeiterinnenfertilitat im
Ameisenstaat. Insectes Sociaux 1:7-19.
Bier, K. 1956. Arbeiterinnenfertilitat und Aufzucht von Geschlechtstieren als Regula-
tionsleistung des Ameisenstattes. Insectes Sociaux 3:177-184.
Buschinger, A. 1968. Untersuchungen an Harpogoxenus sublaevis Nyl. (Hymenoptera,
Formicidae). III. Kopula, Koloniegrundung, Raubzuge. Insectes Sociaux 15:89-
104.
Butler, C. G. 1957. The control of ovary development in worker honeybee (Apis
mellifera). Experientia 13:256-275.
Butler, D. G., R. K. Callow, and Norah C. Johnston. 1961. The isolation and synthesis of
queen substance, 9-oxodec-/ra«s-2-enoic acid, a honeybee pheromone. Proc. Roy.
Soc. B, 155:417-432.
Mamsch, E. and K. Bier. 1966. Das Verhalten von Ameisenarbeiterinnen gegenuber der
Konigin naeh vorangegangener Weisellosigkeit. Insectes Sociaux 8:277-284.
Passera, L. 1965. Inhibition de la ponte des ouvrieres par les reines chez la fourmi
Plagiolepis pygmaea Latr. Comptes Rendus de la Ve Congres Union Internationale
pour 1'Etude des Insectes Sociaux, Toulouse 1965, pp. 298-302.
Passera, L. 1969. Interactions et fecondite des reines de Plagiolepis pygmaea Latr. et de
ses parasites sociaux P. grassei Le Masne et Passera et P. xene St. (Hym. Formi-
cidae). Insectes Sociaux 16:179-194.
Wesson, L. G. 1939. Contribution to the natural history of Harpagoxenus americanus
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 65:97-122.
Wheeler, W. M. 1910. Ants: Their structure, development and behavior. Columbia
University Press, New York.
Wilson, E. O. 1971. The Insect Societies. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachu-
setts.
ABSTRACT.- Reproductive biology in dulotic ants: Preliminary report (Hymenoptera:
Formicidae). Queens of the slave-maker ants, Formica pergandei and Polyergus breviceps,
restrict the ovarian development of their workers and slaves. When queens are removed,
the workers of the slave-maker species in turn inhibit the production of slave progeny.
Workers of Formica pergandei lay both normal and trophic eggs in queenless colonies.
A normal egg can be laid immediately after a trophic egg. Trophic eggs are either eaten
by pergandei workers themselves, or fed to the larvae and slaves. Only slaves are carried
by pergandei in the typical formicine fashion. -A. Chang-Fu Hung, Department of Bio-
logy, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, N. D. 58201.
Descriptors: Hymenoptera; Formicidae; Formica pergandei; Formica canadensis; Polyer-
gus breviceps; dulosis; reproductive inhibition; trophic egg; behavior.
THE BEHAVIOR OF
CHLOROCHROA LIGATA (SAY) AND
COSMOPEPLA BIMACULATA (THOMAS),
(HEMIPTERA:PENTATOMIDAE)'
Jill Fish2 and John Alcock3
The behavior of relatively few pentatomid stinkbugs has been
reported in any detail. Nevertheless; the accounts of their activities
that do exist indicate that the courtship and mating activities of
these insects are highly diverse and worthy of study (Kullenberg,
1 947 ;Teyrovsky, 1949; Southwood and Hine, 1950;Leston, 1955;
Southwoodand Leston, 1959; Kaufmann, 1966; Mitchell and Mau,
1969; Tostowaryk, 1971). Recently one of us discovered a species
(Euschistus conspersus Uhler) that initiates copulation with the
male facing directly away from the female as he inserts his aedea-
gus (Alcock, 1972). To the best of our knowledge, this behavior
has been recorded for a pentatomid only once previously (Mitchell
and Mau, 1969) and would appear to be rarely practiced by the
Heteroptera in general (Weber, 1930; Grasse, 1951). Typically
male bugs mount the female inserting the aedeagus while facing in
the same direction as their mate before dismounting to turn 180°
away from the female. This paper reports our observations of mat-
ing and some other activities by two species of Pentatomidae.
Chlorochroa ligata
This is one of the commonest of all Chlorochroa and is
abundant in the Seattle area especially in blackberry patches
(Rubus laciniatum). This species was studied in the laboratory and
field from mid-May 1972 through mid-August 1972. The primary
field location consisted of a dense blackberry tangle near the
University of Washington campus in Seattle, Washington. In
addition, groups of bugs were kept in a 5 gal. terrarium and fed
green beans.
'Accepted for publication: December 14, 1972.
25306 24th Avenue, N.E., Seattle, Wash. 98105.
3Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe 85281.
Ent. News, 84:260-268, 1973 260
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 261
Mating occurred primarily in the late afternoon (fig. 1). Females
were approached by males sometimes while the former were feed-
ing. A male would (1) tap the female with its antennae and
(2) then begin to lift the rear part of her abdomen with its head in
short pushes. This caused the male's body to jerk rapidly. Sooner
or later the male would move directly behind the female vigorous-
ly patting the underside of her abdomen with his antennae. At this
time the male's aedeagus was often extruded sufficiently to show a
black ring at its base. Receptive females responded by lowering
their head until it touched the surface on which they were stand-
ing. This of course has the effect of elevating the female's entire
abdomen. The male would then turn, lift his abdomen, and back
into the female inserting his aedeagus into her genital opening.
After copulation is initiated the male lowers his abdomen some-
what pulling that of the female downward. An encounter might
lead to a copulation in as little time as two minutes. Males con-
fronted with an unreceptive female might continue to court for as
long as 30 min. Almost always three or more bugs were present
during a courtship and at one time three mated pairs were ob-
served within 25 cm of one another. This suggests the release of
an attractant by the female presumably.
After mating the male rests both hindlegs on the tibia or tarsi
of the hindlegs of the female. Males often feed during copulation
while females exude drops of clear liquid from their rostrum
which is rigidly extended or bent rather than folded against the
thorax in its resting position. Pairs remain mated for 2-21/2 hr.
based on three field observations. A total of eight courtships
resulting in copulations were seen during the study.
Reproduction was well under way by mid-May and continued
through to the first week of August. However, by the second
week of this month almost all adults had died and the second
generation nymphs were becoming increasingly abundant.
Ten clusters of eggs were laid in the terrarium with an average
number of 32.5 (range, 8-56). A cluster of 27 eggs was found on
the underside of a blackberry leaf in the study area. Two clutches
required a mean number of 12 days to hatch and another 58
days to reach adulthood.
The first and second instars formed tightly packed contact
262 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
clusters in the terrarium but this behavior was much less pro-
nounced in the later stages of development. In the field the
nymphs remained in a tight cluster about one cm from the egg
cases for the first five days after hatching but by the sixth day
they had dispersed somewhat.
The peak population of the second and third instars occurred
at the same time large numbers of blackberries came into season.
The nymphs, a brilliant black with yellow borders, are quite cryp-
tic against this background.
Feeding behavior
C. ligata is a generalist feeder attacking dried and fresh black-
berries, the main and secondary veins of blackberry leaves, black-
berry stems, grass stems and grass seeds. In addition, one bug was
watched while feeding on a morning glory seed pod and another
was seen with a group of about sixty E. conspersus adults feeding
on a stem of the bracken fern Pteridium aquilinurn. This is then
the second species of pentatomid known to feed on a fern
(Alcock, 1972). Feeding occurs primarily in the morning and
evening (fig. 1).
Basking behavior
Like E. conspersus (Alcock, 1972), C. ligata basks conspicuous-
ly on the exposed upper surfaces of blackberry leaves, particularly
in the morning with a secondary peak in the late afternoon (fig. 1 ).
During these times bugs often tilt so that their green back is orien-
ted at right angles to the sun, probably the optimal surface for
absorbing heat. At the middle of the day during sunny hot spells
the bug is rarely seen in exposed areas. Several that were in the
open had tilted their bodies so as to expose the minimum back
surface area to the sun.
Grooming behavior
In addition to a variety of movements involving the use of the
tarsi and claws to clean portions of the legs, the antennae, the
edge of the abdomen, and the aedeagus, this species, as well as E.
conspersus (Eric McPherson, pers. comm.; pers. observation) and
Cosmopepla bimaculata, employs an interesting claw-washing be-
havior. Resting bugs sometimes exude a small drop of fluid from
the tip of the rostrum and place it on any one of a number of
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 263
combinations of two or three claws held closely together. The two
front claws, the two front and one middle claw, one front and one
middle claw, or one middle and one hind claw are anointed and
then rubbed smartly together.
Because the amounts used were very small in all three species
and difficult to collect, it was not possible to analyze the cleaning
fluid directly. However, on the supposition that the substance
expelled by C. ligata females during mating might be the same as
the cleaning liquid for this species, it was collected in capillary
tubes and analyzed with the help of John Edwards. No precipitate
formed when the liquid was mixed with concentrated acetic acid
and ethyl alcohol indicating no significant protein content. No
bubbles formed when the liquid was blown into showing that it
was not a surface active detergent. No significant amounts of pre-
cipitate formed when silver nitrate was added; the solution was
not saline.
The fluid is most likely water. Pressure on the abdomen during
mating probably causes excess water in the gut to be absorbed by
the salivary glands and excreted through the rostrum. If this is the
fluid used during claw-washing, and there is no guarantee that it
is, it has no special cleansing action. Even so, water presumably is
an effective aid in the removal of dust particles and other debris
that might reduce the adhesive properties of these bugs' claws.
Dispersal of adults
Groups of adult bugs in six zones (200 m stretches along a
railway track through the blackberry patch) were marked with
acrylic paint dots placed on the thorax using a code that identified
the zone in which they were originally found. A total of 89 bugs
were marked with observations continuing for 2 1 days. Up to
eight marked individuals were seen as late as 10 days after mark-
ing. However, never more than a single pentatomid was seen out-
side its original area. It would appear that few bugs wander widely
although they are quite capable of flying 10 m or so and were
rather frequently observed in flight, especially in the early after-
noon (fig. 1).
C. ligata, E. conspersus, and C. bimaculata engage in both silent
flight and "buzz" flight. In the first two species buzz flight pro-
duces sounds reminiscent of a bee and so may deter some aerial
264 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
predators from attack. This can hardly be the case for bimaculata,
a much smaller animal with much quieter flight. The significance
of silent flight is uncertain.
Cosmopepla bimaculata
This species was observed briefly in the field in late May at
Flaming Geyser State Park near Auburn, Washington. It was found
in scattered groups in pastures and open areas feeding on butter-
cups. In addition, a group of about fifteen was collected and ob-
served in a terrarium where they were maintained on their natural
foodplant.
Reproductive behavior
Unfortunately no complete mating was ever seen in about 30 hr.
of watching. However, a very large number of unsuccessful court-
ships were observed and from these a picture of courtship and the
probable manner of copulation emerges.
Females standing on plant stems or feeding on buttercup pods
were often approached by males. These often assumed a "waiting
position" with their head touching the underside of the female's
abdomen or thorax. Often several minutes elapsed before the next
action which was a very active, rapid tapping of the female with
the male's antennae. Males frequently moved quickly from one
side of the female to her head and then back to the thorax. They
might completely circle the potential mate on occasion, anten-
nating furiously all the while. Generally males eventually oriented
these rapid patting movements to the tip of the female's abdomen.
Antennation was followed by very quick butting movements by
the male apparently designed to lift the abdomen of the female
upward. These were usually directed at the rear part of the female.
After a brief period (5-10 sec.) of butting during which time the
male literally vibrates he turns around with aedeagus fully extru-
ded and inverted. At this stage his body forms an angle of between
180° (often) to 90° with the female's body. When contact was
made, the male's aedeagus moved rapidly side to side; again the
male appears to vibrate his actions are so rapid. It seems highly
likely that copulation is initiated in this end-to-end position al-
though this was not verified because the females always proved to
be unreceptive despite dozens of observed attempts to copulate by
males.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
265
o
o
00
o
o
o
00
o
CO
o
CM
S3I1IAI13V anOJ Nl
S9H9 JO 39ViN3:>a3d
<u
€
.S
|
—
—
o
u
o
C
O
O
o
™ .2J
5 ^5
« E
o .a
2 o
>3
o g tS
o -~ ^
CN <J <£
O
S s >
O 4> O
~~ 5 E
^ .> <a
O S .c
O ^ H
oo
O >> ob
§ f s
>O #00
o o.S
li
266 Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
Females signalled their lack of receptivity by moving away from
the male or by pushing a suitor away with a firm deliberate
kick given by the hind legs. When a female walked off a male
might follow for as much as 25 cm. Sometimes males overtook a
female and courted her once more. Other times the bug would re-
trace its path to the spot where courtship had begun. Females were
seen returning to these areas some time later; they were courted
again by the males that remained behind.
The failure to observe mating, despite the fact that mated pairs
were often seen and despite the many hours of watching between
09.00 and 17.00, suggest that copulations may occur largely in
the evening or possibly at night.
Discussion
Assuming that C. bimaculata does copulate directly in an end-
to-end position there are now a variety of pentatomids represent-
ing several genera, including Nezara (Mitchell and Man, 1969),
that are known to employ this pattern. Dr. R. I. Sailer informs us
that he has observed this behavior in Euschistus variolus and E.
servus as well as in some species of Thyanta. Thus this manner of
mating may be common among the Pentatomidae. It is perhaps
surprising that what is really rather complex courtship and mating
behavior should be so similar across genera. Those courtships we
have studied all include: (1) male taps the female's body with its
antennae, (2) male strokes underside of the female's abdomen
with its antennae, (3) male lifts the female's abdomen with its
head, and (4) male backs into the female often in response to
elevation of her abdomen. Differences have been primarily quanti-
tative (such as the rapidity of antennal tapping) rather than quali-
tative. It may be that these similarities are the product of conver-
gent evolution with selection for male behavior patterns that are
effective in inducing the female to adopt a position (abdomen
raised) that facilitates insertion of the aedeagus. Additional com-
parative data on other pentatomids would be extremely useful in
answering this question as well as providing evidence on the taxo-
nomic relationships within the family and the probable evolution
of the distinctive courtship behaviors that are practiced by mem-
bers of the group.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973 267
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We are indebted to Mr. Thomas Halstead, Drs. Frank Hasbrouck,
Mont A. Cazier, G. G. E. Scudder for their help in the identifica-
tion of the pentatomids. Mr. George M. Buxton of the California
Department of Agriculture made the definitive identification of
the Chlorochroa and we thank him very much for his assistance.
Mr. Eric McPherson shared his knowledge of E. conspersits; Drs.
Reece I. Sailer and Wallace C. Mitchell wrote to us about the mat-
ing behavior of some other pentatomids. Dr. John Edwards
graciously helped in identifying the components of C. ligata
regurgitate. We are deeply grateful to all these gentlemen.
REFERENCES
ALCOCK, J. 197 1 . The behavior of a stinkbug, Euschistus conspersus Uhler (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae). Psyche, 78:215-228.
GRASSE, P.-P. 1951. Traite de zoologie, anatomie, systematique, biologie, Tome X.
Insectes superieurs et hemipteroides. Ordre des Heteropteres. Masson et Cie,
Paris, pp. 1657-1803.
KAUFMANN, T. 1966. Notes on the life history and morphology of Calidea dregii
(Hemiptera:Pentatomidae:Scutellerini) in Ghana, West Africa. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 59:654-659.
KULLENBERG, B. 1947. Uber Morphologie und Funktion des Kopulationsapparats der
Capsiden und Nabiden. Zool. Bidrag. Fran Uppsala, 24:217-418.
LESTON, D. 1955. The function of the conjunctiva in copulation of a shieldbug,
Peizodorus lituratus /Tabricius) (Hemiptera, Pentatomidae). J. Soc. Brit. Ent.,
5: 101-105.
MITCHELL, W. C. and R.F.L. MAU. 1969. Sexual activity and longevity of the southern
green stink bug Nezara viridula. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 62: 1246-1247.
SOUTHWOOD, T.R.E. and D. J. HINE. 1950. Further notes on the biology of Sehinis
bicolor (L.) Ent. Mon. Mag., 86: 299-301.
SOUTHWOOD, T.R.E.- and D. LESTON. 1959. Land and water bugs of the British Isles.
Frederick Warne and Co., London, pp. 436.
TEYROVSKY, V. 1949. Praeconnubia and courtship in terrestrial bugs. Acta Acad. Sci.
Nat. Hist. Moravo-Silesiacae, Brno, 21: 1-16.
TOSTOWARYK, W. 1971. Life history and behavior of Podisus modestus (Hemiptera:
Pentatomidae) in a boreal forest in Quebec. Can. Ent., 103:662-674.
WEBER, H. 1930. Biologie der Hemipteren. Julius Springer, Berlin, pp. 543.
ABSTRACT.-The courtship and copulatory behaviors of two species of pentatomid
bugs, Chlorochroa ligata and Cosrnopepla bimaculata are described. These species provide
one certain and another probable example of pentatomids in which the male initiates
copulation, following courtship, while facing directly away from the female. Information
on the daily activity cycle of C. ligata in Seattle, Washington is presented. This
bug has been seen feeding on a fern, Pteridium aquilinum. Both stinkbugs engage in elab-
orate claw-washing behavior in which regurgitate, possibly water, is applied from the tip
of the rostrum to various combinations of claws which are then rubbed together. Simi-
larities in the courtship sequence employed by members of four separate genera of
268
Ent. News, Vol. 84, October 1973
Pentatomidae are outlined followed by a speculation on the significance of this pattern
of mating.
Descriptors: Hemiptera; Pentatomidae; courtship and mating behavior; Cosmopepla bi-
maculata (Thomas) and Chlorochroa ligata (Say).
The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and -useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
INTERACTION BETWEEN A WESTERN HARVESTER ANT
AND A GREAT BASIN SAGEBRUSH LIZARD
On 30 September 1972 a Great Basin sagebrush lizard, Sceloporus graciosus graciosus
Baird and Girard, was collected 20 km NW Reno, Washoe County, Nevada, at an elevation
of 1585 m. The lizard (3.5 cm snout-vent length and 1.7 g live weight) was collected by
hand along a gravel road edge in a dense patch ofSalsola kali. The head of a western ant,
Pogonomyrmex occidentalis (Cresson), was found attached to the middle of the fifth
toe of the lizard's right fore leg. This ant is abundant in the area, having nest densities of
up to 42 per hectare. It is not known if the harvester ant attacked the lizard in self-
defense or as an active predator.
Examination of the stomach and intestinal contents of this lizard revealed that 4 ants
(none could be recognized as Pogonomyrmex), 1 other Hymenoptera, 2 Hemiptera, 1
Homoptera (Aphididae) and 2 Coleoptera (Carabidae and Curculionidae), along with
several grains of sand had been ingested. Knowlton (1942; 1953) and Knowlton and
Valcarce (1950) report S. g. graciosus feeding on P. occidentalis in Utah.
No reference to P. occidentalis attacking living reptiles under natural circumstances
could be found. In the laboratory Knowlton (1946) found that this ant readily attached
to various areas including the toes of a living individual of the northern desert horned
lizard, Phrynosoma platyrhinos platyrhinos when the two were placed together in a
container.
The lizard with attached ant head is in the collection of the author, #504.
Field work was assisted by a grant from the Research Advisory Board, University of
Nevada, Reno.
LITERATURE CITED
Knowlton, G. F. 1942. Range lizards as insect predators. Jour. Econ. Entomol. 35:602.
1946. Feeding habits of some reptiles. Herpetologica 3:77-80.
. 1953. Some insect food of Sceloporus g. graciosus (B. G.). Herpeto-
lotica 9:70.
__________ , and A. C. Valcarce. 1950. Insect food of the sagebrush swift in Box
Elder County of Utah. Herpetologica 6:33-34.
William H. Clark, Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno 89507.
Present address: 705 Smith Street, Vale, Oregon 97918. Accepted for publication:
September 10, 1973.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans-A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider
Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae). 433 pages,
11 plates, 80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $ 4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $ 9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966).
186 pages $ 9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174 pp. $ 7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (HemipterarHeteroptera) with the
description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $ 6.50
No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A. taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Settle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook- A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Dip tera:Ephydridae). 150 pp $ 7.00
No. 28. Annette F. 5raw«-Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-lepidop-
tera). 148 pp . $ 7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists,/'. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,"
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Wanted to buy: Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber, Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ 07940.
Papers on Tipulidae. More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalog of the Diptera" by Stone, et al. C. L. Sperka, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.
For sale: Handlirsch, A. Monographic d. mit Nysson u. Bembex verw. Grabvespen.
Sitz. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien. 1887-1893. 1433 p., 25 pi. 7 parts u. Nachtrage in 5 vols. bd.
$ 200.00 Horn, W. and S. Schenkling. Index Litteraturae. Ser. 1. Die Weltlitteratur
uber die ges. Entomologie bis inklusiv 1963. 1426 p. 4 vols. Paper. Berlin 1928-1929. $
80.00. Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3 vols.
Bd. Vi leather. G. Fischer, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34, Elwyn,
PA 19063.
For sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
PSEPHEN1DAE (including EUBRJINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE):
Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the
New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval,
Norman, Okla. 73069, U.S.A.
For sale: Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.-Vol. 41, 43, 62, 63, 64, ea. $15.00; Proc. N. Cent.
Branch E.S.A.-Vol. 24-5, $10.00; Practical Entomologist, Vol. 1-2 (1865-7), $10.00;
American Entomologist, Vol. 1 (1868-9), $8.00; Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., Vols 39, 55, 56;
the lot, $10.00; Ecological Monographs, Vols 34 through 40; ea. $10.00. Russell A Rahn,
314 N. 5th Street, Watertown, WI 53094.
For Sale or Trade. Lloyds Natural Nistory. A handbook to the order Lepidoptera by
W. F. Kirby, London 1896. 5 vols., 158 color plates. Prof. H. E. Evans, Veterinary
College, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.
Top prices paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either
large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY52BG,
England.
NOVEMBER 1973
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
CONTENTS
AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA)
OF COLORADO, PART I.
B. P. Stark, B. R. Oblad & A. R. Gaufin, p. 269
SURVIVAL RECORDS FOR ELMID BEETLES,
WITH NOTES ON LABORATORY REARING
OF VARIOUS DRYOPOIDS (COLEOPTERA)
Harley P. Brown, p. 278
NOTES ON THE NESTS OF MONTEZUMIA
(Hymenoptera, Eumenidae)
H. E. Evans, p. 285
MICRASEMA KLUANE, A PROBABLE STEPPING
STONE TO THE ARCTIC (TRICHOPTERA,
BRACHYCENTRIDAE)
H. H. Ross & J. C. Morse, p.291
GENERATIONAL "CARRYOVER" AND
THE SUPPRESION OF SUBMARGINAL PATTERN ELEMENTS
IN VERNAL PHENOTYPES OF PIERIS PROTODICE
(LEPIDOPTERA:PIERIDAE)
A. M. Shapiro, p. 294
A NEW SPECIES OF ACMAEDORA (COLEOPTERA: BUPRESTIDAE)
J.N.Knull, p. 299
ERRATA, p. 284
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
Announcement, p. 290
LETTERS TO THE EDITOR, p. 300
Publication Date: March 13, 1974
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder( 1898-1 967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnett,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff: S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries:, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.Sj\.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6'/2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods aie
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Studv
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
AN ANNOTATED LIST OF
THE STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA)
OF COLORADO
PART I.1
Bill P. Stark2, Briant R. Oblad3 & A. R. Gaufin4
INTRODUCTION
Through the years, the Colorado stonefly fauna has received the
casual attention of numerous collectors, including many of our
foremost North American authorities. As a result, records of
Colorado species are scattered through one-hundred years of
literature. Gaufin (1964), in bringing together information of the
intermountain stonefly fauna, listed fifty-seven species from the
state, but no distributional records were provided. Over the past
decade, studies at the University of Utah have provided numerous
species records for the state (Knight, 1964; Nebeker and Gaufin,
1965; Knight and Gaufin, 1965; Knight and Gaufin, 1967;
Neberker and Gaufin, 1967; Oblad, 1969; Baumann, 1970;
Baumann and Gaufin, 1970; Baumann and Gaufin, 1972).
Additional records were obtained from the personal collections of
several individuals and from the collection of the University of
Utah. The present study brings together distributional records for
eighty-one stonefly species known to occur in the state.
LIST OF SPECIES
SUBORDER FILIPALP1A
'Study supported by Science Foundation Grant P1B2899. Accepted for publication:
February 15, 1973.
2Graduate Student, University of Utah.
3Present Address, 230 Adeline Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa.
4Professor, Biology Department, University of Utah.
Ent News, 84:269-277, 1973 269
270 _Ent.N_ews, Vol. 84, November 1973
Family Nemouridae
Genus Nemoura
Subgenus Amphinemura
1. TV. banksi (Baumann and Gaufin)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Copeland Park, Boulder; Rock Creek; St. Malo Boys Camp;
Fox Creek; North Boulder Creek; Fawn Brook; North St. Vrain Creek; Middle St. Vrain
Creek. Chaffee Co., Cottonwood Creek. El Paso Co., Green Mountain Falls. Gilpin Co.,
South Fork Boulder Creek, Hgy. 119, near Black Hawk. Grand Co., Colorado River;
Fraser River; Muddy Creek; Little Muddy Creek; Pass Creek; North Fork Colorado River;
Blacktail Creek; Big Rock Creek; Onahu Creek. Jackson Co., Cameron Pass; Gould. Lari-
mer Co., Hidden Valley Creek; Cub Creek; Glacier Creek; Fall River; Big Thompson
River; Mill Creek; Michigan River; Laramie River. Las Animas Co., Trinidad. Mineral
Co., Creede. Rio Blanco Co., Crosho Lake. Routt Co., Yampa River; Fish Creek; Oak
Creek; Beaver Creek; Green Creek; Elk River; Cow Creek; Coulton Creek. Summit Co.,
Loveland Pass; Kokomo; Blue River. Teller Co., Catamount Creek; Midland. Gunnison
Co., Coal Creek.
2. TV. linda Ricker
Distribution: Grand Co., Grand Lake.
Subgenus Malenka
3. N. californica Claassen
Distribution: Grand Co., Muddy Creek; Little Muddy Creek; Big Rock Creek. Routt
Co., Toponas Creek; Oak Creek. Larimer Co., Mill Creek; Thompson River.
4. N. coloradensis Banks
Distribution: Boulder Co., North Boulder Creek; St. Vrain Creek; St. Malo Boys
Camp; Fox Creek; Fawn Brook; Lefthand Creek; North Boulder Creek; Lyons. Chaffee
Co., Middle Cottonwood Creek; Chalk Creek. Clear Creek Co., Empire; Chicago Creek.
Conefos Co., Trujfllo Meadow Campground. El Paso Co., Green Mountain Falls; Gate-
mount Creek; Crystal Creek; Chipita Park; Manitou. Gunnison Co., East Elk Creek; Red
Creek. Hinsdale Co., Cebolla Creek. Jefferson Co., Golden. LaPlata Co., Lime Creek;
Electra Lake. Larimer Co., Fort Collins; Mill Creek; Virginia Dale. Routt Co., Toponas
Creek; Yampa River, Yampa. Teller Co., Florissant; Crystola; Edloe; Woodland Park.
Delta Co., Grand Mesa.
5. N. flexura Claassen
Distribution. Boulder Co., Lanham; Fawn Brook; Corona Pass; Boulder. Conefos Co.,
Trujillo Meadow Campground. Eagle Co., Tennessee Pass. Gilpin Co., Tolland. Grand
Co., Phanton Valley; Berthoud Pass; Current Creek. Larimer Co., Poudre Lake. Routt
Co., Little Rock Creek.
Subgenus Podmosta
6. N. decepta Prison
Distribution: Grand Co., St. Louis Creek; West of Milner Pass. Jackson Co., Teller
City. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River; Estes Park; Mill Creek; Longs Peak. Routt
Co., Fish Creek; Harrison Creek; Independence Creek; North Fork Morrison Creek; Mud-
dy Creek; Rocky Creek; Walton Creek.
7. N. delicatula Claassen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Rock Creek; Boulder. Clear Creek Co., Chicago Creek.
Eagle Co., Eagle River; East Lake Creek; Tennessee Creek; Tennessee Pass. Grand Co.,
Big Rock Creek; North Fork Colorado River; Fraser River; Gore Pass Creek, Kinney
Creek; Muddy Creek; Onahu Creek; St. Louis Creek; Timber Creek; Walton Creek. Hins-
dale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek. Jackson Co., Government Creek;
Ent . News, Vol. 84, November 1973 271
Cameron Pass; Teller City. Lake Co., Arkansas River; Climax. Larimer Co., Wind River;
five miles east of Cameron Pass; Fall River; Mill Creek; Cache La Poudre River; Michi-
gan River. Routt Co., Bear River; Beaver Creek; Burgess Creek; Butcher Knife Creek;
North Fork Elk River; Fish Creek; Green Creek; Harrison Creek; Hinman Creek; Inde-
pendence Creek; Lester Creek; Morrison Creek; North Fork Morrison Creek; Oak Creek;
Little Rock Creek; Rocky Creek; Sarvice Creek; Little Snake River; Soda Creek; Spring
Creek; Toponas Creek; Trout Creek; Walton Creek; Willow Creek; Yampa River. Summit
Co., Blue River; Indian Creek; Tenmile Creek.
Subgenus Prostoia
8, N. besametsa Ricker
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Devil Creek; Piedra River. Boulder Co., Rock Creek;
Boulder. Chaffee Co., Arkansas River; North Fork Arkansas River; Squaw Creek. Clear
Creek Co., near Berthoud Pass; Clear Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle River; Gore Creek. Garfield
Co., Canyon Creek; Grizzly Creek. Gilpin Co., South Fork Boulder Creek. Gunnison Co.,
Taylor River; East Fork Cimarron Creek; Gunnison River; Sapinero Creek. Hinsdale Co.,
Henson Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River. Routt Co., Bear River; Big Creek; Cotton
Creek; Elk River, East Fork Elk River; North Fork Elk River; Fish Creek; Hot Springs
Creek; Mud Creek; Oak Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek; Walton Creek;
Yampa River. Summit Co., Blue River; Indian Creek. Jefferson Co., Clear Creek. Larimer
Co., Estes Park. Grand Co., North Fork Colorado River.
Subgenus Zapada
9. TV. cinctipes Banks
Distribution: Boulder Co., Lyons; Boulder. Chaffee Co., Cree Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle
River. Delta Co., Grand Mesa. Grand Co., Big Rock Creek. Gunnison Co., Blue Creek;
Cimarron River; East Elk Creek; Red Creek. Jackson Co., Camp Creek. LaPlata Co., Free-
man Creek. Larimer Co., Estes Park; Longs Peak. Montrose Co., Cimarron Creek. Routt
Co., Little Rock Creek; Toponas Creek; Fish Creek; Harrison Creek; Oak Creek; Walton
Creek; Yampa River. Saguache Co., Agate Creek. Summit Co., no location.
10. N. frigida Claassen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder Creek. Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek. Mineral Co.,
no location. Chaffee Co., South Arkansas River. Summit Co., no location.
11. N. haysi Ricker
Distribution: Clear Creek Co., South Fork Clear Creek. Garfield Co., twenty-five
miles east of Buford. Grand Co., Phantom Valley; Fraser River; West of Milner Pass.
Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek. Jackson Co., Lake Agnes. Lake Co., Mountain Boy Park.
Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River; Cameron Pass; Phantom Valley; Fall River. Pitkin
Co., Independence Pass. Routt Co., Fish Creek; Yampa River. Summit Co., Blue River.
12. N. oregonensis Claassen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Lyons. Clear Creek Co., Herman Gulch. Eagle Co., Eagle
River, Grand Co., Big Rock Creek; Current Creek; Fraser River. Gunnison Co., White
Pine Creek; East Fork Cimarron Creek. Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek. Larimer Co., Mill
Creek: Longs Peak; Fall Creek; Emiline Lake; Little South Fork Poudre River. Routt Co.,
Fish Creek; Toponas Creek; Walton Creek; Yampa River. San Juan Co., Red Mt. Pass.
Family Leuctridae
Genus Paraleuctra
13. P. jewetti Nebeker and Gaufin
Distribution: Grand Co., Fraser River.
14. P. occidentallis (Banks)
Distribution: Larimer Co., Wild Basin. Routt Co., Yampa River.
272 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
15. P. sara (Classen)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Rock Creek. Clear Creek Co., Chicago Creek. Eagle Co.,
East Lake Creek; Eagle River. Grand Co., North Fork Colorado River; Fraser River;
Hideaway Park; Colorado River; Kinney Creek. Gunnison Co., Curecanti Creek; East Elk
Creek; Steuben Creek; Beaver Creek; Coal Creek; Slate River; East River. Hinsdale Co.,
Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek. Lake Co., North of Leadville. Larimer Co.,
Little South Fork Poudre River. Routt Co., Toponas Creek; Bear River; Yampa River;
Elk River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Green Creek; Harrison Creek; Sarvice Creek;
Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek; Walton Creek; Willow Creek: Burgess Creek:
Coulton Creek; Hot Springs Creek; Independence Creek; Mad Creek; North Fork Elk
River; North Fork Morrison Creek. Summit Co., Indian Creek; Blue River. Delta Co.,
Grand Mesa. LaPlata Co., Lime Creek.
Genus Perlomyia
16. P. utahensis Needham and Claassen
Distribution: Mineral Co., no location.
Family Capniidae
Genus Capnia
Subgenus Capnia s. s.
17. C. barbata Prison
Distribution: Arapaho Co., Littleton. Boulder Co., Little Thompson River.
18. C. coloradensis Classen
Distribution: El Paso Co., North Cheyenne Canyon. Grand Co., Fraser River. Gun-
nison Co., Blue Creek; Spring Creek. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River. Routt
Co., Yampa River; Oak Creek; Walton Creek; East Fork Elk River; Soda Creek; Fish
Creek; Big Creek; Hot Springs Creek; Willow Creek. San Juan Co., Lime Creek. Lake Co.,
North Fork Lake Creek. South Fork Rio Grande.
19. C. confusa Claassen
Distribution: Chaffee Co., Arkansas River; Cree Creek. Eagle Co., Gypsum Creek;
Eagle River. Garfield Co., No Name Creek; Grizzly Creek. Canyon Creek. Grand Co., two
miles west of Big Rock Creek; Fraser River. Gunnison Co., Gunnison River. Hinsdale Co.,
Lake Fork Gunnison River. LaPlata Co., LaPlata River; Lightning Creek. Larimer Co.,
Cache La Poudre River. Montezuma Co., Mancos River. Ouray Co., one mile north of
Ouray;Uncompahgre River. Pitkin Co., Roaring Fork River. Routt Co., Yampa River;
Oak Creek; Soda Creek; Walton Creek; North Fork Elk River; Willow Creek. Summit
Co., Gore Creek.
20. C. decepta (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., South Boulder Creek. Routt Co., Steamboat Springs.
Larimer Co., Ft. Collins.
21. C. frisoni Baumann and Gaufin
Distribution: Larimer Co., Little Thompson River.
22. C. gracilaria Claassen
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Devil Creek. Clear Creek Co., Chicago Creek. Gunni-
son Co., Blue Creek; East Elk Creek; Steuben Creek; Spring Creek. Hinsdale Co., Lake
Fork Gunnison River. LaPlata Co., Freeman Creek, Montrose Co., Cimarron Creek.
Ouray Co., one mile north of Ouray. Routt Co., Yampa River; Soda Creek; Cow Creek;
Mad Creek; Fish Creek. Lake Co., North Fork Lake Creek.
23. C. limata Prison
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 273
Distribution: Arapaho Co., South Platte River. Archuleta Co., Rio Blanco. Chaffee
Co., Cree Creek. Conejos Co., Conejos River; Rio San Antonio. Grand Co., Colorado
River. Gunnison Co., Soap Creek; Red Creek; Willow Creek; Tomichi Creek; Beaver
Creek; Blue Creek; Gunnison River; East Elk Creek. Moffat Co., Yampa River; Fortifica-
tion Creek; Elkhead Creek. Montrose Co., Cimarron River. Pueblo Co., Pueblo. Routt
Co., Yampa River; East Elk Creek; East Fork Elk River; Fish Creek; Walton Creek; Soda
Creek; Willow Creek.
24. C. nana Claassen
Distribution: Gunnison Co., Spring Creek.
25. C. wanica Prison
Distribution: Arapaho Co., South Platte River. Boulder Co., Little Thompson River.
Douglas Co., Plum Creek.
Subgenus Utacapnia
26. C. lemoniana Nebeker and Gaufin
Distribution :Routt Co., Yampa River; Little Morrison Creek.
27. C. logana Nebeker and Gaufin
Distribution: Boulder Co., Beaver Brook; Boulder Creek; Four-Mile Creek. £7 Paso
Co., Cheyenne Canyon. Gilpin Co., Lump Gulch. Gunnison Co., East Elk Creek; Spring
Creek; Blue Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Gunnison River. Larimer Co., Big
Thompson River. Montrose Co., Cimarron River. Routt Co., Yampa River; Little Morri-
son Creek. San Juan Co., Lime Creek.
28. C. poda Nebeker and Gaufin
Distribution: Archuleta Co., San Juan River; Rio Blanco. Grand Co., Colorado
River. Gunnison Co., Gunnison River; West Elk Creek; East Elk Creek; Blue Creek;
Soap Creek; Steuben Creek; Beaver Creek; Sapinero Creek. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork
Gunnison River. LaPlata Co., Animas River; Lightning Creek. Moffat Co., Elkhead Creek.
Mineral Co., South Fork Rio Grande. Montrose Co., Cimarron River. Ouray Co., Uncom-
pahgre River. Routt Co., Yampa River; Little Morrison Creek; Soda Creek; Trout Creek;
Walton Creek; Butcher Knife Creek; Willow Creek; East Fork Elk River. Saguache Co.,
Agate Creek.
Genus Eucapnopsis
29. E. brevicauda (Claassen)
Distribution: Pnulder Co., Boulder. Eagle Co., Eagle River. Garfield Co., Canyon
Creek. Grand Co., Hideaway Park. Gunnison Co., Taylor River. Routt Co., Yampa River;
Elk River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Walton Creek; Lester Creek; North Fork Elk
River. Summit Co., Indian Creek; Gore Creek; Blue River.
Genus Isocapnia
30. /. crinita Needham and Claassen
Distribution: Gunnison Co., Gunnison River.
31. 7. grandis (Banks)
Distribution: Listed from Colorado by Gaufin (1964).
32. /. hyalita Ricker
Distribution: Lake Co., Small Creek, Hwy. 82.
Genus Paracapnia
33. P. angulata Hanson
Distribution: Routt Co., Walton Creek; Willow Creek.
274 Ent._News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Family Taeniopterygidae
Genus Brachyptera
Subgenus Doddsia
34. B. occidental^ Banks
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Chaffee Co., North Fork Arkansas River; Cree
Creek. Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek. Saguache Co., Agate Creek. Gunnison Co., Spring
Creek.
Subgenus Oemopteryx
35. B. fosketti Ricker
Distribution: Mesa Co., Gunnison River. Moffat Co., Yampa River.
36. B. zelona Ricker
Distribution: Listed by Ricker (1965) from "U. S. Highway 50, Colorado."
Subgenus Taenionema
37. B. nigripennis Banks
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Clear Creek Co., South Fork Clear Creek;
Chicago Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle River. Grand Co., Hideaway Park. Larimer Co., Beaver
Creek; Little South Fork Poudre River. Routt Co., Bear River; East Fork Elk River; Elk
River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Walton Creek; Hot Springs Creek; Mad Creek; North
Fork Elk River; Toponas Creek; Big Rock Creek. Summit Co., Indian Creek; Blue River;
Snake River. Gunnison Co., White Pine Creek. Delta Co., Grand Mesa.
38. B. pad flea Banks.
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Gunnison Co., Soap Creek; Lake Fork Gunni-
son River; Gunnison River; Sapinero Creek; Quartz Creek. Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek;
LaPlata Co., Lightning Creek. Larimer Co., Ft. Collins. Moffat Co., Yampa River. Mon-
trose Co., Cimarron Creek. Routt Co., Bear River; Yampa River.
39. B. pallida Banks
Distribution: Boulder Co., Lyons. Gunnison Co., Soap Creek. Delta Co., Grand
Mesa. San Juan Co., Red Mt. Pass.
SUBORDER SETIPALPIA
Family Pteronarcidae
Genus Pteronarcella
40. P. badia Hagen
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Big Navajo River; San Juan River; Rio Blanco; West
Fork San Juan River; Turkey Creek; Piedra River. Boulder Co., Boulder. Conejos Co.,
Rio San Antonio; Conejos River. Eagle Co., Eagle River. El Paso Co., Manitou. Grand
Co., Colorado River; Gore Pass Creek. Gunnison Co., East Fork Cimarron Creek; West
Fork Cimarron Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River; Blue Creek; Little Blue Creek; Cure-
canti Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Red Creek; Cebolla Creek; East Elk Creek;
Steuben Creek; Beaver Creek; Gunnison River; Tomichi Creek; East River; Coal Creek;
Quartz Creek. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek. Lake Co., Arkan-
sas River. LaPlata Co., LaPlata River; Animas River; Lightner Creek; Los Pinos River.
Larimer Co., Beaver Creek; Big Laramie River; Cache La Poudre River. Montezuma Co.,
Mancos River; Dolores River. Montrose Co., Cimarron Creek; Uncompahgre River.
Ouray Co., Uncompahgre River; Cow Creek. Rio Grande Co., Rio Grande River. Routt
Co., Yampa River; Butcher Knife Creek; East Fork Elk River; West Fork Elk River- Elk
River; Fish Creek; Harrison Creek; Hunt Creek; Little Snake River; Morrison Creek- Oak
Creek; Sarvice Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek; Walton Creek; Big Creek-
Hmman Creek; Mad Creek; North Fork Elk River. Saguache Co., Cochetopa Creek
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 275
41. P. regularis Hagen
Distribution: Larimer Co., Estes Park; Cache La Poudre River.
Genus Pteronarcys
42. P. californica Newport
Distribution: Archuleta Co., San Juan River; Turkey Creek; Rio Blanco; West Fork
San Juan River; Big Navajo River; Piedra River. Chaffee Co., Arkansas River. Grand Co.,
Colorado River. Gunnison Co., Curecanti Creek; Gunnison River; Lake Fork Gunnison
River; Soap Creek; Red Creek; West Elk Creek; East Elk Creek; Steuben Creek; Beaver
Creek; Cochetopa Creek; Tomichi Creek. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River.
LaPlata Co., Los Pinos River. Larimer Co., Poudre Canyon. Montezuma Co., Mancos
River; Dolores River. Montrose Co., Gunnison River. Rio Blanco Co., White River. Rio
Grande Co., Rio Grande River. Routt Co., Yampa River; East Fork Elk River; Elk River;
Little Snake River; Big Creek; Mad Creek.
Family Perlodidae
Genus Arcynopteryx
Subgenus Arcynopteryx s.s.
43. A. compacta Mac Laughlan
Distribution: Listed by Ricker (1952) from Colorado.
Subgenus Megarcys
44. A. signata Hagen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Clear Creek Co., East of Berthoud Pass; Chicago
Creek Custer Co., no location. Dolores Co., Dolores River. Gilpin Co., Tolland. Grand
Co., Second Creek; Fraser River. Gunnison CCL. East Fork Cimarron Creek; Myers Gulch;
Slate River. Tomichi Creek; Coal Creek; East River. Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek; Lake
Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek; Deer Creek. LaPlata Co., LaPlata River. Larimer
Co., Cache La Poudre River; Cameron Pass; Estes Park; Fall Creek. Mineral Co., eight
miles southwest of Wolf Creek Pass. Moffat Co., Yampa River. Ouray Co., one mile north
of Ouray. Park Co., Kenosha Pass. Routt Co., Bear River; Yampa River; Fish Creek Falls;
Harrison Creek; Spring Creek; Walton Creek; Toponas Creek. San Juan Co., Animas
River; Cunningham River; five miles south of Silverton. Summit Co., Blue River; Indian
Creek.
Subgenus Skwala
45. A. parallela Frison
Distribution: Archuleta Co., San Juan River; Piedra River; West Fork San Juan
River. Boulder Co., Boulder. Conejos Co., Conejos River. Gunnison Co., Cebolla Creek;
Lake Fork Gunnison River; Blue Creek; Curecanti Creek; Gunnison River; Soap Creek;
West Elk Creek; Steuben Creek; Beaver Creek; Tomichi Creek; East River; Sapinero
Creek; Quartz Creek. Hinsdale Co., Cebolla Creek. LaPlata Co., Lightner Creek; Los
Pinos River. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River. Montezuma Co., Dolores River. Mon-
trose Co., Cimarron Creek. Ouray Co., Uncompahgre River. Routt Co., Bear River; Yam-
pa River; Butcher Knife Creek; East Fork Elk River; West Fork Elk River; Elk River;
Fish Creek; Little Snake River; Oak Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek;
Walton Creek; Big Creek; Hinman Creek; Hot Springs Creek; North Fork Elk River; Mad
Creek; Willow Creek; Elkhead Creek. Saguache Co., Cochetopa Creek.
Genus Isogenus
Subgenus Cultus
46. /. aestivalis Needham and Claassen
276 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Piedra River. Garfield Co., Roaring Fork River. Grand
Co., Colorado Rivei. Gunnison Co., Curecanti Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla
Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Red Creek; Gunnison River; Steuben Creek; Beaver
Creek; Tomichi Creek; Slate River. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River. Larimer
Co., Bed Springs; Cache La Poudre River; Little South Fork Poudre River; Beaver Creek.
Moffat Co., Yampa River. Montrose Co., Cimarron Creek. Rio Blanco Co., White River.
Routt Co., Yampa River; East Fork Elk River; Fish Creek. Saguache Co., Chochetopa
Creek; Marshall Creek.
47. /. pilatus (Prison)
Distribution: Larimer Co., Estes Park.
Subgenus Isogenoides
48. /. colubrinus Hagen
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Piedra River. Gunnison Co., Blue Creek; West Fork
Cimarron Creek; Tomichi Creek; Beaver Creek; Soap Creek; Gunnison River. Hinsdale
Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River. Moffat Co., Yampa River. Routt Co., Yampa River.
49. /. elongatus Hagen
Distribution \Archuleta Co., West Fork San Juan River. Boulder Co., South Boulder
Creek. Conejos Co., Conejos River. Gunnison Co., East Fork Cimarron Creek; West Fork
Cimarron Creek; West Fork Cimarron Creek; Blue Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River;
Ceboila Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Willow Creek; Beaver Creek; Gunnison
River; Tomichi Creek; Slate River. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebol-
la Creek. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River. Mesa Co., Colorado River. Montrose Co.,
Cimarron Creek; Crystal Creek. Ouray Co., Uncompahgre River. Routt Co., Yampa River.
Saguache Co., Cochetopa Creek.
50. /. zionensis Hanson
Distribution: Gunnison Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River.
Subgenus Kogotus
51. /. modestus (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Middle St. Vrain Creek; North St. Vrain Creek; Rock
Creek; Fawn Brook; Left Hand Creek; Boulder. Clear Creek Co., Idaho Springs; Blue
Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle River. Gilpin Co., South Fork Boulder Creek; Tolland. Gunnison
Co., Cement Creek; Slate River. Hinsdale Co., Hensen Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River.
Larimer Co., Hidden Valley Creek; Mill Creek; Cache La Poudre River; Estes Park; Fall
River; Glacier Creek; Beaver Creek. Rio Blanco Co., White River. Routt Co., Coulton
Creek; Toponas Creek. Summit Co., Blue River. Teller Co., Florissant.
Subgenus Pictetiella
52. I. expansa (Banks)
Distribution: Gilpin Co., Tolland. Larimer Co., Big Thompson River. Park Co.,
Grant.
Genus Isoperla
53. /. bilineata (Say)
Distribution: Listed from Colorado by Needham and Claassen (1925).
54. /. ebria (Hagen)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Corona Pass; South Boulder Creek. Gilpin Co., Tolland.
Larimer Co., Fall River; Little South Fork Poudre River. Routt Co., Green Creek. Teller
Co., Florissant. Gunnison Co., Tomichi Creek. Delta Co., Grand Mesa.
55. /. fulva Claassen
Distribution: Chaffee Co., Arkansas River. Delta Co., Grand Mesa. Clear Creek Co.,
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 277
Chicago Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle River; East Lake Creek. Grand Co., Colorado River;
North Fork Colorado River. Gunnison Co., West Fork Cimarron Creek; Blue Creek;
Lake Fork Gunnison River; Myers Gulch; Curecanti Creek; Gunnison River; Soap Creek;
West Elk Creek; Red Creek; East Elk Creek; Steuben Creek; Tomichi Creek; Taylor
River; East River; Slate River. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River: Cebolla Creek;
Spring Creek. LaPlata Co., Lightner Creek. Larimer Co., Michigan River; Cache La
Poudre River; Fall River. Mesa Co., West Creek. Montrose Co., Cimarron Creek. Routt
Co., Bear River; Yampa River; Butcher Knife Creek; Elk River; Green Creek; Middle
Hunt Creek; Morrison Creek; Oak Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek; Walton Creek; Big
Creek; Burgess Creek; Hot Springs Creek; Mad Creek; North Fork Elk River. Saguache
Co., Cochetopa Creek. Summit Co., Blue River.
56. /. longiseta Banks
Distribution: Archuleta Co., San Juan River; Piedra River. Grand Co., Colorado
River. Huerfano Co., LaVeta Pass. Moffat Co., Yampa River.
57. /. mormona Banks
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Los Pinos River; Piedra River; San Juan River. Delta
Co., Gunnison River. Gunnison Co., Steuben Creek. Rio Blanco Co., White River.
58. /. patricia Prison
Distribution: Arapaho Co., South Boulder Creek. Archuleta Co., Piedro River.
Boulder Co., St. Vrain River. Chaffee Co., Arkansas River. Eagle Co., Eagle River.
Garfield Co., Roaring Fork River. Grand Co., Colorado River. Gunnison Co., Blue Creek;
Lake Fork Gunnison River; West Elk Creek; Red Creek; Cebolla Creek; Gunnison River;
Steuben Creek; Beaver Creek; Tomichi Creek; lola. Hinsdale Co., Cebolla Creek. Mesa
Co., Colorado River. Moffat Co., Yampa. Montezuma Co., Chicken Creek. Montrose Co.,
Cimarron Creek; Mesa Creek; Uncompahgre River. Ouray Co., Cow Creek. Park Co.,
Hartzell; Lake George. Rio Blanco Co., White River. Routt Co., Yampa River; East Fork
Elk River; Little Snake River; Soda Creek. Saguache Co., Cochetopa Creek; Marshall
Creek. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River. Delta Co., Gunnison River.
59. /. phalerata Smith
Distribution: Grand Co., Willow Creek Pass.
60. /. pinta Prison
Distribution: Grand Co., Colorado River; Troublesome Creek. Gunnison Co., Soap
Creek; Willow Creek; South Beaver Creek. Routt Co., Yampa River. Saguache Co.,
Cochetopa Creek.
61. /. quinquepunctata (Banks)
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Piedra River. Gilpin Co., Tolland. Rio Blanco Co.,
White River. Routt Co., Yampa River.
62. /. sobria (Hagen)
Distribution: Hagen (1874) lists the type locality as "Colorado Mountains, Pacific
Slope."
Genus Diura
Subgenus Dolkrila
63. D. know! toni (Prison)
Distribution: Grand Co., North Fork Colorado River; Fraser River. Gunnison Co.,
Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; East River. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebol-
la Creek; Hensen Creek. Larimer Co., Fall River; Mill Creek; Thompson River. Mineral
Co., no location. Moffat Co.. Spring Creek. Routt Co., Yampa River; Elk River; Fish
Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Walton Creek; Hinman Creek; Mad Creek; North Fork
Elk River. Chaffee Co., Bellows Creek.
SURVIVAL RECORDS FOR ELMID BEETLES,
WITH NOTES ON LABORATORY REARING
OF VARIOUS DRYOPOIDS (COLEOPTERA)1
Harley P. Brown2
Because of their importance as indicators of water quality,
dryopoid beetles are receiving increased attention (Sinclair, 1964;
Brown, 1972). Despite the fact that elmids are the most abundant,
diverse, and ecologically significant of the dryopoids, no one has
yet described the complete life history of an elmid. Eggs are
known only from dissected specimens, little has been published
concerning larval instars, and few pupae have been identified
(Bertrand, 1972). Knowledge of longevity of larval and adult
stages and of pupal duration is almost entirely inferential, for no
factual data have been published. Laboratory rearing will certainly
play a significant role in providing much of the needed
information.
In 1957, Cole reported "a surprising case of survival" involving
an adult female specimen of Stenelmis crenata Say, which survived
between 394 and 398 days in a 20 ml shell vial containing 3 ml of
water and remaining tightly corked. So far as I am aware, Cole's
record recounts not only the most surprising, but also the longest
longevity record published concerning adult dryopoid beetles.
Colleagues have suggested that I publish some of my records,
even though they are as yet incomplete since some of the
specimens are still alive. One case is somewhat comparable to that
reported by Cole, at least in that the specimens have been kept in
quite a small container. An adult of Macronychus and a larval
Stenelmis have survived well over 3 years. Details are as follows.
On October 19, 1969 I collected 2 adults of Ancyronyx
variegata (Germar), 5 of Macronychus glabratus Say, and 21 larvae
of Stenelmis from a submerged log in the east fork of the San
Jacinto River near Cleveland, Texas. These were brought alive to
my laboratory in Norman, Oklahoma, where they were placed in a
'Accepted for publication: February 20, 1973.
2Department of Zoology, University of Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman,
Okla. 73069.
Ent. News, 84:278-284, 1973 278
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 279
small plastic jar (39 mm outside diameter, 38 mm high) with 2
pieces of waterlogged wood and enough river water to provide a
depth of about 1 cm. The jar lid was screwed on snugly but not
tightly, and the jar was placed beneath an inverted 8-oz. glass jar.
On Nov. 15, one adult specimen of each species was removed and
preserved, as were 19 of the larvae, leaving 1 specimen of
Ancyronyx, 4 of Macronychus, and 2 Stenelmis larvae. The
Ancyronyxand 2 of the Macronychus died within 2 years and were
removed. When excessive frass has accumulated, it has been
removed and clean water added. The wood has been replaced once
with "fresh" waterlogged pieces. On August 6, 1971 there was no
visible water in the jar, though the wood was still slightly moist;
water was added. As of the date of writing (January 27, 1973),
one adult Macronychus and one Stenelmis larvae are still alive
after more than 39 months of confinement in the small jar. The
other larva died during the 39th month.
An incident is worth noting. On June 29, 1972 two adult
Macronychus were alive and well. On that date, after removal of
frass, I added enough water so that the depth was about 1 5 mm,
which submerged the wood. Prior to that time I had always taken
care that part of the would should be exposed. When I examined
the jar contents on July 23, one of the Macronychus was dead
(though not at all disintegrated), the other apparently moribund. I
removed the dead specimen and enough of the water so that the
wood was again well exposed. Several days later, the surviving
beetle appeared to have recovered. Cole did not happen to indicate
whether the vial in which his Stenelmis was kept remained upright,
though his mention of the fact that the vial "became buried under
papers for weeks at a time" (on his desk) would suggest that it
very likely lay upon its side. If so, the beetle would have had the
opportunity to climb on the cork to or above the water surface,
which might well have made the difference between life and death.
Cole estimated that the temperature in his office was
"unquestionably above 100°F for several days." Without bragging
about Oklahoma weather, I think I can safely make the same
assumption about the temperature in my office-lab for more than
several days during more than one summer. I might point out,
however, that I made no deliberate attempt to reduce or limit the
oxygen available to the beetles. The lid on the small jar and the
280 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
inverted jar over the small one were intended primarily to retard
evaporation, which would pose a serious hazard during my absence
for periods of a month or two.
On pieces of half-submerged waterlogged wood in glass culture
dishes of river water, most of 22 Ancyronyx adults collected near
Hodgen, Oklahoma on Oct. 7, 1967 lived more than a year in the
refrigerator, but all were dead by June of 1969. The survival rate
was about the same in plastic snap-cap vials containing wood
extending above the water surface.
On May 28, 1969 I collected an assortment of dryopoids from
Devil's River about 20 miles south of Juno, Texas. Hoping to
induce pupation, I selected a number of apparently mature larvae
to rear in the laboratory. I placed 10 larvae of the limnichid
Lutrochus luteus Le Conte, 12 larvae of the elmid Elsianus
texanus Schaeffer, and 18 larvae of the elmid Neocylloepus boeseli
Brown in a small widemouth plastic jar (49 mm diameter) with
travertine-encrusted pebbles and a film of water. The jar was
covered by a larger inverted glass jar. Of the Lutrochus, 2 pupated
successfully; some of the remaining larvae lived until
mid-September. By October 26, all but one of the Neocylloepus
larvae had died. At that time it, too, was preserved, as were 4 of
the surviving 7 Elsianus larvae. Of the remaining 2 Elsianus larvae
in the jar, all were still alive on July 25, 1970. By May 30, 1971,
only one remained alive, having survived over 2 years in the jar.
None of these elmids pupated, though a few larvae of
Micro cylloepus pusillus (Le Conte) have pupated successfully
under similar conditions.
In an aerated 10-gallon aquarium containing sand, rocks,
waterlogged wood, and assorted aquatic plants (chiefly
Potamogeton sp.), some species of elmids seem to survive almost
indefinitely. Two adult specimens of Macronychus and a few of
Micro cylloepus have been in such an aquarium in my home office
for almost 10 years now, and appear to be as lively and healthy as
ever. Adults of Dubiraphia sp. and Heterelmis vulnerata (Le
Conte) have also survived in the aquarium for several years.
Dubiraphia, and to a lesser extent Micro cylloepus, are likely to be
accidentally lost during periodic removal of excess plants. Larvae,
apparently mature when placed in the aquarium, also seem to
survive almost indefinitely-without pupating. Such retarded
Ent, News, Vol. 84, November 1973 281.
larvae include those of Macronychus, Micro cylloepus, and
Stenelmis.
Mature larvae of Psephenus herricki (De Kay), the common
eastern water penny, readily pupate in this same aquarium on the
projecting rocks, but immature larvae fail to mature. Mature larvae
are equally obliging under almost any circumstances so long as the
humidity is maintained at a suitable level and the substrate is
satisfactory. If the humidity is too high, fungi commonly destroy
the pupae; if it is too low, desiccation may be lethal. Covered
fingerbowls containing damp rocks serve well as pupation
chambers for water pennies, as do styrofoam minnow buckets.
Mature larvae of Ectopria and of the limnichid Lutrochus can also
be reared successfully in similar containers. Prepupal larvae and
pupae of such elmids as Macronychus, Microcylloepus, and
Stenelmis have been reared with a lower success rate. They
generally require facilities for construction of a small pupal
chamber. In the field, these pupae are usually found under
stream-side rocks, beneath bark of logs projecting from streams, or
in dead leaves and debris caught on snags during high water and
left exposed after receding of the water.
For serious attempts at rearing, I recommend the following
set-up (Fig. 1). In a 10-gallon aquarium, cover the bottom with a
layer of soil about 1-2 cm deep, cover this with a layer of fine sand
about 2-3 cm deep, then add an upper layer of coarse sand or fine
gravel about 2 cm deep. Near one end of the aquarium place a
large rock with a relatively flat, horizontal upper surface. Sprinkle
this upper surface with coarse sand. Place a second flat rock upon
the top of the large one. Sprinkle its upper surface with more
coarse sand and cover with a third flat-bottomed rock. The spaces
between these rocks should provide pupation sites. Place a long,
flat piece of native stone or waterlogged wood (depending upon
the substrate preference of the species you wish to rear) with one
end resting upon the gravel and the other upon the large rock.
Submerged aquatic plants may be rooted in the bottom if desired.
Fill with pond or stream water to a level just below the top of the
large rock. Locate aerators or bubblers beneath the lower end of
the long flat rock (or piece of wood) in such a way that the
bubbles of air move along the length of the rock or wood, creating
a current in the water. Cover the aquarium with glass or plastic so
282
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 283
as to reduce water loss. Introduce larval or adult beetles about a
week after setting up the aquarium.
It might be well to reiterate that if wood is to be used, either in
a jar or in an aquarium, it should be waterlogged— preferably in
running water. It has been my experience that other wood,
whether green, cured, or rotten has befouled the water, often
killing the beetles within a few days. Perhaps dry wood that has
previously been waterlogged would be safe to use. I have not tried
it. It is best to use wood and/or rocks taken from the natural
habitat of the beetles, where these substrates will have acquired a
suitable algal flora upon which the beetles may feed.
I make no claim that any of my data represent normal
longevity, but, like Cole's most interesting observations, these
"endurance records" suggest the remarkable ability of several
kinds of elmids to survive inhospitable conditions and to survive in
a marginal habitat over surprisingly long periods of time. This
hardiness appears to be exhibited almost equally by larval and
adult stages. Other groups of dryopoids with which I am familiar
do not exhibit this pattern. Psephenid adults, for example, are
quite short-lived in contrast with their hardy, long-lived water
penny larvae (Murvosh, 1971). The pattern among limnichids,
eubriids (if one chooses to distinguish the false water pennies from
both psephenids and dascillids), and even elmids of the tribe Larini
(or Potamophilini) is similar to that of psephenids. All of these
differ from the common elmids (tribe Elmini) in that the adults
are essentially terrestrial or riparian rather than aquatic.
The data presented above support and extend the noteworthy
features pointed out by Cole: (1) these tiny beetles have a
potential adult (and larval) longevity of many years; (2) despite
the fact that they normally occur only in flowing, well-oxygenated
streams, they can survive environmental extremes comparable to
those occurring in ponds, pools, or even puddles.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT: The figure was drawn by Mr. Douglas Gabbard, to whom I
express my appreciation. LITERATURE CITED
Bertrand, H. P. I. 1972. Larves et Nymphes des Coleopteres Aquatiques du Globe.
Imprimerie F. Paillart, available from the author at 6, Rue du Guignier, Paris
20e, France. 804 p.
Brown, H. P. 1972. Aquatic Dryopoid Beetles (Coleoptera) of the United States. Biota of
Freshwater Ecosystems Identification Manual No. 6, Water Pollution Control
284
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Research Series, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D. C. 82 p.
Cole, L. C. 1957. A surprising case of survival. Ecology 38 (2): 357.
Murvosh, C. M. 1971. Ecology of the water penny beetle Psephenus herricki (De Kay).
Ecol. Monographs 41 (l):79-96.
Sinclair, R. M. 1964. Water Quality Requirements of the Family Elmidae (Coleoptera),
with Keys to the Larvae and Adults of the Eastern Genera. Tennessee Stream
Pollution Board, Tenn. Dept. of Public Health, Nashville, Tennessee. 14 p.
ABSTRACT.— Although elmids typically occur only in flowing streams-usually in
iiff\Qs~Macronychus glabratus and Micro cylloepus pusillus adults and larvae have lived in
an aquarium for over 9 yeais.Dubiraphia sp. and Heterelmis vulnerata adults have lived
in the aquarium several years. An adult of Macronychus and a larva of Stenelmis sp. have
survived in a small (8 dram) plastic jar for more than 39 months, with waterlogged wood
as food and a water depth of about 1 cm. Adults of the elmids Macronychus,
Microcylloepus, and Stenelmis, the limnichid Lutrochus, and the psephenid Psephenus
have been reared from prepupal larvae and pupae in various small containers. A
recommended aquarium set-up is described and figured, featuring a water current
produced by air bubbles and pupation sites above the water level provided by flat rocks
separated by scattered coarse sand grains.-Harley P. Brown, Dept. of Zoology, Univ. of
Okla., 730 Van Vleet Oval, Norman, Oklahoma 73069.
Descriptors: beetles; Coleoptera;Dryopoidea; Elmidae; Limnichidae; Psephenidae;
survival records; longevity; laboratory rearing.
. The Entomologist's Record
To encourage the publication of concise and useful new distribution
records, corrections of previously published erroneous records, misidenti-
fications, short field notes, and current news items about entomologists,
amateur and professional, entomology departments and museums, prompt
(monthly) publication is offered in this department.
ERRATA
Vol. 84 (7) July 1973-Front cover; Table of Contents, "A New Host Record for the
Parasitic Rove Beetle Aleochara bipustulata L. (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) p. 210.
This article did not appear in this issue but on p. 250 of the October issue.
Vol. 84 (8) October 1973-Front cover; Table of Contents, "Reproductive Biology end
Dulotic Ants" should read, "Reproductive Biology in Dulotic Ants."
p. 250 - ABSTRACT: -Metaleuctra flinti should be Megaleuctra flinti.
p. 254 - line 8. "Isave" should read "slave."
p. 268. In the article, "Interaction Between A Western Harvester Ant and a Great
Basin Sagebrush Lizard," line 4, "the head of a western ant" should read, "The head
of a western harvester ant."
NOTES ON THE NESTS OF
MONTEZUMIA (Hymenoptera, Eumenidae)1
Howard E. Evans2
Montezumia is a neotropical genus of mason wasps, one species
of which reaches southern Arizona. Although these are relatively
large wasps, little has been reported regarding their nests, and the
published reports are not entirely consistent with one another.
Hence it seems worth describing a nest I recently encountered in
Colombia and a very similar nest, also from Colombia, found in
museum material.
These nests bear out Saussure's (1875) characterization of the
nests as "agglutinated masses of earth, in which one finds the cells
disposed in parallel order", as well as Maindron's (1882) statement
that the walls are constructed "en terre gachee". However, Bodkin
(1918) later mentioned that C. B. Williams had found a species
that "constructs burrows in the clay banks of the canals or
trenches to be found on all sugar estates". (Bodkin also mentioned
a species that makes fragile, pendant nests and forms large colo-
nies, but Bequaert, 1921, properly regards this as a case of con-
fusion with a similarly colored social vespid.) Finally, F. X.
Williams (1928) reported a species that nests in the ground and
surrounds its hole with a ring of pellets.
It is by no means unusual to discover nests of more than one
basic type within one genus of Eumenidae. For example, some
species of Stenodynerus make free mud nests while others
nest in hollow twigs and still others nest in the ground. Presently
available information suggests that some species of Montezumia
are ground-nesters while others make free mud nests. The
following is a summary of the species that have been studied:
'Accepted for publication: February 20, 1973.
2Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. 02138. Present address: Dept.
of Zoology & Entomology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colo. 8052 1.
Ent. News, 84:285-290, 1973 285
256 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Species Nest Prey Reference
M. spinolae Saussure In ground "Green Caterpillars" Bodkin, 1918
(=infernalis Spinola)
M. brunea Saussure In ground Skipper larvae Williams, 1928
M. ferruginea Saussure Mud nest Saussure, 1875
M. sp. Mud nest Caterpillars Maindron, 1882
M. cortesia Saussure Mud nest Larvae of Present Paper
Microlepidoptera
M. dimidiata Saussure Mud nest Present Paper
Montezumia dimidiata Saussure3
A nest of this species was found along a dirt road closely
paralleling the Rio Anchicaya, in the province of Valle, Colombia,
on 14 January 1972. This was an area of wet tropical forest at an
altitude of about 400 meters, approximately 40 km from the
Pacific coast near Buenaventura. The nest was built of brownish
soil and was plastered beneath a large rock that sloped in such a
way that the nest was well protected from rain although still
clearly visible from the road. Much of the rock was covered with
lichens and rootlets, but the area surrounding the nest was bare.
The nest was angled near the middle and measured 1 3 cm long in a
straight line, 17 cm when measured along the upper margin. It was
2.5 cm wide at one end, where the cells were in a single row, 5 cm
wide at the other end, where they were in two rows. The outside
of the nest was well plastered with soil, so that the individual cells
were barely evident from the exterior. In all there were 17 cells,
some of those near the center being to some extent one above the
other (Fig. 1). Seven cells had earthen closures about 2 mm thick;
these contained fully grown larvae or pupae. Seven cells were
empty and were open. Two cells containing eggs and one
containing a newly hatched larva were also open; the cell
containing the larva and one containing an egg each had a small
turret, 4-5 mm long, at the entrance. Cells measured 9 x 20 mm in
inside dimensions.
This nest was observed from time to time over two days, and on
each occasion 3 or 4 adults were found to be resting on the nest or
in some of the empty cells, facing outward. When the nest was
collected the adults were also taken. Three were found to be
females and one a male. None were observed carrying mud or
bringing prey, and it is not known whether one or more than one
female was active in these capacities. The additional adults on the
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 287
nest may well have been recently emerged individuals that had not
yet left the parental nest.
Provisioning was evidently progressive, as the two cells
containing eggs were otherwise empty, and the cell containing a
small larva had only two small microlepidopterous larvae (not
identified). The eggs measured about 3 mm long; each was
suspended from the roof of the cell by a thread about 1 mm long
(Fig. 3). If these three cells were all the work of one female, it is
obvious that she would have had to provision the three
simultaneously.
Three weeks after this nest was collected, two Icheneumonidae
were found to have emerged from capped cells. These were found
to represent an undescribed species of the genus Labena.
Montezumia dimidiata Saussure
A nest of this species in the Museum of Comparative Zoology
is similar to that of cortesia in all important features. The nest is
labeled as having been collected at Restrepo, Colombia, on 6
August 1936, but there is no further information with the
specimen. The nest measures about 5 x 5 cm and is approximately
2.5 cm deep; it is plastered to a thick branch or root where it is
joined by a smaller branch (Fig. 4). There are 1 1 cells in a cluster,
all sub parallel and with their openings upward; on the under
surface of the nest one additional cell is attached transversely, that
is, with its long axis perpendicular to that of the other cells. Seven
of the cells have short turrets, 1-6 mm in length, closely
resembling those of cortesia. As in that species, the outside of the
nest is irregularly plastered with earth, such that the outlines of
individual cells are indistinct.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I wish to thank Drs. William G. and Mary Jane West Eberhard, of the Universidad del
Valle, Cali, who were my hosts during my visit to Colombia. Dr. A. Willink, of the
Institute Miguel Lillo, Tucuma'n, Argentina, checked the identity of the Montezumia,
and Dr. H. K. Townes, of Ann Arbor, Michigan, identified the ichneumonid parasite.
This research was undertaken as part of a study of the comparative behavior of solitary
wasps, supported by the National Science Foundation, grant no. GB-8746.
3 This species has commonly been called infundibuliformis Fabricius, but the type of
Fabricius1 species has been shown to be a Zethus (Bohart and Stange, 1965). The name
dimidiata Saussure, listed as a junior synonym of infundibuliformis by Saussure, 1875,
must thus be used for this species.
288
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
REFERENCES
Bequaert, J. 1921. Description d'une espece congolaise du genre "Montezumia"
(Hymenopteres, Vespides) suivie de remarques taxnomiques sur ce groupe.
Rev. Zool. Afric., 9:235-251.
Bodkin, G. E. 1918. Notes on some British Guiana Hymenoptera (exclusive of the
Formicidae). Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1917, pp. 297-305.
Bohait, R. M., and L. A. Stange. 1965. A revision of the genus Zethus Fabricius in the
Western Hemisphere (Hymenoptera: Eumenidae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent.,
40:1-208.
Maindron, M. 1882. Histoire des guepes solitaires (Eumeniens) de 1'Archipel Indien et
de le Nouvelle-Guinee. Part 3. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6)2:267-286.
Saussure, H. de 1875. Synopsis of American Wasps. Smithson, Misc. Coll., no. 254, 393
pp.
Williams, F. X. 1928. Studies in tropical wasps-their hosts and associates. Bull. Exp. Sta.
Hawaiian Sugar PI. Assoc., Ent. Ser., Bull. 19, 179 pp.
0 cm
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
289
•>-X ,< . *
,
j V 7H- .'.^S
•^ • *
r
290 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
ABSTRACT: -A description is provided of the nest of Montezumia cortesia Saussure,
found in the province of Valle, Colombia. The nest was of mud and was plastered to a
sloping rock. There were 17 cells, 10 of which were open, three of the open ones
containing eggs or newly hatched larvae. Three adult females and one male were present
on the nest. A very similar nest of M. dimidiata Saussure, found in museum material, is
also described.
Descriptors: -Hymenoptera, Eumenidae, Montezumia, nests.
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE
(A.(n.s.)91
ANNOUNCEMENT
Required six-months' notice is given of the possible use of plenary powers by the
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the following
names listed by case number:
(see Bull.zool.Nomend. 30, part 2, 10th October, 1973)
1877. Suppression of Galaxias delfini Philippi, 1895 (Pisces, Galaxiidae).
2010. Suppresion of Tergipes adspersus Nordmann, 1845 (Mollusca, Opisthobranchia).
2027. Designation of a neotype for Pieris virginiensis Edwards, 1870 (Insecta, Le-
pidoptera).
2028. Designation of a type-species for Onycholyda Takeuchi, 1938 (Insecta, Hymen-
optera).
2029. Designation of lectotype for Psednura longicornis Sjb'stedt, 1920 (Insecta,
Orthoptera).
2030. Suppression of Calyptraea striata Gray, 1825 (Mollusca, Gastropoda).
2031. Suppression of Schistodera Cobb, 1920 (Nematoda: Enoplida).
2032. Designation of a type-species for Cerithium Bruguiere, 1789 (Gastropoda).
2033. Suppression of Sceptrophorus Foerster, 1856 (Insecta, Hymenoptera).
2035. Suppression ofDrosophila carinata Grimshaw, 1901 (Insecta, Diptera).
2036. Suppression of Hydrophorus jaculus Fallen as type-species of Hydrophorus
Fallen, 1823, in favour of//, nebulosus Falle'n. (Insecta, Diptera).
2037. Designation of a type-species for Oscinella Becker, 1909 (Insecta, Diptera).
2038. Suppression of Leucospis gallica, Villers, 1789 and Cynips lugdunaea Gmelin,
1790 (Insecta, Hymenoptera).
2040. Designation of a type-species for Madiza Fallen, 1810 (Insecta, Diptera).
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural
History), Cromwell Road, London SW7 5BD, England. Those received early enough will
be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature.
MARGARET GREEN
Scientific Assistant
October 1973
MICRASEMA KLUANE, A PROBABLE
STEPPING STONE TO THE ARCTIC
(TRICHOPTERA BRACHYCENTRIDAE)1
•y
Herbert H. Ross and John C. Morse
The arctic fauna has tacitly been considered as a collection of
offshoots arising from elements of the boreal deciduous forest, its
neighboring biome to the south. Two circumstances make this
conjecture plausible. First, the Arctic has a relatively small fauna
compared with biomes south of it, and second, the animal species
found in the Arctic usually show phylogenetic affinities to groups
found in more southern regions. Yet this statistical approach is not
well founded logically. It derives from the assumption that the
ancestral home of a group is where its greatest numbers now
occur, an assumption shown not to be of general application
(Ross, 1965). In order to test the validity of the boreal-to-arctic
evolutionary pathway, it is necessary to discover circumstances in
which the arctic species are derived entities that evolved from
more ancestral southern relatives.
In collections of caddisflies made in the Yukon Territory of
Canada and in the arctic region of Alaska at Point Barrow in 1968
by Ross et al. and by Goeden and Jewett, a new species of the
caddisfly genus Micrasema was collected that provided evidence
for such a probable origin of the arctic species M. scissum
McLachlan from a subarctic ancestral form.
Micrasema kluane n. sp.
MALE. Length 8 mm. Color dark brown with membranous areas cream. Wings with
uniformly light brown hair and white marks along the base of Mj+2 and s, r-m, and
apical cu-a cross-veins. Eyes large such that the frontal region is scarcely visible in lateral
view; 3-segmented maxillary palps long, similar to sprulesi and wataga (see Ross, 1938,
fig. 122). Venation, tibial spurs, and general structure typical for genus. Posterior process
of sixth sternum as long as or longer than broad.
Genitalia as in figure 1. Ninth segment annular, widened laterally. Sclerotized lateral
arms of the tenth tergum subequal in length to the claspers, upturned and sharply
pointed apically, with a cluster of preapical setae and two pairs of setae near the base.
'This study was supported by a research grant from the National Science Foundation.
Accepted for publication: February 21, 1973.
2Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga. 30602.
Ent. News, 84:291-293 291
292 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Cerci long, pointed apically, separated by a membranous area on the dorsum, and
diverging at an acute angle. Claspers clavate, rounded apically, uniformly concave on the
meson, and with two semimembranous processes and a sclerotized cusp dorsomesally.
The tubular aedeagus is variable in shape, being somewhat angled one-third the distance
from the base.
FEMALE. Length 9 mm. Similar in color and general structure to male. Abdomen
with a small triangular projection on the sixth sternum. Sclerite of the bursa copulatrix
twice as long as wide.
Holotype d-Burwash Landing, Lake Kluane, Yukon Territory, Canada, July 13,
1968, Ross, Ross, and Miller, swept from foliage bordering a small, clear, rocky brook.
Paratypes.-Same data as holotype, 26, 19, Alaska, Steese Highway between Fairbanks
and Eagle, July 4, 1968, Goeden and Jewett, along small creek in sparse forest, 5<5;
Alaska, Glenn Highway 16 mi E. Tazlina. Goeden and Jewett, along Tolsoma Cr. in
boreal forest area, 46. Holotype and 7 paratypes to be deposited in the Illinois Natural
History Survey, 1 paratype to be deposited in the U.S. National Museum, and 4
paratypes in the collection of S. G. Jewett, Jr.
Discussion. -This species runs to scissum in Ross' (1947) key to the nearctic species
due to its similarly shaped clasper and upturned pointed apices of the lateral arms of the
tenth tergum. It differs from scissum in the longer and more slender lateral arms of the
tenth tergum and in having a posterior triangular process on the sixth sternum. From
sibiricum Martynov (1924), to which it is also closely related, the male of kluane differs
in having the mesal margins of the two cerci divergent and in having the lobes of the
tenth tergum slightly shorter, wider basally, and not slightly expanded near the apex in
dorsal view.
Together with sprulesi Ross, scissum, sibiricum, and kluane form a closely knit group
characterized by the possession of a more basal hairy lobe and an adjacent more apical
sclerous lobe dorsally on the clasper (Fig. IB, a and b, respectively). The sclerous nature
of the more apical process b appears to be a derived character state distinctive for this
complex. In scissum (Kimmins and Denning, 1951, Fig. 256, c), sibiricum (Martynov,
1924, Figs. 5, 7), and kluane (Fig. IB) the clasper has an additional elongate, narrow,
curved dorsomesal process c situated just beyond the sclerous lobe b, apparently a
derived state unique to these three species. From these data it appears that in clasper
structure sprulesi is essentially like the ancestral form of the group, and that kluane,
sibiricum, and scissum are species that arose from a more derived ancestor. The larger,
parallel cerci of sibiricum indicate this species to be the most primitive of the three,
leading to the inference that kluane and scissum are sister species at the end of this
phylogenetic branch of four species.
The known range of sprulesi is in the boreal forest of eastern North America, that of
sibiricum is apparently in the boreal forest of south-central Siberia (Minousinsk), and
that of kluane is in the boreal forest of western North America. The indicated
phylogenetic position of scissum, a highly derived species, suggests that it is an Arctic
tundra offshoot of its common ancestor with kluane, presumably a nearctic species
inhabiting the boreal coniferous forest.
Abstract -.-Micrasema kluane, a probable stepping stone to the Arctic (Trichoptera,
Brachycentridae). A new species Micrasema kluane is described from Yukon Territory,
Canada, and southern Alaska, belonging to a monophyletic species group embracing also
sprulesi Ross (eastern Canada), sibiricum Martynov (south-central Siberia), and scissum
McLachlan (from Arctic tundra of Alaska and Siberia). From a consideration of these
known distributions and the phylogeny of the group, it is inferred that the group
initially evolved in the boreal coniferous forest and that the Arctic tundra lineage
represented by scissum evolved from a boreal coniferous forest ancestor. -Herbert H.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
293
Ross and John C. Morse, Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga.
30602.
Descriptors: Trichoptera, Brachycentridae, Micrasema, Arctic tundra, boreal coniferous
forest.
LITERATURE CITED
Kimmins, D. E., and D. G. Denning. 1951. The McLachlan types of North American
Trichoptera in the British Museum. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer. 44:111-140.
Martynov, A. B. 1924. Notice sur les Trichopteres de la District de Minousinsk. Jahrb.
Martjanovischen Staatsmuseums in Minoussinsk 2(3):62-107. (Russian with
English resume).
Ross, H. H. 1938. Descriptions of Nearctic caddisflies. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21:
101-183.
. 1947. Descriptions and records of North American Trichoptera, with
synoptic notes. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 73:125-168.
. 1965. The phylogeny of the leafhopper genus Erythroneura (Hemiptera,
~Cicadellidae). Zool. Beit., New Folge, 11:247-270.
SCISSUM
Figs. 1-2. Male genitalia of Micrasema. \,M. kluane; 2,M. scissum. A, lateral aspect;
B, dorsal aspect; C, aedeagus, lateral aspect; D, posterior process of sixth sternum.
a, b, c, mesal processes of clasper.
GENERATIONAL "CARRYOVER" AND
THE SUPPRESSION OF SUBMARGINAL PATTERN ELEMENTS
IN VERNAL PHENOTYPES OF PIERIS PROTODICE
(LEPIDOPTERA: PIERIDAE)1
Arthur M. Shapiro2
The Checkered White butterfly, Pieris protodice Boisduval and
LeConte, like many Pieridae exhibits a photoperiodically
controlled seasonal polyphenism (Shapiro, 1968). The
vernal-autumnal phenotype ("vernalis" Edwards), produced from
larvae reared under September and October photoperiods, is
characterized by heavy dark scaling on the veins of the hindwing
beneath and by a series of chevron-shaped markings between these
veins (figure la). This pattern is characteristic of the species-group
to which P. protodice belongs, although it is reduced in summer
phenotypes of multivoltine species and in both generations of the
partially bivoltine P. sisymbrii Boisduval. In this species the
chevron-markings, while never complete, are sufficiently
recognizable to present a fades easily distinguishable from that of
the P. napi species-group, in which only the veins are melanized.
Specimens of P. protodice "vernalis" resembling P. sisymbrii in
this character are occasionally taken wild, and very rarely
individuals may occur in which the chevrons are completely
suppressed. Examination of long bred and wild series of P.
protodice reveals that the chevrons are composed of lines
extending basad from the vein-tips and converging near the middle
of the interspace; they frequently fail to meet and form a vertex.
When the vein-lines are unusually heavy they may absorb the
chevron-lines to the extent that the pattern is obscured (as in P.
sisymbrii) or effectively obliterated (as in the extreme P. protodice
figured by Shapiro, 1969). The bred male shown in figure Ib
displays the usual manifestations of "chevronlessness."
Prior to 1971 no "chevronless" P. protodice were produced in
laboratory rearing. In July, 1971 a stock was established from
'Accepted for publication: October 17, 1972.
Department of Zoology, University of California, Davis, California 95616.
Ent. News, 84:294-298, 1973 294
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973 295
three females collected by Richard Pine in Brooklyn, Kings Co.,
New York. After one generation on a long-day regime (14 hours
light: 10 dark, 25°C), part of this stock was carried through five
consecutive generations on a short-day, high-temperature regime
(8 light: 16 dark, 25°C both phases) which induces "vernalis" but
inhibits diapause. Numbers of "vernalis" were desired for field
survivorship studies; breeding in each generation was from five
females each mated once to a different male, and allowed to
oviposit for two days. No "chevronless" butterflies were seen in
the first generation, but in the second 26 of 110 butterflies
showed significant suppression of the marginal chevrons. Although
"chevronless" butterflies were not used for breeding, the character
continued to appear at a nearly constant frequency through the
fourth generation and then dropped in the fifth (table 1). The line
had to be discontinued at this time for reasons unrelated to the
experiment.
Two third -generation "chevronless" butterflies were paired, as
were two normal ''vernalis," and the females were allowed to
oviposit until they died (four and six days, respectively) to
maximize the number of progeny. Rearing was on the same
regime. The resulting phenotypic distributions (table 2) do not
differ significantly from each other or from the corresponding
(fourth) generation in the main culture. When rearing is in a
uniform environment, individual variation should reflect genetic
differences in the developmental responses of the individuals to
that environment. This very limited rearing does not, however,
indicate any simple genetic basis for "chevronlessness."
The significance of the variation in the frequency of
"chevronlessness" over five generations of uniform rearing is also
obscure. Interestingly, it was coupled with variation in the
frequency of light and intermediate (i.e., non-"vernalis")
phenotypes (table 1). While "chevronless" was holding essentially
constant, non-' 'vernalis" phenotypes increased greatly in
frequency in the third and fourth generations, but dropped
equally dramatically in the fifth. The fifth generation phenotypic
ratio is more similar to that of the first than any of the intervening
ones. These fluctuations could reflect changing genetic
composition of the stock perhaps due to sampling error in the
bottleneck of five pairs in each generation. They also could be
related to the generational sequence.
296 Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
Consecutive passage of more than two generations of Pieris
protodice through a "vernalis "-inducing regime, with or without
diapause, probably never occurs in nature. Normally the autumnal
generation, composed of intermediate and "vernalis" phenotypes,
without diapause, is followed in spring by an &\\-"vernalis" brood
which has diapaused and which produces the first of several
summer generations. In the constant short-day regime, second-,
third-, and fourth-generation vernalis were somewhat darker than
first, and the fifth brood was mixed. This was true even though
the incidence of non-vernalis phenotypes increased after the
second generation; the result was a maximum phenotypic variance
in the fourth. This suggests that the environmental physiology of
the parent(s) may play a role in phenotypic determination of the
present generation, presumably through extranuclear mechanisms.
Similar effects on diapause are well-known in various insects,
especially parasitic Hymenoptera (Beck, 1968). A maternal
influence in "congenital" host preference is on record in Pieris
rapae (Hovanitz, 1970).
One test carried out with Brooklyn P. protodice bears directly
on this point. Progeny of one long-day female were reared on both
long- and short-day regimes, of 25 larvae reared on 14 hours light,
22 gave light adults, 3 intermediate, 0 dark. Of 24 on 8 hours,
there were 0 light, 3 intermediate, and 21 "vernalis." In each lot
the butterflies were allowed to mate and oviposit freely, and all
eggs laid in the first two days were reared on the short day. There
were 56 butterflies from the short -day parents, giving 1 light: 10
intermediate: 45 dark (3 "chevronless"). Of 31 from the long-day
parents there were 0, 2, and 29 respectively, with no
"chevronless". These ratios are not significantly different.
However, the pattern was conspicuously darker on the
second-generation short-day butterflies.
Unfortunately, the broods reported here were reared on
field-collected New York City Lepidium virginicum Linnaeus
(Cruciferae); although rearing conditions were otherwise quite
uniform, the possibility of effects mediated through the chemistry
or condition of the host plants should be rigorously excluded
before internal mechanisms are sought. However, the rearing
sequence for the last experiment reported was carried out at the
same time as the latter part of the five-generation experiment, and
plants collected at the same time and place were not associated
with similar results.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
297
In the montane species Pieris occidentalis Reakirt rearing on a
long day does not fully suppress the dark phenotype (Shapiro, in
press). If carryover effects do influence phenotypic determination
in Pieris, this may be a factor in maintaining the variability of P.
occidentalis where it is bivoltine.
Abstract. -The short-day phenotype of Pieris protodice is subject to modification in the
second and subsequent generations of continuous rearing on a short-day regime. The
expression of this shift is apparently related to a carryover effect from prior generations;
the frequency of the abnormal phenotype increased but subsequently decreased over the
five -generation period of the experiment. -Arthur M. Shapiro, Department of Zoology,
University of California, Davis, California 95616.
Descriptors: Pieris protodice; photoperiodism; phenotypic switch mechanism; carryover
effect.
LITERATURE CITED
Beck, S. D. 1968. Insect photoperiodism. Academic Press, New York, 288 pp.
Hovanitz, W. 1970. Inherited and/or conditioned changes in host-plant preferences in
Pieris. Ent. Exp. et Appl., 12:729-736.
Shapiro, A. M. 1968. Photoperiodic induction of vernal phenotype in Pieris protodice
Boisduval and LeConte (Lepidoptera:Pieridae). Wasmann J. Biol., 26: 1 37-149.
1969. An extreme phenotype of Pieris protodice (Pieridae). J. Lepid Soc.,
~23: 189-190.
, in press. Photoperiodic control of seasonal polyphenism in Pieris occidentalis
Reakirt (Lepidoptera: Pieridae). Wasmann J. Biol.
Figure 1. Short-day ("vernalis") bred male Pieris protodice .-chevroned (wild-type) right,
Chevronless left.
298
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
en
en
Q)
QJ
C
£
O -~v
> rH
OJ C
O •
JS 0
o <r
en
o
O Csl
4J -H
1-1 rH
?*1 )-*
o o
to to
O tO
c -a
QJ —
QJ
3
01 >
cr
01
4J
1-1
OJ
fa
< to
CO
en
CO
• Q)
01
u tx
o >^
c
m 4-)
0
O vO
CM O
1-1
CN
C
^
4-1 01
OJ
tO j3
a
6
Q
rH ~^4
•o
Q)
iJ to
C
00 Q
o
e "
>
0
QJ
•a ^
6
0\ 00
QJ 4->
tO QJ
)_i
OJ 4J
ra
)_|
a
QJ
U CO
4J ^^
•H ~~s
J= OJ
•a
00 4-1
o c
•H tO
4J O
rH -rt
O -H
-_- -0
1-1 4J
0)
CL| 10
^ E
^O f"~)
J_j
u C
o o
en 01
e o)
•H C
QJ 4-1
0 0
tl QJ
3 C
01 00
cr -H
•H
QJ
D-i >*
U +
tO
fa
>> 1
. 00
01
~* 0
to
c
•a
>, QJ
QJ
3 §
E
o
QJ
o .e
4J
rl 00
c
03 3
M
O
4H 1-1
O J3
4-"
en
oo
0 0
-0 T3
•H
O QJ
t ~\
O rl
M tO
xi QJ
QJ
c
D.
-rl C
QJ
4J
en o)
O
0 ,0
C
-H
Q)
4-1 13
to to
PH
>-> .C
a ^
0)
•H 0
a
o. o
•H
r^i 4-1
00
4J CO
QJ
o
C Q)
e
J iJ
o
S
4J
c
c
o
rH CM
• QJ
•H
4J
•H
tO
QJ M
rH QJ
01
& fX
c
to X
H QJ
c3
O
o
CO
en
01
c
o ^
> rH
QJ C
in rH
£ 0
rH CM
O
• •
^
O O
o to
c -a
OJ *— '
3
a-
QJ
en
CO
01
1
00 ^0
U
01
o
6
CM
4-1
T)
tO
0)
a
§
VO
W
T?
Q)
S rH
00
6
c
^
0
)H
tO
•o
0
QJ
to
4J s^
XI QJ
00 4J
•H (0
ro
rH -H
0
S
& i
tM rH
•H
C 0)
0 0
4-1
cr -H
0
01
fa +
in
•H
01
4-1
01
tO
CU
•o
0
E
vO ro
01
CO
0)
c
CO
M
1H
u
0
-a
in rH
r^
•H
00
c
CO
Q)
Q.
c
•H
4-1
0
S
S
4-1
(S
to
H
o
•rl
p.
0
O*
c
0)
X
Ul
0
o -o -a
X 0)
£
•o -a -a c
QJ OJ O
T3 C C ^>
<V O O >
CM
C r-l r-J (U
QJ
M OJ 0) O
1
H
<U U O _^>
6 £
A NEW SPECIES OF ACMAEODERA
(COLEOPTERArBURPRESTIDAE) '
Josef N. Knull2
Acmaeodera lucerneae NEW SPECIES
Female: Small, resembling A. santarosae KnuU (1960); head, prothorax, a transverse
stripe across base of elytra and ventral surface dark brown, nearly black; legs dark brown,
an irregular reddish yellow stripe on each elytron, bounded by dark brown along suture
and at sides.
Head convex; punctures very coarse under high power, and separated by fine lines
giving appearance of a reticulate area, a recumbent white hair arising from each puncture;
antennae short, not reaching middle of pronotum, serrate from the fifth segment, outer
segments transverse.
Pronotum wider than long, widest behind middle, base wider than apex; sides broadly
rounded from apex to base; anterior margin sinuate, forming a broadly rounded lobe at
middle; base truncate; disk convex, a lateral depression each side at base extending from
a deeper depression, also a broader but shallower depression at base; surface punctures
larger than on head, a transverse corrugated line at base, a recumbent white hair arising
from each puncture.
Elytra at base narrower than widest part of pronotum, convex; side margin con-
stricted back of prominent umbone, widened behind middle, then broadly rounded to
rounded apices, finely serrate from back of middle; surface striate with closely placed
punctures, separated by less than their own diameters and smaller than punctures of
pronotum, interspaces narrower than punctures, recumbent white hairs arising from
minute punctures on interspaces.
Beneath, prosternal margin truncate, slightly retracted at side margin; surface coarse-
ly punctured, punctures smaller in middle of abdomen, a recumbent white hair arising
from each puncture, last sternite rounded, unmodified.
Tarsal claws simple, not toothed at base.
Length 4.6 mm.; width 1.6 mm.
Described from four specimens from Lucerne Valley, San Bernardino Co., Califor-
nia, collected by D. J. and J. N. Knull, June 5, 1948. Female type and paratypes in
collection of author.
This species belongs in the truncatae group with the gemina Horn (1872) complex.
It is close to Acmaeodera santarosae and can be separated from it by the reddish yel-
low color and dark transverse band at base of elytra. It lacks the yellow spot at side of
thorax as in gemina.
It resembles Acmaeoderoides humeralis (Cazier) (1938) in color and pattern and
collected with it. The presence of a visible scutellum on humeralis will separate the two.
'Accepted for publication: April 9, 1973.
Department of Entomology, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210
Ent. News, 84:299-300 299
300
Ent. News, Vol. 84, November 1973
LITERATURE CITED
Cazier, Mont A. 1938. New Acmaeodera and Chrysobothris from the Southwest. Bull.
Southern Calif. Acad. Sci. 37:12-17.
Horn, George H. 1872. Revision of the species of Acmaeodera of the United States.
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 7:1-27.
Knull, Josef N. 1960. A New California Acmaeodera. Ohio Jour. Sci. 60(6):322.
Abstract.— A new species of Acmaeodera from southern California is described.
Descriptors: Coleoptera:Buprestidae Acmaeodera lucerneae n. sp.
^^^'^^^9°^^^^^'^^^
;SftnOQ600<JT519'>O<5«S2ti2,2^00"j»')0"iO'Vi«<
Figure 1. Acmaeodera lucerneae new species.
Letters to the Editor
Executive Secretary
American Entomological Society (AES)
1900 Race St.
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103
U.S.A.
A very good friend of our family is extremely interested in entomology as a hobby and is
a member of one of the largest entomological associations here in the Frankfurt area.
Since his knowledge of the English language is not sufficient to be able to take up
correspondence with you we offered to do this for him in an effort to seek your help.
Is it possible for you or can your association suggest an organization which might be able
to establish contact with a German speaking entomologist in America with whom our
friend could privately correspond for the purpose of exchanging information on
entomological development? His main interests are butterflies, their breeding,
development, and habitation. He would be extremely interested in exchanging those
types of butterflies now extinct on the two continents thereby contributing to the work
he is already performing with other colleagues here in Europe, namely, where the present
ecology permits, restoring various species of butterflies to their original habitat.
We would greatly appreciate your assistance in this matter and thank you in advance for
your helpfulness.
With best regards,
Mrs. Desiree Najarian
645 1 Doernigheim
Westendstr. 75
West Germany
Any interested readers are urged to contact Mrs. Najarian. - Ed.
Another letter was received from a Norwegian entomologist who is interested in
beetles. He would like to know of any persons who have for sale the following:
Carabidae, Lucanidae, Cicindelidae, Calosoma and Cetoniinae. Interested persons are
urged to contact - MR. HANS JORGEN NIELSEN, c/o Lindell, Fyrspannsgatan 95, 162
39 Vallingby, Sweden.
Ed.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans -A Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider
Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae). 433 pages,
1 1 plates, 80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G. Mathews-A. Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $ 4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $ 9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel~A list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966).
1 86 pages $ 9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174pp. $ 7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley^he Schizopteridae (Hemiptera:Heteroptera) with the
description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $ 6.50
No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Settle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook -A. Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera:Ephydridae). ISOpp $ 7.00
No. 28. Annette F. firaurc-Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-lepidop-
• tera). 148 pp . $ 7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomological
Reprint Specialists,/'. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American moths.
Write for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological Re-
print Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America, North of Mexico,"
by C. W. Leng, published at Mount Vernon, 1920. Dr. Paul P. Shubeck, Biology Depart-
ment, Montclair State College, Upper Montclair, New Jersey 07043.
Wanted to buy: Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber, Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ 07940.
Papers on Tipulidae. More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
Wanted: One copy of "Catalog of the Diptera" by Stone, et al. C. L. Sperka, Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506.
For sale: Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs.
3 vols. Bd. V2 leather. G. Fischer, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34,
Elwyn, PA 19063.
Top Prices Paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either
large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY5
2BG, England.
Wanted. North American Rhysodidae: needed for distribution records for North
American Beetle Fauna Project. Send loan specimens to Dr. Ross T. Bell, Univ. of
Vermont, Zoology Dept., Marsh Life Science Bldg., Burlington, Vt. 05401.
For sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRIINAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE):
Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the
New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet Oval,
Norman, Okla. 73069, U.S.A.
For Sale or Trade. Lloyds Natural Nistory. A handbook to the order Lepidoptera by
W. F. Kirby, London 1896. 5 vols., 158 color plates. Prof. H. E. Evans, Veterinary
College, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850.
Top prices paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either
large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY52BG,
England.
DECEMBER 1973
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
4
It
CONTENTS
AN ANNOTATED LIST OF THE STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA)
OF COLORADO - PART II
Bill P. Stark, Briant R. Oblad & A. R. Gaufin, p. 301
SERINE CATABOLISM IN
PLODIA INTERPUNCTELLA (HUBNER)
William J. Yurkiewicz & J. Harold Mohler, p. 307
INDUCED MATING IN FORMICA ANTS
(HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE)
A. Chang Fu Hung, p. 310
HALICTINE BEE PREY OF PHILANTHUS GIBBOSUS
(HYMENOPTERA: SPHECIDAE) IN KANSAS
Edward M. Barrows & Thomas P. Snyder, p. 314
EGG RETREAT OF
METAPHIDIPPUS ARIZONENSIS (PECKHAM)
(ARANEAE: SALTICIDAE) IN A HOLLOW STEM
Daniel T. Jennings, p. 317
UNIFORMITY OF SUCCESSIVE POPULATIONS OF AN ALPINE
GRASSHOPPER WITH A TWO-YEAR DIAPAUSE
Gordon Alexander, p. 321
THE ZOOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF KNOWN
SCENOPINIDAE (DIPTERA)
Lewis P. Kelsey, p. 329
ERRATA, p. 306
THE ENTOMOLOGIST'S LIBRARY, p. 306
ANNOUNCEMENT, p. 316
Publication Date: May 31, 1974
THE AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS
Edited, 1890-1910, by Henry Skinner (1861-1926); 1911-1944, by Philip P. Calvert
(1871-1961); 1945-1967, by R. G. Schmieder (1898-1967); 1968-1972 by R. H. Arnetl,
Jr.
Entomological News is published monthly except August and September by the
American Entomological Society at 253 Agricultural Hall, College of Agricultural
Sciences, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711. Second class postage paid at
Newark, Delaware 19711 and additional mailing offices. Editorial Staff : S. S. Roback &
R. W. Lake (Editor).
SUBSCRIPTION RATES: Private subscriptions for personal use $7.00 per year post
paid; institutional subscriptions for libraries, laboratories, etc., domestic and foreign
$12.00 per year postpaid. Communications and remittances for subscriptions should be
addressed to Entomological News, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA. 19103, U.S^A.
POSTMASTER: If undeliverable please send form 3579 to Mr. Robert W. Lake, 253
Agricultural Hall, University of Delaware, Newark, DE. 19711.
MANUSCRIPTS and all communications concerning same should be addressed to:
Mr. Robert W. Lake, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, DE 19711. The receipt of all papers will be acknowledged and, if
accepted, they will be published as soon as possible, usually within six months. Articles
longer than eight pages may be published in two or more installments, unless the author
is willing to pay the cost of a sufficient number of additional pages in any one issue to
enable such an article to appear without division. BOOKS FOR REVIEW should be sent
to the editor.
PAGE CHARGES are normally made only for over-length articles, or for articles pub-
lished ahead of their regular place in the issues, and then only as additional pages for an
issue. In cases where authors have received grant money for publication, or their institu-
tion normally pays publication costs, they will be billed at the rate of $18.75 per page.
ILLUSTRATIONS: Authors will be charged for text-figures and halftones at the
following rate: Each line cut regardless of size $1.50; each halftone regardless of size,
$4.50. Size limit of illustrations, when printed, 4'/2 x 6'/2 inches.
SEPARATES printed without removal of extraneous matter, without covers, will be
supplied by the printer at 20 cents per copy. Minimum order 100 copies. Xerox copies of
articles, minimum order 50 copies, 15 cents per copy.
EDITORIAL POLICY: Manuscripts on insect life and related terrestrial anthropods aie
appropriate for submission to ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS. Titles should be carefully
composed to reflect the true contents of the article, and be kept as brief as possible. A
short informative abstract (not a descriptive abstract) of about 150 words should be
supplied on a separate sheet, complete with title and ending with the authors name and
address. In addition, the author should supply a list of descriptors, or key words at the
end of the abstract. The author's complete mailing address, including zip code number,
should be given as a footnote to the article. All papers describing new taxa should
include enough information to make them useful to the non-specialist. Generally this
requires a key and a short review or discussion of the group, plus reference to existing
revisions or monographs. Illustrations are almost always required.
Short notes will be promptly published in The Entomologist's Record. Literature notices,
short reviews, and books received will be published in The Entomologist's Library. Study
notices, want items, and for sale notices are published in The Entomologist's Market
Place. All manuscripts should follow the format recommended in the CBE "Style
Manual".
SECOND CLASS POSTAGE PAID AT NEWARK, DELAWARE
& ADDITIONAL MAILING OFFICES
AN ANNOTATED LIST OF
THE STONEFLIES (PLECOPTERA)
OF COLORADO
PART II1
Bill P. Stark2, Briant R. Oblad3 & A. R. Gaufin4
Family Chloroperlidae
Genus Paraperla
64. P. frontalis (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Clear Creek Co., Berthoud Pass. Gunnison Co.,
Blue Creek; Soap Creek. Hinsdale Co.,Hensen Creek. Mineral Co., no location. Routt
Co., Yampa River; Elk River; Fish Creek; Spring Creek; North Fork Elk River.
Genus Alloperla
Subgenus/l//o/w/a s.s.
65. A. severa Hagen
Distribution: Grand Co., Gore Pass Creek. Routt Co., Yampa River; East Fork Elk
River; Elk River; Fish Creek; Sarvice Creek; Soda Creek; Hot Springs Creek; Lester
Creek; Mad Creek; Willow Creek.
Submenus Suwallia
66. A. lineosa Banks
Distribution: Gilpin Co., Tolland. LaPlata Co., LaPlata River. Larimer Co., Elkhorn
Creek. Park Co., Grant. Routt Co., Yampa River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Little
Snake River; Spring Creek; Walton Creek; Coulton Creek; Lester Creek; Willow Creek;
Independence Creek. Gunnison Co., Coal Creek.
67. A. pallidula (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., North Boulder Creek; Rock Creek; Fawn Brook; Left
Hand Creek; Boulder Canyon; South Boulder Creek; Eldora. Chaffee Co., Arkansas
River. Clear Creek Co., Clear Creek; Chicago Creek; Fall River; Hoop Creek. Eagle Co.,
Eagle River. Garfield Co., Roaring Fork River. Gilpin Co., Black Hawk; Missouri Creek.
Grand Co., Colorado River; North Fork Colorado River; Onahu Creek; Muddy Creek;
Little Muddy Creek; Big Rock Creek; Blacktail Creek. Gunnison Co., Coal Creek; Ruby
Anthracite Creek; Myers Gulch; Curecanti Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla
Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; East Elk Creek; Steuben Creek; Beaver Creek; Blue
Creek; Tomichi Creek. Hindsdale Co., Hensen Creek; Cebolla Creek. Lake Co., Tributary
of Arkansas River. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River; Cameron Pass; Thompson River;
Elkhorn Creek; Hidden Valley Creek; Mill Creek; Fall River; Glacier Creek. Montrose
Co., Cimarron River. Ouray Co., Cow Creek. Park Co., Grant. Rio Blanco Co., White
River. Routt Co., Yampa River; East Fork Elk River; Elk River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish
'Study supported by Science Foundation Grant P1B2899. Accepted for publication:
February 15, 1973.
2Graduate Student, University of Utah.
3 Present Address, 230 Adeline Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa.
4 Professor, Biology Department, University of Utah.
Ent. News, 84:301-305, 1973 301
302 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
Creek; Little Snake River; Oak Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek; Walton
Creek; Coulton Creek; Cow Creek; Independence Creek; Lester Creek; Mad Creek;
Willow Creek; Toponas Creek. Sagnache Co., Lomanche Creek; Tomichi Creek. Summit
Co., Blue River; Snake River; Ten-Mile Creek. Teller Co., Florissant. Delta Co., Surface
Creek. LaPlata Co., Lime Creek.
Subgenus Sweltsa
68. A. albertensis Needham and Claassen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Corona Pass; Rock Creek. Clear Creek Co., Chicago
Creek. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre River; Cameron Pass.
69. A. borealis (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Corona Pass; Boulder Creek. Clear Creek Co., Blue Creek.
Eagle Co., Eagle River. Grand Co., Second Creek; North Fork Colorado River; Current
Creek. Gunnison Co., Myers Gulch; Corral Creek. Himdale Co., Hensen Creek. Larimer
Co., Cameron Pass; Clear Creek; Fall Creek. Park Co., Grant. Routt Co., Yampa River;
Fish Creek; Walton Creek; Green Creek. Summit Co., Snake River; Blue River; Indian
Creek. Delta Co., Grand Mesa. LaPlata Co., Lime Creek.
70. A. coloradensis (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder Creek. Chaffee Co., Arkansas River. Eagle Co.,
Eagle River; East Lake Creek. El Paso Co., Manitou. Gilpin Co., Missouri Creek; Tolland.
Grand Co., North Fork Colorado River; Kinney Creek; Fraser River; Gore Pass Creek;
Colorado River. Gunnison Co., Curecanti Creek; Soap Creek; Red Creek; East Elk Creek;
Steuben Creek; Gunnison River; Quartz Creek; Taylor River; East River; Slate River.
Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek. Lake Co., Arkansas River.
LaPlata Co., LaPlata River. Larimer Co., Estes Park; Crown Point; Little South Fork
Poudre River. Routt Co., Bear River; Yampa River; Butcher Knife Creek; Elk River; Fish
Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Green Creek; Harrison Creek; Little Snake River; Oak Creek;
Sarvice Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout Creek; Walton Creek; Coulton Creek;
Hinman Creek; Independence Creek; Mad Creek; North Fork Elk River; Willow Creek;
Toponas Creek. Summit Co., Snake River; Indian Creek; Blue River; Ten-Mile Creek;
Loveland Pass. Delta Co., Grand Mesa.
71. A.fidelis Banks
Distribution: Grand Co., Phantom Valley. Larimer Co., Cameron Pass.
72. A. lamba Needham and Claassen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Left Hand Creek; Boulder Creek; Fawn Brook; Fox
Creek; Ward. Clear Creek Co., East of Berthoud Pass;, Clear Creek; Hoop Creek. Eagle
Co., Eagle River. Grand Co., Second Creek; Kinney Creek; Current Creek. Larimer Co.,
Cache La Poudre River; Thompson River; Mill Creek; Glacier Creek; Hidden Valley
Creek; Little South Fork Poudre River. Routt Co., Yampa River; Fish Creek Falls;
Harrison Creek; Spring Creek; Walton Creek; Burgess Creek; Coulton Creek; Toponas
Creek. Summit Co., Blue River; Indian Creek. Delta Co., Grand Mesa.
73. A. pilosa Needham and Claassen
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Grand Co., Second Creek; Milner Pass; Phantom
Valley. Larimer Co., Cameron Pass. Clear Creek Co., East of Berthoud Pass.
Subgenus Triznaka
74. A. diver sa Prison
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder Creek. Clear Creek Co., East of Berthoud Pass;
Blue Creek; Chicago Creek. Grand Co., Current Creek. Larimer Co., Clear Creek; Herman
Gulch; Little South Fork Poudre River; Fall Creek. Montezuma Co., Chicken Creek.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 303
Pitkin Co., Independence Pass. Routt Co., Spring Creek. Summit Co., Ten-Mile Creek;
Blue River. Gunnison Co., Tomichi Creek.
75. A. pintado Ricker
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Chaffee Co., Arkansas River. Eagle Co., Eagle
River. El Paso Co., Green Mt. Falls. Grand Co., Grand Lake. Gunnison Co., Red Creek.
Huerfano Co., LaVeta Pass. Lake Co., Arkansas River. LaPlata Co., LaPlata River. Routt
Co., Yampa River; Little Morrison Creek; Morrison Creek; Spring Creek; Walton Creek;
Beaver Creek; Burgess Creek; Cow Creek; Lester Creek; Muddy Creek; Willow Creek;
Toponas Creek; Big Rock Creek. Teller Co., Crystola; Edloe.
76. A. signata (Banks)
Distribution: Boulder Co., Boulder. Eagle Co., Eagle River. Garfield Co., Roaring
Fork River. Grand Co., Willow Creek Pass; North Fork Colorado River; Colorado River;
Gore Pass Creek; Fraser River; Kinney Creek. Gunnison Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River;
Cebolla Creek; Curecanti Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Gunnison River; Steuben
Creek; Beaver Creek; Tomichi Creek; Taylor River; East River; Blue Creek. Hinsdale Co.,
Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek. LaPlata Co., LaPlata River. Moffat Co.,
Yampa River. Montezuma Co., Chicken Creek. Montrose Co., Crystal Creek; Cimarron
River. Rio Blanco Co., White River. Rio Grande Co., Rio Grande River. Routt Co.,
Yampa River; Butcher Knife Creek; East Fork Elk River; Elk River; Fish Creek; Harrison
Creek; Little Snake River; Oak Creek; Sarvice Creek; Soda Creek; Spring Creek; Trout
Creek; Walton Creek; Big Creek; Coulton Creek; Cow Creek; Hinman Creek; Hot Springs
Creek; Mad Creek; Lester Creek; Willow Creek; Toponas Creek. Saguache Co., Marshall
Creek. Summit Co., Snake River. Teller Co., Florissant. Larimer Co., Cache La Poudre
River.
Family Perlidae
Genus Acroneuria
77. A. internata Walker
Distribution: Listed from Colorado by Needham and Claassen (1925).
Subgenus Attaneuria
78. A. ruralis Hagen
Distribution: Listed by Needham and Claassen (1925) from Denver.
Subgenus Doroneuria
79. A. theodora Needham and Claassen
Distribution: Grand Co., Colorado River. Mesa Co., Colorado River. Moffat Co.,
Yampa River.
Subgenus Hesperoperla
80. A. pacifica Banks
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Big Navajo River. Boulder Co., Boulder. Chaffee Co.,
Chalk Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle River. Gilpin Co., Tolland. Gunnison Co., Myers Gulch;
Blue Creek; Little Blue Creek; Curecanti Creek; Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla
Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Gunnison River; Red Creek; East Elk Creek; Steuben
Creek; Beaver Creek; Tomichi Creek; Taylor River; East River; Slate River; Quartz
Creek;. Hinsdale Co., Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek. LaPlata Co., LaPlata
River. Larimer Co., Estes Park; Fall Creek; Cache La Poudre River. Mineral Co., Pass
Creek. Montezuma Co., Mancos River. Montrose Co., Little Cimarron Creek; Cimarron
Creek. Routt Co., Elk River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Little Snake River; Hot
Springs Creek; Mad Creek; Toponas Creek. Saguache Co., Marshall Creek. San Juan Co.,
Lime Creek. Delta Co., Surface Creek.
304 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
Genus Claassenia
82. C. sabulosa (Banks)
Distribution: Archuleta Co., Piedra River; San Juan River. Garfield Co., Roaring
Fork River. Grand Co., Colorado River. Gunnison Co., Curecanti Creek; Blue Creek;
Lake Fork Gunnison River; Cebolla Creek; Soap Creek; West Elk Creek; Red Creek;
Willow Creek; Beaver Creek; Gunnison River; Tomichi Creek; East River; Slate River.
LaPlata Co., Los Pinos River. Larimer Co., Estes Park, Cache La Poudre River; Little
South Fork Poudre River. Mesa Co., Colorado River. Moffat Co., Yampa River.
Montezuma Co., Mancos River; Dolores River. Montrose Co., Mesa Creek. Rio Blanco
Co., White River. Rio Grande Co., Rio Grande River. Routt Co., Yampa River; East Fork
Elk River; West Fork Elk River; Elk River; Fish Creek Falls; Fish Creek; Soda Creek;
Trout Creek; Big Creek; Mad Creek; Saguache Co., Cochetopa Creek; Marshall Creek.
Delta Co., Surface Creek. Eagle Co., Eagle River.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors are grateful to Mary Case, University of Utah; Dr. S. G. Jewett, West
Linn, Oregon; Jim Perry, Western State College; Dave Potter, Univ. of Montana Biol.
Sta.; Dr. W. E. Ricker, Fisheries Research Board of Canada Biol. Sta.; Jack Stanford,
Univ. of Montana Biol. Sta.; Dr. K. W. Stewart, North Texas State Univ.; and the United
States National Museum, Washington, D.C., for providing collection records used in this
study.
Special thanks are given to Dr. R. W. Baumann of the United States National Museum
for many helpful comments and suggestions which aided in the preparation of this
manuscript.
REFERENCES
Banks, N. 1895. New neuropteroid insects. Trans. Amer. Entomol Soc. 22(3): 3 13-3 14.
Banks, N. 1897. New North American neuropteroid insects. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc.
24(1):21-31.
Banks, N. 1898. Descriptions of new North American neuropteroid insects. Trans. Amer.
Entomol. Soc. 24(3): 199-218.
Banks, N. 1920. New neuropteroid insects. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 64(3): 299-362.
Baumann, R, W. 1970. The GemisNemoura (Plecoptera) of the Rocky Mountains. Ph.D.
Thesis, Univ. Utah, 192 p. Univ. Microfilms. Ann Arbor, Mich. (Diss. Abstr.
31:3068-6).
Baumann, R. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1 970. The Capnia projecta complex of western North
America (Plecoptera: Capniidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 96:435-468.
Baumann, R. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1972. TheAmphinemura venusta complex of western
North America (Plecoptera: Nemouridae). Los Angeles Co.Natur. Hist. Mus.
Cont. Sci. 226:1-16.
Claassen, P. W. 1931. Plecoptera nymphs of American north of Mexico. Thomas Say
Found. 3:1-199.
Dodds, G. S.and F. L. Hisaw. 1925. Ecological studies on aquatic insects. IV. Altitudinal
range and zonation of mayflies, stoneflies, and caddis flies in the Colorado
Rockies. Ecology 6(4): 380-390.
Essig, E. O. 1936. Plecoptera, in Insects of western North America. MacMillan and Co.,
New York, p. 166-169.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 305
Prison, T, H. 1942a. Descriptions, records, and systematic notes concerning western
North America stoneflies (Plecoptera). Pan-Pac. Entomol. 18(1): 1-13; 18(2):
72-73.
Prison, T. H. 1942b. Studies of North American Plecoptera, with special reference to the
fauna of Illinois. Bull. III. Natur. Hist. Surv. 22(2):25 1-337.
Prison, T. H. 1944. Three new species of Capnia from Colorado (Plecoptera:Capniidae).
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 69: 15 1-157.
Gaufin, A. R. and L. Jensen. 1961. Stoneflies (Plecoptera) from San Juan River in the
Navajo Reservoir basin, Colorado and New Mexico. Ant. Pap. Univ. Utah
55(5): 113-1 17.
Hagen, H. A. 1874. Family Perlina, In Report on the Pseudo-neuroptera and Neuroptera
collected by Lieut. W. L. Carpenter in 1873 in Colorado. U. S. Geol. Geogr.
Surv. Terr. Ann. Rept.
Hansen, J. F. 1943. Descriptions of new North American Plecoptera, II. Proc. Entomol.
Soc. Wash. 45:85-88.
lilies, J. 1966. Katalog der rezenten Plecoptera. DasTierreich, 82. Walter de Gruyter and
Co., Berlin. 632 p.
Knight, A. W. 1965. Studies on the stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Gunnison River drain-
age in Colorado. Unpub. Ph.D. Thesis Univ. Utah. 142 p.
Knight, A. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1966. A Ititudinal distribution of stoneflies (Plecoptera)
in a Rocky Mountain drainage system. Jour. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 39(4): 688-
675.
Knight, A. W. and A. R. Gaufin. 1967. Stream type selection and associations of stone-
flies (Plecoptera) in a Colorado River drainage system. Jour. Kans. Entomo-
logical Soc. 40:347-352.
Nebeker, A. V. and A. R. Gaufirt 1965. The Capnia columbiana complex of North
America (Capniidae: Plecoptera). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 91:467-487.
Nebeker, A. V. and A. R. Gaufin. 1967. New Capnia from the Rocky Mountains (Plecop-
tera: Capniidae). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 91:235-247.
Nebeker, A. V. and A. R. Gaufin. 1967. Geographic and seasonal distribution of the fam-
ily Capniidae of western North America (Plecoptera). Jour. Kans. Entomol.
Soc. 40(3):415-421.
Needham, J. G. and P. W. Claassen. 1925. The Plecoptera or stoneflies of America north
of Mexico. Thomas Say Found. 2: 1-397.
Nelson, C. H. and J. F. Hanson. 1971. Contribution to the anatomy and phylogeny of the
family Pteronarcidae (Plecoptera). Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc. 97: 123-200.
Oblad, B. R. 1969. A study of the stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the Yampa River drainage
system, Moffat and Routt Co., Colorado. Unpub. M. A. Thesis Univ. Mont.
146 p.
Ricker, W. E. 1952. Systematic studies in Plecoptera. Ind. Univ. Pub. Sci. Ser. 18: 1-200.
Ricker, W. E. 1959. The species of Isocapnia Banks (Insecta, Plecoptera, Nemouridae).
Canad. Jour. Zool. 37:639-653.
Ricker, W. E. 1965. New records and descriptions of Plecoptera (Class Insecta). Jour.
Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 22(2):475-501.
ABSTRACT:-Distribution records are provided for eighty-one species of Plecoptera
known to occur in Colorado. Fourteen are previously unpublished species records for the
state.
306
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
ERRATA
Vol. 84 (9) November 1973 - "Notes on the Nests of Montezumia (Hymenoptera,
Eumenidae)" by Howard E. Evans.
p. 286 — line 9 (center heading). Montezumia cortesia Saussure (footnote 3 does not
apply) (in fact, Dr. A. Willink has recently determined that this is a species related to
cortesia, which he is currently describing as new).
p. 287 - line 14 (center heading). Footnote 3 properly applies to this heading
(Montezumia dimidiata Saussure).
pp. 288, 289. Legends for figures have been omitted. They are as follows:
Fig. 1. Diagrammatic sketch of the nest of Montezumia cortesia, Anchicaya,
Colombia. Only two cells near the center have turrets; seven cells have closures (heavily
shaded); the remainder are open. C= cocoon; E= egg; S= small larva; P= parasite pupa; L=
large larvae.
Fig. 2. Nest of M. dimidiata, Restrepo, Colombia. The area at the left, beyond the
crack, is part of the root or branch to which the nest is attached. Fig. 3. Egg of M.
cortesia suspended from roof of cell by a filament (outer part of cell has been cut away)
(this figure has been accidentally inverted). Fig. 4. Adult M. cortesia resting on nest.
The Entomologist's Library
In this section is published each month titles of books, monographs,
and articles received and of special interest to entomologists. The con-
tents of each is noted by the editor or invited reviewers. Brief analytical
reviews may be submitted for possible publication even if the work has
l)t'i-n previously noted here. — Ed.
Brown, K. W. 1973. Description of immature stages of Plulolithus densicolis and
Stenomorpha puncticollis with notes on their biology (Coleoptera, Tenebrionidae,
Tentyriinae). Postilla, Peabody Museum Yale University No. 162, 30 August 1973.
Available from Publications Office, Peabody Museum of Natural History, New Haven,
Conn. 065 20 for $1.50.
Snetsinger, Robert. 1973. Frederick Valentine Melsheimer, Parent of American
Entomology. A republication of America's first book on entomology with a biographical
sketch on its author who was a noted Lutheran clergyman and a German-American
scholar of the period following the American Revolutionary War. Entomological Society
of Pennsylvania. 86 pp. paper.
This interesting book may be ordered from The Entomological Society of
Pennsylvania, 106 Patterson Building, University Park, PA 16802. Cost $3.75 plus
$.25 for mailing.
SERINE CATABOLISM IN
PLODIA INTERPUNCTELLA (HUBNER)1
William J. Yurkiewicz and J. Harold Mohler2
INTRODUCTION
Adult male Lepidoptera generally have a higher lipid content
than do adult females. Although the metabolic basis for this
phenomenon has been studied (Gilbert, 1967; Mohler and
Yurkiewicz, 1970a, 1970b), it remains unclear. Experiments on
castration and implantation of gonads (Gilbert and Schneiderman,
1961) indicate that egg production only partially explains the
sexual dimorphism in lipid content. It has been suggested fGilbert,
1967; Domroese and Gilbert, 1964) that male Lepidoptera may
convert non-lipid substrates, such as carbohydrates or amino acids,
into lipid or the male may metabolize non-lipid substrates at a
higher rate, thus conserving lipid. Our earlier experiments,
however, revealed no differences between the sexes of the Indian
meal moth, Plodia interpunctella (Hiibner), in conversion of
glucose into lipid (Mohler and Yurkiewicz, 1970a) or in the
catabolism of glucose into carbon dioxide (Mohler and
Yurkiewicz, 1970b). This report is a study of the effects of sex on
the metabolism of the amino acid serine during the pupal period
of P. interpunctella.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Methods of insect rearing, injection, lipid analysis, and carbon
dioxide collection were as described earlier (Mohler and
Yurkiewicz, 1970b). Each injection of 0.5 ul in volume contained
enough L-serine-14C (Uniformly labeled, 135mc/mM) to produce
30,500 disintegrations per minute. Radio-activity was counted by
standard liquid scintillation methods (Yurkiewicz, 1969).
Accepted for publication: March 30, 1973.
2
Department of Biology, Millersville State College, Millersville, Pa. 1755 1.
Ent. News, 84:30 7-309, 1973 307
308 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The incorporation of label from serine into lipids of P.
interpunctella is shown in Table 1 . The data indicate a similar rate
of utilization of amino acid for lipid synthesis in both sexes, thus
eliminating the possibility that amino acids are used to build up
lipid stores in the male. Table 2 shows that the catabolism of
serine into carbon dioxide is also nearly the same in both sexes.
Therefore, it appears that amino acids are not used by the male in
order to conserve lipid.
Table 1. Radioactivity recovered in lipid fractions of adult Plodia
interpunctella injected with 30,500 disintegrations per minute of
L-serine14C at last larval instar.
Male (N= 9) Female (N= 15)
57 11 + 1902 644 + 181
Lipid fraction Per cent in fractions
Phospholipid 36.8 37.3
Diglyceride 4.7 5.4
Free Fatty Acid 0.9 0.6
Triglyceride 54.2 53.6
Sterol Ester 2.1 1.2
Hydrocarbon 1 .4 1.9
Total disintegrations per minute recovered.
o
Standard deviation.
Table 2. Radioactivity in carbon dioxide recovered during pupal
period from Plodia interpunctella injected at last larval instar with
30,500 disintegrations per minute of L-serine- 14C.
Male(N= 24) Female (N= 19)
8451 + 3202 825 + 280
'Disintegration per hour collection.
2Standard deviation.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 309
However, the fact remains that last instar larval male and female
P. interpunctella have similar contents, whereas as adults eight
days later the male has twice as much lipid (Yurkiewicz, 1969).
The results of this paper combined with our earlier studies on
glucose metabolism suggest that non-lipid components are not
utilized to synthesize the extra lipid in the male nor are they
catabolized in place of lipid. The data would seem to support a
theory by Gilbert and Schneiderman (1961) that some male
Lepidoptera are genetically more efficient in lipid utilization than
females. But we feel it is possible that the female may have an, as
of yet, undetected expenditure of energy during the pupal period.
We are examining the rate of lipid catabolism and the energy
consumed by both sexes in pupal case and cocoon formation in
order to check this possibility.
REFERENCES
Domroese, K. A. and L. I. Gilbert. 1964. The role of lipid in adult development and
flight-muscle metabolism in Hyalophora cecropia. J. Exper. Biol., 41:573-590.
Gilbert, L. I. 1967. Lipid metabolism and function in insects. In Advances in Insect
Physiology, (J.W.L. Beament, et al, eds.) Vol. 4, pp. 69-211, Academic Press,
New York.
Gilbert, L. I. and H. A. Schneiderman. 1961. The content of juvenile hormone and lipid
in Lepidoptera: Sexual differences and environmental changes. Gen. Comp.
Endocrin., 1:453-472.
Mohler, J. H. and W. J. Yurkiewicz. 1970a. Incorporation of glucose-U-C14 into lipids of
male and female Plodia interpunctella (Hb.) J. Stored Prod. Res., 6:89-92.
Mohler, J. H. and W. J. Yurkiewicz. 1970b. Glucose-U-C14 catabolism in Plodia
interpunctella (Hubner). Ent. News, 81:121-124.
Yurkiewicz, W. J.1969. Sexual dimorphism in neutral lipid metabolism in the Indian
meal moth Plodia interpunctella (Hubner). Ohio J. Sci., 69:70-73.
ABSTRACT: -The incorporation of carbon label from serine into lipids of Plodia
interpunctella is similar in both sexes. The catabolism of serine to carbon dioxide is also
nearly the same. It appears that amino acids are not used by the male in order to
conserve lipid. The results of this paper combined with earlier studies on glucose
metabolism suggest that non-lipid components are not utilized to synthesize the extra
lipid in the male nor are they catabolized in place of lipid. The data would seem to
support a theory that some male Lepidoptera are genetically more efficient in lipid
utilization than females. -William J. Yurkiewicz and J. Harold Mohler, Department of
Biology, Millersville State College, Millersville, Pennsylvania 17551.
Descriptors: Serine-1 4C catabolism, Indian meal moth, Plodia interpunctella. lipid,
Lepidoptera.
INDUCED MATING IN FORMICA ANTS
(HYMENOPTERArFORMICIDAE)1
A. Chang-Fu Hung2
While studying colony-founding in ants of the Formica rufa
group, I encountered the problem of obtaining mated females so
that I could isolate them in artificial nests to see if they can found
their colonies without any workers. Although Gosswald and
Schmidt (1960) were able to observe successful copulations of
several European Formica species in their 30 x 25 x 22-cm glass
container, I failed to collect any inseminated females of Formica
obscuripes from either a 21 x 26 x 37-cm battery jar or a 30 x 44
x 120-cm wooden cage.
In the summer of 1968, after failing to induce mating of
Formica pergandei in captivity, I collected male alates of this
species from the tops of nests located at the University of North
Dakota Oakville Praire Biological Station (12 miles W. of Grand
Forks) and brought them into the laboratory. Each of these male
alates was tied with a thread of hair between its petiole and gaster.
They were brought back to the field the next morning during their
normal flight time. A twig was used to receive a female alate which
was climbing on grass. Special care was exercised to avoid
disturbing her. After the female had climbed onto the twig, the
tethered male was placed on the same twig (Fig. 1 ). The male was
soon attracted to the female and mating took place within one
minute (Fig. 2). After the male and female separated, the
inseminated female was then collected by shaking the ant into a
plastic bag, and finally transferred to a plastic vial for later use in
the laboratory. This method has proved to be 100% successful for
F. pergandei. However, when I tried the same technique with F.
obscuripes in the summer of 1972, none of the males responded to
the females walking on the twig.
1 Accepted for publication: March 2, 1973.
2 Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58201. Present
Address: Department of Entomology, Texas A&M University, College Station TX
77843.
Ent. News, 84:31 0-31 3,1973 310
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 311
Although intranidal mating has been reported in Formica rufa,
ants of the genus Formica are generally ground-mating species
(Kannowski, 1963). This type of mating may take place either
prior to or after a flight. True flights have been observed in F.
obscuripes in North Dakota (Kannowski, unpublished data), but
no mating has yet been reported in North Dakota populations.
According to Talbot (1959, 1972), alates of obscuripes in
southern Michigan fly to a swarming ground where mating occurs.
This seems to indicate that a flight is necessary before mating can
take place. Indeed, in some Formica species the stimulus of flight
is required to release or activate sex attraction (Kannowski and
Johnson, 1969).
Based on this assumption alates of obscuripes were again
collected from a nest top during their normal flight period and
brought into the laboratory in the same morning. Each female
alate was tied with a thread of hair between her petiole and gaster
and then subjected to an air flow of 4 mph created by an electric
fan for an hour. During this time she attempted to fly against the
air current. At the end of the hour she was released into a plastic
container to which a male alate was also introduced. No mating
activity took place. Several days later I went back for additional
alates, but it was so windy (12 mph) that the alates were not
flying. Instead, they remained on the surface of the mounds
moving among the workers. I picked up several females from one
nest and several males from the other and kept them separated in
two plastic vials. Later that morning when I put one of the males
and one of the females in a one-gallon jar with several twigs in it
and covered the jar with a lid, I witnessed the mating of F.
obscuripes for the first time. This pair was then transferred to a
plastic vial when mating was completed. I repeated this
experiment with several other pairs in the same jar and mating
took place in each instance within two minutes. Fourteen pairs
were established and 10 matings were observed to take place.
Smaller sized containers (4 and 8 oz. jars) were also used and
successful matings were observed. The experiment was terminated
at noon. After returning to the laboratory with these 10 mated
females and several unmated alates of both sexes, I repeated the
experiment. Three more matings were observed between 2-3 p.m.,
all in 8 oz. jar (Fig. 3). However, the other 6 pairs failed to
respond to each other. The next morning the wind was at 4 mph
312
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
and alates were out on grasses on all nests. I collected alates from
two different nests and put each pair in a plastic vial (2.5 cm in
diameter and 11 cm in length). But only 3 pairs mated (Fig. 4). All
the rest had no response even in the same gallon-jar. I tried it again
the following morning, a calm day, and I was completely
unsuccessful. Thereafter the weather condition was favorable for
the flight, and I could no longer induce the mating.
There is now evidence that during mating the male is attracted
to a pheromone released by the female (Kannowski and Johnson,
1969). The induced mating of F. pergandei reported here further
supports this, since even when the male is tethered he is still
Fig. 1. A tethered male of Formica pergandei landing on a twig.
Fig. 2. Mating off. pergandei on a twig with the male still tethered.
Fig. 3. Mating of Formica obscuripes in an 8 oz. jar.
Fig. 4. Mating of F. obscuripes in a plastic vial.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 313
attracted to the female as long as she is not disturbed. In
Xenomyrmex floridanus the female sex pheromone is produced in
the poison gland (Holldobler, 1971). The same gland in Formica
might also be the source of sex pheromone and the chemical
compound produced might serve either as an alarm substance or
sex pheromone depending on its concentration. Females of F.
obscuripes probably remain reproductively unattractive until they
fly to the swarming ground. A similar case has already been
reported in Formica ulkei (Kannowski and Johnson, 1969).
However, if the F. obscuripes alates are prevented from flying as in
the case of strong winds, mating can be induced when both sexes
are placed in a closed container which probably simulates certain
conditions of their swarming ground.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This study was carried under the direction of Dr. Paul P. Kannowski, University of
North Dakora. Field work in 1968 was supported by National Science Foundation grant
(GB-6514) to Dr. Kannowski. I thank Dr. William F. Buren, University of Florida, for
confirming the identification of Formica pergandei.
LITERATURE CITED
Gosswald, K. and G. H. Schmidt. 1960. Untersuchungen zum fluegelabwurf und
begattungsverhalten einiger For mica -mten (Ins. Hym.) im hinblick auf ihre
systematische differenzieiung, Insectes Sociaux 7:298:321.
Holldobler, B. 1971. Sex pheromone in the ant Xenomyrmex floridanus. L Insect.
Physiol. 17:1497-1499.
Kannowski, P. B. 1963. The flight activities of formicine ants. Symp. Genet, et Biol. Ital.
12:74-102.
Kannowski, P. B. and R. L. Johnson, 1969. Male patrolling behavior and sex attraction
in ants of the genus Formica. Anim. Behav. 17:425-429.
Talbot, M. 1959. Flight activities of two species of ants of the genus Formica. Amer.
Midi. Nat. 61:124-132.
Talbot, M. 1972. Flights and swarms of the ant Formica obscuripes Forel. J. Kansas
Entomol. Soc. 45:254-258.
ABSTRACT:-Induced mating in Formica ants (Hymenoptera:Formicidae).- Mating of
Formica pergandei can be induced by tying the male with a thread of hair and placing it
to an undisturbed female in the field during their flight period. Formica obscuripes will
mate in a closed container when they are prevented from flight due to strong wind.)A.
Chung-Fu Hung, Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND
58201.
Descriptors: Ants; Formica pergandie; Formica obscuripes; induced mating.
HALICTINE BEE PREY
OF PHILANTHUS GIBBOSUS
(HYMENOPTERA:SPHECIDAE) IN KANSAS1
Edward M. Barrows and Thomas P. Snyder2
Philanthus gibbosus is a small digger wasp which, like its
congeners, provisions its brood cells with other Hymenoptera
(Evans and Lin, 1959). It has the widest distribution of any North
American Philanthus. This paper reports the contents of fifteen
cells of this species found in nest aggregations of Lasioglossum
(Dialictus) zephyrum (Hymenoptera :Halictidae) in the vertical
banks of Tauy Creek, Douglas County, Kansas on July 23, 1972.
The nests and cells were similar to those described by Evans and
Lin; cells were fourteen to twenty-two centimeters from the
burrow entrances.
The prey, solely halictine bees, are listed in Table 1.
Identifications and enumeration of the bees were made either
from more or less whole specimens (seven cells) or head capsules
(eight cells). Since no head capsules were found to be fragmented,
it is assumed that they offer a usable index of cell content.
Fourteen cells were provisioned with more than one species of
bees, the number of species per cell ranging from one to four.
'Contribution number 1508 from the Department of Entomology, University of
Kansas, Lawrence, KS 66044. Accepted for publication: March 14, 1973.
2Department of Entomology, University of Kansas.
Ent. News, 84:314-316, 1973 314
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
315
mean 2.4. Number of prey per cell ranged from four 10 nine, mean
6.3. Table 1 indicates the low number of males in the prey,
perhaps due to scarcity of male haiictines in late July.
Since L. zephyrum, a reported prey species of P. gibbosus in
New York (Evans and Lin, 1959), was abundant in the nesting
banks with the wasps, it is noteworthy that only one prey head
capsule was determined as probably L. zephyrum. This suggests
that the wasps did not hunt near their nests and did not enter L.
zephyrum burrows to capture prey, although such behavior has
been reported at nests of an unidentified halictine by Evans and
Lin. Perhaps P. gibbosus hunts primarily around flowers as do P.
trianguliirn (Timbergen, 1932), P. politus politus (Evans and Lin,
1959) and P. bicinctus (Armitage, 1965).
In addition to prey, one provisioned cell contained four fly
larvae and another contained a single fly larva from which an adult
Senotainia sp. (Sarcophagidae:Miltogrammini) was reared. Specific
determination could not be made as the fly died in a teneral state.
The Philanthus specimens have been placed in the Musuem of
Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA;
Philanthus and bee specimens in the Snow Entomological
Museum, The University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS; and the
Senotainia sp., in the National Museum of Natural History,
Washington, D.C.
Table 1. Halictine Bee Prey Found in 15 Cells of Philanthus gibbosus.
Species
Augochlora pur a
Lasioglossum (Dialictus) rohweri
L. (D.) rohweri (?)
A ugochloropsis metallica
L. (D.) zephyrum (?)
L. (D.) spp.
L. (Evylaeus) sp.
Augochlorella sp.
No. Males
No. Females
7
46
0
19
0
9
4
3
0
1
0
3
0
1
_0_
J_
11
83
No. of Cells
Containing a
Given Species
15
6
6
7
1
3
1
1
316 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Dr. Howard E. Evans for identifying the Philanthus, Dr. Raymond J. Gagne
for identifying the Senotainia, and Dr. Charles D. Michener for identifying the bees. Dr.
Micherer and Dr. Denis J. Brothers made important suggestions concerning this paper.
Mr. Surendra Kuh.ar helped with the field work. The first author was supported by a
National Defense Education Act Title IV Fellowship and the second author by a
National Science Foundation Grant ^68488, C.D. Michener, principal investigator) and
a University of Kansas Graduate Honors Fellowship.
LITERATURE CITED
Aimitage, K. B. 1965. Notes on the biology of Philanthus bicinctus (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc. 38:89-100.
Evans, H. E, and C. S. Lin. 1959. Biological observations on digger wasps of the genus
Philanthus (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Wasmann J. Biol. 17:115-132.
Tinbergen, N. Uber die Orientierung des Bienenwolfs (Philanthus triangulum Fabr.).
Z. verg. Physiol. 16:305-334.
ABSTRACT: -Provisioned brood cells of Philanthus gibbosus were excavated from a
stream bank containing zLasioglossum zephyrum nesting aggregation. Cells contained at
least nine species of halictine bees in four genera, but only one individual was probably
L. zephyrum. A miltogrammine fly, Senotainia sp., was reared from the provisions of
one cell. Edward M. Barrows and Thomas P. Snyder, Dept. of Entomology, University of
Kansas, Lawrence, KS 66044
Descriptors: Halictine, Philanthus, Lasioglossurn,Miltogrammine.
ANNOUNCEMENT
Dr. L. Chiarappa, Plant Pathologist, FAO, Rome, announces that Supplement No. 1 of
the FAO/CAB publicabion CROP LOSS ASSESSMENT METHODS - FAO Manual on
the evaluation and prevention of losses by pests, diseases and weeds is now available.
The scope of this Manual is to provide plant protection workers with guiding
principles on which to base the planning and conduct of field experiments to measure
crop losses, and to give examples of reliable pest and disease loss evaluation methods.
The practical value of these experimental methods for the development of pest/disease
control management systems is becoming increasingly evident. In fact, since pests and
diseases are controlled only because of the losses they cause, knowledge of losses
corresponding to certain disease or pest levels must be known before said systems can be
developed.
Supplement No. 1 and the Manual can be purchased from the Commonwealth
Agricultural Bureaux, Central Sales Branch, Farnham House, Farnham Royal, Slough
SL2 3BN, England.
EGG RETREAT OF
METAPHIDIPPUS AR1ZONENSIS (PECKHAM)
(ARANEAE:SALTICIDAE) IN A HOLLOW STEM1
Daniel T. Jennings2
Jumping spiders of the family Salticidae deposit their eggs in
silken sacs. The egg sacs are usually lens-shaped and are found
within larger nests or egg retreats constructed of slightly viscid
silk. Unlike many spiders which leave their egg sacs unguarded
after oviposition, the female jumping spider remains with the
retreat after egg-laying and guards the developing offspring
(Gertsch, 1949). The retreats are spun in protected locations such
as in crevices, under stones, in foliage, and beneath starting bark of
standing and felled trees. This paper describes the collection of a
jumping spider egg retreat spun within the confines of a dry,
hollow composite stem.
On 24 July 1970, while examining a ponderosa pine seedling
(Finns ponderosa Laws.) for damage caused by the southwestern
pine tip moth, Rhyacionia neomexicana (Dyar), a nearby standing
dead stem of the composite Tragopogon pratensis L. was noted to
have webbing near the level of the old flower head (Fig. la).
Closer inspection revealed that the stem was occupied by a female
Metaphidippus arizonensis (Peckham) jumping spider. The
composite head, measuring 9 mm across, had dried and the center
1 Accepted for publication: February 28, 1973
2Entomologist. Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, 5423 Federal
Building, 517 Gold Avenue, SW, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87101. U.S. Department of
Agriculture, Forest Service, with central headquarters maintained at Fort Collins in
cooperation with Colorado State University; author is located at Albuquerque in
cooperation with the University of New Mexico.
Ent. News, 84:31 7-320, 1973 317
318 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
split, thus providing an opening (3x4 mm) into the hollow stem
(Fig. Ib). The opening into the stem was lined with silk, and
surrounding grass stalks were tied to the old flower head, perhaps
in an effort to conceal the opening. These grass stalks were bent
away in the photo (Fig. Ic) to better show the opening into the
stem. An egg retreat, 26 mm long, was constructed inside the stem
(Fig. Id). The collecting locality is in a ponderosa pine plantation
(sec. 20, T13N, R14E) planted in 1965, on the Dudley Burn,
Chevelon Ranger District, Sitgreaves National Forest, Coconino
County, Arizona. Elevation at this locality is ca. 7,100 feet above
sea level (Woods Canyon Quadrangle, U.S. Geological Survey
Topographic Map, 1961).
The adult spider was removed from the retreat and readily fed
on late-instar larvae of the tip moth in the laboratory.
Dissection of the egg retreat showed that it consisted of a
flimsily spun chamber for the adult female spider and a densely
woven brood chamber. The brood chamber contained 4 nonviable
eggs and 22 developing 2nd-instar spiderlings. Cast exuviae within
the brood chamber indicated that the spiderlings had undergone
one complete molt after emerging from the eggs.
The dry, hollow stems of T. pratensis provide a suitable
protected habitat for construction of egg retreats. Several stems of
this composite were subsequently examined on the Dudley Burn
but no additional retreats were found. Egg retreats of M.
arizonensis were found in less protected situations on the
undersides of plantation ponderosa pine branches and on the forb
Eriogonum alatum Torr. None were seen on grasses and shrubs.
The utilization of a hollow plant stem by M. arizonensis as an
egg retreat site is similar to collections of jumping spiders with
eggs from old insect galls. Miller (1966) found on two separate
occasions females of Salticus scenicus (L.) accompanied by
hatching eggs in galls on stems of goldenrod (Solidago spp.) in
Ohio. Judd (1967) concluded that S. scenicus and two other
species of salticids, Gertschia noxiosa (Hentz) and Icius sp., were
using old galls on Solidago canadensis L. as egg-laying sites in
Ontario. Cavities constructed by gall-making insects, and their
parasites and predators, provide protected habitats for egg retreats
similar to habitats provided by hollow steins.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
319
Fig. I . Dried stem of Tragopogon pratensis L. with egg retreat of salticid spider,
Metaphidippus arizonensis (Peckham). Side view (Fig. la) of stem near plantation
ponderosa pine seedling. Flower head has split (Fig. Ib) providing opening into hollow
stem. Nearby grass stalks were tied to the stem (Fig. Ic) containing the egg retreat (Fig.
Id).
320 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
The close proximity of egg retreats of M. arizonensis on
plantation pines and on associated forbs to shoots infested with R.
neomexicana larvae, and the general predatory activities of this
spider, indicate it is at least a potential predator of the
southwestern pine tip moth. Although none were observed feeding
on larvae of the tip moth in the field, females have been observed
actively searching pine foliage for prey. Related species of
Metaphidippus have been observed feeding on other species of
shoot and tip moths (Eikenbary and Fox, 1968; Juillet, 1961).
Little is known about the geographical distribution of M.
arizonensis. This species was described from a single male collected
in Arizona. No other locality data are given with the description of
the holotype. The collection of this species from Coconino
County may represent a new county record.
The female and juvenile spiders are deposited in the American
Museum of Natural History, New York.
LITERATURE CITED
Eikenbary, R. D and Richard C. Fox. 1968. Arthropod predators of the Nan tucket pine
tip moth,Rhyacionia frustrana. Ana Ent. Soc. America 61:1218-1221.
Gertsch, Willis J. 1949. American spiders. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., New York, xiv +
285 p.
Judd, William W. 1967. Insects and other arthropods from year-old galls caused by
Gnorimoschema gallaesolidaginis Riley (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) on golden-
rod. Canadian J. Zool. 45:49-56.
Juillet, J. A. 1961. Observations on arthropod predators of the European pine shoot
moth, Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiff.) (Lepidoptera: Olethreutidae), in Ontario,
Canadian Ent. 93:195-198.
Miller, William E. 1966. Spiders in old insect galls on goldenrod. Ohio J. Sci. 66:618-619.
ABSTRACT:— An egg retreat of Metaphidippus arizonensis (Peckham) was found in a
dry, hollow stem of the composite Tragopogon pratensis L. in Coconino County,
Arizona. Egg retreats of this spider also occur on Pinus ponderosa Laws, seedlings in
association with the southwestern pine tip moth, Rhyacionia neomexicana (Dyar), and
on the forb Eriogonum alatum Torr. The adult spider readily accepts late-mstar tip moth
larvae as prey in the laboratory. -DANIEL T, JENNINGS, Rocky Mountain Eorest and
Range Experiment Station, 5423 Federal Building, 517 Gold Avenue, SW, Albuquerque,
New Mexico 87101.
Descriptors: Egg retreat; Araneae; Salticidae; Metaphidippus; Arizona; Predation;
Rhyacionia neomexicana as potential prey; Lepidoptera; Tragopogon; Eriogonum; Pinus.
UNIFORMITY OF SUCCESSIVE POPULATIONS
OF AN ALPINE GRASSHOPPER WITH
A TWO YEAR DIAPAUSE1
Gordon Alexander2
While studying the life history of Aeropedellus clavatus
(Thomas) in the alpine tundra of Colorado, John Milliard and I
found that the life cycle at high altitudes involves two winters in
the egg stage, a two-year embryonic diapause (Alexander &
Milliard, 1964). This is not an exceptional pattern for boreal
Orthoptera (Criddle, 1933; Pickford, 1953), though it had not
been previously reported for this species. Eggs from populations of
A. clavatus at lower altitudes in Colorado, in contrast, hatch after
only one winter in the egg stage. This difference in the life cycles
raises the question: Are samples from successive years in the same
alpine area essentially uniform?
One assumes that samples from successive years in an area at
lower altitude are uniform because they are derived from the same
gene pool. Presumably, however, one cannot make the same
assumption in an apline area; there could be, conceivably, two
different gene pools, and these could be related to two
morphologically distinct groups. If there are two distinct groups,
characterizations of alpine populations, which up to now have
assumed relative uniformity in all samples from a given locality
(Alexander, 1961), must take this into account.
'Accepted for publication: March 6, 1973.
2765 14th Street, Boulder CO 80302, Deceased 1973.
Ent. News, 84:321-328, 1973 321
322 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
To determine whether or not samples from successive years at
the same locality are essentially uniform we must examine samples
from several successive years. Large samples from a long series of
years would be desirable, but I know of no extensive collections in
single alpine localities for more than three successive years. It
seems desirable, therefore, to use what is available— rather large
samples from three successive years at three different locations on
Mount Evans, Colorado.
My associates and I made large collections of A. davatus in
1958, 1959, and 1960 at three different collecting stations above
tree line on Mount Evans: 1. Near Goliath Peak, at 12,100 ft.
(3,690 m.) altitude. 2. At Summit Lake, altitude 12,800 ft. (3,900
m.) 3. At the Clipper Saddle," altitude 13,100 ft. (4,000 m).
These specimens were available for the present study. (For
descriptions of the localities see Alexander & Milliard, 1969).
Only adult males were used in this analysis because the
morphological differences we have found so striking in contrasting
alpine populations are more conspicuous in males than in females.
Further, the specimens used were those only in which all
measurements could be made on each individual. In other words, a
specimen too badly damaged for all measurements (e.g., a
specimen without either antenna) was excluded from the samples.
Even with these restrictions fairly large samples were available for
all three years from Summit Lake and the Upper Saddle and
moderately large samples from Goliath Peak.
Striking morphological variations between alpine populations of
A. davatus occur, the differences so conspicuous at times that one
can distinguish at sight between specimens from two different
localities. Differences in size distinguish some populations, but the
most conspicuous differences often involve the shapes of the
prothoracic tibiae and the antennal "knobs." All specimens from
some populations have swollen anterior tibiae; in other
populations these tibiae are relatively narrow. In some populations
all specimens have conspicuously terminal antennal segments; in
other populations the antennal "knobs'1 are relatively narrow.
Although all individuals from Mount Evans populations have
swollen tibiae and broad antennal "knobs" it seemed likely that
slight but consistent differences in the proportions -or in body
dimensions— might, if they exist, be statistically detectable.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
323
(Actually, there are significant differences between populations in
the present study.) And so the present study was undertaken to
determine if statistically significant differences occur between
samples from successive years at the same locality.
Five measurements or sets of measurements were taken on each
specimen. These were total length, length of pronotum, length of
hind femur, and measurements to determine ratios of width to
length of anterior tibia and seven distal antennal segments. (For
measurements to determine ratios see Figure 1.) I studied tegminal
length in these samples but abandoned using it as a statistic
because of the difficulty of determining the location of the
proximal end— variously exposed or concealed, depending upon
mounting technique.
L
Figure 1. Dimensions used in calculating L/W ratios for prothoracic tibia (left) and distal
seven antennal segments (right). The tibia was measured as seen in front, the antenna at
its widest expanse. The drawings are of Summit Lake specimens in which the tibial ratio
was 4.5, the antennal ratio, 1.9.
324 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
Measurements were made under a dissecting binocular, using a
carefully calibrated reticule, the stated magnifications being XV
for total length, X10 for femur, X20 for pronotum and tibia, X25
for antennal segments. Dimensions (in millimeters) and ratios were
rounded to the nearest 0.1 .
Femur length was the most consistent indicator of size, this
dimension showing a very low coefficient of variability. Pronotal
length, surprisingly, had a generally higher coefficient of
variability, though still within the range of average variability
(Simpson, et al, 1960). Total length is of less value as a dimension,
even with a relatively low coefficient of variability, because it
varies more with age after the final molt and with mounting
techniques. Both the ratios calculated were important for the
present study, in spite of fairly high coefficients of variability in
the antennal ratio. Variations in the antennal "knob" were, I
believe, due more to modifications of the structure in drying than
to natural variability.
I made no attempt to use color variations as these are not
preserved in dried specimens. And of the internal genitalia, I
examined only the epiphalli of a dozen specimens but found so
much variation within a single sample that this offered less
potential value for the study than the more obvious external
features.
Results of the analysis of samples from the three localities
appear in Tables I, II, and III. The numbers of data incorporated
in these tables involved seven measurements each of 67 specimens
from Goliath Peak, 120 from Summit Lake, and 92 from the
Upper Saddle, nearly 2,000 measurements in all.
If significant differences distinguish successive populations at
the same station sample values should indicate greater differences
between samples from successive years than between samples two
years apart. If such differences appear in this study, therefore,
they should occur between samples from 1958 and 1959 and
between those from 1959 and 1960. Samples collected at a given
station in 1958 and 1960 should have essentially the same sample
values. And if the statistical attributes of the 1959 sample do not
clearly indicate differences in it from the 1958 and 1960 samples
then we can assume that description of a population on the basis
of a sample taken in a single year or in successive years is valid.
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 325
It is apparent, from examination of the tables, that the
differences between two samples taken in successive years at the
same station are no greater than the differences between samples
from alternate years. Thus, in Table I (Goliath Peak population)
we find the same mean values for femur length and tibial ratio in
1958 and 1959 and for pronotum length and antennal ratio in
TABLE I. Characteristics of samples from Goliath Peak population, at
3,690 m. altitude. Numbers in each sample were 18 (1958), 18 (1959), and
31 (I960), all adult males. Dimensions are in millimeters to the nearest 0.1
mm. The L/W ratios were obtained by using the measurements indicated in
Figure 1 and were rounded to the nearest 0.1. The last four columns give means,
standard deviations, standard errors, and coefficients of variability, re-
spectively.
Year
Range
X
s
<•>•!
*N
V
'58
15
.2
- 17.5
16
.2
0.
65
0.
15
4.0
Total Length
'59
14
.9
- 16.7
16
.0
0.
59
0.
14
3.7
•60
15
.1
- 18.2
16
.6
0.
70
0.
12
4.2
Length
•58
3
.4
- 3.8
3
.6
0.
11
0.
03
3.0
of
'59
3
.1
- 3.8
3
.5
0.
22
0.
05
6.3
PronotuB
•60
3
.1
- 3.8
3
.5
0.
17
0.
03
4.9
Length
'58
9
.0
- 10.4
9
.7
0.
44
0.
10
4.5
of
'59
8
.6
- 10.1
9
.7
0.
41
0.
10
4.2
Hind Femur
•60
8
.9
- 10.5
9
.8
0.
41
0.
07
4.2
Ratio L/W
•58
3
.8
- 5.0
4
.5
0.
30
0.
07
6.7
of
'59
4
.1
- 5.0
4
.5
0.
28
0.
07
6.2
Front Tibia
•60
4
-1
- 5.3
4
.6
0.
31
0.
05
6.7
Ratio L/W
•58
1
.5
- 2.1
1
.9
0.
14
0.
03
7.4
of
•59
1
.5
- 2.1
1
.8
0.
15
0.
04
8.3
Antennal "Knob"
•60
1
.5
- 2.5
1
.8
0.
20
0.
03
10.5
326 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
1959 and 1960. With total length we get a suggestion of a
difference in successive years, but the 1958 and 1959 samples are
more like each other than either is like the 1960 sample. In Table
II (Summit Lake population) we find 1958 and 1960 mean values
are the same for the other three statistics. In Table III (Upper
Saddle population) means for the pronotum and antennal ratio are
the same for all three years and the mean values for femur length
are the same in 1959 and 1960. Only with total length and the
tibial ratio is there a suggestion, a weak one, that the 1959 sample
differs from the others (and in the case of the tibial ratio the
figures were, before rounding to the nearest 0.1, 4.22, 4.15, and
4.16). When we consider ranges of values, standard deviations, and
TABLE II. Characteristics of samples from Summit Lake population, at
3,900 m. altitude. Numbers in each sample were Vj (1958), 41 (1959), and
36 (I960), all adult males. See Table I for other explanations.
Year Range X e /"VN~ V
'58 15.1 - 18.5 16.9 0.6? 0.10 4.0
Total Length '59 15.6 - 18.5 16.9 0.77 0.12 4.6
•60 15.6 - 19.0 17.3 0.83 0.14 4.7
3.8 0.20 0.03 5.3
3.8 0.27 0.04 7.1
3.7 0.20 0.03 5.4
Length '58 9.6 - 11.0 10.3 0.28 0.04 2.6
of '59 9.4 - 11.1 10.2 0.33 0.05 3.2
Hind Femur '60 9.0 - 11.4 10.2 0.50 0.08 4.9
Length
'58
3.3 - 4.2
of
'59
3.3 - 4.0
Pronotuqi
•60
3.3 - 4.0
Ratio
L/W
'58
3
.9 -
5-3
4.
5
0.35
0.
05
7.8
of
'59
3
.9 -
5.3
4.
4
0.30
0.
05
6.8
Front
Tibia
•60
4
.0 -
5.1
4.
4
0.28
0.
05
6.4
Ratio L/W '58 1.4 - 2.4 1.8 0.22 0.03 11.1
of '59 1.5 - 2.4 1.9 0.20 0.03 10.5
Antennal "Knob" '6O 1.5 - 2.8 1.9 0.14 0.02 7.4
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 327
standard errors of the means, the differences that appear between
means in the tables are really negligible.
These data clearly indicate that samples from three successive
years at the same locality are essentially alike, and that the
existence of what may usually be a two-year diapause does not
produce genetic isolation between successive populations. There
are two ways in which such a potential isolating mechanism could
fail to operate. If some eggs from a high altitude population hatch
during the year following laying— and this happened once in our
experimentals— isolation would not be complete. This is not nearly
so likely, however, as the possibility that diapause may extend
TABLE III. Characteristics of samples from Upper Saddle population, at
4,000 m. altitude. Numbers in each sample were 36 (1958), 2k (1959), and
32 (I960), all adult males. See Table I for other explanations.
Year
Range
X
8
/>
f»
V
'58
15
• ^ ~
18.7
17.
3
0
.70
0
.12
4.0
Total Length
'59
15
.5 -
18.2
16.
9
0
.59
0
.12
3.5
•60
16
.1 -
18.7
17.
3
0
.77
0
.13
..5
Length
•58
3
.3 -
4.0
3.
7
0
.13
0
.02
3.5
of
•59
3
.4 -
4.0
3.
7
0
.14
0
.02
3.8
Pronotun
•60
3
.3 -
4.0
3.
7
0
.17
0
.02
3.7
Length
'58
9
.5 -
10.9
10.
3
0
.36
0
.06
3.5
of
'59
9
.6 -
10.6
10.
1
0
.30
0
.06
3.0
Hind Femur
•60
9
.5 -
10.7
10.
1
0
.31
0
.05
3.1
Ratio L/W
'58
3
.7 -
k.9
4.
2
0
.28
0
.05
6.7
of
'59
3
.7 -
4.6
4.
1
0
.22
0
.04
5.4
Front Tibia
•60
3
.7 -
<*.7
4.
2
0
.24
0
.04
5.7
Ratio L/W
•58
1
.6 -
2.4
1.
9
0
.20
0
.03
10.0
of
'59
1
.5 -
2.3
1.9
0
.17
0
.03
8.9
Antennal "Knob"
•60
1
.6 -
2.3
1.
9
0
.17
0
.02
8.9
328 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
over three winters rather than two in many of the eggs, a
condition already demonstrated as occurring in a sizable
proportion of the eggs of several high altitude species tested by
Kreasky (1960). It is this possibility, I believe, that assures us of a
relatively uniform year-to-year gene pool in a tundra population.
My conclusion is, therefore, that we may safely characterize
each alpine population of A. clavatus on Mount Evans by samples
from a single year or successive years. And on the basis of this
study, I believe we are justified in applying the same principle in
characterizing other alpine populations of this species, using
samples from either a single year or successive years.
LITERATURE CITED
Alexander, G. 1961. The type locality of Gomphocems clavatus Thomas (Orthoptera:
Acrididae). Entomol. News 72: 107-1 1 1.
and J. R. Milliard, Jr. 1 964. Life history of Aeropedellus clavatus (Orthoptera:
Acrididae) in the alpine tundra of Colorado. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 57:
310-317.
. 1969. Altitudinal and seasonal distribution of Orthoptera in the Rocky
Mountains of northern Colorado. Ecol. Monogr. 39:385-431.
Criddle, N. 1933. Studies in the biology of North American Acrididae-development
and habits. Proc. World's Grain Exhibition and Conf., Canada 1933:474-494.
Kreasky, J. B. 1960. Extended diapause in eggs of high-altitude species of grasshoppers,
and a note on food-plant preferences of Melanoplus bnmeri. Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer. 53:436-438.
Pickford, R. 1953. A two-year life-cycle in grasshoppers (Orthoptera:Acrididae) over-
wintering as eggs and nymphs. Can. Entomol. 84:9-14.
Simpson, G. G., A. Roe and R. C. Lewontin. 1960. Quantitative zoology. Rev. ed.
440 pp. New York: Harcourt, Brace.
ABSTRACTr-UNIFORMITY OF SUCCESSIVE POPULATIONS OF AN ALPINE
GRASSHOPPER WITH A TWO YEAR DIAPAUSE. Aeropedellus clavatus (Thomas), an
abundant grasshopper in the alpine tundra of Colorado, has a two-year diapause. This
suggests the possibility of two distinct populations in successive years. Statistical analysis
of samples from three alpine localities on Mount Evans, Colorado, collected in 1958,
1959, and 1960, demonstrate that samples from successive years are as much alike as are
those from 1958 and 1960. Successive populations are therefore essentially uniform.
Apparently all individuals do not have a two-year diapause, a few eggs hatching after
only one winter while a larger number, probably, go through three winters before
hatching. Gordon Alexander, 765 14th street. Boulder, CO 80302.
Descriptors: alpine, diapause, grasshopper, populations.
THE ZOOEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF
KNOWN SCENOPINIDAE (Diptera)1
Lewis P. Kelsey2
A great deal of progress has been made toward the
identification and classification of Scenopinidae since I first began
work on the family a little over 10 years ago, illustrating the
terminalia of all type specimens described to that time. When all
proven synonomies were disposed of, a residue of 92 species
remained as the core of the known described species. Included in
this are three species which, I believe, are undoubtedly synonyms
but were retained because the types were unobtainable for study.
There are three species described by Loew and three described by
Becker, from Persia, Iran and the U.S.S.R., which have never been
figured in any way, and must be presumed to be lost, as Krober
who figured the heads and wings of most known species, did not
figure them either. At the present time there are 300 known
species in 18 genera and four subgenera published or in press,
Table 1 .
Regional Distribution
The Palearctic region is only represented by species from the
European and Mediterranean portions of the region-no
representatives of the family have been seen which come from east
1 Published as Miscellaneous Paper No. with the approval of the Director of the
Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station. Publication No. 424 of the Department of
Entomology and Applied Ecology. Accepted publication: April 19, 1973.
p
Associate Professor, Department of Entomology and Applied Ecology, University of
Delaware, Newark, Delaware 19711.
Ent. News, 84:329-332, 1 9 73 329
330 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
of this area although the six species mentioned above were taken
from the southwestern portion of this area. It is hardly
conceivable that no Scenopinids exist in this vast land mass.
The Nearctic has the largest representation of described species
and is probably more nearly complete than any other geographic
region, however even here new species are continually being
found. There are now 139 described species in five genera and two
subgenera.
The Neotropical Region though well represented by genera is
but poorly represented by species having but 22 in six genera and
two subgenera. I fully expect that many more species will be
discovered, particularly as the dryer more arid portions of this
continent are collected.
The Ethiopian Region, much like other areas of the world, is
underrepresented as far as Scenopinids are concerned. At present
there are 39 species from five genera and three subgenera from this
vast area which shows evidence of being near the ancestral home
of the family.
The Oriental Region with only 10 known species in three genera
is the most poorly represented of all. Examination of the smaller
flies in unidentified portions of collections from this area should
turn up many specimens from this family. The only example of
serious collecting revealed that the fauna is both rich and varied.
The Australian fauna is shaping up nicely with 55 species in
seven genera and one subgenus. This continent appears to be a rich
haven for Scenopinids with clear evidence of trans-anarctic ties to
South America and Africa. Its more arid climate makes it an ideal
habitat for these flies who seem to favor dryer areas, however, the
more humid areas have also yielded numerous examples.
Distribution of Genera
The genus Scenopinus with 148 species contains nearly half of
the known Scenopinids. The genus was so large that it was broken
down into four, rather clearly defined, sub-groups with more or
less distinct geographical distribution.
The Fenestralis group (male with 9th tergum comprised of four
Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973 331
lobes) is primarily Palearctic in distribution with an extension into
the Nearctic from Siberia. There are remnants or intrusions into
the Ethiopian and Oriental regions as well. All regions of the world
with major trade connections have populations of S. fenes trails
and S. glabrifrons which have been introduced with trade goods.
The Albicinctus group (males with a bilobed 9th tergum which
does not enclose the genitalia from view) is common to the
Australian and Ethiopian regions with extensions along the North
Africa coast of the Mediterranean into the Palearctic and eastward
into the Oriental region where it may be more prevalent than
indicated by present collecting. It is missing from the Nearctic and
Neotropical regions.
The Brevicornis group (males with 9th tergum closed basally
but open distally to expose genitalia) is primarily Ethiopian in its
distribution with a spilling over into the southern limits of the
Palearctic where the two regions abut. There is evidence that this
group may also occur in the Oriental region as well.
The Velutinus group (males with 9th tergum bilobed covering
genitalia) is limited in its distribution to the Nearctic and
Neotropical regions with an extension into the Pacific islands.
The genus Metatrichia is the only other genus with world-wide
distribution, with representatives known from all but the
Palearctic region, at the present time.
The remaining genera are for the most part distinct to their own
regions, however there is some sharing of regions by three genera
namely the Nearctic Brevitrichia and Pseudatrichia with
Neotropical species and the Ethiopian-Oriental distribution of the
genus Seguyella.
The early development of this family is evidenced by the circum
Antarctic distribution of the Ethiopian Propebrevitrichia,
Neotropical Irwiniana and Australian Riekiclla which show good
evidence of a common ancestry.
1 would appreciate the loan of any specimens, for examination
and identification, particularly from those areas of the world
which have been indicated to be without good representation. All
material from the family is, however, welcome. Many Scenopinids
are small, about 2 mm in length, and must be watched for when
collecting.
332 Ent. News, Vol. 84, December 1973
Table 1. Zoogeographic Distribution of d
•-S'
/
Genus and Author ^
enera and Species of Scenopinidae,
x
,<?"
"V
.^
Total
Scenopinus Latreille
fenestralis group
13
8(2)
1(2)
2(2)
2(2)
(2)
26
albicmctus group
8(1)'
—
(2)
19
4(1 )
23
54
brevicornis group
8
—
8
1
—
17
velutinus group
(1)
40
1 1
(1)
51
sub total
29(2)
48(2)
12(4)
29(3)
7(3)
23(2)
148
Caenoneura Krober
2
—
—
—
—
—
0
Pseudomphrale Krober
5
—
—
—
--
—
5
Stenomphrale Krober
2
—
—
—
—
—
2
Belnsta Hardy
—
7
—
—
—
—
7
Brevitricliia Hardy
—
43
2
—
—
—
45
Metatrichia Coquillett
—
1
1
2
1
2
7
Pscudatrichia Osten Sacken
—
37
-i
—
—
—
39
Heteromphrale Krober
—
—
2
—
—
—
2
Irwiniana Kelsey
—
—
3
—
—
—
3
Prepseudatrichia Kelsey
—
—
--
3
—
—
3
Propebrevitrichia Kelsey
—
—
—
3
—
—
3
Seguyella Kelsey
—
—
—
2
2
—
4
Neopseudatrichia Kelsey
—
—
—
—
—
5
5
Paramtiiniva Kelsey
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
Paratrichia Kelsey
—
—
--
—
—
2
2
Riekiella Paramonov
—
*—
—
—
—
1 2
I 2
Scenopinula Paramonov
1
1
38(2)
136(2)
22(4)
39(3)
10(3)
55(2)
300
Genera and Subgenera
4-3
5-2
6-2
5-3
3-3
7-1
18-4
( Ispecies transported in trade S. fenestralis (Linnaeus), 5. glahrifronx Meigen.S. lucidits Becker, S. papnanus
(Krober) and 5. scliul:i Enderlein.
Probable synonyms. S. cavifrons (Krober), 5. nitidifmns (Krober), 6'. fenwratus Macquart.
MEMOIRS AMERICAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
No. 20. Howard E. Evans- A. Revision of the Mexican and Central American Spider
Wasps of the Subfamily Pompilinae (Hymenoptera:Pompilidae). 433 pages,
1 1 plates, 80 maps $12.50
No. 21. Eric G.Mathews-A. Taxonomic and Zoogeographic Survey of the Scarabaeidae
of the Antilles (Coleoptera:Scarabaeidae). 134 pages, 144 figures $ 4.00
No. 22. Richard M. Fox- A. Monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera) Part III. The
tribe Mechanitini Fox. 190 pages, 170 figures, 1 color plate $ 9.00
No. 23. Beatrice R. Vogel-A. list of New North American Spiders (1940-1966).
186 pages $ 9.00
No. 24. Lee D. Miller-The Higher Classification, Phylogeny and Zoogeography of the
Satyridae (Lepidoptera). 174pp. $ 7.00
No. 25. Michael G. Emsley-The Schizopteridae (Hemiptera:Heteroptera) with the
description of new species from Trinidad. 154 pp $ 6.50
No. 26. James R. Zimmerman- A taxonomic Revision of the Aquatic Bettle Genus
Laccophilus (Dytiscidae) of North America, 275 pp $12.00
No. 27. Philip J. Clausen and Edwin F. Cook- A Revision of the Nearctic Species
of the Tribe Parydrini (Diptera:Ephydridae). 150 pp $ 7.00
No. 28. Annette F. 5raw/7-Tischeriidae of America North of Mexico (Micro-lepidop-
tera). 148 pp $ 7.00
The Entomologist's Market Place
Advertisements of goods or services for sale are accepted at $1.00
per line, payable in advance to the editor. Notices of wants and ex-
changes not exceeding three lines are free to subscribers. Positions open,
and position wanted notices are included here and may be referred to by
box numbers. All insertions are continued from month to month, the
new ones are added at the end of the column, and, when necessary, the
older ones at the top are discontinued.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE AUSTRALIAN REGION, by Bernard D'Abrera. 352 p.,
over 4,000 full color photographs. Ready Feb. 1972. $39.95 postpaid. A magnificently
illustrated and comprehensive work treating the butterflies of Australia, Papua & New
Guinea, the Moluccas, New Zealand, and the islands of the South Pacific. Entomologic-
al Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007
USA.
THE MOTHS OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO. Fascicle 21, Sphingoidea now in
stock, xii+158 p., 14 superb color plates, 8 black-and-white photos, 19 figs., 2 plates of
line drawings. 1971. $24.00. Also available at a reduced price to subscribers of all 41
fascicles, which will treat and figure in color all 10,000 species of North American
moths. Wrtie for complete details and brochure, with sample color plate. Entomological
Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, CA 90007, USA.
Wanted to Buy: Hebard M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America. Mem. American
Ent. Soc. 2. Dr. Ivan Huber, Biology, Fairleigh Dickinson University, Madison, NJ
07940.
Papers on Tipulidae, More than 700 papers and 14,000 pages. For sale to highest
bidder. Address all inquiries to Alan Stone, 5308 Wriley Rd., Washington, DC 20016.
PHILLIPINE BUTTERFLIES: Northern Luzon, Information: Leonard L. Lengyel,
c/o Mrs. Manuela R. Ablan, Rizal St., Laoag City, Ilocos Norte, Republic of the
Phillipines.
For Sale: Schroder, C., (ed.) Handbuch der Entomologie. 1 col. pi., 2514 textfigs. 3
vols. Bd. ]/2 leather, G. Fisher, Jena. 1925-1929. Mrs. Rudolf G. Schmieder, Box 34,
Elwyn, PA 19063.
Top Prices Paid for Centruroides sculpturatus or any scorpions under 4 cm, either
large or small quantities bought. Mr. P. Walmsley, 33 Clarence Ave., Blackpool, FY5
2BG, England.
Wanted. North American Rhysodidae: needed for distribution records for North
American Beetle Fauna Project. Send loan specimens to Dr. Ross T. Bell, Univ. of
Vermont, Zoology Dept., Marsh Life Science Bldg., Burlington, Vt. 05401.
For Sale: Butterflies and Moths from Brazil and foreign Countries. 12,300 specimens
classified and set in special caseboards. For further information, write to P.O. Box 416,
Rio de Janeiro, GB, BRASIL.
PSEPHENIDAE (including EUBRHNAE, EUBRIANACINAE, and PSEPHENINAE):
Revising the family in the Western Hemisphere. Request loan of any material from the
New World. Dr. Harley P. Brown, Zoology Dept., Univ. Oklahoma, 730 Van Vleet
Oval, Norman, Okla. 73069, USA.
For Sale or Trade. Lloyds Natural History. A handbook to the order Lepidoptera by
W. F. Kirby, London 1896. 5 vols., 158 color plates. Prof. H. E. Evans, Veterinary
College, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY 14850.
Exchange: I can offer specimens of Hudsonian Zone butterflies in exchange for
species of Southern distribution. Moths also exchanged. Walter V. Krivda, P.O. Box 864,
The Pas, Manitoba, Canada.
h'nt. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
hi
333
INDEX: Volume 84 (1973)
Note: ENTOMOLOGICAL NEWS regrets the long delay in publica-
tion of this index. Publication date: June 1976.
Ability of spitting spider, Scytodes
hebraica, to capture flyinu prey,
156
Acmaeodera, n. sp. of, 299
Aeropedellus clavatus, alpine grass-
hopper with two year diapause,
uniformity of successive popula-
tions of, 321
Alcock, J., 260
Alderfly Sialis, distrib. & new re-
cord in West Va., 147
Aleochara bipustulata, parasitic
rove beetle, new host record,
250
Alexander, C.P., 23
New exotic crane flies, Ft.
XXI II
Alexander, G., 321
Uniformity of successive popu-
lations of alpine grasshopper
with two year diapause
Alley, W.P., 190
Allmendinger, H.P., 32
Simple technique for counting
hard-to-see appendage segments
Amer. Arachnological Soc., 22
Amer. Ent. Soc., corresponding
members, 148
Anaxiplia phi/ifolia, n. sp. of cric-
ket from Osa peninsula of Costa
Rica, ecology, behavior &
descrip. of, 237
Annotated list of stoneflies of
Colorado, Pt. I, 269; Pt. II, 301
Another malodorous carabid,
Blcthisa quadricollis, 68
Ant, western harvester, interaction
with Great Basin sagebrush li/-
ard, 268
Ants, dulotic, reproductive biology
in, a preliminary report, 253
Ants, Formica, induced mating in,
310
Applegate, R.L., 163
Corixidae (water boatmen) of
So. Dakota glacial lake district
Aquatic & semiaquatic Hemiptera
in Louisiana
Pt. I, Hydrometridae, 9
Pt. II, Naucoridae, 83
Pt. Ill, Belostomatidae, 173
Arachnological Soc., Amer., 22
Aranae (Araneida), 37, 103, 156,
317
Atypidae: Atypus snetsingeri, n. sp.
from Penn., 37
Automeris io, queuing & rosette
molting in, 33
Bald faced hornet, Vespula macu-
lata, use of yellowjackets as
food source, 141
Barrows, E.M., Snyder, T.P., 314
Halictine bee prey of Philanthus
gibbosus in Kansas
Baumann, R.W., 247
New Megaleuctra from eastern
U.S.
Bee genus, Proteriades, in So.
Dakota, 160
Bee Hies, genus Lyophlacha, new
Argentine, 149
Behavior of Chlorochroa ligata &.
Cosmopepla bimaciilata, 260
Belostomatidae, 173
Benthos & zooplankton of an arctic-
lake near Prudhoe Bay, Alaska,
a preliminary survey, 227
Bernon,G.L., 32
Seed storage in cocoons of
Hyalophora cccropia
Biting midge, b'orcipomyia crinita,
new host record for, 1 7
334
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
Blethisa quadricollis, another
malodorus carabid, 68
Bombyliidae, 149
Book review, 132
Bot infestations of pinyon mice in
New Mexico, 89
Brachycentridae, 291
Brown, P.M., 52
New edition of Internat'l. Code
of Zoological Nomenclature
Brown, H.P., 278
Survival records of elmid
beetles, with notes on labora-
tory rearing of various dryo-
poids
Bryothinusa, genus, with descrip. of
three n. sp., 73
Bumblebees & honeybees taken in
light traps, 235
Buprestidae, 135, 299
Butterfly, checkered white, genera-
tional "carryover" & suppres-
sion of submarginal pattern ele-
ments in vernal phenotypes of,
294
Byron Bog in s.w. Ontario, studies
of, Pt. XLIX. Add'l. observa-
tions on insects of Redmond's
Pond, 96
Bystrak, P.G., Messersmith, D.H.,
17
New host record for Forci-
pomyia crinita
Caddisfly Micrasema kluane, prob-
able stepping stone to arctic,
291
Canthon podagricus, a predaceous
scarabaeid, 62
Carabidae, 68, 82, 99, 139
Cecropia moth, Hyalophora
cecropia, seed storage in
cocoons of, 32
Ceratopogonidae, 17
Chan,T., 73
Checkered white butterfly, genera-
tional "carryover" & suppres-
sion of submarginal pattern ele-
ments in vernal phenotypes of,
294
Chironomidae, 91
Chlorochroa ligata, behavior of,
260
Chrysops montanus, new distrib.
record, 68
Cicadellidae, 202,225,251
Clark, W.H., 268
Interaction between a western
harvester ant & a Great Basin
sagebrush lizard
Coleoptera, 52, 62, 68, 72, 73, 82,
99, 117, 135, 139, 198, 250,
278,299
Collecting hibernating ground
beetles under snow, 82
Collembola, 217
Comments on design on insect nets,
1
Corixidae of So. Dakota glacial lake
district, 163
Corresponding members, Amer.
Ent. Soc., 148
Cosmopepla binwculata, behavior
of, 260
Counting hard-to-see appendage
segments, 32
Crane flies, new exotic, 23
Cricket Anaxipha philifolia, n. sp.
from Osa peninsula of Costa
Rica, ecology, behavior &
descrip. of, 237
Crook, D.J., 101
Oskar Augustus Johannsen
Cuterebridae, 89
Cyanide killing bottles, moisture
problem in, 32
Cyrtolobus maxinei, notes on, 161
Data documents system discon-
tinued, 22
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
335
DeLong, D.M., Martinson, C.,
New sp. of Mexican Texananus,
202
New genus, Metaccphalus, &
n. sp. of Bolivian leafhopper,
225
Genus Maricaona, 251
Dendy, J.S.,91
Predation on chironomid eggs &
larvae by Nanocladius alter-
nantherae
Dennis, C.J., 161
Notes on Cyrtolobus maxinei
Design of insect nets, comments on,
1
Digger wasp, Philanthus gibbosus,
halictine bee prey of, in Kansas,
314
Diptera, 17, 23, 68, 89, 91, 143,
149, 190, 329
Distrib. & new record of alderfly
Sialisin West Va., 147
Donavan, L.A., 198
Drawer for scientific insect collec-
tions, 53
Dryopoids, notes on laboratory
rearing of various, 278
Dulotic ants, reproductive biology
in, a preliminary report, 253
Eberhard, W.G., 156
Ability of a spitting spider,
Scytodes hebraica, to capture
flying prey
Ecology, behavior & descrip. of
n.sp. of cricket from Osa peni-
nsula of Costa Rica, 237
Egg production of some ground
beetles, notes on periods of, 1 39
Egg retreat of Metaphidippus ari-
zonensis in hollow stem, 317
Eichler, W., 162
Letter to editor on Harry Hop-
kins
Elmid beetles, survival records for,
278
Entomobryidae: Entumobryoides
purpurascens, preliminary study
of biology of, 21 7
Eumenidae, 285
Evans, H.E., 285
Notes on nests of Montezumia
External parasites of woodchuck,
Marmota monax, in Indiana, 69
Fish, J., Alcock, J., 260
Behavior of Chlorochroa ligata
& Cosmopepla bimaculata
Folkerts, G.W., Donavan, L.A., 198
Resting sites of stream-dwelling
gyrinids
Forcipomyia crinita, a new host
record, 1 7
Formica ants, induced mating in,
310
Formicidae, 253,268, 310
Friedl, F., 33
Frost, S.W.,
Summary of Sphingidae taken
at Archbold Biol. Sta., Highland
Co., Fla., 157
Honeybees & bumblebees taken
in light traps, 235
Gaufin, A.R., 269, 301
Genera of Piestinae of Amer. no. of
Mexico, 1 17
Generational "carryover" & sup-
pression of submarginal pattern
elements in vernal phenotypes
of Pier is protoJice, 294
Genus Maricaona, 25 1
Gonsoulin, G.J..
Seven families of aquatic &
semi-aquatic Hemiptera in
Louisiana
Pt. 1, Hydrometridae, 9
Pt. II, Naucoridae, 83
Pi. Ill, Belostomatidae, 173
Grasshopper, alpine, with two year
diapause, uniformity of suc-
cessive populations of, 321
336
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
Gray, R.E., 63
New Hamp., Vt. & so. Me.
insect list,
Pt. I, background & proce-
dure: preliminary listing, 63
Replacement name for Hay-
wardir.a, 171
Ground beetles collected from sea-
shore drifts, 99
Ground beetles, hibernating, collec-
ting under snow, 82
Ground beetles, notes on periods of
egg production, 139
Gryllidae, 237
Gyrinidae, resting sites of stream-
dwelling, 198
Haas, G.E., Martin, R.P., 89
Bot infestations of pinyon mice
in New Mexico
Habrocerus capillaricornis in Calif.,
72
Halictine bee prey of Philanthus
gibbosus in Kansas, 314
Hall, J.C., 149
New Argentine Lyophlaeba
Hawk (Sphinx) moths taken at
Archbold Biol. Sta., Highland
Co., Fla., 157
Haywardina, replacement name for,
171
Hemiptera, 9, 83, 163, 173, 211,
260
Hespenheide, H.A., 135
Synonymia Agrilinarum, Pt. I,
L ins
Homoptera, 161, 202, 225, 251
Honeybees & bumblebees taken in
light traps, 235
Hopkins, Harry, 162
Howell, J.O., 141
Notes on yellowjackets as food
source for bald faced hornet,
Vespula maculata
Hung, A. C-F.,
Reproductive biology in dulotic
ants: preliminary report, 253
Induced mating in Formica ants,
310
Hyalophora cecropia, seed storage
in cocoons, 32
Hydrometridae, 9
Hymenoptera, 141, 160, 205, 235,
253,268,285,310
Indian meal moth, serine cata-
bolism in, 307
Induced mating in Formica ants,
310
Insect nets, comments on design of,
1
Interaction between a western har-
vester ant & a Great Basin sage-
brush lizard, 268
Internal'!. Commiss. on Zoological
Nomenclature, announcement,
52, 134, 146,290
lo moth, Automeris io, queuing &
rosette molting in, 33
Jennings, D.T., 317
Egg retreat of Metaphidippus
arizonensis in a hollow stem
Johannsen, Oskar Augustus, 101
Judd, W.W., 96
Studies of Byron Bog in s.w.
Ontario, Pt, XLIX. Add'l. obser-
vations on insects of Redmond's
Pond
Jumping spider, Metaphidippus
arizonensis, egg retreat of, in
hollow stem, 317
Kelsey, L.P., 329
Zoogeographic distribution of
known Scenopinidae
Keven, O.K. Met:., 217
Klishevich, A.W., Alley, W.P., 190
Temperature-salinity tolerance
limits of soldier fly larvae of
Odontomyia communis from
Badwater, Death Valley, Calif.
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
337
Knull, J.N., 299
New sp. of Acmaeodera
LaBerge, W.E., 160
Bee genus Proteriades in So.
Dakota
Laffoon, Jean L., 138
LaPerriere, J.D., 227
Larochelle, A.
Wing dimorphism in Metabletus
americanus, 68
Another malodorus carabid,
Blethisa quadricollis, 68
Collecting hibernating ground
beetles under snow, 82
Ground beetles collected from
seashore drifts, 99
Notes on periods of egg produc-
tion of some ground beetles,
139
Leafhopper, Bolivian, new genus,
Metacephalus, & n.sp., 225
Legner, E.F., 73, 117,250
Lepidoptera, 32, 33, 72, 157, 171,
294, 307
Letter to editor, 133, 162, 210,
300, 301
Leuctridae, 247
Library, entomologist's, 8, 132,
133,306, 316
Light traps, honeybees & bumble-
bees taken in, 235
Lius, genus, subfamily Agrilinae,
135
Lowrie, D.C.. 103
Microhabitats of western wolf
spiders of genus Pardosa
Lycosidae, 103
Lyophlaeba, new Argentine, 149
Mallis, A., 101
Oskar Augustus Johannsen
Maricaona polyamia, 251
Marmota monax, woodchuck, ex-
ternal parasites of, in Indiana,
69
Martin, R.P., 89
Martinson, C., 202,225,251
Mason wasps, Montezumia, notes
on nests of, 285
Megachilidae, 160
Megaleuctra, n.sp. from east. U.S.,
247
Megaloptera, 147
Membracidae, 161
Messersmith, D.H., 17
Metabletus americanus, wing di-
morphism in, 68
Metacephalus, new genus & n.sp. of
Bolivian leafhopper, 225
Metaphidippus arizoncnsis, egg re-
treat of, in hollow stem, 317
Micrasema kluane, probable step-
ping stone to arctic, 291
Microhabitats of western wolf
spiders of genus Pardosa, 103
Mohler, J.H., 307
Moisture problem in cyanide killing
bottles, 32
Montezumia, notes on nests of, 285
Moore, I.,
Neallotype for Piniphilus con-
fusus, 52
On Habrocerus capillaricornis in
Calif., 72
Moore, I., Legner, E.F.,
Genera of Piestinae of Amer.
no. of Mexico, 1 17
New host record for parasitic
rove beetle, Aleochara bipus-
tulata. 250
Moore, I., Legner, L.F., Chan, T.,
' 73
Review of genus Bryolhinusa
with descrip. of three n.sp.
Morse, J.C., 291
Nanocladius altcrnantherae preda-
tion on chironomid eggs &
larvae, 91
Naucoridae, 83
Neallotype for Piniphilus confusus,
52
Nets, insect, comments on design
of, 1
338
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
New Argentine Lyophlacha, 149
New classification ot" Sepedon
group of Sciomyzidae, with two
new genera, 143
New exotic crane flies, 23
New genus, Metaccphalus, & n.sp.
of Bolivian leafhopper, 225
New Hamp., Vt. & so. Me. insect
list, Pt. I, background & proce-
dure: preliminary listing, 63
New host record for Forcipomyia
crinita, 1 7
New host record for parasitic rove
beetle, Aleochara bipustulata,
250
New Megaleuctra from east. U.S.,
247
New records of Pentatomoidea
from Sri Lanka, 211
New sp. & descrip. of stoneflies
from Oklahoma, 192
New sp. of Acnwrodera, 299
New sp. of Atypus from Penn., 37
New sp. of Mexican Texananus, 202
Notes on Crytolohus maxinei, 161
Notes on nests of Montezumia, 285
Notes on period of egg production
of some ground beetles, 139
Notes on yellowjackets as food
source for bald faced hornet,
Vespula nwculata, 1 4 1
Nyquist, D., LaPerriere, J.D., 227
Preliminary survey of zooplank-
ton & benthos of an arctic lake
near Prudhoe Bay, Alaska
Oblad, B.R.,269, 301
Odontomyia communis larvae, tem-
perature-salinity tolerance limits
of, from Badwater, Death
Valley, Calif., 190
Orthoptera, 237, 321
Parasites, external, of woodchuck
Marmota rnonax, in Indiana, 69
Pardosa genus, western wolf
spiders, microhabitats of, 103
Patton, R., 68
New distrib. record for
Chrysops montanus
Pawar, A.D., 21 1
New records of Pentatomoidea
from Sri Lanka
Pentatomoidea, 21 1
Pentatomidae, 260
Philanthus gibbosus, halictine bee
prey of, in Kansas, 314
Pieridae: Picris protodice, genera-
tional "carryover" & suppres-
sion of submarginal pattern ele-
ments in vernal phenotypes of,
294
Piestinae genera of Amer. no. of
Mexico, 1 1 7
Pinip/iilus conjusus, neallotype for,
52
Pinyon mice, bot infestations of, in
New Mexico, 89
Plecoptera, 192, 247, 269, 301
Plodia interpunctella, serine cata-
bolism in, 307
Pogonomyrmex occidentalis,
western harvester ant, inter-
action with Great Basin sage-
brush lizard, 268
Predacious scarabaeid, a, 62
Predation on chironomid eggs &
larvae by Nanocladius alter-
nant herae, 91
Preliminary study of biology of
Entobryoides purpurascens, 217
Preliminary survey of zooplankton
& benthos of an arctic lake near
Prudhoe Bay, Alaska, 227
Probcthylus schwarzi, redescrip. &
biology of, with notes on re-
lated sp., 205
Proteriades, bee genus, in So.
Dakota, 160
Purse web spider, Atypus snet-
singeri, n.sp. from Penn., 37
Pyralidae, 307
Queuing & rosette molting in Aut-
omeris io, 33
Redescrip. & biology of Pro-
bethylus schwarzi with notes on
related sp., 205
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
339
Redmond's Pond, add'l. observa-
tions on insects of, 96
Rentz, D.C., 237
Ecology, behavior & descrip. of
n.sp. of cricket from Osa penin-
sula of Costa Rica
Replacement name for Havwardina,
171
Reproductive biology in dulotic
ants: a preliminary report, 253
Resting sites of stream-dwelling
gyrinids, 198
Review of genus, Bryothinusa with
descrip. of three n. sp., 73
Ross, H.H., Morse, J.C., 291
Micrasema kluane, probable
stepping stone to arctic
Rove beetle genus Bryothinusa, a
review of, with descrip. of three
n.sp., 73
Rove beetle, parasitic, Aleochara
bipustulata, new host record
for, 250
Russell, F.E., 133
Letter to editor
Russi, H., 33
Russi, K., Friedl, F., Russi, H., 33
Queuing & rosette molting in
Automeris io
Salticidae, 317
Sample technique for counting
hard-to-see appendage segments,
32
Sarno.P., 37
Saturniidae, 32, 33, 72
Saturniids as bat mimics, 72
Satyridae, 171
Scarabaeidae, 62
Scenopinidae, 329
Schmeltz, L.L., 69
Scientifically designed drawer for
scientific insect collections, 53
Sciomyzidae, 143
Sclerogibbidae, 205
Scytodidae: Scytodes hebraica,
spitting spider, ability to cap-
ture Hying prey, 156
Seed storage in cocoons of
Hyalophora cecropia, 32
Sepedon group of Sciomyzidae,
new classification & two new
genera, 143
Serine catabolisrn in Plodia inter-
punctella, 307
Seven families of aquatic & semi-
aquatic Hemiptera in Louisiana
Pt. I, Hydrometridae, 9
Pt. II, Naucoridae, 83
Pt. Ill, Belostomatidae, 173
Shapiro, A.M., 294
Generational "carryover" & sup-
pression of submarginal pattern
elements in vernal phenotypes
of Pier is protodice
Shetlar, D.J., 205
Redescrip. & biology of
Probethylus schwarzi, with
notes on related sp.
Sialidae:Sza//s alderfly, distrib. &
new record in West Va., 147
Snyder, T.P., 314
Soldier fly larvae, temperature-
salinity tolerance limits of, from
Badwater, Death Valley, Calif.,
190
Sphecidae, 314
Sphingidae taken at Archbold Biol.
Sta., Highland Co., Fla., 157
Sphinx (Hawk) moths taken at
Archbold Biol. Sta., Highland
Co., Fla., 157
Spitting spider, Scytodes hebraica,
ability to capture (lying prey,
156
Stainer, J.E.R.. Kevan, D.K.McE.,
217
Preliminary study of biology of
Entomobry aides purpurascens
Staphylinidae, 52,72,73,117, 250
Stark, B.P., Oblad. B.R., C.aufin,
A.R., Annotated list of stone-
flies of Colorado, Pt. I, 269; Pt.
II, 301
Stark, B.P., Stewart, K.W., 192
New sp. & descrip. of stoneflies
from Oklahoma
340
Ent. News Supplement, Vol. 84, December 1973
Stewart, K.W., 192
Steyskal, G.C., 143
New classification of Sepedon
group of Sciomyzidae, with two
new genera
Stinkbugs, behavior of, 260
Stoneflies, n.sp. & descrip. from
Oklahoma, 192
Stoneflies of Colorado, annotated
list of, Pt.I,269;Pt. II, 301
Summary of Sphingidae taken at
Archbold Biol. Sta., Highland
Co., I- la., 157
Stratiomyidae, 190
Studies of Byron Bog in s.w. On-
tario, Pt. XLIX. Add'l. observa-
tions on insects in Redmond's
Pond. 96
Survival records for elmid beetles,
with notes on laboratory rearing
of various dryopoids, 278
Synonymia Agrilinarum, Pt. l.Lius,
135
Tabanidae: Chrysops montanus,
new distrib. record, 68
Tarter, D.C., Woodrum, J.E., 147
Distrib. & new record of alder-
fly Sialis in West Va.
Temperature-salinity tolerance
limits of soldier fly larvae of
Odontomyia communis from
Badwater, Death Valley, Calif.,
190
Texananus, n.sp. of Mexican, 202
Tipulidae, 23
Townes, H.,
Comments on design of insect
nets, 1
Moisture problem in cyanide
killing bottles, 32
Scientifically designed drawer
for scientific insect collections,
53
A predaceous scarabaeid, 62
Saturniids as bat mimics, 72
Trichoptera, 291
Uniformity of successive popula-
tions of an alpine grasshopper
with a two year diapause, 321
Vespidae: Vespula macula ta, bald
faced hornet, use of yellow-
jackets as food source, 141
Voge., B., 22
Amer. Arachnological Soc.
Wasp, digger, Philanthus gibbosus,
halictine bee prey of, in Kansas,
314
Wasp, mason, Montezumia, notes
on nests of, 285
Water boatmen (Corixidae) of So.,
Dakota glacial lake district, 163
Western harvester ant, interaction
between Great Basin sagebrush
lizard, 268
Whitaker, J.O., jr., Schmeltz, L.L.,
69
External parasites of wood-
chuck, marmota monax, in
Indiana
Wing dimorphism in Metabletus
americanus, 68
Wolf spiders, western genus
Pardosa, rnicrohabitats of, 103
Woodchuck, Marmota monax, ex-
ternal parasites of, in Indiana,
69
Woodrum, J.E., 147
Worth, C.B., 210
Letter to editor on Saturniids as
bat mimics
Yellowjackets as food source for
bald faced hornet, Vespula
maculata, 141
Yurkiewicz, W.J., Mohler, J.H., 307
Serine catabolism in Plodia
interpunctata
Zoogeographic distrib. of known
Scenopinidae, 329
Zooplankton & benthos of an arctic
lake near Prudhoe Bay, Alaska,
a preliminary survey, 227
5
CO
o
z
>
^©MS?
_ co z
yvaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NouniiiSNi
^ rl\ """ tf\ —
ITUTION NOIinillSNI NVINOSH1MS S3IHVdan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
m c>^. ^ N^VA^X m X^osjiiX ^ m
BR ARIES SMITHSONIAN"lNSTITUTIONWNOIiniliSNI~NVINOSHllWS
w Z \ co z co
I !OI ill I
NVINOSHillMS^Sa I
811 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
«* 3 X4RK S ^_
;*ri
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NoiiruusNi
33
NOIiniliSNI NVINOSH1IIMS S3 Id VMS 11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
z ,.-. co
z
co
LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSHUWS^
co
r ITUTION ""NouniiiSNi~NViNOSHims~S3 idvyan
SMITHSONIAN
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSH1IWS
co z "« co z co
Ill
I
*i%a
•<g^y > *4~ 5 ^v > _
.1 BRAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION NOIiniliSN^NVINOSHlltMS^SS I ava 8 I
ssiavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI
33
CO
BR ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NIVINOSHIIINS S3iavaa
it
S£F > >s222S^ 2 )^ > _ z
JouniiiSNi NviNOSHiiiMS^ssiavaan LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI
5 \ co — co —
\. 1 1 1 -xf^tTirT^s. «*- ^» _ . •». i • i ,^Mr*- ^~
CO
"2. _J Z
JBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSH1IWS S3 I a Va 8 I
z
o
CO
NVINOSHIII^IS S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO
_ > N^uvii, _
LIBRARIES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIiniliSNI NVINOSHillMS^SS I a Va 8
co = co co
NoiiniusNi_NViNOSHiiyMS S3 1
a n LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTIO
LIB
m osv z
ONIAN INSTITUTION^NOIiniliSN^NVINOSHillMS S3 I a Va 8 I
z
o
CO
I
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
3 9088 00844 5660